Full text of "Year-Book of Pharmacy, comprising abstracts of papers relating to pharmacy, materia medica and chemistry contributed to British and foreign journals with Transactions of the British Pharmaceutical Conference"

See other formats

COLLEGE OF r HARriACY

44 GERRARD ST. E.
TORONTO,

ONTARIO

COLLEGE OF FHARflACY

44 GERRARD ST. E.
TORONTO,

EH :?

Q I

< t

•'I no o

ia<j.g

w «

n, H •"
FhOOh

« ^ o

a^ I

mW.2

go5

&< « s

05 P o

/3 00 -2

O rH o
00 TS

'-' M CO

£P ^ i. o S -^ s

&o ^-i.S

;2;

-s

co-
co

00
r-l

.-I

-o

" P to

r' w S.2'■S
h O o s =

s z 2 -2 '^

00 6

-q cij i-

5cq -

^^-'

"->

« I

CO o ~
OD H S
t-l ffi b

'^ c- ?

_^'00 -3
CD '"' §
00 S

I— I . ~

W J

. O S
J p °

(D C g
-< S s
o p -s
^ a s

eO 00 -J
CO ^ a
00 -c

«^

ace •"

CO .,
1— ( .

..OQ

aJQ3

"3 CO

CO t^

00 00

o a

1-2 a I g

1 a '-' s „

-.^ a o ^ ^►^ a ©L
.9 '^

9 -=

.S ^ o ^ d i o

C <S <«J " o m

^J3 .5 ^

!x .:

CD ce rl J=^ O n:j

W 03 fl

9 f^

^ p. a

•^ CO H ^ ®

* r—

fi, o o

m 03

"S "".2

03 &D^

Sm p -*J

to "C ««

■^

^ S O

2f9 J

• « to a)

a a a

2 0'43

a o *^

^pq a ^

S 5 *

m 2 11

©-*! "

>^ o ^

• to t>-.

s p a
af^ fl

a fc^-g

" 03 &i

° £ «
to o S

58 P <u
o o -a

a W

W-^

O 'S

CD -" a

QJ '? Pi
O S *
--&:>>
&<) i-i '^

3 O C8

Ph O 03

11 o

'a a i-l oi

p, <3

IB rrS

.E: o

a 00

.2 2 ": a

<U h 1^ 6D 6D

" ^'a -B 2

oi' S 2 S .15 £

■9" >-.

OS o

^ sc § tf-g a -^ S

^ e8da'-'"tea
■Ts S J? — 1 •_ i.>, "^ P

"^■^5 2S,

CO P-H a t. CO §

k>^

r;^ O) t^ CO -t->

aw a, >,^

2-a

fl-.S to' >- d <D
0-3.2 ®-^

p.1^ a '
•^ g HH a

CO ^ to _r)

pO tn o) rs

S -a l>

" —S-'^t'D

aXo^s
g cj 1^ o S

,.S 1/3 * 9-. a

^ . _ ^ 1 Q * ^-2

£ ■3t-^'.g.9's |-s

a =" o W — -u w <"

ft' S -p a '^ «

a cl a

Pife

y o

^.9 ^ § J

O O <» i-s CO

O O -*f I

M '5 a ^ •:3
I p-i— 1

CO "^

J 00

a CD .*j o o -
G 2 S t~ ■* •"

^ a P- 2 00

a >*

' ^ -^

'«'23

a IS

2 S-S I

Sa^^ W.^^^-SSS^-^ .2.275

JJ.CO-- ~- -

P-in 2 ^ S

a °s

o ^-9

-t." c:i a

m CS p.

p .-l^ „ «

&= ^ § o

CO _o »

flSffi2'"Saa
oS^^aQrOcDy
m2a<i>yaS'"
cu-gapHgaarQ
tj Ph a M a "'^ . ri

p<^ g -g s a it 9

03 to s a "K _a 't!

a 2 g §35 o^

S ^C . n, g _co g

g 2 s ec s -s ^ a

^ m

^ ^

c s.2^

g O c3 ^

<I> O C r-

■" Ci ft

a ^ eS

a 03 ^

2 r

.9 -a e

.t!H o

a Fs

■^ 2i S
a. 2 a

02 aj -o-s ft-^

r-i a-g^-aNns " o a

03 S.-ftH ^ g-jfpq-^'

msB* «>aj2-'2

ft <u

^ a ftg-S^*^ o . -
S « &S^O a^ S^

S 5 -^ -S a
O! '73 g " ""

^cj - tj y-

J ^ § £^.9 '

•2 5

:is -73

a <» S

" ^S a

ft <i>

go to a -t3 .a » ^, a
h-ioPoioa^P

■;:! (^ a .

» to a

.■TS

0= 2 S S'S — -^-i

£ ^ <u o a » .

O ^ S»-.'5 (U O c, ^

"^ ^ a f^t^ o

-.. -,-«<SCJ(D— ! "^gS

_ CD ?^

s -p

•r; f^ 03 6XJ 03

a ■-■'3 .2fO

(D CO

S a

O r-*

H .r

a « 6 -^ '-^ ^ ■ 2 °

* e^^ C <" S; ft3

g o o-jSr^ S-r —

a 2

o Ph H ^ S ■" '?
t^.o

m -jspq

*§ S3 a

a3 00 a

Price 10s.; or post free 10s. 6d.
Members arc entitled to one copy ; additional copies, post free, 7«. 6d.

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY

COMPRISING

ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS

RELATING TO

PHARMACY, MATERIA MEDICA, AND CHEMISTRY

CONTEIBUTED TO BRITISH AND FOREIGN JOURNALS,
PROM JULY 1, 1876, TO JUNE 30,

1877.

WITH THE Toronto '

TRANSACTIONS

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL
CONFERENCE

AT THE

FOURTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING

HELD IN

PLYMOUTH,
AUGUST, 1877.

LONDON:
J. & A CHURCHILL, 11, NEW BURLINGTON STREET.

MDCCCLXXVII.

Bntisif) pftarmamitiral Conferenre,

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY

Committee of Publication.

W. W. STODDART, F.C.S., F.G.S.

MICHAEL CARTEIGHE, F.C.S.

THOS. B. GROVES, F.C.S.

F. B. BENGER, F.C.S.

Prof. ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.C.S., Secretary.

Editor of the Transactions of the Conference.
Prof. ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.C.S.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

OFFICERS FOR 1877-78.

President.
G. F. SCHACHT, F.C.S., Clifton, Bristol.

Vice-Presidents,
Who have filled the office of President.

Prof. BENTLEY, F.L.S., M.R.C.S., London.
W. W. STODDART, F.C.S., F.G.S., Bristol.
H. B. BRADY, F.R.S., Newcastle-on-Tyne.
THOMAS B. GROVES, F.C.S., Weymouth.
Prof. REDWOOD, Ph.D., F.C.S., London.

Vice-Presidents.

Prof. TICHBORNE, F.C.S., Dublin. ONTARIO
R. REYNOLDS, F.C.S., Leeds. r. „ . . ,^

R. W. PRING,L.A.H.D.,BfWpt.| p.QP Qp PHAR^iAC
J. WILLIAMS, F.C.S., LoMbrfr '""-''- ^^^ '

44 GERRARD ST. E
Treasurer. -rr~\

C. BKIN, F.C.S., 8, Argyle Street, BaThP RO NTO ,

Genbrax Secbetaries.

Prof. ATTPIELD, Ph.D., P.C.S., 17, Bloomsbury Sq., London, W.G.
F. BADEN BENGER, F.C.S., 7, Exchange Street, Manchester.

Assistant Secretab,t.
A. SENIBR, M.D., F.C.S., 17, Bloomsbury Square, London, W.G.

LocAi Secretary.
W. HAYES, Dublin.

Other Members of the Executive Committee, 1877-78.
M. CARTEIGHE, F.C.S., London.

A. P. BALKWILL, Plymouth.
N. H. DRAPER, F.C.S., Dublin.

B. S. PROCTOR, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
E. SMITH, F.C.S., Torquay.

W. A. TILDEN, D.Sc, F.C.S., Clifton.

C. UMNEY, F.C.S., London.
J. T. HOLMES, Dublin.

J. C. THRESH, F.C.S., Buxton.

Auditors.
S. B. TURNEY, Plymouth. W. ALLEN, Dublin.

These Officers collectively constitute the Executive Gommittee. Three re-
tire annually, the remainder being eligible for re-election.

Q «?

3
»-5

O O

. a

d:2

d
fa

S 2 ,

z" « £

=i" = 5 2 ui

>•

g fa

a faB

o
o

o
en

K w 5
a K M

1 §i

«cp

S £ ^ • S «

>H S 5 5 S < «
00 3 S -"J 5 iJ IS

5 « 5 g z !^ 5

C5 fa O Ph w -^ W

•-5

HJ t-i fa

^ Bn'

►-5

tn' P3 a h," -li pj ^

^-*— ^

-' ■ ^

-' ^

CC 02

02 «?^

d ^.^.
r" fafa

d .

r/j

9 029 q

02^-aJ 02 h"^- o^Wcq

fa "^

4 SI

dod^d i^g j9^9

. o

5 -^

02 ~'^ma^^

• Q z r- r- s

fa-gfa-ofa\;a-o j^faJfa
O^S^P^^dfa^^^^

111

fa p -<fa

da
5^

-c»

P^Oh

^t-iCQ^P^^l-iHi^H'-J'-Jl-J

^i-ifat-;OH;ofaWQ<Ji-i(^'-i

•«S

cc .

02-02^^0202^ -OlJ-odiv;"?

d^-dgdd^^.d^-d'^-o

fa9fa-^fafal^9^9£^«fe
Oj'^^fa^^fa^^^ .fe'^^fa'^^l'^^

fa g :^ § § g ^ 1 :^ g :^ g 1 g

h3=»

J 02

^imai

-fa

K on

Z <

S,SS'4faH

<!; y pfa -fa

o
fa z

ii 5 < h;
O . ca •

^ e s _S .
C Z Z s ,^ H

«"gw£wgwgagMg-g

M < < o S o

^.aw^fa^

Zp5HP5HP5WP5HP^W«'SP5

(t,Q|i,PQQPH;p3»^

JSKh^W

H^W

i^p^HP3HP^E-lp^f-P3eip3PHp3

. 02

CQ 02 ^

02 ■ ■ ■

; : 2 s «? -i 02

02 oj ^ . o q H

^ HJ ^

fa p^

1— 1

fa fa g

>•" >"" 2

H M g

Ph fa Q

P3 « „- S fe ^ fa

■«!

■<!
H

Q
O
E-
02

S S 1 5 1 1 1

pq p: « P3 p3 ro

• • § § S 2 \^
W W H H fa Ph o

s-l

1 t %
■f 1 1

^ O ;z;

.a
3

^ 1 1 1 §> 1 ;3

•C g 5 -E ^ >• 5

m n H^i P5 c5 fa P

1-1 ^ pH

CS o

efl eo ■^ >o «0 t- 00

« 00

1-t i-H

00 00 00 CO 00 00 00

fao •

Q -fa

fa kJ a

- O O

Q Z Z

1-5 >> K

K apq

F- c a
. i <

fap^fa

z w^C:
a Bi

o
fa

02 a

fa goo
>:o2

Sfa^

• sj ^

P5 OH

aod

00 00 00

BO f*

THE

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

AN ORGANIZATION ESTABLISHED IN 1863 FOR THE ENCOURAGE-
MENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH, AND THE PROMOTION OF
FRIENDLY INTERCOURSE AND UNION AMONGST PHARMACISTS.

The most important ways in which a member can aid the objects of
the Conference are by suggesting subjects for investigation, working
upon subjects suggested by himself or by others, contributing infor-
mation tending to throw light on questions relating to adulterations
and impurities, or collecting and forwarding specimens whose exa-
mination would afford similar information. Personal attendance at
the yearly gatherings, or the mere payment of the annual subscrip-
tion, will also greatly strengthen the hands of the executive.

A list of subjects suggested for research, is sent to members early
in the year. Resulting papers are read at the annual meeting of the
members ; but new facts that are discovered during an investigation
may be at once published by an author at a meeting of a scientific
society, or in a scientific journal, or in any other way he may desire ;
in that case, he is expected to send a short report on the subject to
the Conference.

The annual meetings are usually held in the provinces, at the
time and place of the visit of the British Association ; that for
1878 will be held in Dublin on Tuesday and Wednesday, the 13th
and 14th of August.

Gentlemen desiring to join the Conference, can be nominated at
any time on applying to either of the secretaries or any other officer
or member. The yearly subscription is seven shillings and sixpence,
payable in advance, on July 1st. Further information may be ob-
tained from the secretaries —

Professor Attpield, 17, Bloomsbury Square, London, W.C.
F. Baden Benger, F.C.S., 7, Exchange Street, Manchester.

THE YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

The Conference annually presents to members a volume of 500 to
GOO pages, containing the proceedings at the yearly meeting, and an
Annual Report on the Progress of Pharmacy, or Year-Book, which
includes notices of all pharmaceutical papers, new processes, prepa-
rations, and formulae published throughout the world. The neces-
sary funds for accomplishing this object consist solely of the sub-
scriptions of members. The Executive Committee, therefore, call
on every pharmacist — principal, assistant, or pupil — to offer his
name for election, and on every member to make an effort to obtain
more members. The pi'ice of the Year-Book to non-members is
ten shillings. The constitution and rules of the Conference, and a
convenient form of nomination, will be found at page 345.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PAGK

Introduction 1

Pharmaceutical Chemistry .......... 19

Materia Medica ............ 155

Pharmacy 235

Notes and Formulas 289

Constitution and Rules of the British Pharmaceutical Conference . . . 345

Honorary Members of, the Conference 346

Members residing Abroad .......... 347

Alphabetical List of Members of the British Pharmaceutical Conference . 350

,, „ Towns at which Members reside ..... 391

Associations inyited to send Delegates to the Annual Meeting . . . 413

Presentation Copies of the Tear-Book, to whom forwarded .... 414

List of Journals received in Exchange for the Year-Book of Pharmacy • . 415

Transactions of the British Pharmaceutical Conference .... 417

General Index 639

INTRODUCTIOX

The record of pharmaceutical research forms an important if but
a small part of the scientific literature of the year. A period of
bustling activity, embracing as it does the numerous and not wholly
unsensational reports on jaborandi and salicylic acid, has been fol-
lowed by an interval of compai-atively quiet but none the less
valuable research. Many new observations full of interest to phar-
macists have been made, older ones have been confirmed, others
disproved, and fresh light has been shed on subjects which hitherto
appeared in an almost hopeless state of confusion. As a striking
instance in which skill and perseverance combined have raised an
important subject of investigation from a condition little better
than chaos to a fruitful field of inquiry, we refer to the chemistry of
aconite root, as elucidated by successive annual contributions to the
British Pharmaceutical Conference, and especially by the reports pre-
sented to its recent meeting at Plymouth by Dr. Wright, Mr. Groves,
Mr. Williams, Dr. Paul and Mr. Kingzett. The three chemists first
named constitute a committee specially appointed at the previous
meeting to continue investigations on the aconite bases. From
these and former reports it appears that the roots of Aconitum Na-
pellus contain three distinct alkaloids, viz. aconitine, Cs^H^sN^O^O'
a highly active crystallizable body, furnishing erystallizable salts;
pseudaconitine, CggH^gNOji, likewise active and crystallizable, but
not readily yielding crystallized combinations ; and an amorphous
base with a higher percentage of carbon, yielding non-crystalline
salts, and possessing little physiological potency. The amorphous,
bitter, inert alkaloid, furnishing well crystallized salts and answering
to the formula Cg^ H^- N O^o, which Mr. Groves isolated from one
batch of roots (see Year-Booh of Pharmacy, 1875, p. 514), is now
distinguished from the other bases by the name picraconitine. Th^
roots of Aconitum fevox are shown to contain comparatively large
quantities of pseudaconitine, besides a small amount of aconitine
and an amorphous base with a larger percentage of carbon, which,
however, does not appear to be identical with the analogous body
from Acordiura Xapellus.

The results of Messrs. Paul and Kingzett's researches on Japanese

2 INTRODUCTION.

aconite point to the existence therein of a crjstalHzable alkaloid of
the formula CigHjgN O9, differing from any of the bases described
by other observers. In Dr. Wright's opinion this substance is not a
distinct alkaloid, but a mixture of pseudaconitine and decomposition
products thereof; but tliis view is stoutly contested by the two-
authors just named. The latter, on the other hand, incline to the
belief that the various bodies which have been described as aconite
bases may be combinations of alkaloids with aconitic or some other
organic acid ; and that it is doubtful whether the alljaloid or alka-
loids to which the medicinal properties of aconite are ascribed have
ever yet been obtained in a separate state. That some diversity of
opinion should still continue to exist on this subject appears the
less surprising in view of the great difficulties connected with its
investigation, arising mainly from the great tendency of these
alkaloids to undergo changes during their extraction and puriScation.
The nature of these changes, so readily brought about under various
influences, form one of the leading features of the Committee's
report already referred to, and is briefly represented by the follow-
ing equations : —

(1) CasH^oNO,. -1- H.O = C;H,,0, + C.gHcgNOn

Aconitine. Benzoic ncid. Aconinc.

(2) C36H,9XOn + 11,0 = CoHioO, + a^^H^iNOs

Pseud- Dimetbylproto- Pseud-

aconitine catechuic acid. aconine.

These decomposition products never fail to be present in the
extract prepared from aconite roots, and in the aconitine of com-
merce. The latter appears to be a mixture of true aconitine and
pseudaconitine, with variable quantities of aconine and pseud-
aconine, and of the amorphous unnamed alkaloids above alluded
to. A process for its analy.sis will be found on page 4G4 of this
volume, as part of the report.

Prof. DragendorfTs statement that Tanret's ergotinine was not a
chemically distinct substance, but a mixture owing its activity to
the presence of sclererythrin, is conti-adicted by ]\I. Tanret, who
supplies analytical evidence to show that his alkaloid does not
contain even a trace of this body. Sclerotic acid, claimed to be the
active principle of ergot, is dealt with by its discoverers, Prof.
Dragondorff and M. Podwissotzky, in a second report containing
detailed information respecting the process employed for its extrac-
tion. Prof. Buchheim, on the other hand, is still of opinion that no-
alkaloid or glucoside fully representing the active properties Ou

INTRODUCTION. t>

ero-ot has as yet been, or is ever likely to be, isolated from the drug,
nnd that the freshly prepared extract alone can be depended upon
for medicinal purposes.

There can be no longer any reasonable doubt that the reported
conversion of brucine into strychnine by the action of dilute nitric
acid was an illusion ; for as such it must appear in the absence of
evidence to the contrary from the results of experiments on this
subject conducted by Mr. A. J. Cownley, and more recently by Mr.
W. A. Shenstone. In both reports attention is drawn to the facility
with which traces of strychnine and brucine are destroyed by dilute
nitric acid, an important point in forensic investigations. A new
process for the detection of these and other poisonous alkaloids in
analyses of this kind is recommended by Prof. Dragendorff; its chief
feature consisting in the application of benzol and petroleum ether
as solvents.

Dr. Paul criticises the official test of the purity of quinine sul-
phate, showing that it fails to indicate the presence of less than ten
per cent, of sulphate of cinchonidine, this failure being due to an
increased solubility of cinchonidine in ether in the presence of
quinine. He prefers to i-ely on the process of fractional crystalliza-
tion, whereby the cinchonidine sulphate, as the more soluble salt of
the two, remains in the uaother-liquor, in which it may then be
readily detected by the official test. In an examination of nine
samples of commercial quinine sulphate, he found cinchonidine in all
cases, varying in amount from one to ten per cent. Equally import-
ant to pharmacists is the same author's observation that some of
the citrate of iron and quinine sold as the preparation of the British
Pharmacopoeia is lamentably deficient in alkaloid, and still more so
in actual quinine. The amount of water of crystallization in freshly
prepared quinine sulphate has been variously stated as 7, 7^, and 8
molecules. According to a recent determination by Mr. Cownley, it
amounts to 7^ molecules, of which 5 molecules are rapidly lost by
efflorescence; the salt becomes anhydrous at 100° C, but re-absorbs
2 molecules of water upon exposure to the air. Aricine, it seems,
must be erased from the list of cinchona alkaloids, since Dr. 0.
Hesse's examination of this substance and the so-called cinchovatinc
affijrds the strongest ground for regarding both as impure cinchoni-
dine.

The alteration which acetate of mor})hinc is known to undergo on
keeping is attributed by ]\Ir. E. Merck to a continual thoixgh slow
elimination of acetic acid, resulting in the formation of a basic salt
less soluble in water but unimpaired in its active properties. So

-*• INTRODUCTION.

long US the preparation does not assume a very distinct yellow-
coloration, indicating a further and more complicated decomposition,
it remains fit for medicinal use. Analyses of veratrine performed
by ^lessrs. E. Schmidt and R. Koppen show that the composition
of the crystallized alkaloid in its purest form is represented by the
formula C^., H.,- N O9, and that the commercial preparation is toler-
ably pure. Of the various salts of conine, the hydrobromate is the
one most easily obtainable in a crystallized state. A convenient
mode of preparation, together with a description of its properties,
and suggestions respecting its medicinal application, form the
subject of a paper by ]M. Mourrut. The results of an analysis of
the platinum salt of pilocarpine have convinced Mr. Kingzett of the
identity of this alkaloid with that to which he has previously
assigned the formula Cog Ho^ X^ 0^.

Dr. Schmidt's researches on the aloin of Barhadoes aloes confirm
the correctness of the formula Cjq Hjg Orr previously established by
Dr. Tilden, and show that this aloin, like that of Zanzibar aloes, may
ciTstallize with either one, two, or three molecules of water. Re-
garding the oxidation products of barbaloin and socaloin. Dr. Tilden
reports that, whereas the action of nitric acid on these substances
yields chrysammic acid, their treatment with bichromate results
in the formation of a peculiar yellow compound of the formula
Cj^HigOg, named by him aloxantJiin. When heated with zinc
dust this body fui-nishes methylanthracene, the same product as
obtained by Messrs. Graebe and Liebermann, and subsequently by
Dr. Schmidt, in the same way direct from aloin. As a point of special
interest. Dr. Tilden calls attention to the relation between aloxanthin
and the two yellow constituents of rhubarb, chrysophanic acid and
emodin, as becoming evident ou comparison of their f ormulije : —

(CH.,
Chrysophanic Acid, Cy Hi,j 0.^- C^H- •' (O H).-,

Emodin. . . . Ci5Hi,0,--.Ci,H,J (0H)3

(Oo

rcH,

Aloxanthin . . Cj^ B^^^ 0^ - Cj^ H3 < (0 H)^

io,

from which the.se cumpounds appear as di-, tri-, and tetra-oxyderi-
vatives of methylanthraquinone.

INTKODUCTION'. O

Amyriii, tlie principal constituent of olemi, has been I'O investigated
by Dr. E. Buri, who gives the formula G,-^ H^o 0, or (G- Hy); H.O,
as the proper representation of its composition. According to Prof.
Fliickiger it is associated in elemi with icacin, (C5 Hg)g H^ 0,
bryoidin, (Cg Hg)^^ Ho 0, and a volatile oil, (C- H^),. Dr. Buri's
analysis of capsaicin, the pungent principle isolated from capsicum
fruit by Mr. Thresh, leads to the formula Cg H^^ Oo, the correctness
of which is now confirmed by Mr. Thresh's own determinations.
Kosin, a crystalline body prepared by Dr. Merck, and described by
Professor Fliickiger (see Year-Booh of Pharmacy, 1875, p. 19), is
now asserted by Professor Buchheim to be, not merely a definite
chemical constituent of cusso, but also its real active principle, and
as such it is recommended by him to the notice of the medical
profession.

Artificially jDrepared oil of mtistard is generally regarded as
identical with the natural product, and so it unquestionably would
be if it were prepared from allyl iodide and potassium sulphocyanide ;
but as such a preparation would be more costly than the oil obtained
from black mustard seeds, the artificial oil of commerce is probably
the unpurified product of the dry distillation of a mixture of
potassium allyl-sulphate and sulphocyanide, and as such it is hardly
fit for therapeutic purposes. Dr. E. Mylius, who reports on this
subject, finds that the best artificial oil met with in German com-
merce contains about eight per cent, of impurities. In a valuable
contribution to the chemistry of essential oils presented to the
British Pharmaceutical Conference, Dr. Tilden records the results of
a further study of the action of nitroxyl chloride (N CI) on
various terpenes of the formula C^, H^g. The results of this re-
action enable him not only to distinguish true terpenes from the
polymeric hydrocarbons of the formulae C^jH,^, Cgo Hgo, etc., but
also to distinguish between various true terpenes obtained from
different sources. He ari'ives at the conclusion that the terpenes
from several diff'erent plants are really indentical and not simply
isomeric. This he believes to be the case with the terpenes fi^om
French turpentine, juniper, and sage ; also with those from orange
peel, bergamot, and lemon. Thus he divides the natural terpenes
into two groups, viz., the turpentine group and the orange group,
differing from each other by their boiling point, the melting points
of their nitroso- derivatives, and other features. The difference in
odour which the members of either group exhibit is attributed by
him to the presence of small quantities of the heavier constituents
of the oils, which it is almost impossible to separate completely by

1) INTRODUCTION.

distillation. The oils of lavender and savin do not appear to be
terpenes, as even their most volatile fractions contain oxygen. The
oils of caraway and sage, however, contain terpenes besides oxygen
compounds. The latter forms the subject of an elaborate report by
Messrs. ^I. ^I. Pattison Muir and S. Sugiura, which was also read
at the Plymouth meeting of the Conference. A reinvestigation of
the stearoptcn of oil of cubebs, by Dr. E. Schmidt, confirms the
correctness of the formula C^- Hoj^. Ho 0, which had been called in
question by Messrs. J. Jobst and 0. Hesse.

!Mr. E. F. Teschemacher recommends a process for the assay of
opium, the main points of which consist in the avoidance of the
use of alcohol for extracting the morphine, and the separation of
the meconic acid at an early stage, thus preventing the formation of
a basic meconate on px'ecipitation of the morphine. The same sub-
ject is treated in a supplementary note to his previous report by
Mr. B. S. Proctor, in which he suggests some further improvements
respecting the exhaustion of opium by percolation.

The manufacture of sodium carbonate from common salt by the
so-called ammonia process is already undergoing important modifi-
cations. Hitherto, the main step in the process was the formation
of sodium bicarbonate (see Year-Boole of Pharmacy , 1874, p. 171).
The improvement now introduced is based upon the comparative
insolubility of monohydrated sodium carbonate (Na^ C O3. Hn 0) in
a concentrated solution of sodium chloride. This carbonate crystal-
lizes at 60°-70° C. from a mixed saturated solution of ammoniura
carbonate and common salt containing the latter in excess. It is
converted into the ordinary carbonate, Xa^ C O3. 10 Ho 0, by simple
recrystallization.

The question, whether two different salts, when dissolved together
in water, exist in the solution in the same condition in which they
were introduced, or whether they suffer a mutual decomposition, is
difficult to decide in cases in which such a decomposition does not
result in the foi-mation of an insoluble or difficultly soluble combina-
tion. Some light is thrown on this subject by Dr. H. C. Dibbits,
who bases his conclusions on the different quantities of ammonia lost
by solutions of different ammonium salts upon boiling. By dissolv-
ing equivalent proportions of ammonium sulphate and potassium
chloride, and determining the loss of ammonia on boiling, so as to
ascertain whether this loss is equal to that ocurring with ammonium
sulphate, or to that ocurring with ammonium chloride, he finds the
boiled solution to contain ammonium chloride, ammonium sulphate,
potassium chloride, and potassium sulphate. With other salts of

INTRODUCTION. /

potassium and ammonium, the results are the same, proving in each
case a partial decomposition of the salts employed.

The chemical constitution of chlorinated lime seems to afford an
unlimited scope for the exercise of chemical ingenuity, for year after
year brings fresh contributions to its literature. The most recent re-
port on this subject is one by Mr. C. Stahlschmidt, in whose opinion
bleaching powder contains no free calcium hydrate whatever,
but has a composition represented by the formula 2 Ca H CI Oo +
Ca Clo + 2 Ho 0, its main constituent being a calcium hydro-oxy-

chloride, CaH CI 0^, or Ca<^-. p,, which he believes to be formed

by the replacement of an atom of hydrogen in calcium hydrate
by an atom of chlorine. The calcium chloride he regards as stand-
ing outside the constitution of chlorinated lime.

Turning now to that branch of chemical literature more
particularly devoted to the methods of analysis, we have again to
record a number of processes more or less directly valuable to
pharmacists. Mr. J\I. M. Pattison Muir estimates bismuth volu-
metrically, by adding a titrated solution of potassium dichromate
to a nearly neutral solution of bismuth nitrate until the whole of
the metal is precipitated as chromate. The final point of the reaction
is determined by bringing a drop of the supernatant liquid into con-
tact with a drop of solution of silver nitrate, when the slightest
excess of the test will be indicated by the formation of red silver
chromate. The titration of nitric acid by indigo requires certain
precautious and conditions, the details of which form the subject of
;i paper by Mr. R. Warington. Professor F. Stolba has rendered
good service to analysts by showing that the estimation of phos-
phoric acid and magnesium by precipitation as ammonio magnesium
phosphate, etc., may be effected volumetrically. Instead of igniting
the washed precipitate and weighing it as pyrophosphate, it is only
necessary to determine its alkalinity by means of deci-normal hydro-
chloric acid, using cochineal as an indicator. Arsenic acid may be
estimated in the same manner. The action of the acid on the pre-
cipitate is explained by the following equation : —

Mg. N Hj. P 0^ + 2 H CI = N H^. H... P 0^ + Mg CU ■
Mg. N H^. As 0^ + 2 H CI = :^^ H^. Ho" As O^ + Mg clg.

If magnesium is to be estimated in the presence of calcium, the
latter need only be precipitated by ammonium oxalate in the presence
of ammonium chloride, and the magnesium then thrown down by
sodium phosphate and ammonium hydrate, without removing the

8 INTEODDCTION.

calcium oxalate by filtration, for the oxalate does not interfere in tlie
least with the titration of the magnesium precipitate. We have
had occasion to try his process and are much pleased with the
results. It is evident that the officinal sodium phosphate, Na,. H. P 0^,
may thus be directly titrated -without being first converted into
ammonio magnesium phosphate : —

Na.. H. P.Oj + H CI - Na. H.. P 0^ + Ka Cl ;

or after ignition : —

Na^. P. 0; + H. + 2 H Cl - 2 Na Ho P 0^ + 2 Na Cl.

Mr. H. Pellet points out that chlorides can be readily titrated in
the presence of phosphates by acidifying the solution with nitric
acid, then neutralizing with calcium carbonate, and afterwards de-
termining the chlorine by means of standard silver nitrate and
potassium chromate in the usual manner. The same chemist, in
conjunction with M. F. Jean, suggests the application of baryta
water and a titrated acid for the volumetric estimation of oxalates.
Tannin is recommended by !Mr. H. Kiimmerer as a reagent in water
analysis on account of its power of precipitating gelatinous and
albuminoid matters. A handy process for estimating magnesia in
potable waters is proposed by Mr. L. Legler, and consists mainly
in the precipitation of the magnesium as hydrate by a known
quantity of sodium or potassium hydrate, and the titration of the
excess of alkali by standard sulphuric acid. In estimating potas-
sium and sodium in a mixture of their carbonates by the so-called
indirect method, it was hitherto the rule first to convert the carbon-
ates into chlorides or sulphates. This Dr. Wittstein shows to be
unnecessary, as the relative proportions of the two carbonates may
be equally well calculated from the quantity of carbonic acid the
mixture is found to contain. Mr. W. F. Koppeschaar bases a volu-
metric process for the estimation of phenol on its well-known re-
action with bromine water. The latter is added in excess to ensure
complete precipitation of the phenol as Cg Ho Brg H, and the
excess of the reagent determined by potassium iodide and standard
solution of sodium hyposulphide. The separation and detection of
arsenic in forensic analyses is best effected, according to ^Mr. J. A.
Kaiser, by heating the suspected organic matter with sulphuric acid
and sodium chloride, and converting the chloride of arsenic now
contained in the distillate into arsenic acid by means of potassium
chlorate. The product is then in a suitable condition for examin-
ation by ]Mar.-^h's test or any of the usual methods. For the quanti-

INTKODUCTIOX. \f

tative defcerminatiou of traces of this poison in mineral and organic
substances, M. Crommydes strongly recommends Gautior's process,
which consists in the evolution of the ai'sonic from a i\Iarsh's appa-
ratus in the form of arseniuretted hydrogen, and the direct weighing
of the metallic arsenic deposited in the combustion tube. On theo-
retical grounds we cannot but doubt the accuracy of this method,
for it is well known that an appreciable portion of the arsenic in-
troduced into Marsh's apparatus remains in it as such with the
zinc. The results of M. Crommydes' experiments, however, exhibit
nevertheless a high degree of accuracy, and such being the case, we
beg to recommend this apparently very handy and expeditious pro-
cess to the further notice of critical investigators.

The analysis of food and drugs, or rather the detection of adulter-
ation therein, is a subject which during the last six years has re-
ceived so many contributions that it may almost be said to have a
literature of its own. This is no doubt a direct consequence and, we
venture to say, one of the best results of the Adulteration Act, a
result which, we trust, may long continue to accrue from its operation.
During the current year the published researches bearing on this
subject have been fewer in number than heretofore, but this is pro-
bably to be regarded merely as a temporary lull to be followed by
an increased activity. One of the most difficult tasks a public
analyst may be called upon to perform, and one which but a few
years ago would have been wholly beyond his power, is the detection
and estimation of admixtures of foreign fats in butter. Even now
the processes employed for this purpose can hardly be said to be
entirely satisfactory, but they have unquestionably been much
advanced by the researches of Messrs. Angell and Hehner, and more
recently by the reports of Dr. Muter and Dr. Dupre, from which it
appears that the specific gravity of the butter fat, together with its
percentages of soluble and insoluble fatty acids, afford a fairly reli-
able indication of the presence or absence of adulteration. An
excellent and withal very simple mode of detecting mineral acids
in vinegar is recommended by Mr. Hehner, who relies for this pur-
pose on the reaction of the ash. The traces of alkaline acetates and
tartrates invariably occurring in vinegar are converted into car-
bonates by incineration, and thus impart an alkaline reaction to
the ash. An admixture of sulphuric or hydrochloric acid would
convert these acetates and tartrates into sulphates or chlorides ;
thus causing the ash of such vinegar to be neutral to test paper.
The quantity of the adulterant is ascertained by mixing the vinegar
with a measured volume of deci-normal solution of soda, evaporating

1 INTRODUCTION.

the mixture to dryness, incinerating the residue, and determining
the loss of alkalinity by titration with deci-normal sulphuric acid.
This process is likewise applicable for the estimation of mineral
acids in adulterated lime or lemon jnice. Sulphuric acid may also
be detected in vinegar by means of a reaction of colchicine described
by Prof. Fliickiger. The same chemist reports on the characters of
gurjun oil, and its detection in copaiba by means of carbon bisul-
phide and a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids. For the deter-
mination of fatty oils in adulterated copaiba, Dr. Muter makes use of
a process based on the different degrees of solubility of the sodium
salts of oleic and copaivic acids in a mixture of ether and alcohol.
Mr. Greenish supplies pharmacists with some further valuable
information concerning the use of the microscope for the detection
of adulteration, by drawing attention to the distinctive character of
cassava starch, the pi'oduce of ManiJwt utlUsstma, which has been
repeatedly observed as an adulterant of arrowroot. The same
instrument is shown by j\lr. W. J. Clark to afford a ready means
for the recognition of an admixture of seed or rind with the pow-
dered pulp of colocynth. An unusual amount of attention has been
devoted to the testing of wines, and the detection therein of fuchsine
and other artificial colouring matters. Abstracts of the most im-
portant papers bearing on this subject will be found in this volume.
The influence of desiccation and other modes of preservation of
various vegetable articles of food forms the subject of a chemical
study by Prof. Attfield, the results of which are embodied in an
interesting report read at the Plymouth meeting of the British
Pharmaceutical Conference.

The question whether or not copper is to be considered a poison
has been much discussed of late, without leading to anything like
unanimity of opinion. It appeal's to be generally conceded, how-
ever, that this metal is not a poison in the same sense in which
arsenic, lead, and mercury are termed poisons ; it does not directly
produce fatal effects, and workmen engaged in its production and in
the manufacture of its salts do not seem to suffer in health from
their occupation. Messrs. Paul and Kingzett believe that preserved
peas coloured with small quantities of copper salts, such as those
largely imported from France, are pei-fectly harmless, basing their
opinion on the observation that the greater part of this metal thus
introduced into the stomach is eliminated Avith the fajccs. All that
is positively known respecting the action of copper, is that in large
or even in moderate doses it produces vomiting and other violent
symptoms, and that in smaller doses it produces asti-ingent effects ;

INTKODUCTION. 1 J

but Avhether the regular and long continued introduction of minute
quantities, such as occur in coloured vegetables, may or may not be
detrimental to health, is at preset, we think, an open question, the
final solution of which lies outside the sphere of chemical research.

MM. Dujardin Beaumetz and Audige have studied the effects
on dogs of liyjiodermic injections of glycerin, and arrive at the con-
clusion that, when administered in large doses, this substance
possesses decided toxic properties, producing symptoms analogous
to those of acute alcoholism. This fact, apart from its thei-apeutic
value, cannot fail to be interesting to chemists who regard glycerin
as an alcohol of the formula Cg Hj 3 H O.

Among the vegetable drugs which during the present year have
formed the objects of chemical and medical research, there are not
many that can be classed as new remedies, the majority of them
having met with previous notices. Xanthinm spinosimi is introduced
as a remedy for hydrophobia, and strongly recommended as such by
Dr. Grzymala. M. Guichard, who deals with the chemistry and
pharmacy of this drug, considers an alcoholic extract as the best
form for its administration, and states that he has obtained indica-
tions therein of the presence of an alkaloid which he soon hopes to
isolate. Olive-tree bark is spoken of as a valuable febrifuge, owing
its therapeutic properties to a principle similar in its action to
quinine, to which the name oliverine has been given. The same
properties are attributed to the so-called quinine flower, a drug
derived from a gentianaceous plant growing in Florida. The root
of Smvi latifolium, a Californian plant belonging to the order
Umhelliferce, is reported to possess toxic properties, resembling
those of digitalis and due to a resinous constituent. Mate, or Para-
guayan tea, is said to be obtained from the leaves and young
branches of Hex mate paraguayensis, and to contain a considerable
amount of caffeine ; its prolonged use as a beverage appears to prove
injurious to the heart and digestive organs. The root of Mer/arrhiza
Californica is described as a strong di'astic and hydragogue purga-
tive, owing its action to a glucoside named megarrhizin, which
agrees in many of its chemical and physical properties with colo-
cynthin and bryonin, but is not identical with either. The alcoholic
extract of the root may be administered in doses varying from an
eighth of a grain to half a grain, and will probably prove very
useful in dropsical conditions, as it also augments the urinary dis-
charges ; in large doses it is a powerful irritant, causing gastro-
enteritis and death. An alkaloid named timbonine has been isolated
by M. Martin from the root bark of timbo (PaidUnia 2^innaia), a

12 INTKODUCTION.

Bi-azilian dnig which is used in the form of poultices as an irritant.
Mr. A. Kopj) gives a description of an odorous resin, called rcsiiia
iiuaiaci jH'riuu'iina aromatlca, the origin of which is as yet unknown.
It is stated to be entirely different from true guaiacum resin, and to
yield ujiou distiUation with v/atcr a volatile oil the odour of which
resembles a mixture of peppermint and lemon. Hoang-Nan is the
name of a bark which is said to be much esteemed in Toug-King
(in Eastern Asia) as a remedy for hydrophobia. Specimens of this
drug received and examined by M. Planchon correspond in every
])articular with the bark of Sfrijchnos nux vomica. The description
of a large number of Indian drugs, their botanical sources, and the
uses to which they are applied, forms the subject of an interesting
and very extensive report by Prof. Dymock, published in the Phar-
maceutical Society's Journal.

^Ir. J. Jobst reports that his attempts to prepare cotoiu from
recent importations of cota bark have failed in their immediate
object, but have led to the isolation, by the same process which pre-
viously yielded cotoin (see Year-Booh of Fharmacy, 1876, p. 150),
of a body similar to and possessing the same therapeutic proper-
ties as cotoin. This he proposes to call 2^'^^^'<^''(^otoin. The bark
itself differs from that previously operated upon in its external
appearance as well as in its odour and taste. A subsequent examin-
ation of the recently imported bark shows the presence therein of
four distinct crystalhue principles, viz. paracotoin. Cjg Hj^ Og ; leu-
cotin, Coi HoQ Og ; oxyleiicotin, Coj Hoq O7 ; and hijdrocotoin, Cno Hoq Og.
Cotoin is now found to have a composition corresponding to the
formula Coo Hjg Og, from which paracotoin appears to be a homo-
logue differing by C3 Hg. The latter, notwithstanding its high price,
is finding much favour as a remedy against all forms of diarrhoea.

MM. Gallois and Hardy publish the details of a chemical
investigation of mancona bark, the produce of ErijthrojjJdoeurn
ffiiiiieoise, resulting in the isolation of a strongly poisonous alkaloid,
to which they give the name cri/throjJdeine. It resembles strych-
nine in its reaction with ])otassium permanganate and sulphuric
acid, but the coloration thus produced is less intense, and soon
changes to a dirty brown. The bark of Galipea Casparia, commonly
known as angostura bark, has also furnished a new alkaloid, which
Me.s.srs. Oberlin and Schlagdcnhauffen find to be soluble in ether,
chloroform, and benzoline, and to differ entii-ely from Saladin's
cusparme. On the other hand, the asserted existence of an alkaloid
iu scammony root is dis])uted by Messrs. Kingzett and Parries.
Resin of si-ammony, according to the same authors, is a glucoside.

INTRODUCTION. lo

differing but little from jalapin. The toxic properties of Persian
insect powder (the flowers of P^retlinoni caucasicuvi) also appear to be
due to a glucoside, for such the body named persicin, prepared and
described by Mr. R. Rotlier, proves to be.

The active properties of Indian hemp have hitherto been ascribed
to its resinous constituents. Dr. Preobraschensky, however, shows
that commercial hashish, as well as the flowering tops of the plant,
and the pure extract prepared therefrom, all contain a volatile
alkaloid which, in odour, taste, the crystalline forms of its salts,
and its reactions with platinic chloride and other tests, corresponds
exactly with nicotine. Two grams of the extract distilled with lime
and potash furnished 63'5 milligrams of nicotine.

Professor Buchheim's research on the constituents of black pepper
establishes the fact that the amorphous substance pi-eviously denoted
as " resin," is a distinct principle, which, like piperin, yields piperi-
din when treated with alcoholic solution of potash. While piperin
may be regarded as piperidin, C5 H -^o H I^, in which one atom of
hydrogen is replaced by pipericacid, C5 H^q (C^oHg O3) N, chavicin,
the body referred to, is to be considered as piperidin in which an
atom of hydrogen is replaced in a similar manner by chavicic acid.
A part of Mr. Thi'esh's report on cayenne pepper deals with the
fatty matter obtained from it, proving free palmitic acid to be its
predominating constituent.

Pumpkin seeds, according to Mr. E. Heckel, owe their anthelmin-
tic action to a resinous substance contained in the outer layer of the
fourth or innermost coat of the seed, and not, as was formerly sup-
posed, to the fatty oil residing in the cotyledons. Owing to the
absence of this papyraceous membrane, which alone contains the
resin, in other cucurbitaceons seeds, the latter are said to be inert.
At the same time it is shown that even active seeds become inert by
being blanched in a fresh state, as all the coats are thereby removed.
The seeds of Uicinus communis form the subject of an examination
by Mr. E. L.Boerner, showing them to contain, in addition to the fatty
oil, emulsin, sugar, and a crystallizable body possessing none of the
characters of an alkaloid.

In a paper read before the Pharmaceutical Society, Mr. H. Senier
supplies some interesting information respecting the nature of the
colouring matter contained in the petals of Eosa gallica. This sub-
stance appears to be an acid capable of forming well-defined crystal-
lized salts with the alkali metals. The numbers obtained in an
analysis of the lead salt lead to the formula Pb^ Co^ H^g Oo^.

Emodin, one of the constituents of rhubarb, is now known to be

li INTRODUCTION.

also a constituent oE the bark of Bhamnus frangula. Messrs.
Liebermaim and "Waldstein, who have isolated this substance from
a parcel of old bark, admit that it is not quite identical with the
frangulic acid, or frangulin, obtained bj Faust, and consider it
probable that the latter may exist in the recent bark and become
gradually converted into emodin by oxidation. Such a change, if
confirmed, would throw light on the hitherto unexplained fact that
this bark requires to be ke2)t for at least twelve months before it
is suitable for medicinal use (see Year-Book of Pharmao/, 1876,
p. 162).

The presence of tannic acid in gentian root, first asserted by Mr.
E. L. Patch, and subsequently disputed by Professor Maisch, is now
confirmed by M. Ville, who finds that the colouring matter of gen-
tian, known as gentianin, gives unmistakable reactions with ferric
chloride, albumen, and gelatine. Gelsemiuic acid, one of the prin-
ciples isolated from the root of Gelsemium scmpervirens is proved by
Professor Sonnenschein to be identical with sesculin, a substance
contained in the bark of the horse chestnut. Benzoic and cinnamic
acids are now stated to occur in balsam of tolu in the free state as
well as in that of their benzylic ethers.

Pi'ofessorBentley draws attention to the distinguishing chai'acters
of valerian and the rhizome and rootlets of Vei-atmm album, on
account of an admixture of the latter he has recently detected in a .
parcel of valerian. In a like manner, Mr. Holmes deals with the
features of distinction between aconite root and the root of master-
wort, Imperatoria odrutlimm, which he has observed to occur as an
adulterant or admixture in the former. Considering the cheapness
of aconite root, !Mr. Holmes attributes this adulteration to care-
lessness in collecting the drug, an opinion which receives much
support from an article on masterwort published in the Pharma-
ceutische Zeitunrj, an abstract of which will be found on page '100 of
this volume.

Notwithstanding all that has been said and written with reference
to the syrups of phosphates of iron, this subject still continues to
engage attention, as may be seen from the further contributions it
has received during the cui-rent year. A ferric citrophosphate, of the
formula Fcj. P 0^. Cg Hj 0^, is described and recommended by Mr.
Rother as superior, both as regards flavour and the stability of its
solution, to all similar combinations now in use. Among the modern
ferric preparations employed as therapeutic agents, a solution of a
very basic oxychloride, known as "J'crrum dialysatum," deserves to
be mentioned here as one rapidly gaining favour with the medical

INTKODUCTION. 15

profession on account of its non-astringenej and ready assimilation
in the system. Its history, mode of preparation, and properties form
the subject of several papers contained in this vohime. The process
of dialysis will probably before long find a more extensive applica-
tion in pharmacy than has hitherto been the case ; for not only does
it afford an easy and very simple means of separating crystallizable
substances from gummy, extractive, colouring, and other colloid
matters, but it may also serve, as Mr. Rother shows, for the concen-
tration of solutions of crystalloids without the aid of heat, an
important point considering the injurious influence of the latter on
many vegetable alkaloids and other active principles.

The pharmacy of sugar receives able treatment at the hands of
Dr. Symes in a paper read before the British Pharmaceutical Con-
ference, in which he deals with the various objects for which sugar
is used in pharmaceutical preparations, the condition in which it
should be used, its inversion by acids, and other points of interest.
Mr. E. Gregory criticises the various modes of preparing emulsions,
and arrives at the conclusion that the use of mucilage in these
processes should be abandoned in favour of powdered gum. For
the preparation of extracts known to suffer in quality from the-
application of heat, Mr. A. Herrara suggests the abstraction of the
greater part of the water from the expressed juice or cold infusion by
repeated freezing, and the subsequent evaporation of the mother-
liquor at a temperature not exceeding oO° C. Extract of couium
thus prepared has the characteristic odour of conine, and when
treated with water yields a solution possessing the appearance and
all the properties of the fresh juice. A cold process of preparing
essential oils, consisting mainly in their extraction by means of
petroleum benzin, is described by Mr. L. Wolff, who states that oils
obtained in this manner have an ai'oma superior in many cases to
that of the same oils obtained by distillation.

Mr. B. Squire points out the ready solubility of crystallized
nitrate of bismuth in glycerin, and recommends such a solution
both for internal and external application. The chemical reactions
of this glycerole induce jNIr. J. Williams to regai-d it as a chemical
combination, whereas Mr. W. Willmott, who has likewise studied its
behaviour with reagents, believes it to be a mere solution. An obate
of bismuth containing twenty per cent of the oxide is suggested by
Mr. S. C. Betty as a suitable external remedy. Mr. Squire also pro-
poses the use of chrysophauic acid, one of the principles of rhubarb,
in the place of goa powder, of which it forms the chief constituent.
It is best applied in the form of ointments, formulse for the prepar-

1 INTKODUCTIUN.

atiou of which are given hotli by ~Mr. Squire and Mr. Gerrard. Mr.
W. W. Urwick reports the interesting observation that an albumin-
atecl sohition of phosphorus in a mixture of absolute alcohol and
glycerin instantly loses its odour and taste on the addition of a
few drops of oil of neroli, thus producing a pleasant and palatable
mixture.

We cannot, in our opinion, more fitly conclude this introductory
chapter than by drawing the attention of our readers to Mr.
Schacht's account of his experience in the equipment and working
of a small pharmaceutical laboratory. His lucid description,
c-oupled as it is with excellent drawings by Mr. J. Thompson, will
serve as a valuable guide to many a pharmacist engaged in the
construction or improvement of a laboratory of his own, and as an
inducement to many others, who previously might not have thought
of so doing, to combine the work of the laboratory with the duties
of the counter ; a combination which, if judiciously carried out, can
only result to their advantage. There are among the numerous
preparations used in pharmacy many, the purity and strength of
which cannot be ascertained by reliable tests ; and with regard to
those the pharmacist's best, if not his only, safeguard consists in their
production by himself or under his own supervision. Nor can the
education of the modern student of pharmacy be deemed suflficient
unless his knowledge of dispensing and retail business be supple-
mented by a fair amount of practical experience concerning the
processes of the pharmacopoeia, and this, it need hardly be said, can
only be acquired in the laboratory. In many respects Mr. Schacht's
report appears to us a most valuable item in the pharmaceutical
literature of the year, and as such we most heartily commend it ic
our readers.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY.

YEAE-BOOK OF PHAEMACY.

PART I.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY.

The Detection of Arsenic in Poisoning Cases. J. A. Kaiser.

(Zeitschr. flir Aiialijl.-Ckem., xiv., 250-281.) The conversion of ar-
senic into chloride, and its separation as such from organic sub-
stances by distillation, is known as one of the best processes for the
isolation and detection of tliis poison in forensic investigations.
The author's method is a modification of this process, and consists
mainly in the conversion of the distilling chloride into arsenic acid
by means of fi-ee chlorine. The suspected Substances are introduced
into a large flaslc and mixed with a sufficient quantity of sulphuric
acid previously diluted with one-third of its weight of water, to
render the mixture fluid. The whole is allowed to stand for at
least twelve hours, in order to effect the complete disintegration of
the animal tissues. A quantity of fased sodium chloride is then
added in large fragments, the flask connected with a smaller one in
which are placed a few crystals of potassium chloi'ate, and this
second flask in its turn connected with an absorption bulb contain-
ing water. Upon gently heating the contents of the large flask and
continuing the application of heat until the fragments of sodium
chloride have quite disappeared, chloride of arsenic distils over ;
and this, by the action of the chlorine evolved from the potassium
chlorate, is converted into arsenic acid, which collects in the ab-
sorption bulb. The distillate may then be examined by ^Marsh's
test or any of the usual methods. The author's report is a lengthy
one, embodying minute details of all the operations involved. A
blank experiment with the same quantities of the reagents to be
employed is recommended, for ascertaining their absolute freedom
from arsenic.

Determination of Phosphorus in Forensic Analyses. 0. Schif f er-
decker. (Zeitschr. des cesterr. Aiioth.-Ver., 1876, 299.) The author

20 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

has made a series of espcriments with the view of ascertaining to
"U-hat extent Mitscherlich's process for the detection of free phos-
phorus may be available for its quantitative estimation. He found
that if the distillation be carried on to the complete termination of
laminosity, about three-fourths of the phosphorus present will be
found in the distillate. The contents of the receiver are treated
with chlorine to convert the phosphorus into phosphoric acid, which
is then pi'ecipitated by a mixture of magnesium sulphate, ammo-
nium chloride, and ammonium hydrate. The precipitate, when
washed, dried, and ignited, contains in 100 parts 46"2 parts of
phosphorus.

Ergotinuie. M. Tanret. (Journal cle P}iarm.,Seipt., 1870.) Pro-
fessor Dragendorff's statement that Tanret's ergotinine was not a
chemically distinct substance, but a mixture owing its activity to
the presence of sclerei'ythrin (see Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1876,
98, 250), is contradicted by the author, who supplies the following
evidence to show that his ergotinine cannot contain even a trace
of sclererythrin. Sclererythrin is a red substance, forming with
alcohol and ether solutions an intense reddish yellow colour. The
least trace of it is sufficient to give, with dilute akalies, " a beautiful
murexid colour.-' Ergotinine, however, is nearly coloxirless, and does
not produce any coloration with alkalies. If an alkaline solution of
sclererythrin is treated with an acid, and shaken with ether, the
colouring matter passes into the ether. The contrary takes place with
ergotinine ; acids remove it from its solution in ether. The violet
colour Avhich sulphuric acid produces with scleroiodin cannot be
confounded with that characteristic of ergotinine. Sulphuric acid
alone strikes with the latter only a gi'eenish blue. In order to
develop the reddish yellow colour, followed by an intense violet blue
(see Ycar-Boolc of I'liarmacy, 1876, 98), it is necessary that the acid
should not be too concentrated, but diluted with about one-eighth
of water. Ergotinine is soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and ether,
in which scleroiodin is insoluble.

The author regrets that Prof. Dragendorff has not given more
explicit details as to the preparation and properties of the bodies re-
presented by him as being the active principles of ergot, scleromucin,
and sclerotic acid.

Ergotine. Prof Buchheim. (From the KUnisclie Wochen-
schrift; Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, vi., 4.) Like other investi-
gators, the author has failed in his attempts to isolate the active
principles of ergot. He has arrived at the conclusion that such
an isolation is impossible, and that for practical medical purposes

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 21

the infusion of ergot, or the freshly prepared cxti-act, will alone
remain available. The organization of the ergot fungus seems
to him so low that its myceUiim cannot build up organic matter,
so as to constitute an alkaloid or glucoside substance, from water,
carbonic acid, and ammonia, but feeds, so to speak, more directly
on the vegetable material of the mother plant. He believes that
less elementary compounds are taken np by it from the rye
grain, and thinks the gluten the most likely material from
which to form the gelatine-like substance which he isolated partly
from ergotine. On this modified albuminous constituent of the
rye, at a certain stage of its metamorphosis, he infers, depends the
peculiar action of the fresh infusion or extract. Any further com-
plex chemical processes and reactions for the isolation of the active
substance must necessarily have changed it so much in its natural
course of decomposition, that it has lost it efficacy; in the same
manner, for instance, as the decomposing albuminous substances of
putrid blood lose their poisonous effects when decomposition has
reached a certain jDoint. The freshly prepared ergotine seems
therefore to give alone a guarantee of success. For subcutaneous
application it ought to be carefully neutralized by carbonate of soda,
as it contains much acid, especially lactic acid, as Buchheim found,
besides quantities of leucine.

Amyrin, the Principal Constituent of Elemi. E. Buri.
(Neues Bc2:)ert. Pharm., x:s.v., liyo-204:.) In his last reports on the
chemisti-y of elemi, Prof. Flilckiger mentioned that bryiodin of the
formula (C^q 1^16)2 + '^ -^2 ^' constituted only a very small propor-
tion of the crystallizable matter present in the resin, and assumed
that the greater part consisted of amyrin of the formula
(CiQH^g)2 + Ho 0, which body the author has more fully investi-
gated.

Amyrin is contained in elemi in the form of microscopic prisms,
which can be separated from the other ingredients by treatment
with cold alcohol, the former being insoluble in that liquid. By re-
peatedly recrystallizing the residue from hot alcohol, amyrin is
obtained in colourless needles, joined together as globular aggregates
of silky lustre. It melts at 177°, but resolidifies at a much lower
temperature. Water does not dissolve it, but ether, chloroform,
and carbon bisulphide dissolve it easily. Experiments have shown
that 100 parts of alcohol dissolve 3"627 parts of amyrin at 10°.
Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves amyrin with a reddish
colour. It is not attacked by melting potash. An alcoholic
solution of amyrin rotates the plane of polarized light to the right.

11 YEAR-EOOK OF PHARMACY.

The rotation in a layer 200 mm. long was equal to + 4'5°at IC.
Sp. gr. of the solution at 1G° = 0-8255.

Amyrin is not volatilized in the vapour of water at the ordinary
atmospheric pressure. When heated in a retort, it melts and de-
composes, giving at 200° a yellow, thin, oily distillate, which becomes
thicker as the temperature rises. The distillate afterwards solidifies;
and at the end yellow clouds ascend, which condense in the neck of
the retort to a yellow powder, leaving behind a shiny blistered cake.
On heating a thin layer very carefully, amyrin sublimes in long thin
needles ; but the yield is only very small. Amyrin dried at 100°
gave, by analysis, 81'31 to SS'TT per cent, carbon, and ll'oO to ll'Sl
hydrogen, agreeing nearly with the formula Cj Hj^ 0, which re-
quires 63-80 C, 11-73 H, and 4-47 0.

An atom of hydrogen in the molecule of amyrin can be replaced
by the radical of acetic acid. One part of amyrin was heated with
about four parts of acetic anhydride in a sealed tube to 150° for
several hours, and the residue dissolved in hot alcohol and recrystal-
lized, when acetyl-amyrin Avas obtained in white micaceous laminge.
It melts at lt'8', and solidifies a few degrees lower. It is more
difficultly soluble in alcohol then amyrin. At 18°, lOU parts of
alcohol dissolve 0-473 part of acetyl-amyrin. Analysis gave 80-71
to 81-23 per cent. C, and 10-90 to 10-97 H,. agreeing with the
formula C,; H^ 0,, or C.- H^^ (C. H. 0) O, which requires 81 C,
11 H, and 8 0.

Bromine acts energetically on solid amyrin, forming a blackish
green mass with strong evolution of hydrobromic acid. A cold
saturated alcoholic solution of amyrin was treated with an excess of
bromine, a yellow precipitate being deposited after several hours,
which was recrystallized from hot alcohol. The purified product
forms a colourless, indistinctly crystalline powder, which melts at 130°
with decomposition. The analysis of this body gave 2982 to 30-10
percent, bromine, 59-58 to 59-67 carbon, and 795 to 8-17 hydrogen,
numbers which may be represented approximately by either of the
formulae, C^q Hj, Br3 and C,o Hgj Brg ; the former requiring
60-07 per cent. C, 7-89 H, 30-04 Br, and 200 0; the latter 5963
C, 8-11 H, 29-96 Br, and 200 0. The formation of these com-
pounds may be represented by the equations: —

8 (0,5 H,. 0) + 30 Br - 5 (C,,, H^g Br.5 0) + 15 H Br + 3 H. ;
8 (€,, H,, 0) ~ 20 Br = 5 (C,o H,, Br, 0) + 5 H Br + 3 H, 0.

Boiling nitric acid forms with amyrin a clear yellow solution, which

PHAR5IACEUTTCAL CHEMISTRY.

after evaporation leaves a yellow mass. This mass gives an acid solu-
tion in water, as it contains oxalic acid. It reduces Feliling's solution
when warmed. The greater part, however, is not soluble in water;
it forms a resiu acid, which when boiled with alcohol deposits, after
cooling, a yellow powder. Dry hydrochloric gas does not act on
amyrin alone, or dissolved in chloroform.

The destructive distillation of amyrin, yielded the following pro-
ducts : —

1. A fraction distilling at 60° - 70^. This formed a colourless
liquid, lighter than water, almost tasteless, and with pleasant smell,
and giving by analysis So'lo, and (2) 83-47 per cent, carbon, and
14'.50 to 14-75 hydrogen.

•2. A fraction distilling at 185'' - 200° was a yellow thin liquid,
sparingly soluble in water, with pleasant smell and aromatic taste,
and giving by anyalsis 81'65 per cent., 11*47 H, and 658 0.

3. A fraction distilling at 260° - 280° was a golden yellow thick
liquid, with slight smell and sharp taste, insoluble in water, and
giving 84-40 C, 11-56 H, and 4-04 0.

4. Above 300°, a thick liquid with brown colour distilled over.
The yellow powder observed at the end of the distilling operation
consisted of three different bodies, which could not be separated and
purified.

The comparison of amyrin with icacin, recently described by Sten-
bouse and Groves {Lieb. Ann., clsxx., 253) as a body contained in
the incense-tree, is worthy of notice, as Fliickiger assumes it to be
an clemi resin. It melts at 175°. Stenhouse and Groves give the
foi-mula C^g H-Q ; bnt Fliickiger thinks it probable that this body
is similar to amyrin, and accordingly deduces from his analyses the
formula C^- F-^ = (C5 H3) g + H^ O. Icacin seems to replace amyrin
in some kinds of elemi.

If Prof. Fliickiger's formula be adopted, we obtain the following
series of elemi constituents : —

Volatile Oil (C^ Hg;.

Icaciu (C5H8)9^-IL,6

Amyrin (CjHgjj + HjO

Bryoidiii (CjHs)4 + 3HoO

The Action of Dilute Nitric Acid on Brucine. W. A. Sheustonc.
(From a paper read before the Pharmaceutical Society, Febi-uary 7th,
1877 ; Pharm. Jotirn., 3rd series, vii., 652, 653.) The results of the
author's experiments fully confirm those published last year by
Mr. Cownley (Year-Booh of PJiarmacij, 1876, 28), and disprove Prof.

- i YEAR-BOOK OF THA-RMACY.

Sonnensclieiu's allegation that bruciiic can be converted into strycli-
nino by the action of dilute nitric acid (Year-Boole ofPharmacij, 1875,
-2). It further appears from Shenstone's research that traces of
strychnine are readily destroyed by the action of even very dilute
nitric acid, and this fact probably explains why Prof. Sonnenschein
■failed to detect strychnine in the brucinc experimented Avith. The
desti'uction of strychnine by niti'ic acid, moreover, is an imj^ortant
point in forensic investigations.

^Ir. Shenstone also gives a method of purifying brucine, "svhich
depends upon the fact that strychnine precipitates brucine from its
salts, and consists in partially precipitating the brucine from its
salts with an alkali, standing aside for a few houi-s, collecting, wash-
ing, and redissolving the precipitate in a dilute acid, then again
partially precipitating, etc. The author found that the bruicne tested
gave no indication of strychnine after four precipitations. The cost
of this purification need be but slight, as the unprecipitated brucine
can be recovered.

Note on Acetate of Morphine. M. Merck. (PharuK Zeitinuj,
1870.) When freshly prepared acetate of morphine is easily and
completely soluble in water ; but it soon becomes less soluble, owing
to a continual though slow elimination of acetic acid, which leads to
the formation of a basic salt and eventually of pure morphine. It is
further altered by long keeping, becoming yellow and even brown.
The property of forming a colourless solution in cold, concentrated
Rulpburic acid belongs to the recently prepared salt only. After
it has been kept for a few weeks it yields a faintly coloured solution,
although the salt itself may still be perfectly white; aud the longer
it is kept the darker will be its solution in the acid. The best
sample of commercial acetate of morphine will not dissolve without
coloration in sulphuric acid.

Experience has shown that acetate of morphine undergoes no loss
of its medicinal properties through the decomposition referred to,
unless an intense yellow colour shows that the decomposition has
proceeded too far. The author thinks that the test by means of
sulphuric acid may be abandoned without disadvantage, and the
more so as it may sometimes lead to the impression that narcotiue is
present.

Note on Capsaicin. J. C. Thresh. (From a paper read at the
Pharmaceutical Society's meeting, December G, 187G.) The author
has succeeded in obtaining the active principle of capsicum fruit in
a suflSciently pure state for an ultimate analysis. The process of
purification consisted in dissolving the crude capsaicin in solution of

rnARJIACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 25

potash (official strength), and prcclpitatiDg by carbonic acid ; col-
lecting the precipitate, washing, drying, and dissolving in hot
petroleum. After several days the principle crystallized out, and
was washed, dissolved in alcohol, diluted with water, and left ex-
posed to the air but excluded from dust until most of the alcohol
had disappeared and the capsaicin had crystallized. This was col-
lected, washed, and placed on the water bath until the weight was
constant. The combustion of the substance thus purified was
undertaken by Dr. Buri, in Professor Flilckiger's laboratory, and
gave the following results : —

1. Of the capsaicin dried over concentrated sulphuric acid, 0'2987
gram gave —

CO. . . 0-7713
R, 6 . . 0-248G

2. 0-2860 gram yielded—

COo . . 0-7363
H. 6 . . 0-2347

From these results are calculated the following percentages : —

I. II.

C . . 70-42 . . 70-21

H . 9-25 , . 9-12

. . 20-33 . . 20-67

100- 100-

The simplest expression of the constitution of capsaicin is there-
fore most probably CjH^^Oo, which formvila agrees very well with
the above results.

. 108

70-13

14 H .

9-09

20-78

lou-

Having since received a large supply of alcoholic extract of cayenne,
Mr. Thresh hopes soon to have a sufficient quantity of the pure
capsaicin to attempt the discovery of its relationship to other
organic principles, and its structural formula.

Reports of the author's previous researches on capsaicin will be
found in the Year-Booh of Pharmacy, 1876, 250, 543.

Processes for the Detection of Alkaloids. Prof. G. Dragen-
dorff. (From the American Chonitst, April, 1876.)

26 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

The Stryclmlne and Bruchie Process.

The substance to be analysed should be first cut into small pieces,
and treated with water and a little sulphuric acid, enough to give
a decidedly acid reaction to the mixture. To about 100 c.c. of the
mixture of finely-cut substance and water, add 10 c.c. of diluted
sulphuric acid (1"5). Digest at 50° C. for several hours, and then
filter. Treat the undissolved material again with 100 c.c. of water
and 10 c.c. of the dilute sulphuric acid in the same manner, and
filter.

Pat both filtrates together, and add sufiicient calcined magnesia
to neutralize most of the free acid ; but the solution must retain
a decidedly acid reaction. Evaporate on the water bath to the con-
sistency of thin syrup, but not to dryness.

Mix this concentrated solution with three or four times its volume
of alcohol, of from ninety to nine-five per cent., add a few drops of
dilute sulphuric acid, digest at from 30° to 40° for twenty-four
hours, and then filter off the insoluble matters. Evaporate the
filtrate until all the alcohol has passed off", dilute the remaining
solution to -50 c.c. in a flask, and shake it thoroughly with from 20
to .30 c.c. of pure benzol. Remove this benzol, and shake again
with a fresh portion.

After the second portion of benzol has been removed, the watery
solution is to be made decidedly alkaline with ammonia, wai'med to
40° or 50°, when the alkaloid set free is taken up by shaking again
thoroughly with from 20 to 30 c.c. of benzol. This is then re-
moved, and the shaking is repeated with another portion of benzol.

The benzol solutions obtained in this way are generally colour-
less, and contain the alkaloids so nearly pure that, after shaking
with distilled water and clearing by immersion in warm water,
filtering and evaporating, a residue is obtained in which the alka-
loids may be proved directly. But it is better, after the washing
with distilled water, to take up the alkaloids again by shaking with
water acidulated with sulphuric acid, treating twice with 20 or 30
c.c. of the acidulated water and removing the benzol, then saturate
the watery solution obtained in this way with ammonia, and make
a new solution of the alkaloids in benzol. Wash with pure water,
filter, and evaporate ; and if all the watery solution has been re-
moved from the benzol, the alkaloids remain, in most cases, so
pure and colourless that the identifying reactions may bo obtained
directly. It is best to divide the benzol solutions among several
watch glasses, and evaporate at about 40° C.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 27

The Go'.iqjlde Alkaloid Process.

1. Tlie substance is digested as above, witli water containing sul-
phuric acid, at a temperature between 40° and 50°, two or three
times, and the filtrates are put together after all the liquid has been
pressed out of the solid matter. Most of the alkaloids are not
injured by this treatment, even when too much acid has been used.
Solanine, colchicine, and digitalin are the only ones that might be
injured by a large excess of acid. If there is abundance of time,
the macerations may be made at common temperatures.

Bei'berine is less soluble in acidulated water than in pure water,
but it is completely dissolved by the large quantity of liquid used.
Piperine also dissolves with difficulty in acidulated water, and part
of this alkaloid may remain in the undissolved residuum, where it
should be sought for afterwards.

2. Evaporate the filtrates, after the free acid has been partially
neutralized with magnesia, until the liquid reaches the consistency
of syrup ; mix this with three or four times its volume of alcohol
and a little dilute sulphuric acid, allow it to digest for about twenty-
four hours at about 30°, let it become quite cold, and filter from the
solid matters that have been separated by the alcohol. Wash the
solid residue with spirits of wine of about seventy per cent. The
remarks made at 1 concerning solanine, colchicine, and digitalin,
apply equally to this digestion.

3. The alcohol must be separated from the filtrate by distilla-
tion (evaporation), and the watery residue, after the addition of a
little more water, if necessary, is filtered into a flask, and in its
acid condition is treated with freshly rectified petroleum naphtha (see
note at the end of this translation) by continued and repeated
shaking together at a temperature of about 40°. After the liquids
have separated, the naphtha, sometimes containing colouring matter
and such impurities as may be removed by this treatment, is drawn
off from the aqueous solution. The naphtha may also take up piper-
ine, and if a considerable quantity has been used, and there is not
much impurity present, the alkaloid will be left upon evaporating
thenaphthain well-defined crystals belonging to the rhombic system.
Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves it gradually, with the produc-
tion of a handsome brown colour.

4. Shake the aqueous solution with benzol, in. the same way, at
from 40° to 50°, and evaporate the benzol after removing it. If
there are traces of any alkaloid in the residue from this evaporation,
it indicates caffeine. In this case, neutralize the greater part of the

28 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARJIACY.

acid iu the aqueous solution witli magnesia or ammonia, but still
leave it decidedly acid, and treat it again with fresb portions of
benzol, until the latter leaves no residue upon evaporation. Wasli
the benzol solution by shaking it vrith distilled water ; separate from
the water, and filter it. Distil off the greater part of the benzol
from this filtrate, and evaporate the remainder upon several watch
glasses. Care must bo exercised that in case a drop of the aqueous
fluid passed through the filter it is not evaporated with the benzol.

The residue from this evaporation may contain caffeine, delphine,
colchicine, cubebine, digitalin, and traces of veratrine, physostig-
mine, and berberine. Caffeine forms definite crystals, as colourless,
glossy needles ; it is known by its reaction with chlorine water and
ammonia. Sulphuric acid does not colour it. Cubebine also forms
small crystals, which may be known by their behaviour with sul-
phuric acid, and the same may be said of colocynthine, elateriue, and
syringine. A yellow coloured residue indicates colchicine and ber-
berine. Sulphuric acid dissolves and colours colchicine an intense
and durable dark yellow ; bei'berine olive green, becoming clear
afterwards. Berberine may be distinguished from colchicine by the
behaviour of its alcoholic solution with tincture of iodine. Del-
phine, digitalin, veratrine, and physostigmine arc left as amorphous
nearly colourless residues. Delphine is coloured light brown by
sulphuric acid ; digitalin yields with it, in less than fifteen hours, a
number of colours, changing from amber, through red and brown,
to dark cherry red, and its presence may be confirmed by the sul-
phuric acid and bromine reaction. Veratrine, with pure sulphuric
acid, becomes yellow orange, and in less than half an hour beautiful
orange red, and this test may be confirmed by boiling with fuming
hydrochloric acid. Physostigmine is not coloured by sulphuric
acid. It may be known by its action on the eyes of cats.

5. The acid watery liquid is shaken with amylic alcohol in the
same way as in 3 and 4, if the presence of theobromine is suspected.

There are also taken up by the amylic acid some of the above-
named alkaloids remaining from 3 and 4; namely, veratrine and
berberine, and traces of narcotine, aconitine, and atropine, and they
are left in crystals after the evaporation of the solution.

Theobromine is recognised by its reaction with chlorine water
and ammonia, and also as it dissolves without colour in concentrated
sulphuric acid.

Narcotine is not readily soluble in acetic acid, and may be re-
cognised by its reaction when warmed with concentrated sulphuric
acid.

THARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 29

G. The acid watery liquid is shaken with chloroform only when
the presence of the alkaloids of opium is suspected.

Chloroform takes up papaverine, thebaine (slowly), together with
small quantities of narceine, brucine, physostigmine, berberine,
and, when the treatment given at 5, is omitted, veratrine and
narcotine.

Crystals of papaverine and brucine ai-e left after the evaporation
of the chloroform solution. Papaverine may be readily distinguished
by testing with sulphuric acid (beautiful blue violet colour), and
brucine by the red colour imparted to it by Erdmann's reagent,
^lost of the narcotine, thebaine, narceine, veratrine, physostigmine,
and berberine, are left as amorphous substances.

IS^arcotine may be separated from the other alkaloids by dilute
acetic acid, in which, it is not readily soluble, and it may be proved
as in 5. Thebaine is characterized by its behaviour with cold sul-
phuric acid. Veratrine and physostigmine as above.

7. The watery liquid at about 43° is then covered with a layer
of petroleum naphtha, made distinctly alkaline with ammonia, and
immediately well shaken. After the first naphtha solution has been
drawn off, other extractions should be made at the same temperature
with fresh portions of petroleum naphtha. The warm naphtha
solutions should be washed with distilled water and afterwards
filtered and evaporated. If the solution is too highly coloured by
foreign matter, it may be purified by taking up the alkaloids in acid-
ulated water, adding ammonia and shaking with jsure naphtha
again.

The petroleum naphtha takes up strychnine, brucine, quinine,
emetine, veratrine, conine, nicotine, and papaverine.

(a) Of these, conine and nicotine are fluids, and have characteristic
odours. They may be bi'ought into solution in distilled water, and
nicotine is precipitated in minute crystals by potash-cadmium-
iodide from the diluted solution after neutralizing with sulphuric
acid, while conine is precipitated in amorphous form.

(b) Upon cooling the warm naphtha solution, quinine separates,
and traces of strychnine and papaverine also crystallize out.

(c) After evaporation, the remainder of the quinine, strychnine,
and papaverine are left in crystals, and brucine, emetine, and vera-
ti-ine in amorphous form.

The dry alkaloids are treated with anhydrous ether, which dis-
solves quinine, emetine, papaverine, and veratrine ; and also conine
and nicotine, if they have not been removed by water.

Strychnine and brucine may be separated by absolute alcobol, in

30 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

which strychnine is neai'ly insoluble. Bracine is recogaised after
the evaporation of its solution, by its behaviour with Erdmann's re-
agent. Strychnine may be determined by means of sulphuric acid
and bichromate of potash.

After evaporating the ether solution, quinine, emetine, veratrine,
and papaverine are dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of
vei'y dilute sulphuric acid; and the cold solution, which should not
contain less than one per cent, of the alkaloids, is treated with car-
bonate of soda, when quinine, emetine, and papaverine are precipi-
tated.

Quinine may be determined by its behaviour with chlorine water
and ammonia. Emetine by pi'oducing an emetic effect, and by the
absence of the veratrine reaction with hydrochloric acid. Papa-
verine by its behaviour with sulphuric acid. Veratrine, after its
watery filtrate has been treated with chloroform and the latter
evaporated by boiling, with hydrochloric acid.

8. The alkaline watery liquid is shaken with benzol at 40° or 50°,
purifying as in 7. This removes quinidine, cinchonine, atropine,
hyoscyamine, aconitine, physostigmine, and codeine.

Crystals of cinchonine, sometimes accompanied by a little atropine
and quinidine, separate from the solution on cooling.

After evaporating the solution there remain with those just
named, crystallized codeine (very distinct), aconitine, hyoscyamine,
and physostigmine (mostly amorphous).

(a) The residue left by evaporation is treated with ether, which
dissolves all the above-named alkaloids except cinchonine.

(b) The residue from the evaporation of this ether solution must
be dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of water containing
sulphuric acid, and treated with ammonia slightly in excess, which
separates quinidine and aconitine, leaving atropine, hyosc^'amine,
and codeine in solution.

The precipitate, which may contain quinidine and aconitine, is
collected on a very small filter and dissolved in the least quantity of
hydrochloric acid. Upon the addition of chloride of platinum the
whole of the quinidine is precipitated.

The solution of aconitine is fx'eed from platinum by a current of
sulphuretted hydrogen ; then it is made alkaline and shaken with
chloroform. In the residue left by evaporating this chloroform
solution, the aconitine may be recognised by means of sulphuric or
phosphoric acid.

(c) Atropine dissolves with diflBculty in cold benzol, and codeine
dissolves readily. The former is not coloured by concentrated sul-

PHARilACEUTlCAL CHEMISTRY. 31

phuric acid ; tlio latter is gradually coloured blue. Atropine, when
warmed witH concentrated sulphuric acid, gives the characteristic
odour pi'eviously described ; codeine does not. Atropine (hyoscja-
mine) distends the pupil of the eye ; codeine does not. For physos-
tigmine, see 4.

9. The watery liquid is now acidulated with sulphuric acid and
heated to 50° or G0°, covered with amyhc alcohol, purifying as in
7 and 8. By shaking with amylic alcohol at the temperature
just given, the morphine, solanine, and part of the narceine are ob-
tained. The latter should be dissolved in lukewarm water, and put
with the watery liquid at 10.

The solution of solanine in amylic alcohol gelatinizes upon cooling,
that of morphine forms the best of alkaloid crystals. Morphine is
proved by Frohde's reaction (with raolybdate of soda) and by
Hersemann's test (concentrated sulphuric acid solution and nitric
acid).

Solanine is characterized by its decomposition in hydrochloric acid,
and the retention of the products of this decomposition by ether ;
and also by its behaviour with iodine water and sulphuric acid.

10. The watery liquid may still contain curarine and traces of
berberine, narceine (and digitalin).

Evaporate it to dryness with powdered glass ; digest the pulver-
ized residue for a day in alcohol ; filter, and evaporate the filtrate.
If the residue is very impure, it may be repeatedly recrystallized
from water and alcohol.

Berberine remains as a yellow coloured residue, and is known by
the behaviour of its alcoholic solution with iodine water.

Narceine is left in colourless crystals. It is recognised by its
reaction with sulphuric acid, or by the behaviour of its aqueous
solution with iodine water.

Curarine is left mostly amorphous, and is distinguished by its
reaction with sulphuric acid alone, and with sulphuric acid and
chromate of potash.

Note. — Petroleum naphtha has a boiling point between 30' and 80°. It
should be purified by shaking with an ammoniacal solution of acetate of lead,
and distilling. That which is sold in Kussia as an illuminating fluid, under the
name of " chandoiiue," may be rectified for use in this way. Petroleum naphtha
does not dissolve asphalt, which is soluble in benzol. Benzol boils at 80° or 81°.
Petroleum naphtha begins to boil at a much lower temperature.

Preparation of Pure Caustic Potash. M. Pollacci. {Zeltsclu-.
des oesterr. Aj^oth.-Ver., 1876, 299.) TVohler's process (heating one
part of pure nitre with two parts of metallic copper) yields a pre-

S2 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

paration containing potassium nitrite as "well as copper. The
author obtains a pnrer preparation by using iron filings in place
of the copper. The products of the decomposition are potassium
oxide, ferric oxide, and nitrogen. The operation is conducted in an
iron crucible.

The Pharmacopoeia Test of Guinine Sulphate. Dr. B. H. Paul.
(From a paper read before thePliarm. Soc, February 7, 1877.) The
official test depends upon the fact that ether is capable of dissolving
quinine freely, but cinchonidine and chinchoninc sparingly. The
proportion of ether in the Pharmacopoeia is half a fluid ounce to
10 grains of the quinine sulphate, and the absence of any separation
of alkaloid crystals after the addition of ammonia and ether is stated
to be evidence of purity. This, however, is not the case. Upon
mixing one decigram (O'l gram) of cinchonidine sulphate with
about 2 c.c. of ether, and adding ammonia sufficient to separate the
base, the presence of the insoluble alkaloid becomes sufficiently
distinct. But when the same quantity of cinchonidine salt is mixed
with a lai'ge proportion of quinia, the result is diflferent, and it
appears that the presence of quinine increases the solubility of cin-
chonidine in ether^ or at any rate prevents the latter from separa-
ting in a crystalline state. The author has applied the Pharma-
copoeia test to quinine sulphate, which he ascertained by other
means to contain 10 per cent, of cinchonidine sulphate ; but the
mixture remained perfectly limpid, and any one ajiplying the test
would say that the salt was absolutely pure. The limit within
which cinchonidine cannot be detected by this process in quinine
is therefore much higher than has been heretofore supposed. Some
authorities give this limit as h percent., others as 2 and 3 per cent.,
but the writer is inclined to think that less than 10 per cent, cannot
be detected. A mixture consisting of 0"5 gram of quinine sulphate
and O'Oo gram (10 per cent.) of cinchonidine sulphate does not show
a particle of crystallization. The quantity of ether recommended to
be used in the B. P. is much in excess of what is needed. The
author states that he has made many mixtures of the two salts, and.
that even the presence of 30 per cent, of cinchonidine might pass
unnoticed. But even with much smaller quantities of ether it is
impossible to rely on its use.

The plan which he has adopted for detecting the presence of
cinchonidine is that of fractional crystallization, which he finds to
give a speedy indication of its presence. About 30 gi'ains of the
alkaloid salt are put into a capsule, a fluid ounce and a half of water
is added, and heat is applied until the salt is nearly dissolved.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 33

The water is insufficient to dissolve it entirely ; but "when heated up
to the boiling point, the greater part of th.e quinine sulphate is dis-
solved. Upon cooling, most of the latter is deposited, and the more
soluble cinchonidine sulphate remains in solution. The liquid
portion is then a saturated solution of quinine sulphate, together
with any cinchonidine that may be present. By applying the test
to that liquid, an indication may be got of cinchonidine, if present.
This is a modification of the test which has been very much used
on the Continent, known as Kerner's test, and the one adopted in the
G. P. The latter consists in adding 20 c.c. of distilled water at
15° C, to 2 grams of the salt, briskly .shaking, and filtering after
thirty minutes at 15° C. Five c.c. of the filtrate are put into a test
tube, and 7 c.c. of ammonia are poured carefully on the top. The
tube is closed -with the finger and gently reversed, when either
immediately, or in a short time, the contents of the tube will form a
perfectly limpid solution, if the salt was pure. This test is very
reliable, and founded on very sound principles, which are these : —
Quinine sulphate is sparingly, but cinchonidine sulphate readily,
soluble in water, of which the former requires 750, the latter 100
parts ; so that, putting these two facts together, a very good indica-
tion is obtained as to the presence or absence of cinchonidine. The
defect attaching to this test lies in its application. If, for instance,
a sample of quinine sulphate, or a mixture containing 1 per cent, of
cinchonidine sulphate, be treated with cold water, and the cold
filtrate be treated with an equal volume of ammonia (sp. gr. 0"920),
the result is a perfectly clear solution. But when the same salt is
boiled with water, and even when treating the cold liquid with ether,
the cinchonidine will separate.

In an examination of nine samples of quinine sulphate, the author
found cinchonidine present in all cases ; varying in amount from
1 to 10 per cent.

Between these two extremes of 1 and 10 per cent, there is a very
wide margin ; and the author thinks that the circumstance that such
quantities may be overlooked in testing quinine, is important both
to manufacturers and to pharmacists, who are liable to be placed in
circumstances of difficulty on account of this impurity. In the first
place, a manufacturer who produced a pure article might be pre-
judiced, in tendering for contracts, by being placed in disadvan-
tageous competition with other persons who offered quinine of the
character mentioned, containing 10 per cent, of cinchonidine, a
proportion amounting, at the present prices, to a difference of ten-
pence on the ounce, which is a large extra profit on the quinine.

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

The process employed by the author for the analysis of the nine
samples was as follows : — Four or five grams of the dried salt
were dissolved in 80 to 150 c.c. of boiling water ; when cold the
clear liquid was removed from the crystallized quinine sulphate, and
shaken with ether so as to leave a distinct layer undissolved. On
the addition of ammonia in excess, the alkaloid separated was in
most cases only partially soluble in the ether ; with the samples
containing least cinchonidine, the whole of the alkaloid was at first
dissolved by the ether, but after the lapse of a few hours the cin-
chonidine was deposited in the form of crystals, which were col-
lected on a filter and weighed. The quinine sulphate, which
separated on cooling the hot solution, was again treated as at first,
and the mother-liquor again mixed with ether and ammonia. In
this way a further quantity of alkaloid insoluble in a moderate
proportion of ether was obtained ; and by repeating the process a
third time another small quantity was extracted. The samples were
all dried at 212° F. in a weighing glass capable of being perfectly
closed immediately on being removed from the steam bath. The
results in all cases indicate the minimum quantity of cinchonidine
which the process could indicate.

Water of

Cinchonidine Sulphate.

Sample.

Crystallization.

Dry.

Equal to Crystallized.

150.5

7-98

919

15-51

7-51

8-64

14-90

4-22

4-86

15-04

5-92

6-81

14-20

•99

1-14

15-15

3-16

3-64

13-07

4-90

5-64

8-10

4-55

5-24

10-37

5-44

6-26

Examination of Some Commercial Samples of Citrate of Iron and
Cluinine. Dr. B. H. Paul. (P^arm. Jowra., 3rd series, vii., 829.)
The British Pharmacopoeia requires this preparation to contain IG
per cent, of dry quinine, and the application of the test, as generally
performed, is more apt to yield figures in excess than below the true
per centago, owing to the reluctance with which the precipitated
quinine parts with its water. Dr. Paul examined three samples of
the salt. The first was contained in a 1 oz. bottle, bearing the label
of a wholesale druggist in London, with the name and address of

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 35

Mie firm, and describing the preparation as " Citrate of Iron and
Quinine, Britisli Pharmacopoeia." On testing this sample accord-
ing to the oflBcial directions, it gave a precipitate amounting to 9"3
per cent., instead of 16 per cent., or a little more than one half of
what it should have been. Oa testing this sample by another
method, and carefully extracting the alkaloid by ether, the total
amount of the dry alkaloid was 8"96 per cent. A further examin-
ation of this alkaloid showed that it was not entirely quinine, but
that nearly one-fourth of it consisted of cinchonidine, with some
amorphous alkaloid and cinchonine. The actual proportions were
as follows : —

Qvxinine 6-80

Other alkaloids 2-16

8-96

Sample No. 2 was also in a 1 oz. bottle, and bore a similar label
and seal to No. 1. By the Pharmacopoeia test this sample assayed
11" 7 per cent. When tested with ether, the dry alkaloid extracted
in this way amounted to 9"7 per cent., and on further examination
of this alkaloid it proved to contain, as in the previous instance,
other alkaloids besides quinine; the actual figures being as
follows: — ■

Qumine 7-08

Other alkaloids 2-62

9-70

Sample No. 3 was received in a paper package, and had already
become somewhat damp. When tested by the Pharmcopoeia me-
thod it gave a precipitate which in drying gave indications that it
was not quinine. This precipitate amounted to 8"87 per cent.
The alkaloids extracted from this sample by treatment with ether
and thorough drying amounted to 6'96 per cent., and this consisted
chiefly of amorphous alkaloids, namely : —

Quinine 1'60

Other alkaloids 5*36

6-96

The fact that in two cases the preparations here refei'red to pro-
fessed to be in accord with the requirements of the Pharmacopceia,
rendei's these results especially noteworthy.

The Water of Crystallization in duinine Sulphate. A. J.
Cownley. (Pharm. Joum., 3rd series, vii., 189.) Whilst the
quantity of water of crystallization existing in freshly prepared

36 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

and uneflBoresced quinine sulphate is enveloped in some doubt,
owing to the efflorescent character of this salt of quinine, and the
question whether it contains 7 molecules of water according to
Reynault, 7h as given by Jobst and Hesse, or 8 molecules as
stated by Schorlemmer, has still to be determined, it seems to be
very generally stated that the anhydrous sulphate in only obtained
at a temperature exceeding 120° C.

Jobst and Hesse, as quoted by Watts, state that at 110° to
120° C. the salt loses the whole of its water of crystallization ; and
the same temperature by Millon and Coumaille, as well as in Huse-
n-'ann's " PflanzenstofFe " for 1870, with the additional statement
that at 100° C. the sulphate contains 2 molecules of water. This
latter view, and the opinion that the salt is then identical with the
air-dried salt as regards hydration, seem to have been adopted as
correctly representing the condition of quinine sulphate at that
temperature.

The author's experiments show that quinine sulphate really be-
comes anhydrous at 100° C, and when freely exposed to the air in
this condition it rapidly absorbs water until it has the composition
of a sulphate with 2 molecules of water ; but when the access of air
is retarded, the water of crystallization is of a varying quantity, and
bears no constant relation to the salt until 2 molecules have been
absorbed ; also that freshly prepared quinine sulphate probably does
contain, as stated by Jobst and Hesse, 7| molecules of water, and
that the salt in this condition, when freely exposed to air, rapidly
effloresces until it attains the composition of a sulphate with 2 HoO.

Aricine and Allied Substances. 0. Hesse. {Journ. Chem.
Soc; from Lichig's An7ialen, clxxxi., o8.) The author reviews the
experiments made by Pelletier and Coriol, in 1829, on a bark of
doubtful cinchona nature, from which these chemists obtained a
base crystallizing in white transparent crystals, soluble in alcohol
and ether, insoluble in water, and capable of forming an acid and a
neutral sulphate ; also those by Leverkohn, who obtained from false
cali.saja bark (cinchona from Cusco) a gelatinous, apparently non-
crystalline, sulphate of a base termed by Buchner cusconine ; those
by Manzini, who extracted from pale tenchina bark an alkaloid which
he called cinchovatine, but which the author subsequently found to
contain also cinchonine, and which was subsequently found by H.
Bourchardat and Winckler to be identical with aricine; and finally
those byDavid Howard, whose results the author considers to be due
to his having obtained an impure jiar/ci'«e (containing cinchonine?).

The alkaloids of a Cusco bark obtained from De Vrij were ex-

PHA.RMACEDTICAL CHEMISTRY. 37

tracted by the author in the ordinary way ; the concentrated neutral
sulphuric acid solution yielded crystals of cinchonidine suljihate,
and then gelatinized to a mass of microscopic prisms of the same,
containing a little quinine sulphate; the filtrate from these contained
cinchonine and amorphous bases, from which nothing characteristic
could be isolated. Other samples of Cusco bark yielded only cin-
chonidine and traces of amorphous bases ; the author considers De
Vrij's bark not to have been genuine Cusco bark. Another Cusco
bark {China de Cusco vera of Wiggers), identical with that employed
by Pelletier and Coriol, yielded cinchonine, a little cinchonidine,
and amorphous bases, but no other crystallizable alkaloid.

Commercial "pale tenchina" bark, carefully examined and selected
by Wiggers, yields no cinchovatine or aricine, but only cinchonine
and traces of quinidine (the conchinine of the author) and amor-
phous bases. Other pale tenchina barks from France yielded
cinchonidine also ; but this bark appeared to contain an admixture
of other varieties, although specimens could be readily picked out
agreeing in all respects with the sample obtained from Wiggers.

Cinchovatine, prepared by Winckler and examined by the author,
gave no blue fluorescence when dissolved in sulphuric acid ; it
formed fine white prisms, which gave numbers agreeing with those
required for cinchonidine; it melted at 208° (not corrected), and
gave the rotation (a)^ — - 107'25, whilst pure cinchonidine melts
at 205° (not corrected), and gives the rotation (a.)^ = 106 89 under
the same conditions. It gave a hydrochloride indicated by Cog Ho^
N'a O. H CI. Hg ; a platinum salt, Coq H^^ N. 0. 2 H CI. Pt Cl.^; a
sulphate (C20 H^^ NoO)^ H3 S 0,j, anhydrous after drying in the air,
and giving the rotation (a)^ = - 172'20, whilst pure cinchonidine
sulphate gave (a)^ - -172"37 ; and finally, the hydrochloride and
the sulphate gave with phenol water compounds precisely resembling
those obtained with cinchonidine.

Aricine sulphate of commerce consisted mainly of a sulphate
forming, on recrystallization, a gelatinous mass of minute needles,
together with some cinchonine and quinine sulphates and a trace of
resinous matter insoluble in water. The base in these small crystals
gave on analysis numbers agreeing with cinchonidine ; it melted at
205°, and gave the rotation (ffl)d = - 107-25 ; the sulphate crys-
tallized from a large bulk of water formed ciystals containing
(C20 HojNj 0)3 H, S 0^. 3 H2 ; with phenol water and Seignette
salt it formed difiicultly soluble compounds precisely agreeing in
all respects with those from cinchonidine.

Hence the author concludes that the bodies described as aricine

OO YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

and ciiicliOTatine are simply more or less pure cinchonidine, as is
also a la^vo-rotatorj crystalline base extracted in 1873, by De Vrij,
from Jamaica bark.

Oil of Parsley. E. von Gericliten. (Ber. der deutsch. Ghem.-
Ges., ix., 258-2G0.) The oil examined by the author was supplied
by Dr. TrommsdorfF, who obtained from 15 kilos, of parsley fruit
90 grams by distillation, and 10 grams more by shaking the distillate
with benzol. It commenced to boil at 160° C, nearly all the terpene
having come over below 210^. Between 270° and 290° a heavy
yellowish green, very refractive, nncrystallizable liqaid was obtained,
and above 300° C. several brown decomposition products. By re-
peated rectification of the first portion, the pure, colourless terpene
was obtained, boiling between 160° and 164° C, and having an
intense odour of parsley. Its specific gravity at 12° C. is '865, and
its rotation power for yellow light and a column of 100 mm. = —
30"8°. Muriatic acid colours it gradually brown, and destroys the
parsley odour. Terpin and solid chlorhydrates could not be
obtained.

Apiol. E. von. Gerichten. (Ber. der deutsch. Chem.-Ges., ix.,
1477-1479.) Pure apiol, or parsley-camphor, forms long, white,
brittle needles, melting at 30° and boiling at about 300°. On boiling
it with alcoholic potash, it is converted into a body crystallizing in
pearly, rhombic plates, melting at 53"5°, and containing, as a mean
of three combustions, C = 65 4, H = 5*5. On boiling it with dilute
nitric acid, it yields oxalic acid and a body crystallizing from alcohol
in long, brilliant, 3-ellow needles, melting at 114° and dissolving
gradually in boiling potash with an intensely purple colour.

The Aloin of Barbadoes Aloes. Dr. E. Schmidt. (Abstracted
from the Archiv der Pharmacie, v.. No. 6, 1876 ; Pharm. Journ., 3rd
series, vii., 70.) Of the difierent processess which have been recom-
mended for the preparation of aloin, the method proposed by Tilden
(Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1870) was found to give the most satis-
factory results. According to this method, the aloes crushed small
is dissolved in nine or ten times its weight of boiling water acidified
with sulphuric acid. After cooling and standing for a few hours,
the clear liquid is decanted from the resin, and evaporated. The
concentrated solution deposits a mass of yellow crystals, which can
be purified by washing, pressure, and recrystallization from hot
spirit. After several recrystallizations the aloiri is obtained in the
form of beautiful yellow needles, which are pretty soluble in water
and in alcohol, but .soluble with difficulty in ether.

The melting point was found to vary, according as the crystals

rHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. oU

contain Wcafcer or not. The crystals melt between 70° and 80°, and
the anhydrous sJubstance at 146°-148° (Stenhouse 150°).

Aloin contains water of crystallization which it loses completely
when left over sulphuric acid, or when dried at 100°. The quantity
of water present, however, is by no means constant ; for not only
do different preparations differ from one another, but even the same
material, according to the concentration and temperature of the
solution, from which it is deposited.

The air-dried substance heated to 100° lost in three experi-
ments, —

I. II. HI.

5-89 6-77 7-01 per cent, of water.

Another product lost under similar circumstances, —

IV.
11-93 per cent, of water.

In anotber case the first crop of crystals dried in the air, then at
100° lost,—

V. , VI. VII. VIII.

11-56 11-89 11-79 11-60;

whilst a subsequent deposit of crystals gave the following percent-
ages : —

IX. X. XI. XII. XIII.

13-76 14-04 14-29 13-90 14-01

Some aloin exposed for a long time over sulphuric acid lost 13"4i
per cent, of water, a loss which was not increased by afterwards
heating it to 100°.

It appears from these results tbat aloin is capable of uniting with
water of crystallization in several proportions, which depend upon
the temperature and state of concentration of the solution from
whicb it is obtained.

According to the formula C^^ H^g 0^ —

Oue moleciile of water requires
Two molecules
Three molecules

With the formula C^g H^g Oy —

One molecule of water requires
Two molecules
Three molecules .

It seems, therefore, that aloin may crystallize with either one, two, or
three molecules of water.

5-52

per

cent.

10-46

14-91

i»

5-29

per

cent.

10-11

14-44

40 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

This vamtion of the water agrees with the observations of Fliick-
iger upon the aloin of Zanzibar aloes, a substance which, accord-
ing to Tildeu, is isomeric with the aloin of Barbadoes.

Liebelt made numerous combustions of the aloin dried at 100°,
and the percentages of carbon and hydrogen obtained by him are as
follows : —

II.

IIT.

rv.

58-C8

58-30

58-41

58-33

5-73

5-71

5-47

VI.

vn.

viir.

58-42

58-48

58-17

48-66

5-57

5-70

5-33

5-23

IX.

XI.

Mean.

58-66

58-33

58-71

58-46

5-81

5-84

5-69

5-61

With these data there is a choice between two empirical formulaj :
0^5 Hjg 0-, which requires —

C 58-44
H 5-50,

and 0^5 Hj7 0^, for which the percentages must be —

C 58-25
H 5-50.

Various considerations seem to indicate that the former of these
two expressions should be adopted, especially as Von Sommaruga
and Egger had obtained similar results with the aloin of Socotime
aloes.

Nevertheless this formula cannot be accepted. Soon after the
publication of Liebelt's analytical results in the Berichte der
deutsch. Ges. zu Berlin (November, 1875), the author became ac-
quainted with the paper read by Dr. Tilden before the British
Pharmaceutical Conference in August, 1875. In that paper the
formula C^q Hjg Oy is proposed, on the basis of analytical results
obtained with the aloin and with its chloro, bromo, and acetyl substi-
tution derivatives. These results led the author to recrystallize tlie
aloin in his possession, and to submit it again to analysis, this time
drying it in a vacuum. The results showed that Liebelt's analyses
had furnished somewhat too little carbon. The following numbers
were obtained : —

Mean.

in.

IV.

(Schmidt).

59-31

59-45

58-96

59-19

59-23

5-39

5-63

6-08

5-34

5-61

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTKY. 41

The formula C^q H^g 0^ requires —

C 59G2 per cent.
H 559

This formula, therefore, seems to be established.

The author's results with the bromo and chloro derivatives, how-
ever, do not entirely agree with those described by Tilden. Wben
an aqueous solution of aloin is mixed with excess of bromine water,
a copious yellow precipitate is obtained, as long ago shown by
Stenhouse. This yellow precipitate, dried and crystallized from
alcohol, yields beautiful yellow needles. This compound, however, is
not a homogeneous substance, for it seems to contain not only tri-
bromaloin, which is the chief product, but also small quantities of
compounds richer as well as poorer in bromine, which are very
difficult to separate on account of their almost equal solubility.
Although several preparations were made, especially by the intro-
duction of aloin solution into excess of bromine water, and the com-
position of these specimens was not altered by repeated crystalliza-
tion, the analytical results were found to agree sometimes with the

TT TT

formula C.- -p,^^ O7, sometimes with the formula C^^g -n^" O7.
nv^ i^rg

All these brominated compounds exhibit much greater stability
than pure aloin. They crystallize readily from alcohol in golden
needles, which are almost insoluble in water and ether. The melting
point appears to be 190° to 191°. Bromaloin also contains water of
crystallization.

The air-dried substance lost at 100° the following quantities per
cent. : —

I. II. III. rv. V.

9-00 9-22 9-06 11-93 10-oG

A variation in the amount of water is exhibited here, as in the case

TT
of pure aloin. The formula C^gra^'O^, with oHoO, requires 881

per cent, of water ; with 4 H^ 11*41 per cent.

The substance dried at 100^ gave when burnt with chromate of
lead the following percentages of carbon and hydrogen. The
bromine was determined by the method of Carius : —

II.

III.

rv.

C 33-36

33-38

33-49

33-17

33-13

H 317

2-76

2-89

2-93

3-06

Br 48-31

43-38

43-60

43-63

43-76

42 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

n. YIT. Tin. IX. X. XT.

C 33-47 33-84 33-71 35-15 34-27 34-24

H 2-69 2-70 3-02 2-97 3-11 2-01

Br 43-47 4322 — 41-44 43-08 —

The following percentages ai'e required for the two formuloe re-
ferred to : —

C.sH^Br.O, C,„H,5Br,0,

C 33-08 34-34

H 2-39 . 2-68

Br 44-03 42-93

The author has not been successful in pi'oducing from aloin a
definite chlorinated product by the action of chlorine either in the
gaseous form or in aqueous solution. But by the action of potassic
chlorate and hydi-ochloric acid, according to Tilden's process, a
yellow substance was obtained which crystallizes in beautiful
needles. The analysis of this compound, however, led to numbers
which vary still more than those obtained in the analysis of the
corresponding brominated derivative. The percentages of chlorine
obtained were as follows : —

I. II. III. IV. V.

23-02 24-47 25-67 25-55 26-83

The formula C^g H^j CI3 0- requires 2r)'03 per cent.

The author finds that barbaloin when digested with nitric acid
yields chrysammic, picric, oxalic, and carbonic acids.

The action of zinc dust when heated with aloin has already been
observed by Graebe and Liebermann, who obtained a hydrocarbon
which they believed to be anthracene. As, however, it is not clear
which kind of aloin these chemists operated upon, the author has
repeated the experiment with Barbadoes aloin, and finds that the
hydrocarbon derived from this source is principally methyl-anthra-
cene.

The melting point was 210°-212°. By oxidation with chromic
acid dis.solved in acetic acid it furnished anthracene mono-carbonic
acid (melting point 281°) soluble in ammonia, also a small quantity
of a body having the properties of anthraquinone. The melting
point of this latter was, however, not constant (210° to 240°); and
it may, therefore, be assumed that it consisted of a mixture of
anthraquinone and methyl-anthraquinone. Whether this anthra-
quinone is a product of the decomposition of methyl-anthracene, or
is formed by the direct oxidation of a small quantity of anthracene,
cannot be at present determined. The quantity of methyi-anthra-

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTUY. 43

cene obtainable from barbaloin is exceedingly small (about 1 part
of the hydrocarbon from 200 of the 'aloin) ; so that the aloin can
scarcely be regarded as a dii'ect derivative of methyl-anthracene.

The Camphor of Inula Helenium. J. Kallen. {Ber.der deutscli.
Chem.-Ge^., ix., IS-i-lo?.) The author has continued his researches
on this subject. The inula camphor was obtained in the form of
white crystals by distilling elecampane root with steam. On press-
ing the crystals between bibulous paper, and distilling the latter with
water, a yellowish liquid, alantol, is obtained, having an aromatic
taste and the odour of peppermint, and boiling near 200° C. Its
composition is C^^qH^qO.

The crystals remaining after pressing are repeatedly crystallized
from dilute alcohol, when they form colourless prismatic needles, of
a faint odour and taste, fusing at 66° C, and sublimate ; readily
soluble in alcohol and ether, but slightly in water. It is the anhy-
drid of a new acid (alantsaure), of the formula C]^^ Hjq Oj ; the acid
is Ci5 Ho2 Og, crystallizes in fine needles, fuses at 90°-91° C, and
yields i-ather unstable crystallizable salts.

Tannin as a Test for the Purity of Water. H. Kammerer.
(Journ. filr Pract.-Ghem., 1876, 322.) The application of tannin is
recommended by the author for the detection of albuminoid and
other animal organic matter in water. Any sample of water form-
ing a precipitate or turbidity with a solution of tannin should be
condemned as unfit for drinking. As some saline constituents of
potable waters retard the precipitation of organic impurities by
tannin, the mixture should be allowed to stand for twenty-four
hours before a negative result is to be regarded as an indication of
purity.

Creasote and Carbolic Acid. A. Griitzel. (Archiv der Pharm.,
Feb., 1877; New Beinedies,'Meij, 1877.) Pure beechwood-tar creasote
must have the following properties : — It is a colourless, at most
light straw yellow oily liquid of sp. gr. I'OSO, distilling unaltered
between 200°-225° C. Exposure to light and air, even for months,
should impart to it at most only a dark wine yellow, but never a red
colour, which would be indicative of foreign matters. It must be
entirely soluble in caustic alkali, and on adding water no oily
hydi'ocarbons must be set free. These latter, if present, are very
difficultly removable, and possess a very disagreeable odour. It is
soluble in 80 parts of cold water, and in less of boiling water, but
the excess separates on cooling. It is miscible with 50 per cent, of
its volume of glycerin of sp. gr. 1'250.

44 year-book of pharmacy.

Reactions of Creasotes and Carbolic Acids.

A. Li Aqiieoiis Solution.
To 15 ili-ops of the solution to be tested is added 1 drop of the reagent.

Reagents.

Beechwood-Tar Crea-
sote.

Carbolic Acui.

Ferric chloride j Blue on first con- I Permanently
(cryst.), dissolved tact, then brown ; violet.
in 10 parts water.

On further addition
of same.

Ferric acetate, dry,
in 10 parts of
water.

Ferric sulphate,
dry, in 20 parts of
water.

Plumbic nitrate in
10 parts of water.

Stannous chloride
in 10 parts water.

Plumbic acetate,
neutral, in lOparts
water.

tact, then brown ;
on standing,

orange.

Dark brown i^re-
cipitate.

Brown, then with a
shade of violet ;
lastly brown pre-
cipitate.

Blue, then with a
shade of violet ;
lastly brown

precipitate.

Clear ; no reac-
tion.

"White precipitate,
soluble in excess
of reagent.

"WTiite precipitate,
soluble in excess.

Permanently
violet.

Brown and clear
solution.

Permanently
violet.

Opalescence ; on
standing, small
deposit.

Small precipitate,
insoluble in ex-
cess of reagent.

Small precipi-
tate, soluble in
excess.

English Creasote.

Blue on first con-
tact, then olive
green ; finally
dirty yellow.

Light brown pre-
ciijitate.

Brown and clear
solution.

Grass green on
first contact ;
then yellow pre-
cii^itate.

Opalescence ; on
stantling, small
deposit.

Small precipitate,
insoluble in ex-
cess of reagent.

White precipitate,
only partially so-
luble in excess.

B. 1 Part Dissolved in 10 Parts of 92 pe7' cent. Alcohol.

Aqueous solution
of ferric chloride
with one drop of
alcoholic solution.

Blue on first con-
tact, then green.

Violet on first
contact, then
green.

Green on first con-
tact, then fine
azure blue.

C. Carbolic Acid and Creasotes unmixed loith any Solvents.

Saturated alcoholic
ferric solution
with one drop.

With several drops.

Dirty violet.

At once green.

Greenish yellow
on first contact,
then brown.

At once green.

Green on first con-
tact, then a light
mud brown.

At once green.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 45

Decomposition of Ammonium Salts in Aqueous Solutions by-
Salts of Potassium and Sodium. Dr. H. C. Dibbits. {Zuitschr.
far Anah/t.-Chein., 1S7G, 245.) In a previous report (see Year-Book
of rharmacy, 1876, 112) the author has shown that aqueous solu-
tions of the crystallized salts of ammonium part with ammonia upon
boiling, and that the quantity of ammonia thus liberated varies con-
siderably with the different ammonium compounds. He has now
examined this behaviour of ammonium salts in solutions containing
also various quantities of a potassium or sodium salt, in order to solve
the problem whether or not a mutual decomposition takes place
between the two. By dissolving, for instance, equivalent propor-
tions of ammonium sulphate and potassium chloride, and determin-
ing the loss of ammonia during the boiling of this solution, he wished
to ascertain whether this loss is equal to that occurring vpith am-
monium sulphate, or to that occurring -with ammonium chloride ;
or in other words, whether the two salts introduced continue to
exist as such, in the boiling solution, or whether they form am-
monium chloride and potassium sulphate. The results prove that
a decomposition takes place, but only a partial one ; so that in
the instance named, the boiling solution contains four salts, viz.,
ammonium chloride, ammonium sulphate, potassium chloride,
and potassium sulphate. The salts experimented with were the
sulphate, oxalate, and acetate of ammonium on the one hand, and
the chlorides and nitrates of potassium and sodium on the other.
The mutual decomposition increases with the quantity of chloride
or nitrate (of K or Na) employed, but is never complete. In every
case the boiling solution was found to contain four salts.

The Detection and Quantitative Determination of Free Sulphuric
and Hydrochloric Acids in Vinegar, Lime and Lemon Juices, and
Similar Liquids. 0. Hehner. (From the Analyst.) As vinegar
consists, except in the case of its being distilled, not merely of acetic
acid and water, but always contains acetates or tartrates of potash
and soda and chloride of sodium, it is obvious that sulphuric or hydro-
chloric acid, if added in small quantity, can no longer be considered
to exist as such in vinegar, but that they decompose an equivalent
quantity of acetate or tartrate. Whenever there is any undecomposed
acetate or tartrate present in vinegar, no trace of any mineral acid
can be pi'esent in the free state. As the organic salts of the alkalies
are converted by incineration into the corresponding carbonates, it
can safely be asserted that -whenever the ash of a vinegar exhibits an
alkaline reaction, free mineral acid cannot be present in the vinegar.
A trace of mineral acid may have been added, but it then has become

46 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

neutralized by the decomposition of the acetates or tartrates. We
have thus the simplest possible qualitative test for free mineral
acids in vinegar.

But whenever the ash is neutral, free mineral acid is most likely
present. The quantity of this may be ascertained with accuracy by
following the same principle. The process is as follows : — 50 c.c. of
the vinegar are mixed with 25 c.c. of decinormal soda solution, or
with a sufficient quantity so that on evaporation and incineration
;m ash having an alkaline reaction is left ; the residue is dissolved
in decinormal sulphuric acid corresponding to the soda solution,
boiled to expel carbonic acid, filtered, the filter washed with water,
the liquid reddened by litmus and neutralized by decinormal soda
solution, the volume of which indicates directly the proportion of
free mineral acid present, — 100 cc. of the standard solution corre-
sponding to 0*49 gram of Ho S 0^^.

The same process is likewise applicable for the determination of
free mineral acid in lime and lemon juice.

A Method of Detecting and Estimating Castor and other Fixed
Oils in Copaiba. Dr. Muter. ( From a paper read before the Society
of Public Analysts, November 15th, 1876 ; the Analyst, November
30th, 1S76.) Observing the close affinity between copaivic and
pinic acids, the, author suggests a process of analysis based upon
the difference of solubility of the sodium soaps in a mixture of ether
and alcohol. A mixture of five volumes of absolute ether and one
volume of absolute alcohol has been recommended as a very good
solvent for sodium pinate by M. Barfocd, who states that sodium
oleate is soluble in this menstruum only to the extent of 1 in 1000
(calculated for oleic acid).

The process employed by Dr. Muter is as follows : — 3 to 4 grams
of the sample are weighed into a clean di-y flask, and saponified on
the water bath with 50 c.c. of alcohol and a lump of caustic soda,
weighing not less than 5 grams. When all is dissolved water is
added, and the whole washed into a half-pint basin so as to nearly
fill it, and evaporated to lOO c.c. over a low gas flame. Dilute sul-
phuric acid is then added till the whole just becomes permanently
turbid, and then solution of caustic soda is dropped in till it just
clears again. By this m.eans a solution is obtained with the least
possible excess of alkali, and with a good amount of sodium sulphate.
The whole is now evaporated to perfect dryness on the water bath,
stirring towards the end, so that the sulphate may mix with the
soaps and produce an easily pulverulent residue. The residue
is removed from the basin into a small, wide mouthed, stoppered

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 47

bottle, treated with 70 e.c. of ether-alcohol, and well shaken up. As
soon as it is fairly settled, the fluid is filtered off through a quick
filter; and this is repeated with two successive quantities of 70 c.c,
making 210 c.c. in all of the solvent used. The residue in the bottle
and on the filter now consists of sodium oleate and sulphate if the
balsam be impure, and of the latter only if pure, with a little trace
of the insoluble resin soap already referred to. The contents of
the bottle and filter are then dissolved in warm water, and after
heating until all smell of ether is gone, the whole is boiled, freely
acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and set to cool. If, when cold,
nothing but a few specks of brown resin should rise to the surface,
the balsam is pure ; but if an oily layer be formed, it is adulter-
ated, and the smell of the separated oleic acid will at once deter-
mine whether it is actually castor oil or not. In the case of the
presence of oil, two grams of pure and dry white wax are added,
and the whole heated till the wax melts with the oleic acid. On
cooling, a solid cake is formed, which is detached from the side of
the beaker, and the fluid below passed through a filter. The cake
is once more melted in boiling water, cooled, detached, dried by
gentle pressure in blotting paper, put into the water oven in a
weighed platinum dish till dry, and then weighed, and the weight
of the wax used deducted. The beaker, filter, rod, etc., used are
if at all dirty dried, extracted with ether, and the residue left after
evaporation weighed and added to the total.

The calculation is then performed as follows : —

1. To the weight in grams found, add "20 for loss of oleic acid in
solvent, and then say as 95 : 100 : : total oleic acid.

2. Calculate the percentage from the quantity taken, and from
this deduct six per cent, for possible altered resin in the balsam.
The error, owing to the correction, of course increases with the
amount of oil present ; but it is stated to be always an error in
the direction of under-estimation, which is the great point for
public analysts. When working on three to four grams, with an
admixture of not over 25 per cent., the errors due to loss of oleic
acid and insoluble resin soap are said to so nearly balance each
other that any correction is unnecessary, and the actual amount of
oleic acid found may be taken as correct within a per cent.

The Oil of Orris Root. Prof. F. A. Fliickiger. {Abstract of
a paper in the Arcliiv tier Pharmacie, June, 1876 ; Pharm. Joiirn., 3rd
series, vii., 130.) Orris root owes its use during more than two thou-
sand years chiefly to its fragrance, which curiously enough does not
belong to the living root. Its slight and by no means aromatic

48 TEAR-BOOK OF THARMACY.

smell is first developed into the agreeable perfume after drying, with-
out doubt in consequence of changes of a chemical nature, concerning
which at present our knowledge is deficient. When the dried root-
stock is submitted to distillation with water, eventually there appears
upon the water a crystalline, odorous matter which is justly prized in
perfumery and is specially prepared by some of the larger distillers.
But the yield is very small, only about 1 part per 1000 of the orris
root used. The product is of a yellowish brown colour, of the con-
sistency of a firm ointment, and possesses the characteristic odour of
orris root.

Oil of oitIs has hitherto been studied by H. A. Vogel, and by
Dumas. The latter in 1835 assigned to it the formula Cg Hg (Cg
HjgO according to the modern notation).

By repeated recrystallizations from alcohol of a specimen of oil
of orris prepared by Messrs. Herring & Co., the author obtained it,
with the help of animal charcoal, in colourless crystalline scales, the
form of which could not be decided. By this purification of the oil,
or presumed stearoptene, the odour was concentrated in the mother-
liquid, the crystals becoming more and more odourless, until finally
they perfectly lost all aroma. An alcoholic solution of the crystals
possessed no rotatory power, and enei'getically reddened litmus paper
ruoistened with alcohol. After repeated recrystallizations the melting
point reached 5!2° C. ; a less pure preparation melted at some degrees
lower temperature. Carbon bisulphide appears to be unsuitable for
the removal of the perfume from orris root ; the quantity of essential
oil is exceedingly small, and this solvent removes with it a very soft
resin, tannin, and probably also fatty matter.

The numbers obtained in the combustion of the crystals, viz.,
C = 7396, H = 1226, taken in conjunction with the previous obser-
vations, leave no doubt as to the nature of the presumed orris stear-
optene : it is myristic acid, C-^ H^g 0^.

After this point had been established it was easy to remove the fat
acid from the crude product by digesting the alcoholic solution with
anhydrous sodium carbonate or bicarbonate, and thus obtaining a soap
solution from which the myri.stic acid is precipitated upon addition of
a stronger acid and dilution with water. Upon heating the liquid to
60° C. it rises as an oily layer, which solidifies in a crystalline form
at a temperature some degrees below 50° C. By repetition of this
treatment the product may be easily brought to approximate and
finally to attain the melting point of pure myristic acid, 54° C. The
effect of the presence of the smallest quantity of the obstinately ad-
hering volatile oil, or of a trace of lauric acid (CjjHo^Oo), melting

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 49

at about 44" C, which may easily accompany the myristic acid, must
be to lower the melting point.

The above observations upon the London oil were so far repeated
with a sample of oil from Messrs. Schimmel & Co., of Leipzig, as
was necessary to show the identity of the perfumes.

After these experiments upon the perfectly odourless myristic
acid, the preparation remains saturated with a somewhat volatile oil.
Upon digesting the crude product in a closed flask with lead oxide,
the oil separates as a rather thick brownish fluid, which remains
fluid at 10° C.

As the oil containing myristic acid is only obtained by tlie
most careful distillation, in the proportion of about 1 in 1000, the
quantity occurring in the root itself may be estimated as being much
smaller still, possibly not amounting to 1 in 10,000. It may pro-
bably be included in the as yet uninvestigated class of so-called fer-
ment oils, in that so far as is indicated by the smell it does not occur
in the living root. The question arises, how the myristic acid, which
can only with difficulty be distilled without decomposition, passes
over with the oil. The explanation of this is to be sought in the
phenomenon of difl'usion. Rose oil is similarly accompanied by a
stearoptene that it is difficult to volatilize by itself.

The occurrence of myristic acid in oil of orris is probably to be
attributed to a fat which is present in the root, and is split up by
the vapour of water. The quantity of this fat must be very small,
since 300 grams of orris root powder exhausted with carbon bisul-
phide gave a soft perfumed resin, but neither free myristic acid nor
neutral fat could be detected. The author also sought to ascertain
whether free myristic acid was already present in the root. The
carbon bisulphide extract was digested with sodium carbonate and
alcohol, in order to obtain a solution of sodium resinate and myris-
tate, from which the acid sought could be precipitated by acetic acid.
If myristic acid were present, it would on prolonged digestion of
the turbid acid liquid gradually rise to the top as an oily layer. This,
however, did not take place even after several days ; the brown
resinate slowly sank to the bottom as a pulverulent mass, and the
liquid became clear without yielding an oily layer.

Alkaliinetric Titration of Magnesia, Phosphoric Acid, and
Arsenic Acid. Prof. F. Stolba. (Ber. der Bohm.-Ges. cler Wis-
sensch., 1876, v.) Magnesia, as well as phosphoric and arsenic acids,
are frequently estimated by precipitation as phosphate or arseniate
of ammonium and magnesium, and weighing the arseniat^ as such
and the phosphate after iguition as pyrophosphate of magnesium.

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

In the place of this gravimetric process, the author recommends a
volumetric one, requiring less time.

Freshly precipitated and properly washed phosphate, or arseniate
of ammonium and magnesium, when suspended in water, imparts
to the latter an alkaline reaction, as may be seen by the violet
coloration produced on the addition of a few drops of tincture of
cochineal. The degree of alkalinity maybe determined by standard
hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, as will be seen from the following
equations : —

Mg. N H^. P 0^ + 2 H CI - N H^ H.. P O.^ + Mg Clo ;
Mg. N H^. As O4 + 2 H CI = N H^ H.. As O4 + Mg Clg.
As 1 c.c. of normal acid thus corresponds to
0-020 gram of Mg 0,
0-0355 „ „ PjOj, and
0-0575 „ „ AS2O5,

the author recommends the application of deci-normal acid, especi-
ally as the reaction with carmine is sufficiently delicate for this
purpose. Tincture of brazil wood can also be used as an indicator.
The modus operandi is as follows : —

The precipitate, after being well washed with solution of ammonia
and then with rectified spirit, until the alcoholic washings cease to
be alkaline, is introduced, together with the filter, into a flask con-
taining 100-200 c.c. of hot water, and well mixed with the latter by
means of a glass rod or thick platinum wire. Decinormal hydro-
chloric acid is now slowly added from a burette in moderate excess,
the mixture being continually stirred during the addition, and the
excess of acid titrated with decinormal Ka H 0. The results are
stated to be very satisfactory.

From a solution containing calcium as well as magnesium, the
former is first precipitated by oxalate of ammonium in the presence
of chloride of ammonium, and then the magnesium by phosphate of
sodium and hydrate of ammonium, without previously removing
the calcium precipitate by filtration. As the presence of oxalate of
calcium does not interfere with the process, the mixed precipitates
are treated in the same manner as already described.

Po.«sib]y lithium may be estimated by the same method.

Preparation of Platinum Black by means of Glycerin. R.
Zdrawkowitch. (Bull. Sac. Chim. [2], xxv., ll>8.) Platinum
black in a highly active condition can be obtained, according to the
author, by adding 3 to 5 c.c. of solution of perchloride of platinum,
drop by drop, to a boiling mixture of 15 c.c. of glycerin and 10 c.c.
of solution of caustic potash of 1*08 sp. gr.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTUY. 51

Note on Carvol. Prof. F. A. Flilckiger. (Abstract of a paper
read before the Berlin Chemical Society : Pharm. Journ., from Ber.
der deutsch. Chem.-Ges., ix., 468.) Volckel, in 1840, pointed out that
oil of cumin consisted of a hydrocarbon and a portion containing
oxygen, to which Berzelius afterwards gave the name of carvol.

This body was more minutely examined by Schweizer, in 1841.
He found that upon treatment with caustic potash, glacial acetic
acid, or iodine, it undergoes a remarkable change ; that it is specially
soluble in potash, acquiring a very acrid taste, for which reason
Schweizer designated the product carvacrol. When, in 1842, Claus
prepared camphor creasote by boiling camphor with iodine, Schweizer
at once recognised its analogy with carvacrol. In 1844 he also
obtained this compound by similar treatment of oil of Thuja occlderi,-
tcdis. Since then the methods of obtaining this body — at present
looked upon as oxycymol, but probably more correctly oxycymene
— have been multiplied. Pott obtained it by melting potassium
cymensulphonate with potassium hydrate, the cymene employed
being prepared by the action of phosphorsulphide upon camphor.
H. Miiller melted caustic soda with sodium cymensulphonate with
the same result, the cymene (cymol) having been obtained from the
oil of ajowan fruit (Amini copticum, L. = PtycJwsis ajotaan and P.
coptica, D. C). It now appears probable that cymene can be obtained
by suitable treatment from any of the essential oils having the com-
position CjQ Hjg, as well as from many, if not all, that differ, by the
addition of O or Hg, and the chemical identity of cymene from
the most diverse sources may now be accepted ; but the optical pro-
perties of this substance have hitherto only attracted the attention
of Schiff and Guareschi. It remained to be seen whether cymene
from other sources possessed, for instance, the same rotatory property
as that prepared from cumin oil by Guareschi. The author thinks
that this property will generally be found wanting in artificial
cymenes, whether prepared synthetically or by reduction of C^q H^g,
Cjo Hjg 0, or C^o His O- Probably oxycymene is always without
optic action ; carvacrol prepared by the author from oil of cumin
being without rotatory power. The author points out that oxycy-
mene differs from carvol in being permanently coloured green by
alcoholic perchloride of iron, refracting light strongly, not penetrat-
ing the cork so readily, and not giving the creaking noise peculiar
to carvol and other thin volatile oils when rubbed against the side of
a glass vessel.

Carvol is the only oil that, as noticed by Yarrentrapp in 1849,
combines directly with S Hg. The author has used a slight modifica-

OJ, YEAE-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

tion of Varrenfcrapp's method in testing whether carvol is as limited
in its distribution in nature as the corresponding hydrocarbon,
cymene or cymol. The oil to be tested is diluted with one-fourth
its volume of alcohol (sp.gr. '830), and then saturated with sulphu-
retted hydrogen. Upon the addition of only a little concentrated
ammonia, or better still, absolute alcohol saturated with ammonia,
it solidifies to a crystalline paste of carvol sulphydrate (C^q ^^it ^)-2
S Ho, or C20H3QO2 S. Pure carvol is not necessary to the obtain-
ing of this product ; it is yielded by both the crude and rectified
cumin oil of commerce. If the crystallization does not take place
immediately, it can be rapidly induced by the passage of a few bub-
bles of sulphuretted hydrogen. The crystals can be washed with
cold alcohol, and after further purification by recrystallization, they
have neither smell nor taste. They can be decomposed by gentle
heating with alcoholic soda ; and upon dilution with hot water pure
carvol separates.

Carvol from cumin oil rotates the polarized beam strongly to the
right, giving with a column of liquid 25 mm. long, in a Wild's
polariscope, and with the sodium light, a deviation of not less than
15"6°. The hydrocarbon of cumin oil, carvene, is very strongly
dextrogyre, to the extent of 26'8°, under the same conditions.

Bolley has -stated, that in distilling oil of curcuma, he had found
the portion passing over beetwen 230° and 250° C. to give the formula
CjQ H|j 0, whilst its behaviour with sulphide of ammonicum pointed
to its being an isomer with carvol. The author, however, failed to
get from curcuma oil a product corresponding, either in boiling
point or composition, with carvol ; and four different portions, equally
with the crude oil, failed to give the crystals C.-,o Hg^ Oo S.

The author next examined oil of myrrh, which according to Rin-
koldt's analysis agi-eed in composition with carvol. An oil prepared
by him from good myrrh, under the conditions above-mentioned,
rotated 15° to the left, and yielded no sulphuretted hydrogen com-
pound. Further, its elementary analysis did not correspond with
carvol. Herr Buri found in the crude oil, C = 8470, H - 9*98 per
cent. ; and in the principal portion, distilling between 262° and 263°,
C = 8470, H = 10-26. The formula Co.. H30 O would requii-e C = 84-62,
H 10-25, = 513.

Oils of the composition of Cjq Hj^ have been reported with
more or less probability as present in oil of nutmeg and eucalyptus
oil. Gladstone has already shown that the elements of the first
formed no combination with oil of nutmeg ; and this the author con-
firms, and gives the same report of oil of mace, his experiments

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 53

having been made with samples distilled by himself. Neither did
he obtain carvol sulphydrate from, a commercial eucalyptus oil.

Oil of dill fruit (Anethum graveoleiis) yielded to Gladstone a portion
behaving like the carvol of cumin oil, and the chemical identity of
the two oils has been established by Nietzki. The author finds it
unnecessai'y to separate the carvol, as the crude oil gives an abundant
yield of crystals, C^o H30 Oo S. The carvols from the two oils also cor-
x-espond in their optical properties. They do not differ more in smell
than many sorts of turpentine oil, or oil of citron and oil of lemon.

The author examined a sample of oil of Meutha crispn, and found
it to rotate 9-3° to the left. Treated with sulphuretted hydrogen, it
gave the crystals Coq H3Q O^ S. The liquid portion, after separation
of the alcohol and sulphuretted hydrogen by a gentle heat, amounted
to about 70 per cent, of the crude oil, and showed a diminished
rotatory power (7-0° to the left). The portion not acted upon by
sulphuretted hydrogen gradually deposited crystals in the cold ; and
upon continuing the passage of sulphuretted hydrogen, adding a
little ammonia, a thick oil separated, which, after washing, formed
a vitreous mass (Coq H3Q S3, or (C^q H^^ S)o S Ho), the hydrothion sul-
pho-carvol or thiocarvum first obtained by Varrentrapp from cumin
oil carvol. This compound, so very rich in sulphur, has at first an
agreeable spicy smell, but when purified is odourless. As the oil of
Meutha crlspa rotated the plane of polarization to the left, it would
result that the carvol it contained would also have algevogyre action,
although chemically it was perfectly identical with carvol from cumin
oil. The author had supposed that the rotatory powers of the two
carvols might be equal, but exercised in opposite directions. Ex-
amined, however, under the same conditions as those before men-
tioned for cumin carvol, the crisped mint carvol showed a deviation
to the left of about 9° only. It would be interesting to compai'e
these two carvols still more closely, as the author thinks that that
from crisped mint would probably also yield an oxycymene (carva-
crol) without optical action, as well as other derivatives identical
with those from cumin carvol.

The author has not met with carvol in any other case, although
he has examined a large number of essential oils.

Hesperidin. E. Paterno and Gr. Briosi. {Ber. cler deutsch.
Chem.-Ges., ix., 250-252.) From four thousand ripe oranges the
authors obtained 180 grams of pure hesperidin. Their process for
the pi'eparation of this substance deviates but little from the one
described in the Year-Booh of Pharmacy, 1876, 153. It can also be
obtained from the ripe fruit of Citrus llinunum and Citrus media.

5-t YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Pare hesperidin fuses at 243°-245°. It is nearly insoluble in water,
dilute acids, and ether ; but freely soluble in alkalies and in aniline.
From its alkaline solutions it is precipitated by acids, and from solu-
tions in aniline by ether.

HesperidilL E. Hoffmann. (Ber. der deutsch. Chem.-Ges., ix.,
685.) The composition of this glucoside is represented by the
formula C^, H^g O^^. When treated with dilute acids it yields glucose
and a substance named hesperetin, Cig Hjj Og, which is split up by
caustic potash into phloroglucin, CgHgOg, and hesperitic acid,
Cjo HjQ O4. The latter fuses at 225°, but begins to sublime before
the fusing point is reached ; when fused with caustic potash it
yields protocatechuic and acetic acids. During its sublimation it
is partially decomjjosed, with the formation of a body resembling
vanilhn. Neutral solutions of its salts, but not solutions of the free
acid, produce a cinnamon brown precipitate with ferric chloride.

Hesperetin fuses at 223°. It forms white crystals, having a
sweet taste and being insoluble in cold water, but soluble in alcohol
and ether.

The Manufacture of Nitric Acid. H. Gobel. (Dingl. pohjt.
Journ., ccxx., 238-245; Journ. Chem. tSoc, Sept., 1876, 332.)
Proposals have been made and methods devised for the decomposi-
tion of the sodium nitrate (Chili saltpetre) ; so that instead of sul-
phuric acid, some other decomposing substance should be used, such
as — besides leaving behind a valuable residue — shall afford a good
yield of acid. The best of these are the following : —

(R. Wagner.) — Heating a mixture of alumina hydrate with
sodium nitrate.

(J. Walz.) — Heating sodium nitrate with calcium carbonate and
steam in retorts.

(Kiihlman.) — Heating sodium nitrate with manganese chloride, etc.

All these proposed methods have simply remained proposals, none
being found of sufficient merit as yet to replace the method by
which nitre is decomposed with sulphuric acid.

However, the plant and apparatus used in the above universal
method, have undergone from time to time considerable improve-
ments. Thus the old deep, elliptical pans, with stoneware lids, etc..
have been replaced by cast-iron cylinders, which are set up on their
sides. These have been found to pos.sess many advantages, as they
require comparatively little fuel, are easily managed, and do not per-
mit loss of gas at the joints, these being reduced to minimum (they
are lined inside with fire-clay tiles, cemented with acid-proof cement) .

Another improvement, now an old one, is the fractional distilla-

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 55

tion of the acid, by which means the production of a colourless con-
centrated acid was made possible.

Then the old-fashioned earthenware head-piece and pipes were
replaced by glass tubes ; so that the reaction, and procedui*e of the
distillation could be observed, and the danger of frothing or boiling
over reduced or removed.

In earlier times, the receivers, consisting of earthenware or stone-
ware vessels, were frequently cracked or broken, with loss of vapours
or acid, or both. It was necessary to moderate the action very
considerably to prevent overheating of these condensers ; and this
meant loss of time, labour, and a reduced yield. To avoid these
evils, R. Wagner proposed the employment of a series of funnel-
shaped earthenware bottles, through which system the acid vapours
circulate, accompanied by a stream of water. The author considers
it questionable if the cooling of the distillate was sufficiently at-
tained by these means. Another plan to avoid the cracking of the
receivers, was to allow the heated gases from the firing-up apparatus
attached to the decomposing vessel to pass under the condensers,
and so to warm them before escaping to the chimney.

In England a still greater improvement was made, viz., the ad-
dition of a stoneware worm and condenser, through which the gases
passed from the decomposer before entering the receivers. This
precaution prevented the breaking of the receivers, or at least
greatly reduced it. The apparatus used by the author with great
success for cooling the gases, consists simply of a straight glass tube,
bent at both ends, which lies in constantly renewed water. One end
of the tube is connected with the tube of the decomposition appara-
tus ; the other with the first receiver. This simple arrangement has
enabled the author to decompose (with fractional distillation) 250
kilos, of saltpetre in 36 houi's ; and with no fractional distillation,
300 kilos, in 36 hours.

Besides this, the receivers could be diminished in number from 9
to 3, most of the acid collecting in the first receiver. Also, it is
thus easy to obtain very concentrated acid. Experiments showed
that in a cylinder apparatus there were obtained in th.e first receiver
140 kilos, of acid of sp. gr. 1-53, temperature about 60°. In the
second, 55 kilos, of acid of sp. gr. 1-49. In the last receiver, the
acid had a sp. gr. of 1'32.

In six months only one cooling tube was broken. It is shown by
numerical data given, that by this careful method of cooling, an in-
creased production is obtained of 6"8 kilos, of acid of sp. gr. 1'33,
per 100 kilos, of sodium nitrate.

TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

At the end of the apparatus, i.e., in connection with the last re-
ceiver, is placed a tower of earthenwai-e tubes filled with coke soaked
in concentrated sulphuric acid, by which means the nitrous gases,
otherwise lost, are absorbed. In fact, the arrangement is simply a
small Gay-Lussac's tower.

A useful table is given, showing the increase of density of nitric
acid on cooling from any likely temperature to 155°C.

II.

Increase on

Temperature.

cooling to 15°

Temperature.

cooling to 1.5°

Temperature.

cooling to 15°

in deg. Banm^.

in deg. Baumd.

45-0

3-65

35-0

210

25-0

0-90

44-5

3-56

34-5

1-98

24-5

080

44-0

3-48

34-0

1-92

240

0-76

43-5

3-40

335

1-85

23-5

0-72

43-0

3-32

330

1-79

230

0-67

42-5

3-23

32-5

1-73

22-5

0G3

42-0

315

32-0

1-67

22-0

0-59

41-5

3-08

31-5

1-62

21-5

0-55

410

3 00

31-0

1-56

210

0-52

40-5

2-92

30-5

1-50

20-5

0-48

40-0

2-85

1-45

200

0-45

39-5

2-73

29-5

1-34

19-5

036

890

2-65

29-0

1-29

190

0-33

38-5

2-58

28-5

1-23

18-5

0-29

2-50

28-0

118

18-0

0-25

37-5

2-43

27-5

1-13

17-5

0-20

2-36

270

1-08

170

013

36-5

2-29

26-5

103

16-5

0-07

36-0

2-23

260

0-99

16-0

005

35-5

2-16

25-5

0-94

15-5

0-02

Suppose, for example, an acid is examined and found to be of a
specific gravity of 36° Baume, and its temperature is 40° ; if this be
cooled to 15°, it will naturally become denser, and to the extent of
2-85° B., its density at 15° being 36 + 2-85 = 38-85° Baume.

Determination of Nitric Acid by Indigo. R. Warington.
(Chem. News, xxxv., 45-47, 57-59.) The author first describes the
method employed by Boussingault, in which the nitrate is boiled
with hydrochloric acid, and solution of indigo added till a sap-green
colour is permanently obtained. Boussingault destroj's organic
matter, when present, by a preliminary distillation with peroxide of
manganese and sulphuric acid. The experiments made by the
author with the method introduced by Marx, and since improved
by Trommsdorff, Goppelsroeder, Bemmelen, and Sutton, are next
detailed. In this method the reaction is brought about by mixture
with oil of vitriol, without the use of artificial heat. The indigo

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 0/

employed was a solution of " indigo-carmine " (sulphiudigotate of
sodium) ; the solution of pure nitre contained O'OlOll gram in
10 c.c; the oil of vitriol was distilled acid.
The author found : —

1. That the maximum amount of indigo is consumed only when
a sufficiency of indigo is present with the niti'ate before the addition
of oil of vitriol. The plan adopted by Marx of mixing the nitrate
solution with twice its volume of oil of vitriol, and then im-
mediately running in the indigo, always consumes less indigo than
the nitrate is capable of oxidising. The full amount of indigo can
only be ascertained by a series of approximating experiments, in
which the oil of vitriol is suddenly added to the previously mixed
nitrate and indigo.

2. The amount of indigo required depends greatly on the propor-
tion of sulphuric acid present, and within certain wide limits the
amount of indigo is less as the proportion of sulphuric acid is
greater. With 10 c.c. of nitre solution, 11'3 c.c. of indigo were
required when the indigo and nitre were mixed with their own
volume of oil of vitriol; but 8'9 c.c. of indigo were sufficient when
two volumes of oil of vitriol wei-e employed.

3. The full amount of indigo is consumed only when the tempera-
ture of the mixture remains sufficiently high during the reaction :
100°, 110°, and 120°, are given by various writers as the minimum
temperature. When the reaction was immediate, artificial heat was
found necessary ; but when — through dilution of the nitrate, small
volume of the liquid, weakness of the vitriol, etc. — the reaction was
tardy, the temperature of the flask containing the mixture must be
maintained by a paraffin or chluride of calcium bath, or the results
will be too low.

4. The true tint of final reaction is a dull brown, which precede
the commencement of green ; the brown tint becomes green when
suddenly diluted with water. If a solution of sublimed indigotine
in sulphuric acid is employed, the tint passes at once from gold to
green without an intermediate brown stage.

5. When a nitrate solution is diluted, it apparently requires dis-
tinctly less indigo per unit of nitrate if a double volume of oil of
vitriol be employed ; but if a single volume is used, the ditference is
very slight, and in the contrary direction. If two volumes of sul-
phuric acid are employed, the indigo must therefore be standardized
with nitre solutions of several dilutions, to ascertain the value of
different parts of the scale.

6. The influence of chlorides is slightly to diminish the indigo

YEAR-BOOK OF riTARMACY.

required. AVith '03 to lO gram of chloride of sodium in 10 c.c. of
nitre solution, the reducing effect of 100 chloride of sodium was
equiil to 1"1G nitre. With much chloride the final tint is a bright
green.

7. Some kinds of organic matter have a powerful reducing action.
Cane-sugar had a greater etiect the larger the proportion of sulphuric
acid and the more dilute the nitrate; with a one-tenth nitre solution,
and a double volume of oil of vitriol, 100 of sugar had a reducing
effect equal to G2 3 nitre. The soluble humic matter of soils was
apparently without influence, — determinations of nitrate in a kitchen
garden soil by the mercury method, and by the indigo method,
giving accordant results. Only one volume of sulphuric acid was
used in this experiment.

Volumetric Estimation of Bismuth. M. M. Pat ti son Muir.
(Abstract of a paper read before the Chemical Society: Journ. Ghent.
Soc, 1876, 483.) The process described by the author depends upon
the facts concerning the formation of chromate of bismuth made
known by Lowe (Journ. PraJd.-Chem., Ixvii., 288 and 463). Potassium
chromate or potassium dichromate solution is ran into a nearly
neutral solution of bismuth nitrate until the whole of the metal is
precipitated in the form of chromate. The final point of the re-
action is determined by bringing a drop of the supernatant yellow
liquid into contact with a drop of the silver nitrate solution upon a
white slab, when red silver chromate is produced.

On account of the uncertainty which still exists in reference to
the exact composition of the chromates of bismuth, and also on
account of the fact that a slight excess of either of the potassium
chromates appears necessary in order to cause the complete precipi-
tation of the bismuth salts, no attempt was made to calculate the
exact quantity of chromate needed to precipitate a known weight of
bismuth, and upon such a c.ilculation to base the composition of
a standard liquid ; but the plan was adopted of titrating a dilute
chromate solution against a standard bismuth solution, and from
these results calculating the strength of the chromate in terms of
bismuth precipitated.

The author first describes the results of the experiments made
with a solution of potassium chromate. The chromate was purified
by recrystallization from aqueous solution. About 10 grams were
dissolved in 1000 c.c of water. A solution of bismuth nitrate was
prepared by dissolving a known weight of pure bismntliic trioxide
(Bi|, O3) in dilute nitric acid, and making up the liquid to 1 litre.
The chromate solution was run into a measured quantity of the

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 59

bismuth containing liquid (made nearly neutral with ammonia and
maintained at the boiling point) until a faint reddish colour was
produced on bringing a drop of the supernatant liquid in contact
with a drop of an aqueous solution of silver nitrate spotted upon a
glass plate which rested upon a sheet of white paper.

Partial neutrahzation of tlie acid liquid containing bismuth was
effected by dropping in ammonia until a very faint precipitate was
formed, then boiling the liquid, and continuing to add ammonia very
carefully until the solution was but slightly acid. Before this point was
reached, a precipitate invariably formed ; but it was found that this
did not interfere with the results. If an excess of ammonia were
inadvertently added it was found better to add nitric acid in quantity
sufficient to dissolve the precipitate, and again to nearly neutralize
with ammonia, rather than to add merely such a quantity of nitric
acid as should cause but a faint acid reaction in the liquid. The
chromate was run in from a burette graduated in tenths of a cubic
centimetre and furnished with a glass stop-cock. After the addition
of a few drops of chromate solution, the liquid was boiled for some
minutes and the precipitate was then allowed to settle ; which it
did very rapidly and completely. In order to bring a drop of silver
nitrate solution on to the glass plate and at the same time to pre-
vent the continued exposure of this solution to the air of the
laboratory, — an exposure which always resulted sooner or later in
the production of silver sulphide in the solution, — a special apparatus
was made use of, by which the formation of silver sulphide was
reduced to a minimum. The formation of silver chromate only
became apparent after a few moments, and when an excess of silver
nitrate was used relatively to the quantity of potassium chromate in
the drop of liquid.

Two series of experiments were performed: one with potassium
chromate, the other with the dichromate. The dichromate method
proved to be the better one of the two, and yielded very satisfactory
results. The dichromate, moreover, is more easily purified by re-
crystallization than the chromate. The reaction with silver nitrate
is more marked than in the case of the chromate, but a slight excess
of silver nitrate should here also be added, and a little time should
be allowed to elapse before a conclusion is di'awu as to the comple-
tion of the process. The difference between the quantities of
bismuth taken and the quantities found are smaller in the results
obtained by the dichromate than in those obtained by the chromate
method. It is necessary to neutralize the greater part of the free
nitric acid before running in the dichromate liquid.

60 YEAR-BOOK OP PlIARJIACY.

Xo definite results could be obtained in the presence of chlorides,
as the precipitate then t'oriued was totally unlike the chrouiate of
bismuth usually obtained ; it was white or light yellow, heavy, and
granular, and consisted probably to a large extent of oxychloride.
As this process is not applicable in the presence of other metals,
such as copper, arsenic, and calcium, such metals — if existing in
solution along with bismuth — must first be removed by the ordinary
method. This being done, the bismuth may then be titrated with
perfect accuracy.

Preparation of Lithium Carbonate from Lepidolite. F. Fil-
singer. (^Arcliiv der PJiarin., v., 198.) The lepidolite, reduced to
fine powder, is treated with strong sulphuric acid, containing
some nitric acid, in a large brick trough, at a gentle heat. It is
heated "with constant stirring till it gains consistency enough to be
made into balls, which can be easily introduced into a reverbe-
ratory furnace. The slight excess of sulphuric acid is driven off
at a gentle heat; the temperature then raised, and the pieces
vv-hilst still hot are treated with water in vessels lined with lead.
The residue consists of almost pure silica, for which a market is
easily found. As lithium does not replace potassium in alum, a
sufficient quantity of potash is added to transform all the sulphate
of aluminium present into alum. On evaporation the alum separates
in powder. It "is removed, dried in a centrifugal machine, and on
recrystallization is obtained in fine crystals. The excess of alumina
is precipitated from the mother-liquor by milk of lime, and the
excess of sulphuric acid by barium chloride. The barium sulphate
obtained is a marketable article. The liquid is then evaporated,
and the mixed chlorides of lithium, potassium, sodium, calcium
and sometimes barium, exhausted with absolute alcohol. The
lithium and calcium chlorides are dissolved. The calcium is sepa-
rated as oxalate, and the lithium chloride evaporated and crystal-
lized. It is precipitated with ammonium carbonate and ammonia,
and brought into the market in the form of carbonate. The advan-
tages of this pi'ocess are, complete consumption of the crude material,
cheap reagents, common plant, precipitates which are easily washed,
and a number of marketable chemicals, e.g., silica, alumina, potash,
alum, and lithium carbonate.

Constituents of Black Pepper. Prof. R. Buchheim. (Mew
liemedies, !Sei)tember, 18 7G.) Several years ago the author has
shown that black pepper contains two substances which are of
analogous chemical constitution, and have a similar action. (ArcMv
fur Pathul.-AHutoinie, Ivi., 9.) One of these is piperin, which was

PHARMAUEDTICAL CHEMISTRY. 61

discovered by Oersfcedt in 1819, and was first supposed to be the acrid
principle, until Pelletier (1821) showed that it was tasteless when
quite pui'e, and that the biting taste resided in the accompanying resin.
To settle this question, Professor Buchheim lately exhausted 2000
grams of black pepper with alcohol, removed the alcohol from the
percolate by distillation, and treated the residue with water, which
dissolved only traces thereof, without assuming any sharp taste.
The extract was now shaken with ether as long as the latter became
coloured thereby. The residuary part of the extract consisted
almost wholly of impure piperin, which was deprived of a little
adhering resin by potassa solution, then dissolved in hot alcohol,
decolorized by animal charcoal, and recrystallized from hot alcohol
and petroleum ether. The pure piperin thus obtained consists of
almost colourless rhombic cylinders, with a faint yellowish tint,
which could not be removed. They were tasteless when merely
placed upon the tongue, being entirely insoluble in aqueous fluids ;
but exhibited the sharp taste of pepper when chewed, or when
introduced in alcoholic solution.

The ethereal solution obtained above was then shaken with solu-
tion of potassa, which removed chlorophyll, fatty acids, and an acid
resin. On distilling off the ether a residue of an intense yellow
colour was left behind, which was dissolved in alcohol and treated
with animal charcoal. It was, however, impossible to decolorize it
entirely ; and, besides, a little piperin accompanied it, from which
it was exceedingly diflicult to separate it. In this condition the
residue appeared as a yellowish brown mass of the consistence of
thick turpentine, and of extremely biting taste. The yield was
about two-thirds that of piperin. Treatment with alcoholic potassa
and supersaturation with sulphuric acid, produced from it a sub-
stance which was recognised as piperidin sulphate.

There exist, therefore, in black pepper, two bodies, which yield
piperidin with alcoholic potassa ; namely, piperin, and the new
body here obtained, for which the name chavicin is proposed, from
Chavica nfficinarum, Mign., or long pepper. On account of its
amorphous condition, this substance has heretofore been denoted
merely as " resin," and had not been investigated. While piperin may
be regarded as piperidin, C5 H^q H N, in which one H is replaced by
piperic acid — C5 H^q (^inHg 0.,) N" — we may consider chavicin in a
similar manner as piperidin, in which one H is replaced by chavicic
acid.

These piperidin compounds exist in nature, also, in other plants.
Pellitory {^radix pyrethi'i) contains a body which Professor Buch-

62 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

heim has named pyrethrin, and whicli he ascertained to bo decom-
posable into piperidin and pyrethric acid. Herha spilanthis (from
Spilanthes oleracea, Jacq., paracress) also contains a body which
may be split np into an acid and piperidin.

Peptone. (Fi'ora New Bemedirs, August, 187G.) The terra " Pep-
tone " is used to denote those albumen or protein-bodies which have
been altered by the gasti'ic juice, or in other words, the result of the
action of pepsin upon fibrin or albumen. Peptones introduced into
the digestive organs are directly absorbed iuto tlie blood, without
having to undergo previous digestion, and are converted into
albumen-bodies. As there are various diseases in which the secre-
tion of normal gastric juice is more or less diminished, or entirely
suppressed, — preventing, therefore, the assimilation of the protein
compounds, — the nutrition of the system may still be accomplished
by introducing peptones into the digestive canal. The importance
of this mode of administering nourishment in typhous and gastric
diseases is fully recognised by physicians.

The German peptone is sold in round tin cans weighing 340 grams
(12 oz. avoird.), and containing 250 grams (9 oz. avoird.) of material.
Dr. Hermann Hager suggests the following method of examining it :
10 volumes of the peptone are slightly warmed, mixed in a large test
tube with GO volumes of a concentrated solution of sodium chloride,
and the mixture set aside. After the lapse of thirty minutes the pep-
tone has collected at the bottom of the liquid, and occupies 8 to 9
volumes ; after thirty minutes more 7 to 8 volumes; and after twelve
hours not less than 3 "3 volumes. Peptone in a thin layer is a clear
liquid of the consistence of thin syrup, and has a faintly bitter taste,
somewhat resembling that of extract of beef or of mushrooms. A
peptone-chocolate is also manufactured; this is of dark brown colour,
has the consistence of a soft extract, and is sold in the same kind of
tin boxes as the peptone itself,

Hager quotes the following extract from a report of Dr. H. San-
ders, in Amsterdam (who is also a manufacturer of peptone) : " It
is well known that the albuminoid substances are the most import-
ant nourishing agents of the animal body. From them the muscles
and nerves draw the necessary material for their constant rccon-
stmction during the process of life. But before these albuminoids
can become of any use to the body, they must be digested ; and this
is done by being converted into peptone in the stomach and intes-
tinal canal. As peptone it is taken up by the blood, and there
reconverted into albumen. As soon as any peptone has been formed
it is very rapidly absorbed. Whenever digestion is defective, or the

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. G3

gastric juice is of abnormal character, it is readily understood tbat
the conversion of albumen or fibrin into peptone, and hence nutrition
in general, must become impaired.

" This defect may be removed by introducing ready-made peptone,
which is rapidly and completely absorbed by the body, and which
requires no further digestion. For this reason it is just as effective
if administered by the rectum as if introduced into the stomach; and
in many cases the former way is alone practicable.

"The only disngreeable point about peptone is its taste, and if
given by the mouth this may require correction. In the case of
nursing infants, it is sufficient to add it to the milk, about one or two
tablespoonfuls to the quart. By beginning with small quantities,
say one teaspoonful, they become easily accustomed to it. Adults
may take it in milk, or diluted with water, or beef tea ; or it may be
mixed with equal parts of sherry, madeira, or some other generous
wine. Tlie most agreeable mode of administration, however, is the
following : —

^'Peptone Chocolate. — 250 grams (9 oz.avoird.) of peptone are gently
heated, and 200 grams (7 oz.) of white sugar dissolved in it ; to the
warm, solution are added, under constant stirring, 100 to 125 grams
(S^ to 4 J oz.) of pure pulverized chocolate (free from oil), until
there is produced a homogeneous syrupy mass, which may be fla-
voured with vanilla, essence of orangfe or of lemons. On coolino- this
mixture may be kept for a long time without spoiling, and a portion
may be dissolved in hot water or milk. When administering it per
rectum it should be diluted with four to six parts of warm water."

Expulsion of Sulphuretted Hydrogen from its Solutions by Boiling.
J. Volhard. {Zeitschr. fur Anahjt.-Ghem., 1876, 341.) It appears
from the author's experiments that sulphuretted hydrogen cannot
be completely expelled from its aqueous solution, even by long con-
tinued boiling. After boiling the solution in a flask for five hours,
during which the water lost by evaporation was gradually replaced,
the resulting liquid still contained 0"003 per mille of H., S. Solu-
tions which were boiled down to one-tenth of their original volumes
yielded residues containing 0'0015-0'0016 per mille of the gas.

The Colouring Matter in the Petals of Eosa Gallica. H. Senier.
(From a paper read at the Pharmaceutical Society's meeting, Feb-
ruary 1st, 1877.)

Extraction. — The dried petals of commerce were first digested with
ether, and the ethereal solution removed by filtration. By this
treatment quercitrin — the yellow colouring matter — and solid fat were
removed (Pilhol). Experiments were next made to ascertain the

64 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

relative value, as solvents of the colouring' matter, of chloroform,
water, and alcohol. No colouring matter was dissolved by the chlo-
roform. Hot water dissolved it freely, but dissolved also much
albuminous matter. Alcohol was found decidedly the best, yielding
a solution comp;iratively free from other substances. But while the
solution in water is of a bright red colour, that in alcohol is at first
colourless — due most likely to some reducing action of the alcohol —
but acquires in time a red tint, which brightens with age. From this
alcoholic solution the colouring matter was precipitated in a green
amorphous state by acetate of lead. This precipitate, after washing
and drying (100° C), was treated in two ways : — Firstly, the precipi-
tate, suspended in rectified spirit, was decomposed by sulphuretted
hydrogen, and the mixture filtered (Eisner). Secondly, the precipi-
tate, suspended in rectified spirit, was decomposed by dilute sulphuric
acid, — taking care to have the precipitate in excess, — and the mix-
ture filtered. Both these latter solutions have a bright red colour.
The solution obtained by means of dilute sulphuric acid was found
to be the purer, though most of the reactions detailed below may
be obtained from either, or even from the original alcoholic solution.

Action of Reagents. — Dilute acids deepen the colour ; but concen-
trated they decompose it, concentrated nitric yielding a yellow solu-
tion. Alkalies change the colour from bright red to a deep red with
a bright green fluorescence, and when added in excess give a yellow
solution. A drop of solution of soda and a drop of the solution of
colouring matter, placed on a glass slide and slowly evaporated by a
gentle heat, yield under the microscope a mass of well-defined crys-
tals. Pota.sh yields crystals when treated in the same manner. Am-
monia itself does not give crystals, but combined with soda it does.
With potash, ammonia gives with the colouring matter perfect octa-
hedra. These crystals under the microscope, if treated with an
acid, yield the colouring matter in the red form, which evidently
arises from the crystals not from the solution, thus showing that
they are actual combinations of the colouring matter.

Alkaline carbonates act in the same manner as alkalies, except
that the change of colour is accompanied with effervescence. Chlo-
rine entirely destroys the red colour, leaving a yellow solution.
Sulphuretted hydrogen changes the red to brown, but does not alter
the chemical character of the solution. Stannic chloride changes
the red to a beautiful dark magenta colour. On boiling with metal-
lic mercury the red colour is changed to a dark violet or purple.

Mercuric nitrate and chloride both give a slight white or pinkish
precipitate, soluble in water.

THARMACEUTICAL CHEJrrSTRY. 65

Hydrate of bainum yields a yellowish green precipitate, as does
also hydrate of calcium, both becoming brown when deprived of
moistare. No precipitates ai'e given by chloride of platinum, nitrate
of silver, or the usual alkaloidal reagents, except very slight ones by
iodohydrargyrate and trinitrophenic acid.

Carbonic acid does not redden the colourless or green modification,
but though possessing this property, esteemed in cochineal, it does
not appear to be practically useful as an indicator in alkalimetry.

Peroxide of hydrogen appeared to give no reaction.

Sulphurous acid leaves the colour of a brown shade.

To test paper all the solutions have an acid reaction.

Neutral and basic acetates of lead give precipitates of a colour
varying from a green to a bluish green. These precipitates, decom-
posed by sulphuric acid, yield the colouring matter to the solution,
as already mentioned, and deposit sulphate of lead. The action of
reasrents leads to the conclusion that the colourinof matter is an
acid, and that as such it forms salts — the crystals and precipitates
described.

The analysis of the lead salt led to the formula Pbo Coj Hgg O30.

The author's report in the Pliarmaceutlcal Journal (p. 651) is
illustrated by diagrams of crystals of the sodium salt, the ammonio-
sodium, and the ammonio-potassium salts. It also contains diagrams
of the principal spectra of the colouring matter.

Estimation of the Alkaloids of Sabadilla and Physostigma.
E. Masing. (Archiv der Pharm., October, 310-317.) The authoi*
has found that pure veratrine, dissolved with the requisite quantity
of acid in 14,670 parts of water, still yields with Mayer's solution a
faint turbidity ; while on the addition of 1 per cent. Hg S 0^, the
limit of the reaction is reached with a dilution of 1 in 11,400.

The sabadilline double iodide dissolves in 17,630 parts of pure water,
and in 10,300 parts of water containiug 1 per cent, sulphuric acid.

Tho solubility of the hydrargyro-iodide of sabatrine is greater
than that of the preceding alkaloids : in pure and in acidulated
water, containing 1 per cent. Ho S Op it appears to be 1 in 2450.

Commercial veratrine gives, with Mayer's solution, a more dis-
tinct indication of alkaloid than that employed (in one case 0*8645,
instead of 0'7772 gram used); the cause for this variation, which
in the presence of sabadilline and sabatrine should be the reverse,
has not been ascertained. Air- dried sabadilla seeds indicated an
amount of alkaloids, which, if calculated as veratrine, w^as equal to
3' 61 per cent.

Physostigmine, prepared by Vee and Leven's process (Amer. Journ.

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Pharm, 18G5, 204), ceases to react with Mayer's solution -when
dissolved in 9500 parts of pure water, or in 8800 parts of acidulated
water, containing 1 per cent. Ho S O4. One kilogram of Calabar
beans treated in this manner yielded only 0-7482 gram of alkaloid ;
while Mayer's test solution indicated, in two experiments, 0'309
and (.••433 per cent, respectively.

Action of Hydrogen Sulphide on Alkaloids. E. Schmidt. (Lie-
big's Amialcn, clxxx., 287; Jonrii. Chcm. Soc, July, 187G.) Almost
all the known vegetable bases are acted upon by hydrogen sulphide.
The substances thereby formed, though in some cases definite com-
pounds, appear for the most part to be mixtures which cannot be
separated, owing to the facility with which they are decomposed.
The author has examined more particularly the compounds formed
with strychnine and brucinc.

Strychnine. — When an alcoholic solution of strychnine is saturated
with hydrogen sulphide, and left at rest for some time, it gradually
deposits fine orange red needles of a substance to which Schmidt
attributes the formula 2 Coj Ho. No Oo, 3 H, So. This substance
differs in colour and crystalline form from that which Hofmann ob-
tained by the action of ammonium sulphide on strychnine, but can-
not be distinguished therefrom by analysis. When kept for a day
or two, it gives off hydrogen sulphide, and slowly changes colour ;
whereas Hofmann's compound keeps for months without alteration.
It was ascertained by direct experiment that this compound is formed
only in presence of oxygen, not when air is completely excluded.
Its formation may be represented by the equation : —

2 Coi H.,o No Oo + 6 H, S + 30 = ^'' ^" !!' ?: \ nl s', + 3 Ho O.

^^^^^^^^^^(hIs.;

The compound is decomposed by mineral acids, with separation of
oily drops of hydrogen bisulphide and formation of strychnine
salts.

Brucine. — When hydrogen sulphide is passed into a strong solu-
tion of brucine in alcohol, freely exposed to the air, the liquid im-
mediately assumes a yellow colour, and after a time deposits yellow
needles, which, on prolonged standing, become covered with a
yellowish red layer of another sulphur compound. The yellow
needles gave on analysis numbers agreeing with the formula
C03 Hog No O4 Ho So + 2 Ho 0, which is that of a compound of 1 mole-
cule of brucine with 1 molecule of hydrogen bisulphide. This for-
mula, however, is of no value; for the substance after drying pos-
sesses altered properties, and its composition is not represented by

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. G7

the formula Coj H.,, No O4 Ho So. The crystals are prismatic, insoluble
in the ordinary solvents, and undergo partial decomposition wlien
kept. They are decomposed by mineral acids, with separation of
hydrogen bisulphide and formation of brucine salts. The melting
point is about 125^.

A second derivative of brucine is easily obtained by passing hydi'O-
gen sulphide into a dilute alcoholic solution of the alkaloid (1 in
100), till the liquid assumes a deep yellow colour, and allowing it
to stand in loosely-covered vessels. In the course of twenty-four
hours there is formed a deposit of ruby red crystals, which after
washing with, alcohol and ether have the composition represented

by the formula C03 Hog No 0^ - -. The ciystals belong to the tri-

xdo ou

clinic system. In their behaviour they closely resemble the foi'e-
going yellow compound.

The formation of these brucine compounds is dependent, like that
of the strychnine compound, on the presence of oxygen; for if the
air be perfectly excluded not a trace of them is produced. The fol-
lowing equations may perhaps represent their formation : —
a. Hog No O4 + 2 Ho S + = Ho + C, Ho^ N, O4 H^ So ;

Datermination of Mmnte Q,uantities of Arsenic Present in Mineral
and Organic Substances. M. Crommydes. \{BidL Soc. Chini. [2],
XXV., 34S; Journ. Cheiii. Soc, July, 1876.) The author considers all
the methods usually employed in the determination of small amounts
of arsenic to be inconvenient or inaccurate ; and gives the prefer-
ence to the method first proposed by Gautier, which consists in
evolving the arsenic from a Marsh's apparatus in the form of
arseniuretted hydrogen, and weighing the metallic arsenic obtained
in the combustion-tube. As evidence of the extreme accuracy of
this method, the following results are given. Orpiment of absolute
purity was taken : —

C. H,« N, O4 + 4 H, S + 0. = 2 Ho O + Co. Ho„ No _ . . ,_

Weight of Orpimeut

Metallic Arsenic

iletallic Arsenic

taken.

found.

calculated.

0-0108 .

0-0065

0-00658

0-0052 .

0-0330

0-00308

On determining the arsenic in a portion of the same sample of
orpiment, by the ammonium-magnesium arsenate method, inaccurate
results were obtained, as will be seen from the following : —

Orpiment

Ammonium-macrnepium

Arsenic

taken.

Arsenate obtained.

found.

calculated

0-55

0-8755

0-314

0-3353

YEAR-EOOK OF PHARMACY.

Gautier's method is equally accurate M-ben applied to the determi-
nation of arsenic contained in large quantities of organic matter.
Known vohimes of a standard orpiment solution (05 gram of orpi-
ment dissolved in 1 litre of water) were introduced into 100 grams
of meat, and the amount of arsenic determined. The results are
criven below : —

Weight of Meat
taken.

C.C

of Solution
taken.

Weicrht of
Orpiment.

Wei

prht of Arsenic
obtained.

Arsenic
calculated

100 grams

5 .

0-0025

0-0015

0-00152

100 „

0-0050

0.0030

000301

100 „

0-0025

0-0015

0-00152

It is necessary, however, to abstain from carrying on the carboni-
zation of the organic matter too far, as it is found that the greater
part of the arsenic remains in the charcoal as sulphide. In order
to be quite certain that all the arsenic is in solution, the organic
matter which has been successively treated with nitric acid, sul-
phuric acid, and again with nitric acid, is calcined ; the residue again
treated with a small quantity of nitric acid ; and the solution evapo-
rated down, but not calcined. By this process all the arsenic is
obtained, and no sulphide remains in the charcoal.

Crystallized Hydrobromate of Conine. M. M our rut. (Bi'per-
tolre lie Fhrnn., 1871.5, 3G9.) Of the various salts of conine the
hydrobromate is the one most easily obtainable in a crystallized
state. The salts prepared from the ordinaiy brown conine are
generally contaminated with a brownish black substance, which
cannot be completely removed without great difficulty and loss.
The German conine, which is nearly colourless, presents no such
difficulties, and yields crystals of the pure hydrobromate on being
mixed with dilute hydrobromic acid. The latter is added to the
alkaloid drop by drop until the mixture has a slight acid reaction,
when the salt begins to crystallize out in the foi-m of colourless
prismatic needles, which are very soluble in water but less readily
so in ether and chloroform. They fuse at 100° C., but at a higher
temperature they are decomposed, giving off the odour of conine.
By the careful evaporation of the liquor at a gentle heat, a large
yield of crystals can be obtained.

Hydrobromate of conine has been administered with success to
children suffering from whooping cough, in frequently repeated
iloses of two to five milligrams each. The subcutaneous injection of
five milligrams of the salt is recommended by Dr. Rcgnault for the
relief of sciatica.

Test for Sperm Oil. W. Gilmour. (PJiarm. Jourv., 3rd series.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY.

vii., 321).) The process recommended is as follows : — Take one part
by weight of sulphuric acid, sp. gr. 1"84, to four parts of oil, and mix
thoroughly. Let it stand for about twenty minutes, shaking once or
twice in the interval, and then add about three ounces of distilled
water. On now shaking the mixture a very thick saponaceous-like
compound will be formed, which should be throughout of uniform
colour, showing that the mixture is complete. After letting this stand
for about eight hours, it will be found to have separated into two lay-
ers, the one underneath being clear and colourless, and the one above
a dark brown viscous mass, in which the cetin, if present, will be
found floating, giving it a mottled appearance. It should now bo
set aside for a further interval of eight or twelve hours, so that all
cetin may separate ; on which it should be transfex'red to a larger
vessel containing three or four times its volume of water, and the
whole thoroughly shaken. The cetin will now be found floating on
the surface of the liquid, and should be filtered out and thorougly
washed until the filtrate ceases to have a milky appearance, and then
dried spontaneously. As thus obtained, the cetin is light, ci'ystalline,
pearl-white, not unlike quinine in appearance, but more glistening,
and has neither taste nor smell. According to Christison, it is a
pure proximate principle, intermediate between wax and the con-
crete oils, and presenting all the leading properties of spermaceti,
but less greasy, and fusible only at the higher temperature of 120°.
It undergoes partial saponification when boiled with caustic potash
solution, forming a brittle soap only in pai-t soluble in water, and
composed cbiefly of palmitate of potash, oleate of potash, and a
crystalline principle called ethal.

The following table gives the amount recovered from one ounce
by weight of ten different samples, with, the specific gravity of each
oil respectively : —

Sample.
1

Sp. Gr. 60' F.
•88-4

Cetin in grains
16-2

•880

15-5

•886

11^

•383

7 1

•881

6^5

•884

•889

4-2

•883

B-

•882

none.

£ •

1 . 1.

•896
1 J

J -1

none.

All the foregoing oils have been tested in the manner indicated

70 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

more than once (in most instances repeatedly) Avith nearly uniform
results, so that it appeal's reasonable to assume the utility of tliis
mode of determining their purity.

The author has endeavoured to extract the spermaceti, previously
known by this means to be present in some of these oils, by boiling
in rectified spirit and subsequent crystallization. Spermaceti, it is
well known, is soluble in boiling rectified spirit, whilst sperm oil
is not ; yet every attempt thus to extract the spermaceti failed ; but
whether from some adulterations of these oils with other oils soluble
in rectified spirit, or from other impurities still, or from some defect
in the manipulation, the author has been unable to determine. It
shows, however, not only how prevalent adulteration is in this valu-
able oil, but also how defective the means are for its detection, when
dealers in every case prudently refrain from giving any opinion on
its purity, and when further, it is Jnioiun that the annual consumption
is much in excess of the amount actualhj imported. In circumstances
such as these the test may prove of much practical utility to those
engaged in examinations of this hind.

Cresotic Acid and Sodium Cresotate. Dr. C. F. Beiss. {New
Remedies, from Pharm. Ceniralhalle, 1876, 273.) The fact that
cresotic acid is homologous with salicylic acid leads the author to
the supposition that its therapeutic action might likewise be similar.
The results of his experiments, especially in cases of fever, leave
no doubt that cresotic acid is a most efiective antipyretic remedy,
cori'esponding in its actions to quina or to salicylic acid. Sodium
cresotate was administered in doses of 6 to 8 grams. After its
administration the patients sometimes complained of a bad taste,
but never of disagreeable sensations ; sometimes it produced hum-
ming in the ears, but very rarely hardness of hearing after a few
hours.

Cresotic or carbocresylic acid, CgHgOa, is derived from cresol or
cresyl-alcohol (CVHg^O), inthesame way as salicylic acid (C7H6 0a)
is from phenol or phenyl-alcohol (C,jH^ 0), by passing carbonic acid
gas into cresol (or phenol) containing metallic sodium. The cresotic
acid crystallizes from its hot watery solution in colourless prisms.
It is sparingly soluble in cold water, readily in ether, alcohol, and
alkaline solutions. Ferric chloride produces the same violet color-
ation as with salicylic acid. Comparative exjieriments will have
to be made to determine which of these two acids has stronger
antipyretic powers.

Determination of the Impurities in[Nitre. Prof. R. Fresenius.
(Zeitschr.fii.rAnuhjt.-Cherii., 187C, G8 ; Jmirn. Chem. Soc, 1870, 651.)

PHAUMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 71

As chemists are frequently required to determine the traces of
foreign salts in different kinds of purified saltpetre, the author pub-
lishes a method of procedure, which from long experience he has
found to give the most accurate results.

1. Deter mlnatw)i of the Water. — This is done in the usual way, by
ascertaining the loss on heating a weighed portion in a platinum
crucible. The temperatui'e may be gradually raised until the salt
just begins to melt.

2. Determination of the CJilorine and of the Residue insoluble in
Water. — 100 grams ai-e dissolved in hot water, and the residue
collected and weighed on a tared filter. The filtrate is acidified
with pure nitric acid, mixed with silver nitrate, and kept for some
time in the dark at a gentle heat. The precipitate is then collected
on a small filter, and determined either directly as silver chloride,
or by reduction to metallic silver.

3. Determination of the Lime, Magnesia, and Soda. — 100 grams of
salt are dissolved with 1'.5 gram of potassium chloride, in about
100 c.c. of water ; the solution is then mixed with about 500 c.c. of
pure alcohol of 9G per cent., well stirred, and the crystalline residue
separated by filtration and washed with alcohol. The filtrate is
then evaporated to dryness, the residue dissolved in a little water,
and the solution treated as before with alcohol, and filtered. This
having been again repeated, an alcoholic solution is obtained con-
taining all the lime, magnesia, and soda, but only a small quantity
of potassium. This solution is now evaporated to dryness, and the
residual salts converted into chlorides by digestion with hydrochloric
acid, after which the lime can be separated by ammonium oxalate,
and the magnesia by ammonium phosphate. The filtrate, freed from
lime and magnesia, is now heated in a platinum basin to expel
ammonia, one or two drops of ferric chloride added, and afterwards
ammonia or ammonium carbonate, to slight alkaline reaction ; the
liquid is then warmed, the basic phosphate of iron filtered ofi", and
the filtrate evaporated to dryness, and heated until the ammonium
salts are expelled. From the residue the potassium is separated as
potassio-platinic chloride, together with the excess of the platinum
salt, decomposed by careful heating in a stream of hydrogen gas.
Finally, the sodium chloride is extracted with water, the solution
evaporated to dryness, and the sodium calculated from the weight
of the residue.

An actual analysis gave : —

[v>'0, Xa>r03 Mg(X03)., CaCXOj); Na C! Insoluble. Moisture.
yU-8r24 0-0207 0-0093" 0-0006 ' 0-0134 0-0210 0-1226 = 100

72 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Reactions of Carbolic, Benzoic, and Salicylic Acids. Dr. R.
Godef froy. (Abstracted from the Zeitschr. des oesterr. AixAh. Fe>*.,
in Xev: li em edits.)

Reactions of Carbolic Acid.

1. Solutions of caustic alkalies dissolve phenol readily, with form-
ation of pheuates (carbolates) of alkali metals.

2. On treating phenol with an excess of fused caustic potassa, a
copious disengagement of hydrogen gas occurs after a short time ;
■while at the same time there are formed oxybenzoic and salicylic
acids and diphenol.

3. Potassium or sodium dissolves in melted phenol, with disen-
gagement of hydrogen and formation of phenate of the alkali metal.

4. On passing dry carbonic acid into phenol containing sodium
in solution, sodium salicylate is formed, together with paraoxybenzoic
acid.

5. Pieces of caustic potassa brought into a solution of phenol in
chloroform became covered with a rose red shell, but the mixture
soon became very hot, dark coloured, and thick.

On adding to an aqueous solution of phenol a little potas.sa,
evaporating to dryness, and after the residue has become cold, pour-
ing over it some chloroform, a magnificent purple colour makes its
appearance, which is ascribed to the formation of rosolic acid.
(J. Guareschi, Gaz. Cliim. Ifal, 3, 402.)

6. A watery solution of jihenol immediately discolours potassium
permanganate. If the latter be added until the colour ceases to
disappear, the products of oxidation are only carbonic and oxalic
acids ; if, however, the oxidation remains incomplete, the products
are a resin, closely allied iu composition to phenol, a small quantity
of oxalic acid, and a few other bodies.

7. Strong hydrochloric acid is poured upon potassium chlorate in
a test tube, so that the fluid stands a few centimetres over the salt ;
after the subsidence of the first reaction, and the removal of the
chlorine vapours from the upper portion of the test-tube by blowing,
the liquid is diluted Avith 1^ volume of water; water of ammonia
is now poured into the test-tube, so that the latter forms a separate
layer over the other. On adding to this test liquid a watery solu-
tion of phenol, the ammoniacal layer as.sumes a tint, varying with
the quantity of phenol, from rose red, through blood red, reddish,
or dark brown. One part of phenol may be easily recognised in
12,000 parts of liquid. (Ch. Rice, Ainer. Journ. Pharm., 1873, 98.)

8. On pas.sing the vapour of phenol over zinc in powder, benzol
and zinc oxide are formed : 2 Ce. H., O H + Zn„ = 2 Zn -»• 2 d Ua.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 73

0. On adding an excess of bromine -svater to a dilute aqueous
solution of phenol, there is immediately formed a yellowish white
flocculent precipitate of tribromphenol, C^ H^ Br^ H. This reaction
is said to be distinguishable in a dilution of 1 in 43,700, and by
waiting a few hours, even in one of 1 in 54,600 pax'ts.

10. On shaking a watery solution of phenol with aqueous ammonia,
and exposing the liquid to the vapour of bromine, the liquid assumes
a distinct blue colour, even in presence of only T7xr-Juxi^^i P^^'t of
phenol. (F. A. Flilckiger, Arcliiv der Pliarm. [3], 3-30.)

11. Ou mixing a solution of a hypochlorate with ammonia and a
liquid containing phenol, an intense blue colour is developed. Very
small quantities of phenol may be detected by this i-eaction.

12. Dilute solutions of phenol are coloured violet by neutral
aqueous ferric chloride solution. Alcoholic ferric chloride solution
produces a blue colour with alcoholic phenol solution. Free acids
prevent the reaction.

13. A watery solution of phenol reduces metallic mercury from a
solution of mercurous nitrate, and the liquid assumes a red colour,
which is said to be visible still if only 7, ooooth part of phenol is
present.

14. By united action of iodine and mercuric oxide upon phenol,
substitution products of the latter, containing iodine, are foi-med.
(P. Weselsky, Wien. Ber., 09, ii., 832.)

15. Albumen is immediately coagulated by phenol.

16. Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves phenol without colour,
and produces phenol sulphuric (sulpho-carbolic, sulphophenic) acids.
Warmed with fuming sulphuric acid, phenol yields pheno-disulphuric
acid, which latter imparts a ruby colour to ferric chloride solution.

17. On heating phenol with oxalic and sulphuric acids a beautifully
red mass is obtained, which assumes a magnificent purple shade
with alkalies. This is owing to the formation of coraline.

18. On heating phenol with sublimed (and, therefore, dehydrated)
oxalic acid to 110°-120° C, rosolic acid is formed. (" Prud'homme,"
Monit Sclent. [3], 3890.)

19. Nitric acid acts upon phenol with more or less violence,
depending upon its concentration, and produces mononitrophenol,
C6H4(NO,)OH, or dinitrophenol, CeH,(N 0,), H, or trinitro-
phenol, Cg Ho (N 0)3 H. This latter is commonly known as picric
acid.

Reactions of Benzoic Acids.
1. On passing the vapour of benzoic acid over faintly ignited zinc
powder, essential oil of bitter almonds is formed. (Baeyer.)

74 ■ YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

2. Benzoic acid, heated in a retort with coarsely ground pumice
stone, splits into benzol and carbonic acid. If overheated, carbon is
separated and naphthalin and pjrogcnic oils arc formed. (Barreswil
and Bondault.)

3. On heating benzoic acid with a mixture of acid .sodium sulphate
and sodium chloride to 200" C, there arc formed benzyl chloride,
hydrochloric acid, and normal sodium sulphate. (BeketoiF.)

4. Benzoic acid is soluble in solution of sodium phosphates, which
give up to it 1 or 2 atoms of sodium, producing thereby sodium
benzoate. The solutions have an acid reaction, and give up benzoic
acid on evaporation, or to ether. (J. Donath.)

5. On mixing 3 molecules of benzoic acid with 1 molecule of glu-
cose, and heating with a large excess of strong sulphuric acid, the
liquid assumes a fine blood red colour, which disappeai's after a
while ; finally the mass turns brown and black.

6. Aqueous chromic acid, or potassium chromate and sulphuric
acid, do not alter benzoic acid ; no odour of oil of bitter almonds is
developed, and the chromic acid is not reduced (distinction from
cinnamic acid).

7. A neutral solution of ferric chloride produces in neutral solu-
tions of benzoates a flesh coloured precipitate of ferric benzoate,
insoluble in water and acetic acid, bat decomposed by hydrochloric
acid, which produces free benzoic acid and ferric chloride.

8. Silver nitrate produces no precipitate iu a solution of benzoic
acid ; but on saturating the free acid with ammonia a white crystal-
line precipitate of silver benzoate is immediately produced. This is
soluble in ammonia, acetic acid, and hot water.

9. Mercurous nitrate produces in a solution of benzoic acid a
white crystalline precipitate of mercurous benzoate, veiy difficultly
soluble in water. Alkaline benzoates produce a voluminous non-
crystalline precipitate.

Head ions of Salicylic Acid.

1. Salicylic acid, heated above its melting point, splits into car-
bon dioxide and phenol : —

C7H«0:,-CO, + C«HcO.

2. On distilling salicylic acid witli excess of lime, calcium car-
bonate is formed and phenol distils over : —

C, He O, + Ca = Ca 0^ + C« II« 0.

3. If salicylic is heated with amylic alcohol (fusel oil) under
pre.ssure at 2-50^ C, it .splits likewise into carbon dioxide and
phenol.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. To

4. Sodium-amalgam, acting upon an acidulated solution of sali-
cylic acid, which must bo coustautlj kept acid, transforms it into
salicjlous acid : —

C, Hs O3 + H, = C7 H,, 0, + H, 0.

5. Sulphuric acid dissolves salicylic acid without colour, and forms
from it two isomeric sulpho-salicylic acids.

G. On heating salicylic acid with dilute sulphuric acid and man-
ganic oxide, formic acid is produced which may be distilled off.

7. Dilute sulphuric acid and potassium chromate likewise convert
salicylic acid into formic and carbonic acids. (Kraut.)

8. On heating a mixture of sulphuric acid, wood spirit (methyl
alcohol), and salicylic acid, an agreeably aromatic liquid distils ovei%
which is methylic salicylate.

9. Concentrated nitric acid converts salicylic acid at the common
temperatui'e into nitriosalicylic acid, C7 il^ (IST 0^) 0;; ; dilute nitric
acid produces the same result by heating.

10. Fuming nitric, or a mixture of concentrated nitric and sul-
phuric acids, converts salicylic acid, under violent reaction, into
picric acid, Cg H3 (N 0^)3 0, and carbonic acid.

11. Chlorine and bromine produce substitution products.

12. Iodine acts upon a watery solution of the acid only when
heated ; if melted with dry salicylic acid it produces iodized substi-
tution products and a red amorphous body.

13. Warm hydrochloric acid dissolves considerable quantities of
salicylic acid ; on cooling or on dilution with water it separates
again in brilliant white fine needles. (Grodeffroy.)

14. Potassium chlorate and hydrochloric acid convert it into
chloranil (tetrachlorchinon), Cg C14 0^.

15. On heating salicylic with aqueous hydriodic acid to 280'^ C,
phenyl ic ether and carbonic acid are formed.

16. On distilling it with phosphorus pentachloride, chloro-
salicylchloride, C7 H4 CI.2 0, is formed.

17. If phosphorus trichloride be added to a mixture of salicylic
acid and aniliu, salicylanilide, Cg HgN H. (C7H5 0.,), is pi-oduced.

IS. Iodine and mercuric oxide acting on salicylic acid produce
iodized substitution products. (P. Weselsky, Wien. Ber. 69, ii.,
832.)

19. On mixing salicylic acid (3 molecules) with glucose (1 mole-
cule), pouring over them a large excess of concentrated sulphuric
acid, and gently warming, a fine blood red colour is produced ; this
colour disappears after a while, and the mass turns brown, and
finally black. (T. L. Phipson, Chem. Neius, 28, 13.)

76 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

20. Caustic potassa solution dissolves salicylic acid readily ; the
solution soon turns brown in the air.

21. "Watery solution of salicylic acid and its salts is coloured
intensely violet by ferric salts. This reaction is so delicate that
Aug. Vogel. (Pharm. Zeit. f. Eussl, 187(3, 398, from Neii. Re}).f.
Pharm.) has proposed it as a substitute for alkaline sulphocyanides
as reagents for ferric compounds. In strongly acid solutions, how-
ever, this reaction does not take place. H. ^V'eiakc employs it as
an indicator in alkalimetry. (W. Weith, Ber. der deiUsch. Chem.-
Ges., 18G6, 342 ; Neio liemedics v., 137.)

On evaporating the intensely violet solution containing salicylic
acid and ferric salt to dryness, the colour disappears entirely ; but
the least quantity of water restores it. (Godeffroy.)

22. Salicylic acid mixed with cupric sulphate and caustic soda
solution produces a solution of an intensely bluish green colour,
from which even a large excess of alkali fails to precipitate any
cupric oxide. (Zeit.f. Anal.-Chcm.)

23. Solution of sodium salicylate forms a grass green licj^uid with
cupric sulphate solution (Hager, Pharm. Centralh.)

24. Silver nitrate produces a white precipitate in solutions of
alkaline salicylates, but no precipitate in solution of salicylic acid.

25. Lead acetate behaves like the preceding.

2G. On mixing a hot saccharated solution of simple calcium sali-
cylate, Ca (Cr-Hj 03)0, obtained from calcium carbonate and aqueous
solution of the acid, with a boiling solution of caustic lime in
saccharine water, a heavy crystalline precipitate of so-called neutral
calcium salicylate, Ca Cy H^ O.5, almost insoluble in water, is jiro-
duced. (Limpricht, Organ. Ghem., 18G2, i.)04.)

27. If a solution of salicylic acid is boiled with a solution of
potassium ferrocyanide, hydrocyanic acid is produced, and the liquid
becomes turbid. This reaction is very delicate, and permits the
detection of very small quantities of salicylic by means of the re-
agents for hydrocyanic acid. (Godeffroy.)

28. On boiling a solution of salicylic acid with a solution of
potassium permanganate, the characteristic colour of the latter is
immediately destroyed, and carbonic acid, phenol, and brown liy-
drated manganic oxide are produced.

Betulin. U. Hausmann. (Licbir/'s Annalen, clxxxii., 308-380.)
The author has obtained this substance from the light, corky layer
of birch bark by exliausting it with boiling water, then boiling the
e.xhausted bark with alcohol, precipitating the alcoholic decoction
by an alcoholic solution of neuti'al acetate of lead, heating the

rHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 77

mixture again to the boiling- point, filterino-, removing the lead from
the filtrate by carbonate of ammonium, again filtering-, and allowing
to cool. A crystalline magma of impure betulin was thus obtained,
which was purified by repeated washing- with small quantities of
ether and recrystallization from boiling alcohol.

Pure betulin forms long, colom-less, inodorous, and tasteless
7)risms, which when dry present the appearance of asbestos. It
fuses at 258° C, and when heated beyond that point sublimes in
long, very thin needles. It is insoluble in water, slightly soluble in
cold alcohol, ether, benzol, and chloroform, and freely soluble in hot
alcohol ; also in glacial acetic acid, oil of almonds, and turpentine.
Its composition is represented by the formiila C.,(,_ Hf.,, O... By dry
distillation oily products are obtained, possessing the characteristic
odour of russia leather. "With acetic anhydride it forms betulin
diacetate, a crystallizable ether, the composition of which agrees
with the formula Cjo H^-j 0-. With nitric acid it forms betulin-
amaric acid, C^j; H-.^ O^^ ; and by the action of chromic anhydride it
is converted into betnlinic acid, C,^. H-jO,..

Detection of Mineral Acids by Colchicine. Prof. F. A. Fliick-
iger. {Jonrn. CJiern. Soc, from liejTerf. Pharm., xxv., 18.) Mohr
has observed that under certain conditions the behaviour of inor-
ganic acids differs totally from that of the organic acids ; this differ-
ence may be utilized for their discovery in presence of organic acids;
for example, in vinegar or lemon juice.

Potassium sulphocyanate in a dilute solution of ferric acetate
causes no change, but if there be the smallest trace of hydrochloric,
nitric, or sulphuric acid present, the blood red colour of ferric sul-
phocyanate is at once apparent ; this, however, quickly vanishes on
the addition of an acetate or oxalate ; but in this case phosphoric
acid acts like the organic acids in preventing the formation of ferric
sulphocyanate. Another of Mohr's methods depends on the fact
that iodine is precipitated from a solution of potassium iodide if a
ferric salt with an inorganic acid radicle be added. Ferric acetate
causes no precipitation in a solution of potassium iodide, but if the
smallest trace of an inorganic acid be present the iodine is imme-
diately precipitated.

But there is a case the reverse of this, in which the inorganic re-
tards and the organic acid hastens the reaction. A soltition of pure
ferrous sulphate mixed with a saturated solution of gallic acid pro-
duces no change if the air be excluded, but acetates immediately
produced in it a violet colour.

Still more remarkable effects are produced by colchicine. Some

78 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

colchicine was extracted from a few grams of the seeds by means of
alcohol and water, the yellowish solution was diluted till the colour
was scarcely perceptible.

With concentrated sulphuric or nitric acid it gave a very distinct
yellow, and on adding a drop of hydrochloric acid to this solution a
bluish violet was produced.

If some colchicine solution with a drop of nitric acid is strongly
concentrated, and then a fragment of sodium acetate added, an
orange colour is produced.

If to a portion acidulated with sulphuric acid, a mixture of iodide
of potassium and iodide of mercury, in the proportion of i)0 to 13'5,
is added, a precipitate is formed. By means of this solution it was
easy to detect half a jier cent, of sulphuric acid in vinegar.

The Detection of Mineral Adulterants in Flour. Dr. C. Hiraly.
(Pharmaceutlsche Handel shlatt, Xo. 7G.) As the complete incinera-
tion of flour is a somewhat tedious operation, the author prefers to
effect the separation of mineral adulterants by means of chloi-oform.
Flour being much lighter, and the ordinary mineral adulterants
(limestone, chalk, heavy spar, gypsum, and bone ash) much heavier,
than chloroform, a sample of the suspected flour need only be
shaken with it in a test-tube, and then allowed to separate A very
slight dark coloured sediment, emanating from the millstone, will
be deposited from a genuine flour, but any appreciable white sedi-
ment indicates adulteration. The sediment, of course, can be
weighed and further examined.

The author has also employed this process for the separation of
•white arsenic from a sample of flour in a forensic investigation.

Alteration of Cantharidin in Cantharides. R. Wolf f. (Zeitsch:
lies oestcr Apoih. Yer., xv., 102; PJiarm. Jov.rn., 3rd series, vii., 918).
The experience that cantharides kept dry remain active for a long
time, whilst when damp they rapidly lose their activity ; and fur-
ther, the property of cantharidin not to be broken up under the action
of strong sulphuric acid, whilst in the cantharides it loses almost
directly its vesicatory action upon the skin, led the author, who is
an apothecary in Buenos Ayres, to the conclusion that there must
be present in cantharides some substance which, assisted by mois-
ture, eflected a change in the cantharidin. As it is known that there
is an evolution of ammonia when an aqueous solution of old canth-
arides is heated with caustic potash, the opinion appeared to be justi-
fied that ammonia might play an important part in the decomposition
of the cantharidin.

To clear up this point the author extracted the cantharidin from

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 79

100 grams of Lytta aspersa. This species is used in Buenos Ayres,
and is said to excel the ordinary Lytla vcsicatoria in its greater
activity, which, when carefully dried, the insects retain during many
years. From the 100 grams he obtained 0"815 gram of pure cantli-
aridin, and also from the greeu-brown oily substance from which
the cantharidin had separated upon treating it with ether and chlo-
roform, 0'4G gram of a new body in tabular crystals, which, although
it also had a vesicatory action, differed from cantharidin in its
chemical properties as well as its form of crystallization.

The crystals of this new body are difficultly soluble in cold water
(about 1 in 6600); they are rather more soluble in boiling water,
but separate upon cooling. In alcohol they dissolve in the propor-
tion of 1 in 080 ; in ether, 1 in 390 ; in chloroform, 1 in 60. Hydro-
chloric acid is without action upon them ; on the other hand, they
are readily dissolved by nitric and sulphuric acids, especially when
hot. In the latter case, however, decomposition appears to take
place, since upon the addition of water cantharidin is precipitated,
ammonium nitrate or sulphate being formed at the same time.

When pulverized the new body dissolves at the ordinary tempera-
ture in solution of potash or ammonia ; and upon the addition of an
acid is again precipitated unaltered. If the ammoniacal solution be
allowed to stand for some time in a moderately warm place, after
the excess of ammonia has been given off, the solution readily red-
dens blue litmus paper. If the ammoniacal solution be concen-
ti-ated, crystals of the compound with ammonia are formed, which
decompose upon drying, with formation of ammonia, and are then
difficultly soluble in cold water.

Upon evaporating the ammoniacal solution to dryness a white
crystalline residue is obtained, that appears to be insoluble in
cold water, but in boiling water it dissolves without difficulty.
From the solution, which reddens litmus paper, acicular crystals
separate upon cooling, ivhich constitute a second nitrogenous
compound of cantharidin. The author made no closer inves-
tigation as to the composition of these two compounds. In the
remainder of the paper he simply distinguishes them as No. 1 and
Xo. 2. Compound No. 2, placed on the skin, acts as a vesicant.
It dissolves with difficulty in cold water, but readily in boiling
water. In alcohol, ether, and chloroform it is very difficultly soluble,
even when warmed. In acetic ether it is easily soluble, and upon
evaporation cantharidin is left as a residue. The crystals dissolve
readily in strong sulphuric acid, and no precipitation takes place
upon the addition of water. Strong nitric and hydrochloric acids

80 YEAR-BOOK OF niAKMACY.

behave similarly. It appears as if the acids enter into combination
■without causing decomposition. In ammonia this compound No. 2
dissolves rather freely, but separates in acicular crystals upon the
addition of acids. If the ammoniacal solution be allowed to evapo-
rate slowly, ci'ystals are formed which consist of compound No. 2
and ammonia ; upon drying and warming, these crystals are decom-
posed with evolution of ammonia. It is also dissolved by potash
solution, but it then separates unaltered upon the addition of acids.
Upon evaporating the solution in alkali to dryness, ammonia is
evolved, and part of the compound No. 2 passes into compound
No 1. No. 2 appears to undergo no change upon fusion or sub-
limation ; No. 1 also appears to melt and sublime without loss of
weight.

If solution of a zinc salt be added to solution of cantharidin in
caustic potash as long as any precipitate is foi'med, then a suflficiency
of ammonia solution to dissolve the precipitate produced, and finally
an acid in excess, the compound No. I separates as a white granular
crystalline precipitate. Salts of copper and magnesia act like the
salts of zinc, as probably do others that behave similarly towards
ammonia. As magnesia salts are present in considerable quantity
in cantharides, the author is of opinion that these, after the death
of the insect, in presence of ammonia, quickly induce an alteration
of the cantharidin into compound No. 1, and that this change is more
rapid and complete in proportion as the conditions are favourable,
which appears to be the case in the European cantharides, that so
soon lose their activity. If by moisture a progi'essive formation of
ammonia is favoured, the compound No. 1 is formed, and this after
a time is in turn converted into compound No. 2, which then pro-
bably enters into combination with acids contained in the canthar-
ides. The author has no doubt that a more exact investigation of
the nitrogenous compounds would afford a method of recovering
the cantharidin that has undergone alteration in cantharides, the
details of which would vary according to the degree of change that
has taken place.

Rhodeine, a New Reaction of Aniline. G. Jacquemin.
(Joura. de Phann. et de Chiut., xxiv., 204.) Professor Dragendorff
has shown that the well-known reaction of aniline with chlorinated
lime fails to indicate this substance if its solution contains less than
1 in GOOO. A few years ago the author observed that by substitut-
ing sodium hypochlorite for the chlorinated lime, O'Ol gram of
anilin dissolved in 100 c.c. of water, or 1 in 10,000, still produces
a distinct violet coloration ; whereas solutions containing 1 part in

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 81

20,000 give but a faiat brown, non-characteristic colour ; and those
containing 1 part in 50,000 undergo no visible change whatever. He
has now discovered a reaction by means of which aniline can be
distinctly recognised in solutions containing 1 part in 250,000, and
Avhich may therefore be advantageously employed when the hypo-
chlorite fails. By the addition of a few drops of largely diluted
solution of ammonium sulphide (1 drop to 30 c.c. of water) to the
colourless or faintly brown mixture of aniline solution and sodium
hypochloi'ite, a beautiful pink coloration is produced, which is still
discernible in a solution containing but 4 milligrams of aniline per
litre of water, but is instantly destroyed by an excess of ammonium
sulphate.

The author hopes to isolate and to further investigate this new
derivative of aniline, to which he has given the name rhodeine.

Gentisin (Gentianin). H. Hlasiwetz and J. Habermanrt
(Liehlr/s Annalen, clxxx.,343; Journ. Ghem. Soc, July, 1876.) The
author's latest researches on this subject establish the indentity of
pyrogentisic acid with hydroquinone. The true melting point of the
latter is 169°. Gentisic acid is proved to be identical with oxysalicy-
lic acid, which melts when pure at 196°-197°.

By the action of sodium amalgam upon gentisin a body is formed
having the formula C;^^ H^^g ^s? which differs from that of gentisin
by C O. Fusel gentisin, when treated with dry hydrochloric acid,
yielded methylchloride. Gentisin, therefore, contains the radical C H^.
In a previous paper a diacetyl-gentisin was described, showing the
presence in gentisin of two hydroxyl-groups. These facts admit of
explanation on the assumption that gentisin is formed by the combi-
nation of phloroglucin with a body isomeric with piperonal, thus : —

Piperoual isomer. Phloroglucin. Gentisin.

(CH3

G^B.J,

CfiH.K n > + CfHg ^OH-H,0 = CO
HCOH (OH - I

C, H. ^ Q f

Veratrine. E. Schmidt and R. Kopper. (From I?er. ^/er
deutsch. Chem.-Ges., ix., 1115 ; Journ. Chein. Soc, jS'ov., 187G, 530.)
Crystallized veratrine was prepared by the authors according to the
directions of Merck, partly fi'om commercial verati-ine and partly

82 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

from veratrine made by themselves. The general properties of the
substance accord with the statements of Merck and Weigclin re-
specting it. It melts at 205°. The numbers obtained by analysis
(64"63 per cent, carbon, 8'G8 per cent, hydrogen, 2GG per cent,
nitrogen) lead to the formula C.^^ H^q N Og. The hydrocliloride
forms, with gold trichloride, the compound C.,., H^^ N Oy H CI +
Au CI3, which crystallizes in yellow needles ; with platinum tetra-
chloride, an indistinctly crystalline compound (C;^2H5qNO,j H C1)o +
Pt C\^ ; and with mercuric chloride, a Avhite crystalline precipitate,
C32 H-o N O9 H CI + Hg Clo. The sulphate (C32 H^q N Og)^ H. S 0„
and hydrochloride, are non-crystallizable.

Crj^stallized veratrine is insoluble in water, but on pi'olonged
washing therewith it becomes transformed into a soluble modifica-
cation, the solution of which leaves when evaporated a yellowish
amorphous mass having the same composition as the crystals.
Veratrine dissolved in Avater is rendered insoluble, and is conse-
quently precipitated, by heating the solution. Acids also appear to
convert the soluble into the insoluble modification.

Several samples of commercial veratrine examined by the authors
were found to be almost pure.

Method for the Analysis of Alkaline Mineral Waters. Prof. R.
Presenius. (C'Ae»i.6'cH^r., Nov., 1870,549, from Ze'dschr.fur Anahjt.-
Cliem., XV., 221-230.) The author publishes the following modified
and improved process for the complete analysis of alkaline and
ferruginous mineral waters : —

1. Determination of Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine mixed. — About
2000 grams of water are evaporated on a water bath to one-quarter
of its original bulk. The solution is filtered, washed, the filtrate
acidified with nitric acid, precipitated with argentic nitrate, and the
precipitate weighed either as such or after ignition in a stream
of hydrogen.

2. Determination of Silicic Acid, Iron, Manganese, Alumina,
Lime, and Magnesia. — About 7000 grams of water are acidified and
evaporated to dryness in large platinum dishes. The residue is
moistened with hydrochloric acid, water added, the solution warmed,
and the silicic acid filtered ofi" and washed. After weighing, the
silica is ignited with ammonium fluoride and sulphuric acid. Any
non-volatile substances are deducted. The silicic acid filtrate is
treated with ammonia, and the precipitate is filtei'cd after warming,
and then washed. The latter (mostly hydrated ferric oxide) is dis-
solved in hydrochloric acid, neutralized with ammonium carbonate,
boiled and filtered. Should ammonia give a precipitate in the

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. bo

filtrate, it is filtered separately, dissolved, and reprecipitated. The
filtrates are put togetlier. The two precipitates are again dissolved,
the solution treated with, chemically pure alcohol (free from alumina),
ammonia added, and the iron precipitated with ammonium sulphide.
Having thus separated the iron from the alumina and the phos-
phoric acid, the ferrous sulphide precipitate is dissolved in hydro-
chloric acid, the solution oxidized with nitric acid, precipitated with
ammonia, and weighed after ignition as ferric oxide. The filtrate
from the sulphide is evaporated to dryness in a platinum dish, -with
addition of a solution of sodium carbonate, and the residue is heated
with nitre. After moistening with water it is dissolved in hydro-
chloric acid, and the solution is filtered and precipitated with
ammonia. Traces of a flocculent precipitate of aluminum phosphate
are generally obtained. The filtrates containing the manganese,
lime, and magnesia are concentrated ; the manganese is precipitated
with ammonium sulphide ; the precipitate, after 2'i hours, collected
in a filter, redissolved and reprecipitated; the precipitate mixed with
sulphur and ignited in a stream of hydrogen ; and the manganese
weighed as sulphide. The filtrates are evaporated with hydrochloric
acid, the sulphur filtered ofi", and the lime precipitated in the filtrate
with ammonia and ammonium oxalate. The precipitate is redissolved
and reprecipitated, and finally weighed either as carbonate or oxide.
The filtrates are evaporated to dryness ; the ammonia salts expelled
by ignition ; the residue is moistened with hydrochloric acid and
evaporated to dryness, again taken up with hydrochloric acid and
water ; and the magnesia is precipitated with sodium phosphate and
weighed as pyrophosphate.

3. Determination of the Sttlphicric Acid and tlic All-alies. — About
3000 grams of the water are acidified with hydrochloric acid, evapo-
rated, and the silicic acid filtered off, as in No. 2. The filtrate, which
must not contain much hydrochloric acid, is precipitated at the boil-
ing heat by carefully adding barium chloride. The precipitate is
first weighed, then warmed with hydrochloi'ic acid, and thoroughly
washed. The solution is evaporated to dryness with a few drops of
barium chloride solution, dissolved in water, filtered, and the pre-
cipitate weighed with the former. The last weight is regarded
as the more accui'ate. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness, the
residue taken up with water, and the solution boiled with addition
of pure milk of lime. The filtrate is precipitated with ammonium
carbonate and oxalate. The filtrate from the precipitate is evapor-
ated to di'yness, the ammonia expelled by ignition in a platinum
dish, and the separation of the magnesia repeated^ using very small

84 •i'EAU-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

quantities of the reagents. After expulsion of the ammonia-salts
the allcoliiie chlorides are obtained. In order to separate the potas-
sium chloride from the sodiiim and lithium chlorides, all three
are converted into platino-chlorides, and the dry precipitate, after
treatment with alcohol of 80 volumes per cent., is filtered and washed
with alcohol. The potassium salt having been transferred to a
small tared platinum capsule, the remainder in the filter is dissolved
in boiling water, evaporated to dryness, and Aveighed at 130°. To
test the purity of the potassium-platino-chloride, it is again treated
with water, platinum chloride, and alcohol, as above mentioned.
The last weight is regarded as the more accurate. The quantity of
sodium chloride is obtained by deducting the quantity of potassium
chloride and lithium chloride (determined by the method described
below) from the total sum of alkaline chlorides. Traces of alkaline
earths, if present, must be determined and deducted from the total
alkaline chlorides.

4. Determination of the Carhonic Acid. — The process as described
in Anleitimg zur quant. Analyse, 6 Aufl., p. 436, etc., is used.

5. Determination of the Solid Residue. — About 500-1000 grams are
evaporated in a tared platinum dish on a water bath, and the resi-
due is dried at 180°, and weighed. It is treated with water and
hydrochloric acid, then with excess of sulphuric acid, evaporated
to dryness, and ignited for some time with addition of solid am-
monium carbonate, so as to convert the acid sulphates of the alka-
lies in neutral sulphates (till constant in weight). The solid
residue of ferruginous waters is best determined with the water of
bottles into which the iron has been completely deposited as hydrated
ferric oxide by the action of the air. The solution is filtered, and
the filtrate treated as in the preceding case. The precipitate is
dissolved in nitric acid ; silicic acid, if present, is determined and
added. The nitric acid solution is evaporated, the residue ignited,
treated with water and ammonium carbonate, then heated moder-
ately, and weighed ; and the weight is added to that obtained by
weighing the solid residue of the filtrate at 180°. The ferric oxide,
etc., is treated with nitric and sulphuric acids, evaporated and
ignited. The weight obtained is added to the weight of sulphates.

6. Determination of Iodine, Bromine, Lithium (Manganese), Ba-
rium, and Strontium. — About GO litres are evaporated in a tinned
copper still to about 4 or 5 litres, the alkaline liquid is filtered, and
the residue washed with hot water until the washings are free from
alkali. The residue is also treated until a lithium line is no longer
visible in the spectrum. The solution (a) serves for determining

PHAEMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 85

iodine, bromiue, and lithium; and tlie residue (//) for determining
the (maDganese) barium and strontium.

(rt) TJie solution is evaporated and alcohol (95 per cent.) atlded,
with constant mixing ; the filtered residue is boiled three times with
the alcohol, and the alcoholic solution is distilled over, with addi-
tion of two drops of strong potash ley. The residue is dissolved in
water, evaporated, and again treated with alcohol of 9G per cent.
The solution is redistilled, and the residue again treated as above.
An alcoholic solution is thus obtained which contains all the iodine
and bromine, but only traces of alkaline chloride. The solution is
evaporated in a platinum dish with addition of two drops of potash,
ley, and the residue, after gentle ignition, is extracted with boiling
water. If the solution be coloured brownish it is again evaporated
with two drops of potash ley and a small quantity of nitre, and the
residue is again heated moderately. The solution, now colourless,
is treated with carbon bisulphide, and acidified with dilute sulphuric
acid; a small quantity of a solution of nitrous acid in sulphuric
acid is then added, with agitation, and the violet coloured carbon
disulphide is washed out.

The iodine is determined in this liquid with a very dilute solu-
tion of sodium thiosulphate. From the solution left after washing
out the iodiferous carbon disulphide, bromine and chlorine ai-e pre-
cipitated in the form of silver compounds, and the bromine is de-
termined by deducting the weight obtained by heating weighed
quantities of the bromo-chloride of silver in a stream of chlorine.
The filtrate from the silver compounds is treated with hydrochloi'ic
acid, and filtered, and the filtrate is set aside.

For the determination of lithium (1), the three residues lefc by
the treatment with alcohol (2), the two incinerated filters through
which the solution (free from organic matter) of the alkaline
metals was filtered, and (3) the solution which was obtained after
separating the excess of silver are used. The three are mixed
together with water, and then hydrochloric acid is added, and the
solution evaporated. The residue is treated with absolute alcohol
and filtered, and the residue is boiled with, small quantities of
strong alcohol, until either the residue of sodium chloride, or the
evaporated residue of the last alcoholic extract no longer gives a
lithium spectrum. The alcoholic filtrates are distilled off, the resi-
due dissolved in water, with addition of two drops of hydrochloric
acid, the solution is evaporated, and the treatment with absolute
alcohol twice repeated, adding to the last alcohol used half its volume
of ether, and always testing the residues by the spectrum. The

8Q YEA.E-BOOK OF PHARMACV.

ethereal-alcoholic solution is now distilled off; the residue moistened
with -water ; hydrochloric acid added ; the liquid again evaporated
to dryness; the residue taken up with -water; and to remove small
portions of phosphoric acid -n'hich may have gone over into the
solution, two drops of iron solution are added. Pm-e milk of lime
is next added in slight excess, the mixture boiled, and the precipi-
tate (mainly magnesium hydrate) filtered, and washed with hot
water until it no longer shows a lithium reaction. The filtrate is
precipitated with ammonium oxalate, and the precipitate washed,
ignited, dissolved, evaporated, and tested for lithium. If a reaction
be still obtained, the solution is again precipitated and filtered.
The filtrate or filtrates are evaporated to dryness, the ammonia
salts expelled ; the residue moistened with hydrochloric acid ; water
added ; the solution evaporated to dryness on a water bath, and the
treatment with milk of lime, etc., repeated, using small quantities
of the reagents, and constantly testing the separated precipitates
for lithium. Having expelled the ammonia salts a second time,
moistened with hydrochloric acid and evapoi-ated, the lithium is
separated as lithium phosj^hate, according to the method mentioned
in Zeifschr. anahjf. Ghevi., i., 42. The precipitate is then dissolved
in hydrochloric acid, and tested to find out whether the dilute
solution gives with excess of ammonia a small precipitate in the
cold. If such be the case, it is redissolved in hydrochloric acid,
precipitated with ammonia, filtered, weighed, and deducted from
the lithium phosphate obtained. The filtrate from the phosphate is
tested for caesium and rubidium.

(5) The residue insoluble in water is treated with water in a largo
porcelain dish, and hydrochloric acid (with five drops of sulphuric
acid) added. Solids adhering to the copper still are removed by
treatment with acetic acid, and the Avhole is evaporated to dryness.
The residue is treated with hydrochloric acid and water ; the silicic
acid, etc., filtered off; the precipitate boiled with sodium carbonate
until the silicic acid is dissolved ; the solution filtered, and the
residue washed, incinerated and fused with sodium carbonate,

The fused mass is boiled with water, filtered, washed, and dis-
solved in dilute hydrochloric acid ; the solution is evaporated, and
the residue is taken up with water and a few drops of hydrochloric
acid. The solution is then pi'ecipitated with a few drops of dilute
sulphuric acid, left to settle, filtered, and the filtrate is treated with
three volumes of alcohol. If a precipitate is formed, it is strontium
sulphate or calcium sulphate. The filtered barium sulphate is, after
washing, brought into a funnel closed at the bottom by a tap, and

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 87

treated with a concentrated solution of ammonium carbonate. After
twelve hours the tap is opened, the liquid run out very slowly, the
precipitate washed and treated with very dilute nitric acid, to re-
move any strontium mixed therewith; then washed with water,
dried, ignited, and weighed as pure barium sulphate. The filtrate
from the silicic acid is diluted with water, treated while warm with
sulphuretted hydrogen, to remove traces of tin gone over into the
solution ; the filtrate is then boiled with nitric acid, the precipitate
dissolved in hydrochloric acid, the ferric oxide separated by pre-
cipitation as basic salt, and the filtrate supersaturated with ammo-
nia. In the solution, filtered, if necessary, the manganese is pre-
cipitated with ammonium sulphide, and the lime in the filtrate
precipitated with ammonia and carbonate of ammonia. The filtered
and washed precipitate is dissolved in nitric acid (adding the
above-mentioned nitric acid solution containing strontium), and
evaporated in a retort on a sand bath, exhausting the moisture by
means of an air pump. The residue is then treated with not too
large a quantity of ether and alcohol, so as to dissolve the nitrate
of calcium. The residue is dissolved in water, evaporated to a
small bulk, and a concentrated solution of ammonium sulphate (1
in 4) added in excess. After twelve hours the solution is filtered
through a small filter (the above-mentioned strontium precipitate ob-
tained by the treatment with alcohol is added to the same), and after
washing with ammonium sulphate, dried and ignited as sulphate.

7. Determination of the PJwspJioric Acid. — The phosphoric acid
might be estimated in the determination of the ferric oxide, alu-
mina, etc., in Nos. 2 and 6. It is best, however, to determine it in a
separate portion of the water. About 6 litres are evaporated with
hydrochloi'ic acid, the silicic acid is separated, the filtrate evapo-
rated with nitric acid to dryness, the residue dissolved in nitric
acid and water, precipitated with a nitric acid solution of ammo-
nium molybdate, and the phosphoric acid determined as pyrophos-
phate of magnesia.

8. Determination of the Nitric Acid and Ammonia. — If nitric acid
and ammonia are present in determinable quantities, the method
mentioned in Anl. zur qtiant. Anal, 5 Aufl., pp. 696, 697, is used.
If the water contains large quantities of organic substances, it
is better to replace the soda ley necessary to expel the ammonia by
magnesia.

Butter Analysis. Dr. J. Muter. (Abstracted from the J-ucJt/s^,
1876, No. 1.) The process adopted by the author for the full analy-
sis of butter is as follows : —

88 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

1. 1500 grains of the butler are placed in a couutcvpoised
porcelain dish over a very low gas flame, and stirred witli a ther-
mometer at a heat not exceeding 230° F., until all the water is given
off, which is indicated by effervescence entirely ceasing, and the
curd and salt settling perfectly down to the bottom of the dish,
leaving the absolutely clear melted fat. Tlie whole is then cooled
and weighed, and the loss calculated to percentage of icater. This
is the only method of absolutely and rapidly drying a fat, and the
large quantity taken ensures a more perfect estimate of the true
amount of water in the sample. The temperature of 230° has not
the slightest influence on butter fat.

2. The fat is melted at a gentle heat and poured off" as far as
possible into a beaker, without disturbing the sediment. The re-
mainder is poured on a weighed filter, placed over a beaker in the
drying chamber, and when drained the basin and filter are rinsed
with petroleum spirit, to remove all the traces of fat ; and the filter
being dried and weighed gives cwd plus ash.

3. The filter after being weighed is placed in a weighed platinum
crucible and gently ignited. This gives ash called salt in the
report.

4. The fat poured off" from Xo. 2 — which will generally be about
1200 grains — if absolutely clear, is at once used for physical and
chemical examin-ation ; but if not perfectly free from specks, it must
be filtered through a Swedish filter kept hot on the water bath. The
processes necessary are the taking the specific gravity of the fat at
100 F., and if that gives an adverse indication, the estimation of
the total fatty acids of the butter fat, both soluble and insoluble.

Determination of the Specific Gravity. — A 1000 grain bottle is pro-
cured with rather a pear-shaped neck, and fitted with a thermometer
stopper ranging from 32° to 140° F. The long mercurial bulb
comes exactly down the centre of the bottle, and the scale is up
above the stopper. The bottle is placed on the balance, and an
accurate counterpoise prepared for it. It is then filled with
recently boiled distilled water, at 95° F. The stopper is inserted
and the whole at once plunged up to the neck into fi 12 oz. squat
beaker partially filled with distilled water at 103° F., in which is
placed a thermometer. As the temperature rises in the bottle, the
water leaks out at the stopper, and in a few minutes (if the quantity
of water in the beaker be properly regulated) a time arrives when
the temperature of both thermometers equalize themselves at 100°.
The point between the stopper and the bottle is instantly wiped
with a small piece of filter paper, to absorb loose water ; and the

PHAEMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 89

bottle is lifted oiit, tboronghly cleansed, and weigtied. By repeating
this three times the actual contents of the bottle at 100° F. is ob-
tained, and the weight taken before a fall of more than 5° takes
place. This weight of water is scratched on the bottle with a
diamond, and all is ready for the butter. The pure butter fat,
pi-epared as already described, is taken from the bath and cooled to
95° F. ; it is then poured into the bottle, and the whole operation
repeated thrice, exactly as with the water, and the mean of the
three weighings thus obtained is divided by that of the water. The
contrivance of having a " r/^^t'^f;' " fat heated by '''falling'''' water
until the two equalize, is the height of accuracy, and moreover gives
an appreciable rest in the variation of the temperature sufficient to
enable the excess of fat which has leaked out to be removed exactly
at the required temperature.

In the author's opinion, any butter showing a specific gravity
of over 'Oil may be safely passed over without analysis, as being
good.

The Total Fatty Acids. — About 10 grams (or 150 grains) of [the
butter fat at 100° F. are weighed by difference from a suspended
tube into a clean, dry, 15 ounce flask, and 5 grains of potassium hy-
drate, with two fluid ounces of rectified spirit, are added. The flask
is placed in a basin with hot water, and kept boiling for a consider-
able time, until on adding water not the faintest turbidity occurs.
Ten ounces of water are added, and evaporation continued (just
short of boiling) until all traces of alcohol ai-e dissipated. The
contents of the flask are then made up to 7 ounces with nearly
boiling water; and a good fitting cork having been introduced,
through which just passes a tube 2 feet long and ending in a small
funnel, 5 grams of full strength sulphuric acid are poured in down
the tube, followed by some water. The whole is then agitated with
a circular motion until the soap, which rises suddenly, is changed into
a perfectly clear and transparent stratum of fatty acids. The flask
and contents are then cooled down to 40° F., till a perfectly solid
cake of fatty acid forms. A few drops of cold water are run in to
wash the tube, and the cork having been removed, a small jiiece of
fine cambric is placed over the mouth of the flask, held i)i situ by
an ordinary indiarubber ring. The fat cake is caused to detach
itself from the sides of the flask by a gentle movement, and then
the filtrate is decanted, without breaking the cake, into a litre test
mixer with a good stopper. About an ounce of cold water is
poured into the flask through the cambric, and the whole cake and
flask rinsed out by gently turning round, and the washings added to

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

the filtrate. Six ounces of water at 120° are now added through the
muslin, which is then quickly detached, and tlie cork and tube in-
serted. The whole is again heated, this time to 200^ and kept
constantly agitated with a circular but not a jerky motion for five
minutes. This agitation so divides the fat that it almost forms an
emulsion with the water, and is the only means of thoroughly and
rapidly washing fatty acids without loss. In practice no butyric
acid comes off at 200°; but any trace that might do so is caught in
the long tube. The cooling and filtering are then again proceeded
with as above described (the filtrate being added to the contents of
the test mixer), and tlie washings are repeated alternately cold
with 1 ounce, and hot with 6 ounces of water, until they do not give
the slightest change to neutral litmus. After thoroughly draining
the residual cake by letting the flask stand upside down for some
time, the cambric is removed and the flask is laid out on its side in
the drying oven with a support under the neck, until the acids are
thoroughly fused, when they are poured while hot into a tared
platinum capsule, dried, and weighed. The film of fatty acid still
remaining on the flask is rinsed out with ether, and dried in a small
weighed beakei', and the weight added to the whole. If any drops
of water be observed under the fatty acids in the capsule after an
hour's drying, the addition of a few drops of absolute alcohol will
quickly cause them to dry off. If any trace of fat is on the cambric,
it should be also dried and extracted with ether ; but with care not
to break the cake at the last pouring off this does not occur.

The process is absolutely accurate, and the merest tyro cannot
make any loss so long as he does not deliberately shake the melted
acids against the cork, which he could not do if he practises a circu-
lar agitation while washing. The filtrate in the test mixer is now
made to an absolute bulk, and in 200 c.c. the total acidity is taken
with a weak solution of sodium hydrate. The solution generally
used represents "01 of NH3 in each c.c, as it serves also for nitrogen
combustions ; but a iiscful strength would be decinormal soda, con-
taining "004 Na H in each c.c. The acidity found is multiplied by
five, calculated to H2 S O4, and noted as " total acidity as H,, S O4."
100 c.c. are next taken and precipitated with barium chloride in the
presence of a strong acidulation with hydrochloric acid, well boiled,
and washed by three decantations, boiling each time ; and, lastly,
on a filter, till every trace of soluble barium is removed. The pre-
cipitate is dried, ignited, and weighed as usual, multiplied by ten,
and calculated to Ho S O4, and noted as " total sulphuric acid."
La.stly, 100 c.c. are evaporated to dryness over the water bath in a

PHAiniACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 91

tared platinum dish holding 120 c.c, and furnished with a cover of
platinum foil, also tared. When dry the dish is covered and heated
over a bunsen till all fumes cease ; and a fragment of pure ammo-
nium carbonate having been added, the whole is again ignited and
weighed. The amount of potassium sulphate found is multiplied by
10 and calculated to Ho S O4, and noted as "combined sulphuric
acid." The rest of the calculation is obvious from the following
example : —

Ten grams talicn.

Total acidity as Hj S 0^ 0-814

Total H; S O4 4-9

Combined H. S O4 4-1

4.9_4-4=--5freeH2S04

0-814— -5 = -314 acidity due to butter acids stated as H. S O4

Then '^^^^ '^° = -504 butyric acid in 10 grams taken, wliich
equals 5-64 per cent.

The author regards 88 per cent, of insoluble fatty acid as a fair
standard of butter calculation, if associated with at least 6'3 of solu-
ble acids. But he would not apply any charge of admixture to a
butter which showed less than 89"5 insoluble with 5 of soluble acids.

Butter Analysis. A. Dupre. (From a paper read before the
Society of Public Analysts, June 14th, 1876.) On the strength of
numerous experiments, the author has adopted the following me-
thod, which in his opinion leaves nothing to be desired on the score
either of facility of execution or of accuracy : — About o grams of
the dry filtered butter fat are weighed into a small strong flask ; 25
c.c. of a normal alcoholic soda solution are added ; the flask is closed
by means of a well-fitting caoutchouc stoppei', firmly secui'ed by a
piece of canvas and string, and heated in a water bath for about one
hour. When cool the flask is opened, the contents — which are
semi-solid — carefully liquefied by heat and washed into a flask with
hot water. This flask is now heated for some time on a water bath
to expel the alcohol, some more hot water is added, and 25 c.c.
of diluted sulphuric acid, somewhat stronger than the alkali used,
are run in. The contents are allowed to cool, and the acid aqueous
solution below the cake of fatty acids is passed through a filter.
The fatty acids in the flask are washed by hot water in the manner
recommended by Dr. Muter, i.e., each time allowed to cool ; all
the washings are passed through a filter. The author uses no cam-
bric, but passes everything through paper. With care scarcely
any of the fatty acid will find its way into the filter. After the

92 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

■washing with water is completed and the flask drained, lie Avaslies
any fatty acid that may be on the filter into the flask hy means of
a mixture of alcohol and ether on a water bath, and finally dries
the fatty acids in the flask at a temperature of 105° C. The drying
can be done readily if the melted fat is now and then shaken briskly,
so as to sub-divide the water as much as possible. In this way the
acids, when once in the flask, are not taken out until their weight
has been taken, thus reducing the risk of loss to a minimum.
Meanwhile the acidity of the aqueous filtrate and washings is esti-
mated by decinormal soda solution. Subtracting from the amount
required the proportion necessaiy to neutralize the excess of acid
added in decomposing the soap, the rest represents the soluble fatty
acids contained in the butter taken, and on the assumption of its
being butyric acid we can, of course, calculate the amount of this
acid present. When once the equivalent of the soluble acids -pve-
sent in butter is fairly determined, this, of course, will have to be
substituted for that of butyric acid. The results thus obtained are
very accurate, and the process is very simple in execution. The
author has satisfied himself by repeated experiments that the alka-
linity of the alcoholic soda solution by itself is not altered by the
process.

The author places no reliance on the specific gravity test, as he
finds that mutton dripping, and other fats likely to be used as
adulterants of butter, may acquire a sp. gr. above "911 by being
strongly and repeatedly heated. He thinks, however, that any
sample of butter showing a sp. gr. below "Qll may safely be pro-
nounced adulterated.

In a subsequent note. Dr. Dupre states that he has effected the
saponification, decomposition of the soap, and the washing and
drying of the fatty acids at ordinary temperature, thus still further
reducing the risk of breaking up the higher into lower acids. The
saponification is i-eadily effected by using a sufliciency of alcoholic
soda. Between four and five grams of the dry butter fat were
shaken up for several minutes with 100 c.c. of normal alco-
holic soda. The batter soon dissolves, but after a time the solution
gelatinises to a clear, transparent jelly. (The temperature of the
laboratory at the time of these experiments ranged between 22° and
50°). This jelly is now allowed to stand over night, during Avhich
time the smell of butyric ether, very strong at first, entirely dis-
appears. In one of the experiments the alcohol was allowed to
evaporate spontaneously, before the acid was added ; in the other
(made with a different sample of butter), the soap was dissolved in

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 93

about a half-litre of -water, and at once decomposed by the addition
of liydrochloric acid. The fatty acids, which separated in white
curdy masses, were thoroughly washed on a jfilter with cold water,
about four litres, dried in vacuo over oil of vitriol, and weighed.
The results of experiment show that butter fat yields the same pro-
portion of insoluble fatty acids, whether saponified with or without
the aid of heat.

The Preparation of Nicotine. W. Kirch man n. (Archiv der
Plmrm. September, 1876, 209.) The author proposes the follow-
ing simple method of preparing pure nicotine. A tin vessel,
provided with two tubulurcs, is filled with tobacco, which is
previously damped with sodium carbonate. One of the tubu-
lures admits a glass tube reaching nearly to the bottom of the
vessel ; the other is provided with a glass tube merely jDcne-
trating the cork. The vessel lis made air-tight, placed into a
boiling hot steam bath, and a rapid stream of carbonic acid
gas passed through it, entering the vessel by the longer, and
leaving it by the shorter tube ; the latter dips into a mixture of
alcohol and dilute sulphuric acid. In this manner a large yield
of perfectly colourless nicotine sulphate is obtained. In order to
obtain the pure alkaloid, caustic baryta is added to the solution,
the latter evaporated to dryness, and ihe pure nicotine extracted
with ether.

A portion of highly concentrated solution of acid nicotine sulphate
(bisulphate), saturated with alumina hydrate, deposited in a short
time handsome octahedric crystals, which the author considers to
be nothing else but nicotina alum, although he adds that he is not
aware of a previously-known case where a tertiary diamine base
could take the place of ammonia in alum.

The same process could probably be employed for the preparation
of conia (from Gonium macidatnm, L. ; hemlock) and sparteina
(from Spartium scoimrium, L. = Cijtisus scoparms, Link., Sarotham-
niis scoparius, Wimmer ; bi'oom.)

The Essential OilofCubehs. A. Oglialoro. (Journ. Chem. Soc,
from Gazetta Chim. Ital., v., 467.) Whilst examining a specimen
of essence of cubebs, the author found that he obtained a hydro-
carbon, Cin Hjg, boiHng at 160°, which appears to have been un-
noticed by any previous experimenter, although he did not succeed
in separating the hydrocarbon of boiling point 230°, mentioned by
Schmidt. This induced him to prepare some of the essential oil
from cubebs by distilling the substance in a current of steam in a
copper still ; the yield was about four per cent., and the product.

94 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

when submitted to careful rectification after being dried over cal-
cium chloride, yielded a small quantity of a hydrocarbon, Cjo Hjg,
belonging to the terpene series, boiling at lo8°-16o°, and a con-
siderable portion boiling at 250^-270°, — evidently a mixture, — but
no trace of the hydrocarbon boiling at 230°, observed by Schmidt.
The portion boiling at 250°-2r0° was mixed with half its weight
of ether and saturated with hydrochloric acid ; by this means a
crystalline hydrochloride, of the composition Ci,-, H24 H CI, was sepa-
rated ; whilst the mother-liquor, after evaporation of the ether
and separation of a further portion of the hydrochloride which
crystallized out, was washed with dilute alkali, dried, and sub-
mitted to fractional distillation. The greater portion passed over
at 262°-2G3°, and possessed a slight IsBvoi-otatory power, although
it is doubtful whether this is inherent in thef hydrocarbon, or is
due to the admixture of a small amount of that which forms the
crystalline hydrochloride. The hydrochloride crystallizes from
boiling alcohol in long colourless needles, which melt at 117°-118°;
and when heated for some time to 170°-180° with water in sealed
tubes, is completely decomposed into hydrochloric acid and a
hydrocarbon of the formula C15 H04. This, after purification by
rectification from sodium, has a density of 0"9289 at 0°, and boils
at 264°-2Go°. It deflects the polarized ray to the left. The hydro-
chloride also has considerable action on polarized light.

The Fluorescent Matter in Atropa Belladonna. R. Fassbendeo.
(Zeifschr. dcsoexterr. Apoth. Ft'/-., xi.,'50C ; Fhann. Zeit. [3], vii., 506.)
The author publishes some further information respecting the blue
fluorescent matter discovered by Richter. It is found in all
parts of Atro2]a belladonna, and is distinguished by its great per-
manence and very strong fluorescence, which can be recognised
even when extremely diluted. The author found it in all the
commercial extracts of belladonna he"! examined ; whether com-
mercial specimens of atropa and it salts are free from this sub-
stance, he is not in a position to state.

In order to show how extremely small a quantity of this substance
can be distinctly recognised, the author crushed two unripe belladonna
berries in some water, evaporated the liquor in a water bath, treated
the residue with alcohol, filtered, evaporated the solution, and again
dissolved the residue in water. The filtered solution, which percept-
ibly reddened blue litmus paper, was digested with animal black,
which absorbed the colouring matter ; the charcoal was treated with
alcohol at a gentle heat, a few drops of ammonia added, the liquor
filtered, and the charcoal again Avashed with alcohol. The filtrate

PHAKMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 95

■was clearly fluorescent, and when diluted with 200 c.c. of alcohol,
the characteristic blue colour was still distinctly perceptible if looked
at from, above. The great permanence of this substance may be
shown with a few drops of a less dilute solution mixed with a drop
of ammonia on a watch glass ; after the rapid drying up of this
liquid upon a warm day, the reaction is reproduced by the addition
of more ammonia. Besides the colouring matter, there is obtained
by the above method of preparation a yellow resinous body, insoluble
in water and very soluble in alcohol.

A New Reagent for Glucose. A. Soldaini. {Ber. der deutsch.
Chem.-Ges., ix., 1126.) The author recommends a solution of
potassio-cai-bonate of copper as a test for glucose. The reagent is
prepared by dissolving 15 grams of precipitated carbonate of copper
gradually, with the aid of heat, in a solution of 410 grams of bicar-
bonate of potassium in 1400 c.c. of water. It keeps well and under-
goes no change, even on prolonged boiling. It is reduced by glucose
and sugar of milk, but not by pure cane sugar, dextrin, or starch.
Tartaric acid, uric acid, and normal urine do not affect it ; but
tannic and formic acid, when heated with it, effect a separation of
cuprous oxide.

OccuiTence of Glucose in Spirit of Wine. G-. Salomon.
(Chem. Gentralhl., No. 33.) Commercial alcohol has been observed
to leave on evaporation a residue which reduces Fehling's solution.
In one instance the author obtained from one litre of spirit 0"13
gi-am of glucose, emanating probably from liquors previously kept
in the same cask. A knowledge of the occurrence of this impurity
may be important in analytical investigations.

Taxine, a Poisonous Alkaloid contained in the Leaves and Seeds
of Taxus Baccata. W. Mavine. (Chem. Centrcdhl., 1876, 166 ;
Journ. ClieJii. Soc, April, 1877.) Although cases of poisoning by
yew berries have been confirmed in former times, and also recently,
the poisonous effects of the fruit and seeds of the yew tree are dis-
puted from many sides, while the strongly toxic action of the other
portions of the tree are known generally.

Lucas isolated from the leaves of this tree three grains of a body
which he called taxine, and gave a few reactions regarding it. For
its preparation Stass's method for detecting alkaloids was followed
out, without giving satisfactory results. The following process was
more successful : — The leaves or seeds are powdered, and repeatedly
exhausted with ether ; the extracts are mixed, and the ether is dis-
tilled off. The residue, which when obtained from the leaves forms
a green resinous mass, having a peculiar aromatic smell and sharp

96 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

taste, while that fi-om the seeds is a large quantity of a fatty oil,
"was repeatedly shaken up with water, acidulated, and slightly
warmed. The water separated from the residue was filtered, and in
the clear and colourless filtrate the taxine Avas precipitated by am-
monia or fixed alkali, in snow-white bulky flakes. When washed
and dried over sulphuric acid, it forms a white crystalline powder,
which is scarcely soluble in distilled water, readily soluble in acidu-
lated water, alcohol, ether, chloroform, beuzin, and carbon disul-
phide ; and insoluble in petroleum ether. In has no smell, but a
very bitter taste. Pure, concentrated sulphuric acid reddens it ;
nitric, hydrochloric, and phosphoric acids dissolve it without change
of colour. With most of the reagents characteristic of alkaloids —
tannic acid, phosphomolybdic acid, potassio-mercuric iodide, po-
tassio-cadmic iodide, potassio-bismuthic iodide, iodo-potassio iodide,
potassio-argentic cyanide, potassic bichromate, picric acid — it
yields, in an acid solution, amorphous precipitates. Platinic
chloride, auric chloride, mercuric chloride, potassio-platinous
cyanide are not precipitated. It does not form crystallized salts
with the ordinary acids. It is nitrogenous (evolves ammonia when
heated with freshly ignited soda-lime), melts at 80°, and burns with-
out residue when heated more strongly. Taxine is present in the
leaves in larger quantities than in the seeds of the yew tree.

The Dissociation of the Vapour of Calomel. H. Debray.
{Comptes Reiulus, Ixxxiii., 330.) Odling and Erlenmeyer regard the
dissociation of the vapour of calomel at 440° C. as complete, and
base their opinion on the density of the vapour and the observation
that a strip of gold placed in the vapour becomes amalgamated and
also coated with an incrustation of mercuric chloride. This view,
however, is not borne out by the author's experiments. If it be
assumed that the vapour at the tem]3erature named represents a
mixture of equal volumes of the vapour of mercury and mercui^ic
chloride, the tension of the vapour of mercury in this mixture
would amount to half an atmos})hcre ; and unless the tension of dis-
sociation of gold amalgam is proved to be less than half an atmos-
phere, the author declines to regard the experiment with the strip
of gold as conclusive. If it be more than half an atmosphere, the
gold could not amalgamate in such a mixture. His own experi-
ments show that a strip of gold heated to 440° is not amalgamated
in the vapour of mercury at the ordinary atmospheric pressure; and
that on heating calomel to the same temperature, and placing a
curved gilt silver tube, through which cold water is kept running,
into the vapour for a few seconds, the tube becomes coated with

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 97

calomel intermixed with a small quantity of metallic mercury. He
therefore arrives at the conclusion, that though some decomposition
takes place, the dissociation at 440^ is not complete.

Ostruthin. E. von Grorup-Besanez. (Llebif/s Ann. d. Gliem.,
clxxxiii., 321-343; Amer. Journ. of Pharm., May, 1877.) This
body was discovered by the author in 1874, in the root of Im-
peratoria ostruthium. The following is an outline of the process
by which the largest yield has been obtained : —

The young roots of masterwort, one to two years old, are cut and
digested with 90 per cent, alcohol at 50° to 60° C, until the liquid
ceases to become coloured ; the mixed tinctures are distilled to one-
third, and this then evaporated until on cooling a thick liquid re-
mains. This residue is exhausted by a mixture of three parts of
ether and one of ligroin of low boiling point, until a firm plaster-
like mass remains. The solution is mixed with more ligroin, which
separates a brown sticky mass, and the decanted liquor is evaporated
spontaneously from flat dishes, and if necessary decanted from the
oily sediment forming. Yellow crystals are afterwards deposited,
which are freed from adhering resinous matter by spreading them
upon porous plaster tiles. The crystals are then dissolved in ether,
the solution again mixed with some ligroin, freed from the deposited
oily matter, and evaporated spontaneously. Repeated recrystalliza-
tion from ether yields larger but still yellow ci-ystals, which are ob-
tained white by dissolving them in alcohol and adding water until
a permanent precipitate begins to appear.

Ostruthin crystallizes from ether in the triclinic system, the cry-
stals resembling rhombohedrons. It fuses at 115° C, and congeals at
91° C. to a wax-like mass, becoming crystalline ; it is inodorous,
tasteless, burns with a bright smoky flame, and yields by dry
distillation a thick yellowish oil, with an odour resembling Canada
balsam. It is insoluble in cold water, sparingly soluble in benzol
and petroleum benzin, and freely soluble in alcohol and ether. The
alcoholic solution has a faint blue fluorescence, which becomes mag-
nificently blue on the addition of water ; more water precipitates it.
All its solutions are neutral and optically inactive. It composition is

Ostruthin hydrochlorate, C^^ H^^ Oo H CI, is obtained by passing
muriatic acid gas into a not very dilute alcoholic solution of os-
truthin, which congeals ; the mass is then washed with water and
crystallized from ether. It forms white, tasteless, and inodorous
needles, soluble in alcohol, ether, benzol, and chloroform ; less so in
petroleum benzin.

98 YEAR-BOOK OF PIIARMACV.

Ostrutliin hydrobromate is prepared in the same way ; but in
attempting to crystallize from ether it was decomposed, bromine
being liberated. A combination with hydriodic acid could not be
obtained, owing to the liberation of iodine. Among the products of
decomposition obtained by adding ostruthin to fusing potash,
resorcin was found. Treated with strong nitric acid, it is first con-
verted in a resinous body, and finally into oxalic acid ; but when
boiled for a long time with nitric acid, diluted with three parts of
water, it yields styphinic and a little oxalic acid.

Chlorine yields with difficulty, bromine more readily, substitution
compounds.

Volumetric Estimation of Astringent Principles. F. Jean. (Compt.
Bend., Ixxxii., 0S2.) Tannic and gallic acids, and other astrin-
gent substances, after the addition of an akaline carbonate, ener-
getically absorb iodine from its solution ; and this absorption takes
place in direct proportion to the quantity of the astringent matter
present. For the estimation of such substances the author employs
a 0'4 per cent, solution of iodine in potassium iodide, and this is
titrated by means of a standard solution of tannin in sodium car-
bonate. Under the influence of the iodine the tannin solution
acquires an intense orange red colour, which would prevent the
starch test being applied as an indicator of the presence of free iodine,
if this test were applied in the ordinary way. But the author rubs
powdered starch over white filter-paper, and when a minute drop of
the deeply coloured liquid is placed on the paper, it is instantly
absoi'bed, while the characteristic violet stain due to the free iodine
remains. As decoction of oak bark is found to contain no principle
other than tannin, which is capable of exercising this action on
iodine, the method is directly available for testing barks intended
for tanning purposes.

Ferric and Aluminic Phosphates. M. Millot. {Journ. Chem.
Soc, from Comptes Rendus, Ixxxii., 89.)

Ferric Fhosphite.—2 P. O5. Fco O3. 8 H. = Fe. P.^ Oj^. 8 Ho 0.—
This phosphate is obtained when ferric hydrate or oxide is dissolved
in hydrated phosphoric acid, either cold or hot. If an insufficient
quantity of phosphoric acid is employed, the mass hardens, and
more phosphoric acid must be added till it remains pasty. Water
is added and the liquid is filtered. On addition of water to the
washings, the phosphate, :3 Po 0-. 2 Fe^ O3. 8 Ho 0, is deposited.
The mass left on the filter, after purification, has the formula,
•1 Po Oj. Fco. O3. 8 Ho O.

The anhydrous <6alt is prepared by fusing ferric oxide with an

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 09

exc3ss of phosplioric acid, and removing tlie excess by wasliing. If
a liigli temperature be employed, part of the product becomes
insoluble in acids, but docs not vary in composition from the
portion which dissolves. The hydrated phosphate dissolves in
ammoniacal ammonium citrate, and in alkalies and their carbonates,
but is insoluble in acetic acid. The precipitate obtained on adding
water to the filtrate from the preparation of the above-mentioned
phosphate is white and crystalline. Its formula is 3 Po 0,-. 2 Fe^ 0-.
8 Ho = Fe^ Pg Oo]^. 8 Ho 0. It is more easily prepared by heating
a solution of ferric sulphate with dihydi'ic ammonia orthophosphate,
thus : —
0. (N H,) H. P Oi + 2 Fe. (S OJ3 = Fe^ P^ 0.^. H, + 6 (N HJ H S 0^.

The liquid is filtered white hot, and the precipitate is washed
with boiling water. When ignited it turns to a greyish blue mass,
which dissolves easily in acids. Its properties are similar to the
preceding one.

Aluminlc PhospJiate—-2 P, 5. Ah O3. 8 H. = Al. P.^ 0^3. 8 H. 0.
— This salt cannot be prepared in the same manner as tlie corre-
sponding iron salt, owing to the solubility of alumina. It may be
obtained by treating the phosphate, Al^ Pg Oo^. 16 H, 0, with two
equivalents of phosphoric acid ; it is dried, washed, and the treat-
ment repeated. It may be obtained in the anhydrous state by
igniting a salt of alumina with excess of phosphoric acid, and wash-
ing out the metaphosphoric acid formed, with water. The product
is partially insoluble in acids.

3 P. O5. 2 AL O3. 16 H, O = Alt Pg O^i. 16 H. 0.
This phosphate is obtained when two equivalents of aluminum
sulphate and six equivalents of dihydroammonic orthophosphate
are boiled together, thus : —
2 Al. (S 0^)3 + 6 Ho(NHJP 0,i = AljPg Ooi- 3H.0 + 3(NH,)HS0j.

The precipitate is filtei'ed and washed with boiling water, for it
is soluble in cold water. Free sulphuric acid must be present
during its preparation, or it will contain excess of alumina. This
salt is formed when commercial superphosphates are washed with
water. When ignited it becomes partially insoluble in acids : —

2 P. O5 3 AI3 O3. 8 H, = Alg P^ O19. 8 H^ 0.

If an acid solution of one of the previously- described phosphates
is precipitated with ammonia, taking care not to add sufiicient to
■dissolve it, this phosphate is produced. When ignited it dissol,vcs
.in acids.

100 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

All these phosphates are hygroscopic ; they are all insoluble in
acetic acid, but dissolve in ammoniacal ammonium citrate, am-
monium oxalate, alkaline carbonates, and ammonia ; tliose of
alumina dissolve much more easily than the correspondin<:^ iron
salts.

A Hydrate of Cellulose. A. Girand. (Zeitschr. dos oesterr.
A^oth. Ver., 187(3, 557, from Coinptes licndus.) Besides the normal
cellulose as it is obtained from the oi'gans of i)lants, and the gela-
tinous modification of the same mentioned by Bechamp in 1856,
there is known to exist another peculiar, not very distinctly charac-
terized variety of this substance, the formation of which is frequently
observed in industrial ' operations. The celhilose in this state
appears to have lost its firmness and become friable. In submitting
this body to a closer examination, the author recognised it as the
first modification produced from cellulose by the action of acids.
In preparing it the conditions requisite for its formation must be
scrupulously observed ; the acid must be of a definite strength, and
must be allowed to act on the cellulose at a definite temperatui'e
and for the exact time required. Pure cotton wool is moistened
with water, then introduced into cold sulphuric acid of 1"450
specific gravity, and left in contact with it for about 12 hours. At
the expiration of this time the fibres appear but little altered, but
when pressed between two glass plates they break up into a multi-
tude of small, iiTCgular fragments. Notwithstanding its friability,
this substance can be readily washed and dried at a low tempe-
rature without losing its shape. In the dry state, however, it
crumbles between the fingers to a fine snow-like powder. The
numbers obtained in its ultimate analysis lead to the formula
Ci2 Hoj ^11' ""^hich represents it as a monohydrated cellulose. It
does not part with its molecule of water on drj-ing.

Hydrocellulose, as the author calls this substance, possesses
definite characteristic properties. It is readily oxidizable ; heated
to 50° C. for several days it gradually turns yellow, while its per
centage of oxygen increases and that of its carbon diminishes. If
it now be washed with water, it yields to the latter a coloured
substance which reduces both Fehling's solution and silver nitrate ;
but the insoluble residue is nothing but unaltered hydrocellulose,
Ci2 Hot Oj|. Heated with a 1 per cent, solution of caustic potash it
is gradually dissolved, with the formation of a strongly coloured
liquid possessing reducing properties.

The formation of a friable hydrocellulose as an intermediate
product between cellulose and glucose seems to throw light on.

rHAEMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 101

certain industrial processes which were hitherto but little under-
stood. The production of parchment paper, for instance, may be
attributed to a superficial conversion of the paper fibre into hydro-
eelhilose. These fibres adhere closely and firmly together, thus
closing the pores of the paper and making it impermeable. If the
action of the acids is allowed to proceed too far, or if the washing is
done imperfectly, the whole of the fibres are then changed in this
manner, and the paper becomes flawy. Possibly the mellowing of
paper and of cloth, due to an imperfect removal of the bleaching
agents by washing, may also be explained as the result of the for-
mation of hydrocellulose. The chlorinated lime, being decomposed
by the carbonic acid contained in the air, forms hypochlorous and
hydrochloric acid, by the action of which on the cellulose the latter
may be pai-tially convei'ted into hydrocellulose.

The Constituents of Balsam of Toln. E. Busse. (Ber. der
deutscli. Chem.-Ges. ix., 830; Journal Chemical Societij. Dec, ISTC?
640.) Somewhat contradictory results have been arrived at by
Fremy, Deville, Kopp, Scharling, and Carles, partly at least due to
the fact that the mode of operating was calculated in some cases to
bring about decomposition of the bodies originally present. The
author dissolved 1 kilo, of partly resinized tolu balsam in '2 litres
of ether, filtered the liquid from a little insoluble matter, and then
agitated it with 2 litres of soda-solution containing 100 grams
Na^ ; after agitating the ethereal liquor again with soda, and
washing with water, a residue was obtained on distilling off the
ether, consisting of 85 grams of fluid neutral compounds. On
fractional distillation, a little passed over below 200°, more between
250° and 300°, and most of all above 320°. The first of these
fractions appeared on analysis to be impure benzylic alcohol ; it
formed benzoic aldehyde and acid on oxidation. The second gave a
distillate at 300^, consisting of henzijl henzoate, Ci^HjoOj; on
saponification it formed benzylic alcohol and a benzoate. The
third poi'tion consisted of benzijl cinnamate, Cj(;H;^jOo; it furnished
cinnamic acid and benzylic alcohol on saponification, and had the
sp. gr. 1-1145 at 16°. Hence the natural constituents of tolu balsam
are the same as those found by Kraut in Peru balsam, only
they exist in smaller quantity and difierent proportions, — benzyl
cinnamate forming the majority in the first, benzyl benzoate in the
second.

The soda liquors obtained as above described were saturated with
carbonic acid, whereby much resin was precipitated. The filtx'ate
yielded a precipitate on addition of hydrochloric acid; one-half of

102

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

the cinnamic acids thus throvi-n down -was boiled with milk of lime.
A sparingly soluble lime salt was thus obtained, containing (after
recrjstallization) 1026 per cent, of calcium, the cinnamate requiring
10"30 per cent. ; fi-om this cinnamic acid, melting at 133°, was
isolated. The mother-liquors of the sparingly soluble calcium
cinnamate contained much calcium benzoate, which crystallized out
after concentration ; this gave (after several recrystallizations) num-
bers agreeing with the formula Ca (C^ B.- 0^)o + 3 H^ ; and from it
benzoic acid was precipitated, melting at 120"5°.

The other half of the mixture of acids was dissolved in alcohol
and treated with hydrochloric acid gas. By fractional distillation
the ethers thus formed were separated ; the portion distilling at
215^ gave numbers agreeing with the foi-mula Cg H^q O3, ethyl
benzoate; that passing over at 265° agreed with Cj^HijO.,, ethyl
cinnamate.

Hence tolu balsam contains free benzoic and cinnamic acids, as
well as their benzylic ethers.

Determination of Phosphorus and Arsenic by Molybdate of
Ammonia. P. Champion and H. Pellet. {Bull, de la Soc.
Chim., January o, 1877; Chem. News, 3-5, 11-5.) M. Boussingault
has shown that the ajiproximation furnished by directly weighing
the phospho-molybdate is superior to that obtained by redissolving
the precipitate and determining the phosphorus as ammoniaco-
magnesian phosphate. The error committed is the more appreci-
able the less phosphorus is present in the matter under analysis.
According to M. Boussingault the phospho-molybdate contains 3' 73
pel* cent, of phosphoric acid. The operation may be performed
very rapidly by observing the following precaiitions : — Dissolve
100 grams molybdic acid in ammonia (about loO c.c. of ordinary
ammonia) and 80 of water. Pour it drop by drop into oOO c.c. of
pure nitric acid and 300 c.c. of water. Stir, let settle, and filter if
needful. Introduce into a capsule such a measure of the molybdic
solution that the weight of the molybdic acid may be about fifty
times the supposed weight of the phosphoric acid. Add ammonia
to render the liquid alkaline ; concentrate as far as possible the
liquid containing the phosphoric acid, and mix the two solutions ;
raise the temperature to 70° to 80°, and pour in rapidly an excess
of nitric acid until the yellow coloration appears, stirring briskly
to aid the formation of the pi'ccipitate. Filter through a double
tared filter, wash, and dry at 100° to 110°. The filtrate should be
colourless. If it is yellow, the precipitation is incomplete ; in this
case ammonia is poured upon the filter to redissolve the precipitate,

PHAEMACEUTICAL CHEMISTKY. 105

the solution is evaporated, and re-acidified witli nitric acid. The
same process may be successfully applied to the determination of
arsenic, 100 grams of the precipitate of arsenio-molybdate of am-
monia containing o'l of arsenic acid.

Compounds of Metallic Oxides with Glycerin. J. Puis. (Journ.
fill' pract. Chem., No. 2, 1877.) The author describes an extensive
series of experiments on the solubility of various metallic oxides
in glycerin, performed by adding aqueous solutions of metallic salts
to mixtures of glycerin and H K 0. Clear solutions were obtained
when glycerin, ferric oxide, and caustic potash were in the mole-
cular proportions of 3:2:1 and 3:3:2. After a short lapse of
time the ferric oxide is precipitated spontaneously from the solu-
tions, and has passed into the colloidal state. Cupric oxide does
not show this peculiarity. With weak solutions of glycerin the
water appears to exert a neutralizing influence upon the base
present, which allows the solution of the oxide ; but after a certain
degree of concentration there is a fixed relation between the
weights of glycerin and Cu dissolved. The author recommends
the application of this fact for the analytical determination of
glycerin. The hydrates of the alkaline earths are much more
soluble in glycerin than the oxides of the heavy metals.

Titration of a Mixture of Alkaline and of Earthy Alkaline Sul-
phates. F. Jean and H. Pellet. (Bull, de la Soc. Ghim. ; Chem.
Neios, 35, 152.) Let there be a mixture formed of sulphates of
potassa, soda, lime, magnesia, and of alkaline and alkalino-earthy
chlorides and nitrates. It is required to determine the sulphuric
acid combined with alkalies and the sulphates of lime and magnesia.
These determinations may be easily and exactly obtained by the use
of two standard liquids, — the one of sulphuric acid, the other carbo-
nate of soda, by operating in the following manner : —

1. Titration of Sidplmric A cid covib inecl loitli Alkaloids. — The matter
being dissolved in water (or in water acidulated with hydrochloric
acid, if necessary) is exactly neutralized with soda in a diluted so-
lution. To a volume of the liquid to be analysed we add a slight
excess of baryta water, then seltzer water, and boil it to drive away
completely the excess of carbonic acid, and to render insoluble all
the carbonate of baryta. We filter, and pour into the clean liquid,
coloured with a few drops of tincture of litmus, standard sulphuric
acid to neutralization. The quantity of sulphuric acid employed to
saturate the alkali is exactly the same as that which was originally
combined with the alkalies, potash and soda.

2. Titration of Sulphate ofLitne. — A volume of the saline solution

104i YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

is mixed witli alcoliol ; the sulphate of lime precipitated is collected
on a filter, washed with alcoholic water, then introduced into a
Bohemian glass, or into a capsule, with a known volume of a
standard solution of carbonate of soda. "We raise it to a boil, then
separate by filtration the carbonate of lime arising from the decom-
position of the sulphate. In the filtered liquid we titi-ate the car-
bonate of soda remaining ; and we have by the diifereuce the
quantity of this salt passed into the state of sulphate of soda, which
is calculated as sulphate of lime.

3. Titration of Sulphate of Magnesia. — The solution to be analysed
is treated at a boil with a known volume of a standard solution of
carbonate of soda. We separate by filtration the carbonate of lime
and magnesia ; and we determine in the filtered liquid, by the aid of
standard sulphuric acid, the quantity of soda not decomposed, whence
we calculate the amount of sulphuric acid belonging to the sulphate
of lime and magnesia. The weight of the sulphate of lime being
given by the preceding operation, we find by the difference that of
sulphate of magnesia.

4. Determination of total Sulpliuric Acid. — If in a mixture of salts
we wish to titrate total sulphuric acid, free and combined, we boil
the solutions with carbonate of soda, we separate the carbonate
of magnesia and lime, and the liquid, filtered after having been
exactly neutralised with standard sulphuric, is treated with baryta
water, as in the titration of alkaline sulphates. This method of
tritration gives vei'y exact results when Ave employ a solution of
sulphuric acid sufliciently dilute. Thus, in a mixture of salts con-
taining total sulphuric acid OG-A-i gram, Ave have found by our
process 0'663 gram ; and in 0'112 gram of sulphate of potash
O'llO gram.

Estimation of Theine in Tea. M. Markownikoff. (Ber. der
deutsch. Chem.-Ges., ix., lol'i.) 15 grams of powdered tea leaves are
boiled Avith 500 grams of water and 15 grams of calcined magnesia
for some time ; the decoction is filtered, the residue Avell washed,
and the filtrate, together with the washings, evaporated, with the
addition of a little calcined magnesia, to perfect dryness. Upon
exhausting the dry residue Avith hot benzol, filtering, and evapo-
rating the filtered solution, the theine is obtained iu a pure state.

Coffee may be submitted to the same process.

Action of Hydrochloric Acid on Potassium Chlorate. G . S c h a c k-
erl. {Liehic/s Annalen, clxxxii., ID.j ; Journ. Chcm. Soc, 1877, 47.)
Pebal showed that the action of hydrochloric acid on potassium
chlorate results iu the formation of chlorine and hypochloric acid

PHAEMACEDTICAL CHEMISTRY.

105

(CI O2) in varying proportions. The author's experiments on this
subject have led to the conclusion that the action is represented
primarily by the equation : —

K CI O3 + 2 H CI = CI Oo + CI + K CI + H, ;

or, when sulphuric acid and potassium chloride are employed, by
the equation, —

KC103 + KCl + 2H2S04=C10, + Cl + 2KHS04 + HoO;

but that, in most cases, there occurs a secondary action of free hy-
drochloric acid first formed, whereby the pi'oportion of chlorine is
increased. The extent to which this secondary action takes place
was found to depend upon the amount and strength of the hydro-
chloric acid present in the liquid from which the gases were evolved.
Thus, when a solution of potassium chlorate was run into hot hy-
drochloric acid of sp. gr. 1*19, the proportion by volume of the
hypochlorous acid and chlorine evolved was 2/35"6 ; bat when finely
triturated potassium chlorate was decomposed with hydrochloric
acid diluted with twice its bulk of water, the two gases were in the
proportion of 2/l"71. Again, when a mixture of 1 molecule of potas-
sium chlorate and molecules of potassium chloride was decomposed
by sulphuric acid, the hypochlorous acid and chlorine were evolved
in the proportion of 2/5"54 ; but when a mixture of 4 molecules of
chlorate and 1 molecule of chloride was decomposed in the same
mannei', the two gases were in the proportion of 2/l"27. Numerous
other experiments were made, all leading to the same conclusion. In
no case was pure chlorine obtained. The gases were analysed by
Pebal's method.

Purification of Oleic Acid. L. "Wolff, (Neiv Remedies, from
Amer.Journ. Pharm.) The author proposes the following method of
obtaining oleic acid of sufiicient purity to prepare the oleates at
present in use : — Oil of sweet almonds is saponified with caustic po-
tassa ; the soap is decomposed with tartaric acid, and washed with
hot water to separate the precipitated potassium bitartrate from the
mixture of oleic and palmitic acids. These are combined with
litharge, forming oleo-palmitate of lead, from which petroleum
benzin dissolves the oleate of lead, leaving the other salt as a resi-
due. From the benzin solution the lead is precipitated by dilute
hydrochloric acid, in form of lead chloride ; and on evaporation of
the benzin, oleic acid will remain, sufficiently pure for pharma-
ceutical purposes, giving clear and permanent solutions with the
red and yellow varieties of mercuric oxide, as high as 30 per cent, if
necessary. As crude commercial oleic acid can be bought at very

106

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

low figures, this may be made the stai'fcing-point of the process,
yielding a purified acid at a very small expense. To gain the same
end, the simplest way is perhaps to use the ready-made oleo-palmi-
tate of lead, — the officinal lead-plaster, — to dissolve it in benzin, and
extract from, it the oleic acid by precipitating the lead by hydro-
chloric acid. Oleic acid thus prepared has been used for some
time, and found to answer better for the preparation of the oleates,
tlian the article sold by some of the manufocturing chemists.

Determination of Albumen in Urine. J. Stolnikow. (Chem.
Centralbl.) The urine is diluted with water, until a sample poured
upon some nitric acid contained in a test-tube pi'oduces still a faint
white ring at the point of contact after the lapse of forty seconds.
The number of volumes of water, added to the volume of the urine
(which may be taken as 1), is divided by 250, and the quotient will
be the percentage of albumen in the urine. This relation has been
established and confirmed by gravimetric determinations.

Soap Analysis. (From CImyi. News, :^xxv., 2.) Weighing. — In all
methods usually given in text books the analyst is dii'ected to weigh
out for each operation small portions (1 to 5 grams) of the sample.
This plan is to be avoided, and for two reasons: — (1) Soap is ex-
tremely variable in composition, and considerable variations are pos-
sible even in the same sample ; (2) it is perpetually losing water
by evaporation from its surface. As the soap is usually weighed in
the form of thin shavings, the surface exposed is, in relation to the
weight taken, very considerable. These two sources of inaccuracy
are obviated by weighing out for the analysis a section cut through
the bar at right angles to its length (GO to 80 grams), dissolving in
distilled water, and making the volume up to 1000 c.c. (in the cold) ;
oO c.c. of this solution are measured off for this operation. It should
be observed, that as some of the alkaline salts of the fatty acids
separate out from the solution on cooling, it must be well mixed by
agitation previously to drawing off each 50 c.c. The several opera-
tions are conducted as follows: —

1. Total Alhidi. — 50 c.c. of the solution are diluted to about
200 c.c, the liquid is coloured faintly with eosine, and standard acid
is run in, taking care to stir briskly Avith a glass rod. The neutral
point is extremely well marked by the suddeu decolorization of the
whole. The cause of this apparent destruction of colour is the union
of the fatty acids with the eosine at the moment of their complete
separation from the fluid.

2. Uiicomhined Alkali. — 50 c.c. ai*e added to 300 c.c. of a satura-
ted solution of common salt, which must be of course neutral to test

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 107

paper, and the volume made up to 400 c.c. The neutral alkaline
salts of the fatty acids (i.e., true soap) are preci[)itated ; any excess
of alkali present remains in solution, — this is determined in an ali-
quot part of the filtered solution. The filter must not be moistened
previous to filtration. From this the total uncombined alkali is
calculated, and subti-acted from the total alhall already found. Then
the combined and luicomhiiicd alkali are determined.

3. Fatty Acids. — 50 c.c. of this solution are introduced into a
stoppered separating funnel, decomposed with excess of acid, and
agitated with carbon disulphide until the libei-ated fatty acids are
dissolved. The disulphide solution of the fats is di-awn off into a
tared flask ; the aqueous solution is washed once or twice with small
portions of disulphide, the whole of which is then separated from
the fats by distillation. The fats are purified from the last traces
of C Sj by heating the flask for a short time at 100° C. ; the weight,
after cooling, less the tare, gives the weight of the fatty acids. Or-
dinary ether may be used in place of the C So ; it has, however, the
disadvantage of retaining small quantities of water, and therefore
aqueous acids, which must be driven off" at the end of the operation
by exposing to a temperature of 100 ° to 120° C, until the weight is
constant. Further, the ethereal solution will be the upper stratum,
and is, for obvious reasons, not so easily to be manipulated as the
bisulphide solution, which forms the lower layer.

Note. — A moment's consideration of the following equation, repre-
senting the composition of sodic cleate by H CI —

2 1 Cis ^3|ONo + 2 H CI = 2 Na CI + 2 I ^^^ ^^s ^No,

will make it evident that while the fiitty acid is present in the soap
in the form of anhydride, it is separated and weighed in the course
of analysis as hydrate. A correction must, therefore, be applied,
based upon the fact that 282 parts oleic hydrate equal 273 parts
oleic anhydride; i.e., the weight of the fatty acids is to be multiplied
by the decimal fraction 007.

In the case of the " olein " soap of commerce, a very rapid and
tolerably accurate estimation may be made in the following way : —
50 c.c. of the solution are decomposed with H CI in a small flask, the
neck of which is long and narrow, and graduated in c.c, and so much
water added that, upon heating in the water bath the separated oil
will rise into the neck and fall entirely within the graduated portion.
The heating must be continued, with occasional tapping of the flask,
until the whole of the fat has been separated and has risen into the
neck.

108

YEAK-BOOK OF PUAUMACT.

The flask is allowed to cool, and when cool the volume of the oil
is read off. This quantity, multiplied by the specific gravity of the
oil, gives its weight. The specific gravity (which the writer almost
always found to be 0'9) may be determined by pouring off a small
quantity into a capsule (a second reading will give the volume
taken), and weighing it ; the weight divided by the volume is the
required specific gravity.

4. Wafer. — If the purity of the sample has been ascertained, this
constituent may be calculated by difference. The direct estimation
is effected by evaporating 50 c.c. of the solution to dryness on the
water bath (finally on the air bath from 100° to 120° C.) in a Aveighed
dish. The residue is anhydrous soap ; from its weight the per-
centage of water on the soap may readily be calculated. It may be
observed that the usual method, which consists in the exposure of
the soap, previously cut into thin shavings and weighed, to the
temperature of boiling water until it ceases to lose weight, is in-
accurate, as it fails to drive off the last portions of water (1 to 2 per
cent.), which seem to have contracted a stronger union with the soap.

5. Mineral Impurities and TJnsaponified Fat may be detected by
taking the dried soap from the preceding operation, dissolving in
strong alcohol, and filtering through a funnel heated by means of a
jacket of hot water. Mineral impurities remain upon the filter as
an insoluble residue, the weight of which is readily ascertainable.
The alcoholic filtrate is evaporated with successive additions of dis-
tilled water ; by these means any unsaponified fat or resin is separa-
ted from the soap, which of course remains in aqueous solution.
This solution may be used for N'o. 1, 2, or 3. The mineral impurities
may be examined qualitatively after drying and weighing.

Preparation of Potassium Bicarbonate. L. Pesci. (Journ. Chem.
Soc, Oct., 1876, 381.) The author finds that the best method of
preparing pure potassium bicarbonate, free from chloride and nitrate,
is to pass a current of carbonic anhydride to saturation though a
solution of potassium hydrate in alcohol of 80 per cent. At first
neutral carbonate is formed, which withdraws the water from the
alcohol, forming a dense stratum at the bottom of the vessel ; but on
continuing the passage of the gas this becomes pasty from deposition
of crystals of the bicarbonate. The alcohol containing chlorides and
nitrates is now decanted and replaced by a fresh quantity, the pas-
sage of the gas being continued, with occasional agitation, until the
pasty precipitate becomes pulverulent and the liquid is saturated
with carbonic anhydride. The bicarbonate, after being thoroughly
washed with alcohol, is found to be pure.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 109

A New Test for Alcohol. E. W. Davy. (Proc. Eoyal Irish
Academy, ii., 570.) The reagent recommended is a solution of 1
part of molybdic acid in 10 parts of pure concentrated sulphuric
acid. On warming' this solution gently in a porcelain dish, and then
adding a few drops of a liquid containing alcohol, a blue coloration
is developed, which gradually disappears on exposure to the air, but
is reproduced on expelling the absorbed naoisture by evaporation.
The alcohol may thus be detected in a single drop of a mixture
containing 1 part of alcohol to 1000 parts of water. The test is
specially recommended for the detection of alcohol in chloroform
and chloral hydrate.

Shellac and Sarcosinic Acid, J. Hertz. {Arcliiv der Fharmacie
[3], viii., 234; Journal Ghein. 6'oc., April, 1877.) This vaz^iety of
shellac was obtained from Mexico, where it is known as " somo de
sonora," and called by the Indians "arre." It exudes from the
Mimosa coccifera, the native name for which is " tzinacaia cuit-
laquahuitl." It has an astringent, bitter taste, and a yellowish or
brownish colour. It is used as a remedy for diarrhoea and uterine
discharges.

East Indian shellacs ai'e treated with water before they ai'e de-
livered to the European market, to extract an acid substance and a
red dye, which forms 10 per cent, of the weight of the crude gum.

The American specimen lost 6 per cent, of its weight on treatment
with hot water. It was then treated with alcohol, which dissolved
about half; the solution, on evaporation, left a transparent brittle
residue, which had all the appearance of good shellac. The portion
which refused to dissolve in alcohol was soluble in boiling potash,
with a fine red colour ; on addition of acid the solution became
colourless, and a yellowish white resin separated, which was partially
soluble in alcohol. These reactions correspond with those of shellac.

The aqueous solution contained two substances, — a colourino-
matter and an acid body. The colouring matter was removed by
lead acetate, and the filtrate evaporated after removal of the lead.
The colouring matter was soluble in water with a fine red colour,
and insoluble in alcohol and in ether. It could not be obtained in a
crystalline state. Its solution showed a strongly acid reaction.
The filtrate from the colouring matter deposited crystals, easily
soluble in water and insoluble in alcohol and in ether. They
were purified by solution in boiling aqueous alcohol, from which
they deposited as a powder on cooling. The formula of the acid
was found to be Cg H^ N Oo, and it was named " sarcosinic acid."

The hariikm salt is an amorphous powder, soluble in water but

no YEAU-BOOK OF mARMACY.

Dot in alcohol. The silccj' salt, C^HgNOoAq, forms yellowish
white nodules, and is reduced on exposure to light. The sodiuni
salt crystallizes with G molecules of water, and forms colourless
hexagonal tables. The calcium salt crystallizes with one molecule
of water, and is an amorphous powder.

The acid does not evolv^e ammonia when boiled with caustic
soda, but on heating with soda-lime it does. It melts at 195°, and
chars at a higher temperatui-e without subliming. The acid is
isomeric with alanine, sarcosine, lactamide, and urethane. The
two latter, however, are indifferent bodies : lactamide, when heated
with soda, decomposes into lactic acid and ammonia ; urethane into
carbonic anhydride, ammonia, and ethyl alcohol. Sarcosine unites
only with acid, and it is doubtful whether it is an amido-acid ; ifc
evolves methylamiuc on ignition with soda-lime. Alanine, when
treated with nitrous anhydride, yields lactic acid. These bodies
are assumed, therefore, to have the following constitution : —

Urethane. Lactamide. Sarcosine. Alanine.

CO.NH., ^CHoOH CHo.NH(CHa) ^CH.,.NH.,

1 ■ CH,<" I ' I " CH,<' I

CO.OC.H-, ^CO.NH, CO.OH ^C 0. H

Sarcosinic acid appears to be move nearly related to sarcosine
and alanine than to lactamide or urethane; yet sarcosine is a base,
while sarcosinic acid is a true acid. The acid, however, was found
to form a hydrochlorate and nitrate. With nitrous anhydride nitro-
gen was evolved and lactic acid w-as formed. The acid, therefore,
has great analogy to lactic acid, from which it differs only in
taste, crystalline form, and marked acid properties. The author
attributes to it the same constitutional formula as to alanine; bub
intends to attempt to prepare it synthetically, to decide wherein
the difference lies. E. Reichart attributes to it the formula,
C Ho. X Ho. C Ho. C H.

Note on Litmus. H. "W. Mitchell. {American Chemist; from
a paper read before tlie American Chemical Society, June, 1876.)
Wartha has separated four organic bodies from litmus. The
first is obtained by treating commercial litmus with alcohol of about
90 per cent., filtering cold, and boiling the clear tincture ; where-
upon indigo is precipitated as a fine power, according to the author.
The second body is obtained by evaporating the violet red mother-
liquor ; it is a beautiful red, or, from many varieties, green fluor-
escent substance, indifferent to acids. The litmus residue left after
treatment with alcohol is digested with distilled water for twenty-
four hours ; after which the deep coloured solution is evaporated on

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. Ill

the water bath, and the residuary extract is treated several times
"with absolate alcohol containing a little glacial acetic acid, and again
evaporated, until it forms a brown powdery mass. This mass is
now exhausted with absolute alcohol and acetic acid, whereby
a largo quantity of a scarlet red body is dissolved, which resembles
orcin, and becomes purple red in place of blue with ammonia.
The portion of the brown powder insoluble in the acidified
alcoholic solution consists of litmus colouring matter in a very
pure form ; so pure, in fact, that by means of it the carbonated
alkaline earths contained in spring waters may be titrated with as
great delicacy as by the use of cochineal mixture ; which is far
from being the case with crude litmus. To get this substance
perfectly pure, it is first washed with absolute alcohol, then dis-
solved in a small quantity of water and thrown into a large excess
of alcohol and the flocculent purple precipitate is collected and ao-aia
thoroughly washed with alcohol. In repeating the above experi-
ments, the author confirms Wartha's results in every particular
save as regards the indigo, Avhich could not be obtained by boilino-
the alcoholic tincture. The fluorescent body above mentioned is
violet or purple, and gives a solution in alcohol of a similar
colour, which shows a beautiful green fluorescence with sunlight,
and with the spectroscope gives a very characteristic absorption-
band in the green, together with an almost total absorption of the
violet end of the spectrum. It is soluble in water, amylic alcohol,
and common ether; very soluble in alcohol; but is insoluble in carbon
bisulphide, chloroform, petroleum naphtha, and turpentine. The
solutions, both in amylic alcohol and in ether, exhibit a beautiful
fluorescence ; but the ethex-eal solution shows the absorption-band
in the green only very faintly. The body which resembles orcin
shows a very faint fluorescence ; its alcoholic solution gives a
spectrum in which the absorption is characteristic and quite dis-
tinct from that of the last. It is slightly soluble in water, veiy
soluble in alcohol, but seems to be insoluble in ether, chloroform,
carbon disulphide, and petroleum naphtha. The pure litmus col-
ouring matter is insoluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, bisulphide,
of carbon, and petroleum najjhtha ; very soluble in water. It turns
blue with ammonia, and yields with alkaline solutions a beautiful
violet lake with alumina, one of a pale violet colour with stannous
acetate, and deep blue lakes with calcium and barium.

The residue left after extracting the pure litmus dissolves to
some extent in hydrochloric acid. The residue insoluble in hydro-
chloric acid consists mostly of fine sand, but yields some colouring

112 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

matter to strong ammoiiic hydrate. About 25 grams of the pure
colouriug matter (15 grams of the body like orcin, and 10 grams of
the fluorescent body) wore obtained per ounce of litmus.

Emodin from Rhamnus Frangulae Bark. C. Liebermann and
M. Waldstein. (^Ber. der deutscli. Ghem.-Ges., 1870, 1775-1778.)
Old frangula bark was exhausted with dilute soda solution, and
the liquid precipitated by hydrochloric acid ; the precipitate was
again boiled with soda, and precipitated by H CI; then washed, dried,
and repeatedly crystallized from boiling absolute alcohol. A small
quantity of a glucoside was removed by boiling with dilute sul-
phuric acid and crystallizing fi'om alcohol or glacial acetic acid.
The authors obtained it from the latter liquid in the form of orange
coloured silky needles, containing acetic acid and water, which are
expelled at 140° C, the crystals becoming opaque.

Ultimate analysis proving the composition of the crystals to be
Ci5 HjQ O5, their identity with emodin from rhubarb was further
proved by the solubilities, form of crystals, and colour of alkaline
solution ; also by the following behaviour : — baryta and lime water
yielded red precipitates, which were soluble in boiling water with a
red colour ; alum solution dissolved slightly with a yellow colour,
ammonia yielding red precipitates ; evaporation with nitric acid
yielded yellow nitro compounds, soluble in water with a red colour.
The behaviour towards glacial acetic acid was that stated above.

The frangulinic acid of Faust differs in some respects from emodin;
it is not impossible that it may be contained in the recent bark, and
gradually converted into emodin by oxidation.

Preparation of Pure Bismuth and Bismuth Compounds. H.
Thiirach. (Journ. praht. Chem. [2], xiv., oO'J-olG ; Juuru. Chem.
Soc, March, 1877, 283.) The usual impurities, even in what is
sold as pui-e bismuth, are silver and iron. Quesneville's process,
viz., fusing the metal with niti'e, has the disadvantage of being ex-
tremely wasteful, a large quantity of bismuth being oxidised. !Nor
can bismuth be separated from it by precipitation as oxychloride
with water, for iron is invariably a constituent of the precipitate.
If the bismuth be fused under a mixture of potassium chlorate and
a little sodium carbonate, the iron is completely oxidised, while very
little bismuth is lost ; for the fused mass does not become alkaline,
as is the case when nitre is used as a flux. Two to five per cent, of
sodium carbonate should be added, and the fusion should last for
a quarter of an hour. No method of separating bismuth from iron
by the wet method was successful, excef^t by crystallizing the double
chloride of bismuth and the alkalies, and by precipitating the bismuth

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 113

from a sliglitly acid solution with oxalic acid. The bismuth oxalate,
Big (Co 0^ )3 + 15 Ho 0, comes down absolutely free from iron. Too
large an excess of oxalic acid should be avoided, for the oxalate is
slightly soluble in the acid ; the precipitate should not be allowed to
stand too long in contact with water, else the basic oxide is formed
which retains the iron. The oxalate on ignition yields metallic
bismuth.

This process has not been attempted quantitatively.

The only method of separating silver from bismuth is to oxidise
the bismuth, and leave metallic silver.

Bismuth is best pi'ecipitated as sulphide. The liquid is then
warmed, when the sulphide cakes together and may be easily filtered
and washed. On ignition in air it is converted into bismuth oxide,
and may be weighed as such.

Santonin and Santonic Acid. MM. Cannizzaro and Sestini.
(L^Union Pharmaceutique, xvii., 136.) Santonic acid is obtained
from santonin by boiling the latter for twelve hours with a satu-
rated solution of barium hydrate, decomposing the barium santonate
thus formed with hydrochloric acid, and taking up the liberated
santonic acid by ether. The authors have previously shown (1873)
that this substance is isomeric with santoninic acid, but not resolv-
able like the latter into santonin and water.

Pure santonic acid forms orthorhombic prisms which, unlike
satonin, are not affected by light and do not produce a violet color-
ation with potassium hydrate. Its composition is represented by the
formula C;^5 Hog O^ ; it fuses at 161°-163° C, and is readily soluble
in boiling water, alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Its sodium and
barium salts — Na Ci5H^9 04, and Ba 2 0^5 H^gO^ — are extremely so-
luble in water and difficult to crystallize. Though the authors have
hitherto been unable to convert santonic acid into santonin, they
have produced from it metasantonin, a substance isomeric with san-
tonin, by boiling it with hydriodic acid and phosphorus. This new
derivative forms white crystals, which fail to yield a santonate on
boiling with solution of barium hydrate, and which can be distilled
in a vacuum without suffering decomposition.

By the action of bromine on an acetic acid solution of santonin,
the authors obtained a body crystallizing in red needles and corres-
ponding to the formula Cjj Hjg O.5 Br,.

Testing of Salicylic Acid. H. Kolbe. (Journ. lorald. Chem. [2],
xiv., 143). Half a gram of the acid to be tested is dissolved in
about five grams of strong alcohol, and the clear liquid allowed
to evaporate slowly in a watch glass at the ordinary temperature.

114 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Tiie acid will form groups of fine efflorescent crystals round the
edge of the glass. These crystals should be of a pure white colour,
if the acid was previously crystalline ; but more or less yellow if
precipitated. If the crystals are at all brown, the acid is impure.

Simplified Method of Extracting Poisonous Alkaloids in Forensic
Investigations. F. Selmi. (Journ. Chem. Soc, from Gaz. Gkim.
ItaL, vi., 15o.) The alcoholic extract of the viscera, acidified and
filtered, is evaporated at G5°, the residue taken up with water, filtered
to separate fatty matters, and decolorised by means of basic acetate
of lead, leaving the solution in contact with the air for 24 hours. It
is then filtered, the lead precipitated with sulphuretted hydrogen,
and the solution, after concentration, repeatedly extracted with
ether. The ethereal solution is then saturated with dry cai'bonic
anhydride, which generally causes a precipitate of minute drops,
adhering to the sides of the vessel, and containing some of the
alkaloids. The ethereal solution is then poured into a clean vessel,
mixed with about half its volume of water, and a current of carbonic
anhydride passed for 20 minutes, which may cause the precipitation
of other alkaloids not precipitated by dry carbonic anhydi'ide.
Usually the whole of the alkaloids present in the ether are thrown
duwn by these means ; but if not, the solution is dehydrated by
agitation with barium oxide, asid then a solution of tartaric acid in
ether added to the clear liquid, taking great care not to employ
excess of acid. This throws down any alkaloid that may remain.
In order to extract any alkaloids that may still remain in the viscera,
they are mixed with barium hydrate and a little water, and then
agitated with purified amylic alcohol ; the alkaloids may subse-
quently be extracted from the alcohol by agitation with very dilute
sulphuric acid.

Notes on Atropine. F. Selmi. (Gazzetfa Chimica Italkma,
vi., l'J-5.) In connection with the foregoing article on the extraction
of poisonous alkaloids, the author refers specially to atropine and
some of its decompo.«ition products. As atropine is readily decom-
jjosed into tropine and atro})ic acid, and might become altered in the
process of extraction from the viscera, etc., he studied the action of
various reagents on the alkaloid. Boiled with a solution of barium
hydrate in contact with the air, it gave a pleasant odour of haw-
thorn flowers, but no odour was observed on distilling the mixture.
The residue contained troinne, which was extracted with ether.
Atropine was decomposed when boiled with dilute sulphuric acid,
or with a solution of tartaric acid, but no odour was developed ; a
substance (a) being obtained from the solution on treatment with

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY.

li:

ether, very different in its reactions from tropine. The action of
ammonia on atropine yields two substances of the nature of an alka-
loid ; one (b) precipitable by carbonic anhydride from the ethereal
solution ; the other (c) not precipitable. Their reactions are as
follows : —

Tropine.

Tannic Acid ....

White

Iodized Hydriodic Acid .

Brown drops

—

Brown

Platinum Perchloride

Turbidity

None

Picric Acid ....

—

Id.

Meyer's Keagent

^Vhite

Id.

Gold Chloride ....

Yellow

YeUow

Yellow

YeUow

Brominated Hydrobromic Acid

None

—

Yellowish

Id.

Mercuric Chloride .

Straw yellow

White

Sodium Phosphotungstate

—

Id.

Iodide of Potassium and Bis-

muth

—

Orange yeU.

Yellow

Iodide of Potassium and Cad-

mium

White

—

White

From experiments made on the putrefied viscera of an animal
poisoned -with atropine, and on the alkaloids generated by the putre-
factive process in the viscera themselves, the author finds that one
of those formed in the latter case, and which may be extracted by
the use of amylic alcohol (although not by ether), closely resembles
atropine in its action on the animal organism. Atropine may be
distinctly recognised, however, by the characteristic odour of haw-
thorn given off during evaporation with baryta and by the bitter
taste and poisonous action of the ethereal extract, accompanied by
dilation of the pupil.

Estimation of Urea, M. Depaire. (Joiirn. de Pharm. d'Anvers,
February, 1877.) The author desired to arrive at a process which
would give reliable results, even in the hands of those persons who are
not specially trained in chemical manipulations. He adopts the pro-
cess of Yvon and Esbach, with certain modifications. Sodium hypo-
bromite is used with excess of an alkali, to decompose the urea, and
the resulting nitrogen gas is measured over water, which retains
the other products of the decomposition, namely, carbonic anhy-
dride and water. 10 centigrams of urea, decomposed by sodium
hypobromite in alkaline solution, gives off a volume of nitrogen
which measures 37 c.c. at 0° C, and 760 mm. pressure. In order
to avoid calculations, the plan of Yvon may be adopted, namely
to make a preliminary trial upon a known solution of urea just
before examining the urine, and to compare the two results.

116 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Naturally the amount of urea corresponding to the urine must be
increased in the same ratio as the figure found for 010 gram of
pure urea exceeds 37. Supposing 10 centigrams of pui-e urea
have been treated in the manner described, and have disengaged 40
c.c. of nitrogen and 10 c.c. of an unknown solution of urea, or of
urine, disengage under the same circumstances (iG c.c. The quantity
of urea contained in the latter will be found as follows : — 40 : 10 =
66 :.T :a' = 16'5 centigrams. The result will be correct as long as
there is not present an excess of uric acid or albumen. In the
former case, it is best to expose the urine to cold, to promote the
crystallization of the uric acid and urates, which are then removed ;
and in the latter case, the urine must be heated in a closed vessel,
so as to coagulate the albumen.

Titration of Oxalic Acid and Oxalates. F. Jean and H. Pellet.
(Bidl. de la Soc. Chim.; Chem. Netvs, 35, 248.) The determination
of free oxalic acid, or of oxalates, may be effected very exactly by
the aid of baryta water and a standard solution of sulphuric acid.
For this purpose the solution to be assayed is carefully neutralized
with a dilute solution of soda, then mixed with baryta water in a
slight excess and filtered. The filtrate is then mixed with seltzer
water, raised to the boiling point, separated by filtration from the
carbonate of baryta, and in the clear liquid the alkali is titrated
with standard sulphuric acid. 00777 gram of S O3 H = O'l gram
C2O33HO. 10 c.c. of a solution containing 1 per cent, of C^OaSHO,
required 11 '8 c.c. of a standard acid, of which 10 c.c. = 0"066 gram of
SO3HO; that is, 00778 of sulphuric acid. O'lOOOl gram of oxalic
acid was thus found, instead of 01 gram. In another assay the num-
ber obtained was 0"0999 gram.

In order that this process of titration may give good results, care
must be taken to separate the oxalate of baryta before adding seltzer
water ; for this salt is very sensibly decomposed by carbonic acid,
and the neglect of this precaution would lead to grave errors.
The authors also applied this process to the titration of borates and
tartrates ; but the assays made with this view never gave good
results. With boric acid it is impossible to seize the point of neutra-
lization ; and the borates of baryta are all more or less soluble in an
alkaline liquid. The tartrate of baryta is equally soluble in baryta
water and in alkalies, in the latter case forming double tarti-ates.

Titration of Chlorides in the Presence of Phosphates. H. Pel-
let. {Bull. Soc. Chim. [2], xxii., 246.) The solution to be tested
is acidified with nitric acid, and then neutralized with calcium car-
bonate. The chlorine may now be titrated with silver nitrate in

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 117

the usual way, potassium chromate being used as an indicator. A
correction should be made for the excess of silver nitrate by mixing
a quantity of distilled water, equal in volume to that of the liquid
in which the chlorine was determined, with a few drops of solution of
potassium chromate, and adding the standard silver solution till the
red coloration is produced. The presence of sugar, or similar or-
ganic substances, does not interfere with the process.

Indirect Estimation of Ammonia in Ammonium Salts. H. Pel-
let. (Bidl. Soc. Chim. [2], xxii., 250.) A solution of 10 grams
of the ammonium salt in 30 or 40 c.c. of water is mixed with a few
decigrams of pure calcium carbonate, to insure perfect neutrality.
It is then made up to 500 c.c , and filtered. The filtrate is now
boiled with an excess of titrated solution of sodium hydrate until
the ammonia is completely expelled, when the excess of soda is
determined with titrated sulphuric acid.

Chemical Constitution of Chlorinated Lime. C. Stahlschmidt.
{Bimjl. pohjt. Joitrn., ccxxi., 335-3-15 ; Jouni. Chem. Soc, March,
1877.) G-ay-Lussac represented chloride of lime by the formula
Ca C1.2, according to which pure chloride of lime should contain
no calcium chloride. Gopner sought to establish this view by the
assumption that chloride of lime, on treatment with dilute mineral
acids, yields pure chlorine, and no hypochlorous acid. This assump-
tion has been proved untenable by Schorlemmer, who obtained hypo-
chlorous acid by distilling with dilute nitric acid. Richter and Junker
also contended that no calcium chloride is contained in chloride of
lime ; and this they sought to prove by boiling a solution of 1 gram
of chloride of lime in 20 c.c. of a 20 per cent, phosphoric acid solution,
till all smell of chlorine had disappeared, and then find no calcium
chloride left. Thus they assumed that such a phosphoric acid solu-
tion cannot decompose calcium chloride on being boiled with it, and
that only the chlorine of the compound Ca 0. CL is liberated. The
author has, however, found that phosphoric acid solutions will
decompose calcium chloride with liberation of hydrochloric acid.
Kolb found that the richest chloride of lime he could prepare con-
tained 88'72 per cent, actual chlorine ; and this coincides with a
formula, 3 (Ca 0. K, 0) + 4 CI, or 2 (Ca 0. H, 0. CI.) + Ca O. H. 0. This
chloride of lime should be decomposed by water, as follows : —
3 (Ca 0. H„ 0) + 4 CI = Ca H., as a precipitate, and 2 Ca CI^
going into solution. Then the true constitution of the chloride of
lime dissolved in water, as given by Ballard, should be : 2 Ca CI.
= Ca CI., + Ca C\,.

In a more recent publication, Kolb gives to chloride of lime this

118 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

formula, 2 (Ca Clo) + Ca + 3 H, ; the filtered solution consisted
as before of Ca 0. CL and Ca CL. In the first formula, Kolbassnmes
that water belongs to the constitution of chloride of lime; but after-
wards he appears to forsake this view. According to Kolb also, three
molecnles of calcium hydrate are acted on by four atoms of chlorine
to form chloride of lime; and thus far he and the author are agreed.
The author used in his experiments only chloride of lime which
contained 39 per cent, of actual chlorine, and which had been formed
exactly according to the formula 3 Ca H.> 0.. + 4 CI. In a beaker a
quantity of the above chloride of lime was treated with water, a
trace of cobalt sulphate added, and the whole boiled. In this man-
ner the calcium hypochlorite formed is converted, -with liberation of
oxygen, into calcium chlorate and calcium chloride, without a trace of
clilorine escaping. The boiling was continued till a di'op of the solu-
tion produced no coloration on iodized starch paper. Carbonic acid
was then passed into the solution for several hours, whereby the cal-
cium hydrate separated at first was converted into calcium carbonate.
Finally, the whole was boiled for some time to drive off" free carbonic
acid, and separate any carbonate that might have been dissolved
thereby. The precipitate was collected on a filter, washed and
weighed, and the amount of caustic lime therein calculated. This
amount agreed well with the equation, —

2 CaHClO, + CaCla + 2 H.O = Ca Cl^ 0^ + Ca H^ 0^ + Ca CI, + 2 H^ 0.

The chloride of lime was next treated with freshly prepared sul-
phurous acid — quite free from sulphuric acid — until the reaction with
iodized paper ceased. Thus two molecules of sulphurous acid were
converted into sulphuric acid by one molecule of hypochlorous acid,
and this united with an equivalent quantity of lime, setting free a
corresponding proportion of hydrochloric acid. The whole was then
evaporated on the water bath to dryness, when the free hydrochloric
acid escaped, and sulphate of lime remained, together with one mole-
cule of calcium chloride originally existing in the dry chloride of
1 ime : —

Ca CI2 O2 + Ca H2 O2 + Ca CL + 2 S O2 = 2 Ca S O4 + 2 H CI + Ca CI .

The calcium chloride was then estimated with silver solution.
The results agreed well with the formula quoted.

The behaviour of chloride of lime at high temperatures was next
tested. It is already known that chloi'ide of lime, under the
influence of heat, decomposes with formation of calcium chloride
and chlorate, and liberation of oxygen gas and sometimes of chlorine.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 119

With a less intense heat, according to Morin, one-third of the cal-
cium hypochlorite passes into chloride and chlorate, whilst two-
thirds remain unaltered ; and then a stronger heat decomposes this
into calcium chloride and oxygen.

When freshly prepared chloride of lime is heated in a bulb tube
between 100° and 120°, water and chlorine escape. When the tem-
perature rises, no more chlorine escapes after a certain point ; but
at and above 300°, pure oxygen is liberated. When an incipient red
heat is attained, the whole melts to a fluid mass, clear and trans-
parent as water, resembling fused nitre ; and on cooling solidifles to
a crystalline mass, resembling the latter salt in appearance under like
conditions. At a red heat a further liberation of gas takes place, and
the mass then becomes muddy, opaque, and thick, with separation of
an insoluble compound. By heating chloride of lime, all the chlorine
which escapes does so as chlorine, not a trace as hydrochloric acid.

For the estimation of the water in chloride of lime, a portion of
the body was heated in a bulb tube, first slowly, and then after-
wards to ignition ; a current of dry air, free from carbon dioxide,
being passed over it, and the water escaping being retained by a
calcium chloride tube.

The amount of water thus estimated agreed very well with the
formula, 2 Ca CI H Oo + Ca CI. + 2 Ho 0. It appears then that this
final molecule of water is not liberated even at a red heat.

Another portion of the chloride of lime was now mixed with dry,
ignited sodium carbonate, and the whole ignited in the bulb tube,
so that the mass does not quite fuse. Three molecules of water were
thus set free, with simultaneous formation of calcium carbonate,
sodium chloride, and free oxygen. The numbers obtained com-
pletely bear out the formula 2 Ca H CI 0, + Ca CI, + 2 H. 0.

By the first heating 9"96 per cent, of water escaped, and by the
second 5'04 per cent. ; total, 15 per cent.

li; was finally discovered that by heating chloride of lime to 120°,
4"6 per cent, of chlorine were given off", and by further heating over
the lamp 1085 and ll'GO per cent. Under these circumstances also ,
9 89 per cent, of water and some oxygen were liberated. At first then
there are liberated from one molecule of chloride of lime, besides the
2 Ho 0, also 1 CI + 1 ; and further, by stronger heating, | follows.
The loss for the 2 H_, = 9-89 per cent. -^

1 CI = 9-75 „ [ 21-03 per cent.

10 = i-3d „ J

iO = 2-19 „

Total loss - 26-22 „

120 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

A portion of the chloride was now ignited, the residue dissolved
in water, and the amounts of calcium hydx-ate and calcium chloride
determined.

The results agreed sufficiently well with the formula mentioned,
100 parts of chloride of lime contain, according to the formula, 19'23
per cent, of lime (Ca 0), and 53'36 per cent, of calcium chloride.

EesriUs obtained: — Lime, 18"83 and 18"11 percent. ; calcium chlo-
ride, 51-00 and 52-21< per cent.

It is now shown that if the actual compound in chloride of lime
were Ca Clo, as according to Gopner, then by necessity it must
have been formed as follows : — 3 Ca Ho Oo + 4 CI = 2 Ca CU +
Ca Ho O2 + 2 Ho 0. But this formula fails to explain several of the
results obtained by the author, and chiefly that by which it appear.s
that the third molecule of water is obstinately retained in the com-
pound ; for had it been contained as calcium hydrate merely, the
strong heating would have driven it forth. Gdpner's formula does
not in any way acconnt for the fusibility of the chloride of lime to a
clear glassy mass at a moderately high temperature. A mixture of
calcium hydrate, calcium chloride, and calcium chlorate does not
possess this property. It is considered, therefore, that chloride of
lime contains no calcium hydrate. Finally, the author considers it
as proved, that chloride of lime has a constitution expressed by i\^
formula, 2 Ca H ,C1 Oo + Ca Clg + 2 Ho 0. He also joins Frcseuius
in the view that the calcium chloride in this formula must be con-
sidered as standing outside the constitution of chloride of lime.

"Whether the formula CaH CI Go or Ca^^p, gives the true

situation of the atoms in the compound, or whether this formula
should be doubled, the author will not decide. He contents himself
with proving that the bleaching compound arises by the replacement
of one atom of hydrogen in calcium hydrate by an atom of chlorine,
and that the other atom of hydrogen remains in chemical combina-
tion. Finally, that the compound should be regarded as a calcium
hydro-oxychloride.

Asparagin in Sweet Almonds. L. Fortes. (Eepert. dePharm.,
l67*'>, Oil.) Having ol).served a peculiar crystalline crust on the
outside of peeled almonds placed in absolute alcohol, the author
made a series of experiments to ascertain the nature of this sub-
stance. It was found to be but little soluble in cold water; easily
soluble in hot water, hot dilute alcohol, ammonia, acids and acid
solutions ; insoluble in strong alcohol, ether, and fixed oils. These
properties, together with its composition, (CjHgNjOg. Hj 0), and

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 121

its crystallograpliic character, prove the substance to be aspara-
gin.

Volumetric Estimation of Phenol. "W. F. Koppeschaar.
(Zeitschrift fur Analyt.-Chem., xv., 233.) The process generally
employed for the estimation of phenol in. the crude article of com-
merce is based upon the fact that the action of potassium hydrate
on phenol results in the formation of a body soluble in water, —

Ce H5 H + K H - Cg Hj K + Ho 0.

The crude substance is shaken in a graduated tube with a strong
solution of caustic potash, and the mixture allowed to stand until
the insoluble hydrocarbons have completely separated at the bottom ;
their volume is read off, and deducted from the volume of the crude
phenol employed.

Having found this method to be untrustworthy, the author en-
deavoured to work out a volumetric process on the basis of the well-
known reaction of phenol with bromine, —

Cg H5 H + 3 Br, = Ce Ho Brs H + 3 H Br.

According to Landolt, who first investigated this reaction, so-
lutions of phenol containing but 1 part in 43,700 parts of water still
produce a distinct turbidity on the addition of bromine water. As
the washing and drying of the precipitated tribromophenol is a
tedious operation, the reaction does not aiford a handy gravimetric
method. The author therefore preferred to employ an excess of
weak bromine water, and to determine this excess volumetrically
by potassium iodide, and standard solution of sodium hyposulphite.
In the course of bis experiments he found that nascent bromine, as
liberated from a mixture of potassium bromide and bromate by
hydrochloric acid, is preferable to bromine water. The mixture is
produced by adding bromine in moderate excess to solution of
potassium hydrate, and evaporating to dryness ; the residue is then
dissolved in water, and the available bromine determined in the
solution by means of potassium iodide, hydrochloric acid, and
sodium hyposulphite.

If the substance under examination be phenol containing water
as the main impurity, it may be dissolved in cold water, and forth-
with submitted to the test. But if the amount of phenol has to be
determined in a sample of coal-tar creasote, containing many hydro-
carbons, agitation with warm water in a flask is required to insure a
complete solution of the carbolic acid.

The results obtained by the author are very satisfactory.

122 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Volumetric Estimation of Magnesia in Potable Waters. L. Leg-
ler. (Zi'if.filr Anali/t.-Cheni., xv., 425.) The method recommended
consists mainly in the precipitation of the magnesium as hydrate
by a known quantity of sodium or potassium hydrate, and the titra-
tion of the excess of caustic alkali by standard sulphuric acid. The
reagents required are a solution of neutral potassium oxalate (to
precipitate the calcium), decinormal solutions of caustic soda and
sulphui'ic acid, and as an indicator one drop of rosolic acid. The
modus operandi is as follows : —

The expulsion of free carbonic acid, and the complete decom-
position of carbonates, are essential points in this process, and are
best accomplished by mixing 100 c.c. of the water with decinormal
sulphuric acid in moderate excess, and a drop of the indicator,
allowing the mixtui'e to stand for some time, then adding a slight
excess of decinoi'mal solution of sodium hydrate, boiling, and
making careful gradual additions of standard acid to the boiling
liquid, until it becomes permanently colourless. The number of c.c.
of sulphuric acid used are calculated for carbonic acid or lime.
Boiling the water "with an excess of acid must be strictly avoided.

The water being thus freed from carbonates, is mixed with an
excess of neutral potassium oxalate, and after complete precipitation
of the lime, it is boiled with a known volume of decinormal NaH 0,
to effect the precipitation of the magnesia, and then made up to
150 c.c. by the addition of water. After filtering, the excess of
soda is estimated in 100 c.c. of the filtrate by adding the standard
acid in the same manner as before.

Magnesia may thus be estimated in waters containing only two
milligrams of Mg per litre, besides indefinite quantities of lime
and alkalies.

The complete removal of carbonates is necessary, as otherwise the
calcium bicarbonate contained in the water would decompose the
potassium oxalate, forming calcium oxalate and potassium bicarbo-
nate, the latter of which would require an increased amount of
sulphuric acid for neutralization, and thus cause a serious error in
the analysis.

Estimation of Tannin. J. Lowenthal. (Zelt^chr. filr Analijt-
Chem., xvi., 33- i8.) The author describes the results of his experi-
ments in the estimation of tannin, and considers that his improve-
ments give determinations satisfactory for technical, if not for strictly
scientific, purposes. The estimations of tannin from diff"crent sources
(e.g., sumach and nutgalls) are not comparable, but only those from
sumach inter se, and from galls inter se.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 123

Hammer's method is used, the extract being first titrated after
adding indigo solution, so as to ascertain its potassium-permanganate
value ; the tannin is then precipitated from another portion of the
extract, and the permanganate-value of the filtrate ascertained by
the difference of these results.

For the precipitation of the tannin a solution of glue in water is
made and satnrated with common salt; it contains 25 grams of glue
to the litre. After thoroughly mixing this with the tannin extract,
a small quantity of dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid is added to
assist the separation of the tannin ; a vessel with narrow opening
should not be used, as the precipitate coagulates into a mass. Of
the tannin-extract to be titrated, sufficient is taken to require 0'06
to 0'08 grams of permanganate ; 10 gi-ams of sumach are extracted
with boiling water, and after cooling, the liquid is made up to 2
litres. To 100 c.c. of this solution 100 c.c. of the glue solution are
added, and to this mixture are further added 50 c.c. of water con-
taining 5 c.c. of H CI (1-12 sp. gr.), or 2 to 2-5 grams of Ho S 0.^.
The sligbt reducing action of the glue solution upon the perman-
ganate may be safely neglected ; the error due to this cause is less
when Hammei''s powdered skin {hatdpidver^ is employed. This
error almost vanishes if four-fifths of the glue solution directed to be
added is replaced by a saturated solution of common salt. The pre-
sence of indigo solution is necessary, not only as an indicator, but it
also prevents the oxidising action of the permanganate extending to
any substances in the extract less readily oxidisable than the indigo
is itself. The only requisite for making this method quite accurate is
the separation of pure tannin and the determination of its permanga-
nate-value ; this would ensure the accurate calculation of the quan-
tity of tannin from the difference of pei'manganate-values. The
sepai'ation of tannin from its lead-compound by addition of insuffi-
cient oxalic acid yielded much purer tannin than the separation by
sulphuretted hydrogen.

The sample in which tannin is to be estimated is never dried be-
fore being weighed, as it is sold in the undried state. Oser's re-
commendation to add acid during the titration of the indigo sokition
has been accepted by the author. The determination of glue by
precipitation with an excess of tannin, which excess is afterwards
titrated, is inexact. Since the quantity of tannin combining with a
certain quantity of glue increases with the quantity of tannin pre-
sent, the author intends to examine the effect of using sodium-chloride
solution in place of water. Hydrochloric acid is preferred to sul-
phuric for acidifying. The statements of Wagner that gall-tannin

124 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

combined with glue putrifies, and that in turkey-red dye works
sumach is never used without galls, are not confirmed by the au-
thor's experience.

Volumetric Estimation of Alcohol. T. T. Monell. (Chem. and
Drugj., Dec, 1876, from Amer. Chem.) If a cobalt salt be added to
an alcoholic solution of sulpho-cyanide of ammonium, a deep blue
coloration is produced, which suddenly vanishes on dilution with
water, and reappears on further addition of alcohol. Given the
same volume, spirit of a certain percentage always gives precisely
the same intensity of colour with a standard blue solution in which-
ever order alcohol or water may be added. It is possible in this
way to determine quickly, by a volumetric process, even so little as
one-fourth per cent, of alcohol in a mixture. A measured quantity
of the dark blue standard fluid is placed in a cylinder, and a mix-
ture to be tested is added until the colour is reduced to that of a
strip of pale blue glass ; the volume of this pale coloured fluid will
be the greater as the mixture is richer in alcohol. This volume,
once determined, will always remain the same, and the percentage
noted on the cylinder may afterwards be read off without further
trouble. The standard fluid is always prepared with the spirit of
the same strength, and compared with the same strip of blue glass.
The nitrate of cobalt is the salt found most convenient for this pur-
pose. Coloured brandy may be tested directly ; in this case the tint
is not blue, however, but green. Two cylinders are therefore ne-
cessary, — one for the test, and one to give the desired tint in conjunc-
tion with the blue glass. The cobalt solution may be either neutral
or slightly acid, but should contain as little water as possible.

Cyclamin, or Arthanatin. (Pharm. Gentralhalle, 1877, 18.) This
glucoside is mentioned by Professor de Luca as a substitute for
curare, and recommended by him as a remedy against tetanus. It
is contained in the tubers of Cyclamen EaropcBicm, a native of central
and south-eastern Europe, belonging to the natui-al order Pnmu-
lacece. According to Saladin, the fresh tubers are collected in
autumn, crushed into a pulp, and digested with a small quantity of
water. The solution is evaporated at a temperature not exceeding
60° C. to the consistence of a syrup, the residue exhausted with
absolute alcohol, the alcoholic solution decolorized with animal
charcoal, and allowed to evaporate spontaneously in a warm place.

Cyclamin thus prepared forms white odourless crystals having a
very acrid taste. It is readily soluble in water and alcohol, but in-
soluble in ether, chloroform, and carbon bisulphide. The aqueous
solution, according to De Luca, froths like a solution of soap ; and

PHAEMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 125

when heated to 60°-70° C, it separates the cyclamin in a coagulated
form. With concentrated sulphuric acid it forms a yellow solution,
passing gradually to violet. When boiled with dilute mineral acids
it is split up into glucose and a resinoid substance called cyclamiretin,
which is insoluble in water and in ether, but soluble in alcohol. The
same decomposition is effected by emulsin at 30°-35° C.

The formula of cyclamin was ascertained to be Coo -^"vt Oio-

According to Pelikan, who administered this substance to frogs,
both internally and by subcutaneous injections, it belongs to the
irritant poisons. Schroff observed that the toxic symptoms follow-
ing the internal administration of 0'2 gram passed off in the course
of an hour.

The Detection of Bile in Urine. 0. Kosenbach. (Med. Central-
hiatt.} Urine containing bile, when passed through white filtering
paper, imparts a yellow or brown colour to the paper. On allowing
one drop of strong nitric acid to run down the side of the moist
filter, it leaves a yellow streak, soon changing to orange, with a
violet border, on the outside of which blue and emerald green zones
may be observed : these colours remain visible for some time. Dark
coloured urine, owing its tint to substances other than bile, do not
produce this play of colours.

The Detection of Sulphur in Organic Compounds. H. Vohl.
(Bar. der deutsch. Chem.-Ges., ix., 875.) The tests generally ap-
plied for the detection of sulphur in organic substances afford no
means of distinguishing between sulphur, as such, and its oxygen
compounds. The author's process is not open to the same objection,
as it is based upon a reaction which is not shared by these oxygen
compounds.

The test solution is prepared by introducing freshly prepared cal-
cium hydrate, in small quantities at a time, into a flask containino-
a mixture of two volumes of pure glycerin and one volume of dis-
tilled water, until a saturated solution is obtained ; then adding
hydrate of lead, or finely powdered letharge, in excess ; boiling the
mixture for a few minutes, allowing it to settle in the closed flask,
and decanting the clear liquid from the sediment.

Organic substances containing sulphur, such as hairs, feathers,
nails, horn, albumen, blood-serum, etc., when heated with this solu-
tion, are blackened, owing to the formation of sulphide of lead.
Volatile compounds require to be heated with the reagent in a
sealed tube to 10o°-110° C. for several hours.

The test is a very delicate one, as may be seen from the fact that
■wheat bread, when boiled with the reagent, assumes a yellow and

126 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

afterwards a grey colour, the reaction being due in this case to the
trace of sulphur contained in the gluten of the wheat. Blood stains
on linen, and also the stains of seminal fluid, are blackened on being
moistened with the reagent and heated to 100° C.

Solutions of hydrate of lead in caustic potash or soda will, of
course, produce the same effect ; but they are not so well suited for
this test, on account of the yellow or brown coloration which the
caustic alkalies impart to many organic substances.

Impurities in Wood Charcoal. M. Jaillard, (Joum. de Pharm.
et de Chim., xxv., 121.) Vegetable charcoal frequently contains
organic impurities which have escaped destruction during its pre-
paration. The commonest of these is acetate of potash, of which
the author has found some samples to contain as much as 0*3 per
cent. Such a charcoal requires to be heated to redness in a closed
vessel to free it from its organic constituents.

Preparation of Pure Potassium Cyanide. E. Erlenmeyer.
(Zeitschr. des oesterr. Apoth. Ver., 1877, -iO, from Ber. der deutsch.
Chem.-Ges.) The process of fusing a mixture of ferrocyanide and car-
bonate of potassium yields a preparation containing a considerable
amount of cjanate, which is difficult to remove. By using metallic
potassium in place of the carbonate, the formation of cyanate is
completely prevented, and a pure cyanide obtained. As cyanide of
sodium, or a mixture of cyanide of potassium and sodium, will serve
for most of the purposes for which the potassium salt is generally
employed, the author suggests the use of metallic sodium (as being
much cheaper than potassium) for the preparation of a pure alkaline
cyanide. The composition of the product thus obtained would be
represented by the formula 2 K Cy + Na Cy.

The Determination of Soda in Pearl Ash by Indirect Analysis.
G. C. Wittstein. (Zeitschr. des oesterr. Apoth. Ver., 1877, 207.)
In estimating the potassium and sodium in a mixture of their car-
bonates by the so-called indirect method, it was hitherto the rule
first to convert these carbonates into chlorides or sulphates. This
the author shows to be unnecessary, as the relative proportions of
the two carbonates may be equally well calculated from the quantity
of carbonic acid which the mixture is found to contain. If the
carbonic acid (C 0.,) amounts to more than 31'80 per cent., or to
less than 41'47 per cent., the alkaline carbonate under examination
can neither be pure potassium carbonate, nor pure sodium carbonate,
but must be a mixture of the two, the composition of which can be
ascertained by the following calculation : —

To find the per centage of potash (K, 0), multiply the weight of

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 12 7

the two bases (the total weight of the carbonates minus that of
C Oj) by 1-708763, deduct the product from the weight of the
carbonates, and divide the rest by - 2426G3.

To find the percentage of soda (Na^ 0), multiply the weight of
the bases by 1 -466100, deduct from the product the weight of the
carbonates, and divide the rest by-0'242663.

Eeactions of Trimethylamine with Solutions of Metallic Salts.
C. Vincent. (Bull, de la Soc. Chim. tie Paris, 1877, 194.) The
addition of an aqueous solution of trimethylamine to metallic solu-
tions produces the following reactions : —

Magnesium Salts. — With neutral solutions of magnesium salts the
reagent produces a white permanent precipitate ; no precipitation
occurs with acid solutions, but on the subsequent addition of sodium
phosphate, a white amorphous precipitate is formed, which gradually
becomes crystalline.

Berylliiim Salts. — White permanent precipitate.

Aluminiiom Salts. — Gelatinous precipitate, soluble in an excess of
the reagent.

Zirconium Salts. — White permanent precipitate.

Cerious Salts. — White permanent precipitate.

Ceric Salts. — Reddish white permanent precipitate.

Ferrous Salts. — Dirty white permanent precipitate.

Ferric Salts. — Brown permanent precipitate.

Chromiuvi Salts. — With green solutions, a grey permanent pre-
cipitate ; with violet solutions, a bluish green one.

Manganous Salts. — White precipitate, turning brown on exposure
to the air. The precipitation occurs also with acid solutions.

Cobalt Salts. — Bluish grey permanent precipitate.

JVickel Salts. — Pale green permanent precipitate.

Uranium Salts. — Yellow permanent precipitate.

Zinc Salts. — White permanent precipitate.

Stannous Salts. — White permanent precipitate.

Stannic Salts. — White permanent precipitate, soluble in an excess
of the reagent.

Bismuth Salts. — White permanent precipitate.

Lead Salts. — With lead nitrate a white precipitate, soluble in an
excess of the reagent. With lead acetate, no precipitate.

Cupric Salts. — Greenish blue permanent precipitate.

Mercurous Salts. — Black permanent precipitate.

2Lercuric Salts. — Yellow permanent precipitate ; with mercuric
chloride the reaction is the same as with other mercuric salts.

Silver Salts. — Dark grey precipitate, soluble in a large excess of

128 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

the precipitant. Silver chloride is completely insoluble in trimethyl-
amine.

Palladium Salts. — Brown precipitate, soluble in an excess of the
reagent.

Gold Salts. — Pale yellow precipitate, also soluble in an excess.

Flatinum Salts. — Yellow precipitate, soluble in hot water, and
crystallizing from the solution on cooling.

The Detection of Nitrates in Potable Waters. A. Vogel.
(Neues Repertor.fiir Phann., xxiv., G66.) The author employs leaf
gold for the detection of nitrates in potable water. 20 c.c. of the
water to be tested are evaporated in a porcelain dish, with gold leaf
and a few c.c. of pure hydrochloric acid. If nitrates are present,
some of the gold will be dissolved, and may be detected in the solu-
tion by stannous chloride ; or if the quantity of nitrates is not too
small, by the yellow colour of the solution. The advantage of this
method consists in the non-employment of sulphuric acid, the im-
purities of which (nitric acid, and oxides of nitrogen) are a veiy
common source of error in testing for traces of nitrates.

Preparation of Pure Hydriodic Acid. H. Kolbe. {Jour n. f. 'pr aid.
Chem., XV., 1"2.) One part of ordinary phosphorus is gradually
added to ten parts of iodine in a retort filled with carbonic acid gas ;
the resulting liquid is heated for a short time, then allowed to cool,
mixed with four parts of water and distilled. The acid thus obtained
is colourless and free from uncombined iodine. The application of
larger proportions of iodine and water, as recommended in " Gmelin's
Handbuch," and other works, results in the production of a much
weaker acid, which moreover always contains free iodine.

Volumetric Determination of Carbonic Acid. G. W. Wigner.
{Analyst,!., 158; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1S77, 218.) Most laboratories
are now furnished with the McLeod appai'atus, or some similar
efficient apparatus, far measuring the volume of gases under known
conditions of temperature and pressure. The author has therefore
devised a simple apparatus for the decomposition of carbonates, and
the measuring of the gas evolved. A test-tube of about 7 inches
by 1 inch is taken and provided with a good india-rubber stopper
bored with two holes. Through one of these holes a tubulated,
thistle-headed funnel of small size, furnished with a stop-cock, is
passed, and through the other a bent piece of small-bore glass-tubing,
also provided with a stop-cock. This bent tube is coupled to the
McLeod or other gas-measurment apparatus by a short length (6
inches) of very stout, small-bore india-rubber tube (y'g inch is large
enough for the bore of this). In the bowl of the thistle-funnel a

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 129

glass marble is put, and in the interior of the test-tube a smaller
test-tube of about 2 in. x -| in., containing the sample to be analysed.
The process is as follows : — The tubes of the McLeod apparatus are
filled with mercury and the stop-cocks closed. The sample (say 25
grams of carbonate of lead) is weighed and transferred to the
smaller tube, and about half an ounce of distilled water is poured
into the large test-tube. The small tube is then carefully dropped
in, taking care that its mouth is above the level of the water in
the large tube ; the stopper into which the funnel and bent tube
have been inserted is then carefully put in place, and the whole
held in a slightly oblique position in a retort-stand clamp, on the
ordinary rising table of the McLeod apparatus. The india-rubber
tube is then coupled up to the facets of the measuring-tube of the
McLeod apparatus. The stop-cock on the bent tube is closed,
after having opened it and the cock on the funnel-tube in order
to liberate any excess of air in the india-rubber tube, and the
mercury in the measuring-tube is allowed to fall, so as to produce
a vacuum. The stop- cock on the funnel remains open, and to
the bottom of the test-tube a lamp is applied until the water boils
briskly, when distilled water is poured into the funnel and kept
from running into the test-tube by the pressure of steam ; the boil-
ing is continued until the steam escaping through the funnel and
under the glass marble all condenses, showing that the tube is filled
with pure steam. The lamp is now withdrawn and the stop-cock
instantly closed. Meanwhile a portion of dilute nitric acid has been
boiled on another burner, and is poured into the funnel. The stop-
cocks on the bent tube and on the measuring-tube are opened, and
then the stop-cock on the funnel-tube is cautiously opened. The
hot acid of course runs in, and the only precaution necessary is to
avoid liberating the gas too quickly. When the test-tube is about
two-thirds full, and all effervescence has ceased, the solution in the
tube is again boiled, and then, still maintaining a partial vacuum
by means of the mercury, the tube is filled completely through the
funnel-tube with boiling distilled water, until every bubble of air is
driven into the measuring-tube of the McLeod apparatus. The stop-
cock on the bent tube is then shut, and the mercury in the pressure-
tube and the measuring-tube brought to the same level. This brings
the internal pressure of the air on the short india-rubber connecting
tube to the atmospheric pressure, and as its volume does not exceed
1 c.c. the correction for its temperature may be safely omitted.
The gas is then measured in the ordinary way, and its volume
calculated to weight and percentage.

130 TEAE-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

It is easy to make four determinations of carbonic acid per hour
by this apjiaratus, and the accuracy of the results is very great.

Determination of Morphine in Opium. E. F. Teschemacher.
{Chem. News, xxxv., 47; Journ. Ghent. Soc, 1877, 231.) In employ-
ing the following method, the use of alcohol to extract the morphine
is avoided, and mecouic acid is separated at an early stage, which
prevents the formation of a basic meconate on precipitation of the
morphine. Two special reagents are required for this process : the
one prepared by mixing 1 part of solution of ammonia, sp. gr. 0880,
with 20 parts of methylated alcohol and digesting in this mixture a
large excess of morphine, this when filtered is termed " morplnated
spirit;" the other, '■'' morphiated loater," is water saturated with
excess of morphine, and contains 004 per cent, of this alkaloid.

1000 grains of opium are macerated for twelve to twenty hours
in about 4000 grains of cold distilled water, together with 300
grains of lead acetate, stirring the mixture from time to time. This
separates the meconic acid as lead meconate, whilst the morphine is
dissolved in the acetic set free.

After this maceration the opium may be readily ground in a mortar
to a paste, and so much more cold distilled water added (rinsing the
pestle and mortar with successive portions of it) as to fill with the
mixture a measure = 20,250 grains of distilled water : experience
has shown that the space occupied by the insoluble matters measures
from 200 to 300 grains, so that the limit of possible error, by aver-
aging and allowing 250 grains for the insoluble portion, amounts to
05 per cent, in opium containing 10 per cent, of morphine. The
mixture is to be filtered and 15,000 measured grains ( = 750 grains
of opium) of the clear solution are to be evaporated to an extract on
a water bath, and this residue to be drenched with 3O90 grains of
boiling alcohol or methylated spirit, and the whole digested, with
frequent stirring, for about ten minutes. This separates the gum,
etc., of the opium, which is insoluble in alcohol, and so far frees the
solution of morphine from impurity. At this stage of the process it
is well to get rid of the excess of lead-salts, and for this end sul-
phuric acid is preferable to sulphuretted hydrogen. So much diluted
sulphuric acid as may be equal to 30 grains of oil of vitriol will
almost always be sufficient for this purpo.se, any excess of acid being
converted into sulphate of ammonia by the subsequent addition of so
much solution of ammonia as shall be equivalent to the 30 grains of
oil of vitriol, thus forming a salt but slightly soluble in the alcoholic
solution. This mixture may now be transferred to a beaker and
allowed to settle for twelve hours, after which it is to be filtered, and

PHAEMACaUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 131

the filter and insoluble residue thorouglily washed with alcohol or
methylated spirit. This alcoholic filtrate is then distilled, or eva-
porated on a water bath, to about 1000 grains ; and mixed, while
still hot, with 400 grains of solution of ammonia, sp. gr. 0'880, stir-
ring rapidly and continuously for at least twenty minutes, whilst
the beaker or evaporating dish should be cooled as rapidly as pos-
sible, by immersion in an external vessel filled with cold water. The
rapid and continuous stirring is most important, as the precipitation
of the whole of the morphine in fine powder is thereby effected,
instead of the granular or mammillated condition so frequently met
with, and it thus permits of the easy and thorough separation of all
the narcotine which may be mixed with the morphine. When the
cooling of the mixture and precipitation of the morphine is thus
attained, transfer it quickly and completely to a filter of sufficient
capacity to hold the whole, and when the liquid portion has passed
through, wash the remainder of the precipitated morphine adhering
to the dish or beaker on to the filter, using for this purpose the
morphiated spirit already described, and continuing the washing of
the precipitate until it is completely fi^ed from the mother-liquor.
To do this efiPectually requires some little care : thus the morphine
on the filter must be kept in a spongy condition and never allowed
to cohere, which is easily effected by pouring the morphiated spirit
round the edges of the filter so as not to disturb the precipitate,
which must not be permitted to drain or solidify until this washing
is completed.

The precipitate is now to be washed from off" the filter-paper with
the morphiated water previously described, and digested therein for
a few minutes, which removes some more colouring matter together
with any salts soluble in water but insoluble in alcohol, which may
have adhered to the precipitated morphia; then once more collect
the precipitate on a filter, washing it with morphiated spirit, after
this once with ether, and finally thrice or more with benzin ; this
completely frees it from narcotine, which is very soluble in benzin,
morphine on the contrary being insoluble in this liquid. It now
remains to drain and dry at a low temperature, say 100° F., the
resulting pure and white morphine, the weight of which will indi-
cate the amount of this alkaloid present in 750 grains of the opium
under examination.

Extraction of Caflfeine from Guarana. Dr. F. V. Greene. (Amer.
Journ. Phann., 1877, 338.) In determining the percentage of caf-
feine in guarana by Stenhouse's process (see Pharm. Journ., 1st series,
xvi., 212), the author experienced some diflBcalty in separating the

132 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

solution from the portion insoluble in boiling water, and found the
washing of the mass precipitated by lead acetate a very tedious
operation. He therefore attempted the separation of the alkaloid by
means of litharge, which substance has been recommended by Prof.
E. S. "Wayne for the extraction of caffeine from coffee and tea. The
results proved that in the case of guarana, too, this process affords
a ready means for the isolation and estimation of the alkaloid.

The details of the method are as follows : — The powdered guarana
is intimately mixed with three times its weight of finely divided
litharge, and the mixture boiled in distilled water, the ebullition
being continued until, on allowing the temperature to fall below
the boiliug point, the insoluble portion is found to subside rapidly,
leaving the supernatant liquid clear, bright, and without colour.
The quantity of distilled water required will be found to be about a
pint for every fifteen grams of the guarana used in the experiment,
and, as the boiling has to be continued for several hours before the
desired and all essential separation mentioned above takes place,
water must be added from time to time to supply the place of that
lost by evaporation. When cool, the clear liquid is decanted upon
a filter, and when it has passed through, which it will be found to
do with fiicility, the precipitate is to be transferred to the filter and
washed with boiling water, the washing to be continued as long as
yellowish precipitates are produced with either phosphomolybdic
acid solution, auric, or platinic chloride. A stream of sulphuretted
hydrogen gas is now passed through the filtrate to remove the small
quantity of lead that has been dissolved and the sulphide thus
formed separated by filtration. The solution is evaporated on a
water bath to expel the excess of sulphuretted hydrogen, filtered to
remove a trace of sulphur, finally evaporated to the crystallizing
point, and the caffeine, which crystallizes out on cooling, removed
from the mother liquor and pressed between folds of bibulous paper.
After being thus treated, the crystals will be found to be perfectly
white. On diluting the mother liquor with distilled water, filtering
and evaporating, a second crop of crystals are obtained, which ai"e
also perfectly white, after being pressed as above. The crystals are
now dissolved in boiling diluted alcohol, filtered, and the solution
set aside to crystallize by spontaneous evaporation. The resulting
crystals of caffeine are perfectly pure and colourless.

In order to test the accuracy of the process, fourteen grams of
guarana in an impalpable powder were treated with the utmost care,
as above described. The extracted caffeine, after drying at 100° F.
until the weight became constant, was found to weigh •707 grams,

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 133

5"0j per cent., a remarkably close approximation to the results of
Stenhouse, who from 25 grams of guarana, obtained 1"2G0 grams of
caffeine = 504 per cent., and from 14 grams 5*1 per cent. Average
= 5-07.

As this method of extracting caffeine is entirely devoid of all
complicated steps, and requires but a short space of time for its
completion, it may be used advantageously in estimating the per-
centage of caffeine in the fluid extract of guarana, -which is now
frequently prescribed.

Rapid Preparation of Caffeine. 0. Caillol and P. Cazeneuve.
(Bull. Soc. Chim., 1877, 199.) Caffeine is generally prepared from
tea, as it is contained therein in larger quantities than in coffee.
According to the usual method, the tea is exhausted with water, the
infusion precipitated by lead acetate, the filtrate freed from lead by
sulphuretted hydrogen, and evaporated ; the crystals thus obtained
are purified by decolorization with animal charcoal and recrystal-
lization.

The authors have attained a better result by the following more
rapid process : — Black tea is thoroughly softened with four times its
weight of hot water ; a quantity of calcium hydrate equal to that of
the tea used is then added, and the whole evaporated on a water
bath to perfect dryness. The dry residue is exhausted with chloro-
form in a displacement apparatus, and the chloroform recovered
from the percolate by distillation. The residue left in the retort is
a mixture of caffeine and a resinous substance containing chloro-
phyll. On treating it with hot water, filtering, and evaporating the
filtrate on a water bath, the caffeine is obtained in perfectly white
silky crystals.

Improvements in the Manufacture of Sodium Carbonate. Dr. H.
Hager. (Pharm. Centralhalle, 1877, 42.) The prepai'ation of
carbonate of soda by the so-called ammonia process, though com-
paratively new, is already undergoing important modifications.
Hitherto the main step in the process was the formation of sodium
bicarbonate (see Year-Booh of Pharmacy, 1874). The latest modi-
fication is based upon the comparative insolubility of the monohy-
drated sodium carbonate, Nao C O3. Hj 0, in a concentrated solution of
common salt. The ordinary carbonate, usually containing 10 molecules
of water of crystallization, when recrystallized at 35° C. contains
but seven molecules, and when crystallized at 60°-70° C. it contains
but one molecule of water. The action of the ammonium carbonate
upon the sodium chloride is explained by the following equation •' —
2 Na CI + (N HJ2 C O3 - Nao C O3 + 2 N H^ CI.

134 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Dialysed Iron. A. and H. C. Blare. (Amer. Journ. PJiarm.,
1877, oiO.) This prepai-ation has attracted the attention of many
members of the medical and pharmaceutical professions for some
time past, and the experience resulting from its use is so satisfactory
that it promises to become one of the most valued therapeutic agent.s
in a large class of diseases where the ordinary iron preparations are
objectionable. The writers obtained the following formula from a
prominent French chemist who has been extensively engaged in the
manufacture of this remedy : —

Take 10 parts liq. ferri per. chlor. (B. P.), precipitate by aqua
ammonisB, and wash the precipitate thoroughly. Mix this with 12
parts of liq. ferri per. chlor. (B.P.), and place in a dialyser. The
dialyser is placed in a suitable vessel with distilled water, the water
under it renewed every 24 hours. The opei*ation is continued until
the dialysate ceases to contain chlorine, at which time the pre-
paration is found to be neutral. It usually takes from 12 to 15
days to complete the process.

The resulting preparation is, or should be, of a deep dark red
colour, and contains about 5 per cent, of the oxide of iron. As to
the chemical condition of the iron in solution, M. Bravais, of Paris
(who claims to produce the only genuine), says, " It consists of
liquid peroxide of iron, i.e., iron merely united with oxygen and
water to the exclusion of all acids ; " but it is, no doubt, in fact a
neutral solution of an oxychloride of iron in a concentrated form,
and the theory of its production is nothing new, and is very simple.
The oxychloride (which is the substance retained in solution in the
dialyser) is a colloidal substance. The chloride (which is the princi-
pal substance rejected, or washed out as it were) is a crystalloidal
substance. These two substances — crystalloid and colloid — are
separated by dialysis, the former from the latter by diffusion through
a septum, such as parchment paper.

Other formulae more recently have been suggested, differing
somewhat from the above, and it has been the subject of no little
discussion abroad as to the particular merits of the one or the other
of these. By some it has been suggested to pursue the following
formula : — Take a given quantity of liq. ferri perchlor. (B. P.), and
precipitate by ammonia; wash well the precipitate, and mix with
sufficient quantity of the same preparation of liq. ferri perchlor. to
saturation, and dialyse. It is remarkable how large a proportion of
this freshly precipitated sesquioxide of iron will be taken up or
dissolved. For example, the precipitate obtained from one pint of
our officinal liquor ferri chlor., representing 3 ounces and G drams

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 135

of dry oxide, is entirely taken up by about 5 fluid ouncef? of the
same liquor. In the magma this precipitate seems a very great
quantity, so bulky is it ; and, as stated before, it is quite surprising
to see it disappear into solution under the influence of so small a
quantity of the liquor.

By following the above method the process is shortened consider-
ably. It became thoroughly dialysed in one week, while the other
takes about twice that time.

Still another method has been suggested, namely, to take a given
quantity of the liquor ferri chlor., and add aqua ammonite almost
enough to produce the precipitate of the sesquioxide. When the
precipitating point is reached the whole solution is placed in the
dialyser. The chloride of ammonium is thus extracted from the
solution, and the peroxide of iron, or oxychloride, retained.

If either of these processes is pursued carefully, the same result
will be obtained. If the solution, after completion of the operation,
should contain more than 5 per cent, of iron, it may be diluted with
distilled water till it reaches that point. There are some dialysed
irons in the market containing no more than from 3| to 4 per
cent. When the preparation has become thoroughly dialysed, it
is tasteless and neutral ; the operation should then be discontinued,
as by further dialysis the liquid is converted into a gelatinous
condition.

The above formula furnishes an article precisely similar to the
original Bravais' dialysed iron, which the authors have im-
ported and had ample opportunity for comparison. They found
that it can be produced for about one-half the cost of the imported.

The manner of taking the pure concentrated dialysed iron is
generally in drops, ranging from 15 to 50 daily, in divided doses,
on sugar or in sugar and water ; suitable vehicles can be used for
administration without fear of decomposition. Being without taste
and odour, compatible with syrup and alcohol, and communicating
no taste to any suitable vehicle, it is easy to construct formulae for
elixir, syrup, etc. ; a glycerite is stated to be an excellent preparation,

Dialysed Iron. J. M. Maisch. (Amer. Joum. Pharm., 1877, 342.)
Dialysed iron, which will doubtless become one of the most valuable
ferruginous medicinal agents, has been recently introduced into
the United States, under various names. Some claiming it to be a
solution of oxide of iron in water, it was, and is still frequently
called in Europe, ferrum oxydatum dialysatum ; but like the very
simi'ar preparation, ferrum oxydatum saccharaticm, which has been
made oflicinal in several European pharmacopoeias (Amer. Journ.

13(5 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Pharm., 1873, p. 161 ; 1874, p. 559), it is nothing more nor less
than a very basic oxjcliloride of iron. To prevent erroneous con-
ceptions concerning its composition gaining a foothold, a brief review
of the earlier literature on the subject will not be out of place.

The first paper on this subject deserving notice is one by John
M. Ordway, entitled " Examination of the Soluble Basic Sesquisalts,"
which was published in the American Journal of Science and Arts,
2nd series, xxvi., 197 (1858), and in which the following language
is used : " Time is a very important element in the production of
the highly basic compounds. One may easily be deceived as to when
the hydrate ceases to be dissolved, and may set down as opaque
that which by longer digestion becomes quite transparent. By
successive steps we get pretty easily as far as Fe.^ CI,;. 11 Fe, O3,
and in the course of several weeks I have gone as high as
Fe, Clg. 23 Fes Os-"

The next important paper is by Bechamp (1859), published in
Annates de Chimie et de Physique, 3rd series, Ivii., 296, which in the
main coiToborates the statements of Ordway, but gives the most
basic compound obtained Feo Clg. 20 Feg O3. In both cases the
solutions of the normal salt were digested with ferric hydrate.

Th. Graham's celebrated essay on the diffusion of liquids (Phil.
Trans., 1861, 183) announces the following results : — " If recently
precipitated ferric- hydrate or carbonate of ammonium is added to
an aqueous solution of ferric chloride, as long as the precipitates are
redissolved, and if the dark red solution thus obtained, containing
from 4 to 5 per cent, of solid matter, is subjected to dialysis, mainly
muriatic acid will pass through the septum, upon which, after 19
days, remains a red liquid containing for 98'5 parts of oxide 1*5 part
of muriatic acid. It remains liquid for 20 days and then gelatinizes,
separating ferric hydrate. A similar solution of colloidal ferric
hydrate may be obtained by dialysis of ferric acetate, and contains
6 parts of acetic acid to 94 parts of ferric oxide."

Calculating Graham's results as an oxychloride, the formula
Fe, Clg. 95 Fco O3 would be obtained, which seems to be hardly
probable. At the same time, it must be remembered that none of
the so-called soluble oxide of iron has as yet been obtained free
from acid. Graham's figures are the lowest thus far observed, and
the solution was not permanent, but gelatinized spontaneously. It
must therefore be granted that any permanent solution of so-called
soluble oxide of iron must contain notable quantities of acid ; and
within the past year such has been proved by Hager to be the case
with several Eui-opean preparations sold as oxide of iron.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTEY. 137

The behaviour of the solutions is quite curious and apt to mislead,
unless care be taken to arrive at correct results. They will retain
their clearness on boiling, are miscible with alcohol, glycerin, syrup,
etc., but readily yield precipitates on the addition of acids not in ex-
cess, or of saline solutions, the precipitates disappearing again on
dilutmg with distilled water. Tannin added in small quantities
darkens the solution somewhat, and on filtering leaves but little
matter in the funnel ; on using a stronger solution of tannin a well
diffused gelatinous precipitate takes place, having a deep brown, but
not a black colour, and the filtrate is colourless. Solution of nitrate
of silver added in small quantity does not disturb the transparency
of the liquid ; on adding more of the former a gelatinous hroivn pre-
cipitate takes place, and the colourless filtrate is free from iron, but
the addition of distilled water causes the precipitate to dissolve
again. Apparently, therefore, the solution is free from chloride ;
but on adding first a .slight excess of ammonia, filtering from the
ferric hydrate, acidulating with nitric acid, and then testing with
nitrate of silver, a white precipitate of chloride of silver is formed.
All these reactions as well as the slight astringent, not inky taste,
and the intense brown-red colour have been observed by the investi-
gators named above, and they characterize also the commercial
products. A sample recently examined by the writer, and said to
contain no, or only traces of, chlorine, yielded when treated as above
abundant evidence of its presence.

Physicians and pharmacists should therefore bear in mind that
there is no soluhle oxide of iron; but what is sold as such, be it im-
ported or made in this country, is very basic oxy chloride of iron.
This being the case, the question naturally presents itself, whether
such a solution cannot be obtained by saturating a solution of ferric
chloride with hydrate of iron ? That question is easily answered if
the behaviour of saline solutions is taken into consideration and the
fact is remembered that, when solutions of ferric salts are precipi-
tated by alkalies, the ferric hydrate will invariably retain small
quantities of the precipitant, which cannot be removed by washing
Avith water. These saline impurities, minute as they may be, are
sufficient to prevent the formation of the very basic oxychloride ; or
if formed it becomes insoluble in the liquid, and nothing but dialysis
or considerable dilution with distilled water can dissolve it again.
To obtain it of the maximum strength indicated by Graham (5 per
cent.) and also adopted by the Phai'maceutical Society of Paris,
dialysis appears to be unavoidable.

As to the advantage of the dialysed over the oxychloride made by

138 TEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

saturation -vrith hydrate of iron, that is best ascertained by com-
paring tlieir taste, which in the former is scarcely astringent, while
that of the latter is distinctly ferruginous. A preparation imported
from Germany, called ferrum oxydatum dialysatum, which was
received and examined by the author, appeared to have been made
by saturation alone, or by incomplete dialysis ; for its reaction is dis-
tinctly acid and its taste quite styptic. Some French preparations,
sold by the same name, were found to be superior to the German in
both respects ; but one yielded only 3"3 per cent, of solid matter,
another less than half that quantity. A 5 per cent, solution of
dialysed iron should yield 3 grains of dry residue when GO grains
of it are carefully evaporated to complete dryness.

The characteristics of a 5 per cent, solution of dialysed iron may
be stated to be —

1. The deep brown-red colour, which in thin layers is perfectly
transparent.

2. The freedom from odour and taste, it being merely faintly
astringent to the palate.

3. The absence of even slight acid reaction to test paper ; and

4. The behaviour to tannin and to saline solutions (even spring
water), as stated above.

It is best given by itself upon sugar, or mixed with some simple
syrup which is free from acid. It should be mentioned yet that the
same preparation has made its appearance in Austria as catalytic
iron.

Note upon a Reaction of Emetine. F. B. Power. (Amer. Journ.
Pharm., 1877, 391.) A solution of chlorinated lime produces with
emetine a bright orange or lemon yellow coloration, and is con-
veniently employed by touching a trace of the alkaloid^ upon a porce-
lain plate with a drop of the alkaline solution : the reaction being
much favoured by the addition of a drop of acetic or other weak
acid, to insure the liberation of the hypochlorous acid, upon which
the reaction apparently depends, as chlorine is incapable of produc-
ing the coloration, which is permanent and maybe quite indefinitely
retained.

A few drops of a solution of one part of emetine, in 1000 parts of
water, when evaporated to dryness and brought in contact with a
drop of the alkaline solution, readily produces the coloration ; and
with a solution containing one part of the alkaloid in 5000 parts of
water, the yellow coloration is still perceptible.

In view of the isolation of the alkaloid when mixed with compli-
cated organic substances, it must be remembered that it is not ab-

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 139

sorbed from acid, but very readily from alkaline solutions by amylic
alcohol, chloroform, benzol, and petroleum benzin.

The reaction may also be employed as a means of testing the
value of various species of ipecacuanha. If a gram of the root of
GeplueUs ipecacuanha in fine powder, or the cortical portion therein
contained, be treated according to the process described by Prof.
Fliickiger for the isolation of emetine, i.e., mixed with a small
amount of quicklime and a few drops of water, the mixture allowed
to dry upon the water bath, subsequently exhausted by chloroform,
and the filtrate allowed to evaporate in a capsule containing a few
drops of dilute acetic acid, the nearly colourless residue thus ob-
tained affords with the alkaline solution the characteristic color-
ation.

The root of Richardsonia scahra, Lin., or undulated ipecacuanha,
which is occasionally quoted as a source of emetine, when similarly
treated does not produce this reaction, a fact which may confirm
the supposition already entertained, that this root is destitute of
alkaloid.

Detection of Sugar in Glycerin. A. Schillberg. (Pharmaceut.
Centralhalle, 1877, 115.) Pure glycerin when boiled with an equal
volume of hydrochloric acid (containing about 25 per cent, of HCl)
remains colourless; but if the least admixture of sugar be present, a
yellow or yellowish red coloration is produced. The glycerin takes
no part in the reaction, as the same coloration is produced on heat-
ing a weak aqueous solution of sugar with the acid. Accoi'ding to
the author this reaction is the same which W. W. Stoddart con-
sidered to be duQ to the colouring matter of saffron (see Year-Booh
of Pharmacy^ 1876, 494).

Cochineal Testing. J. M. Merrick. {Zeitschr. filr Analyt.-Ghem.,
XV., 41)3.) In determining the value of a sample of cochineal by
titration of its colouring matter with potassium permanganate, as
previously described by the author (^Zeitschr. fur Analyt.-Ghem., xi.,
230), it should be understood that there is a marked difference be-
tween black and silver cochineal in their behaviour with the reagent
named. If permanganate be added to solutions of the colouring
matter of the two kinds until both show the same yellow coloiir,
no farther change will be observed for some time in either ; but if
the mixtures be allowed to stand for 8 to 12 hours, that obtained
from the black cochineal will aj^pear deep red, whereas the other
remains still unaltered. To avoid errors it is necessary, therefore,
to keep standard samples of both kinds of cochineal, so that the
sample tested may be compared with a sample of its own kind.

14-0 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Sclerotic Acid. The Preparation and Properties of Sclerotic
Acid. Prof. G. Dragendorff and M. Podwissotzky. {Neio
Bemedies, from Pharm. Zeit. fur liussland, 1877, No. 5.) In a
previous report on the constituents of ergot (a summary of which
will be found in the Year-Book of Pho.rmacij, 187G, p. 2-i7), the
authors announced the isolation of a proximate principle of an acid
character, possessing in a high degree the physiological properties of
the drug. In a more detailed report of their researches subsequently
published, they furnish a full account of their method of preparing
this principle, which they have named " sclerotic acid."

Very finely powdered ergot is exhausted with distilled water, the
solution concentrated in vacuo, and the residuary liquid mixed with
an equal volume of 95 per cent, alcohol. This causes the precipita-
tion of a peculiar slimy substance, scleromucin, together with a
portion of the salts and the greater part of the suspended fatty
matter. The mixture having been allowed to stand on ice for
twenty-four or forty-eight hours, it is filtered and the filtrate mixed
with a f uz'ther quantity of 95 per cent, alcohol, sufficient to precipi-
tate all the sclerotic acid in combination with the bases (chiefly as
calcium sclerotate). The separation of the precipitate is promoted
as before by placing the mixture ou ice for some days. This causes
the deposited mass, which has a brownish colour, to adhere firmly
to the walls of -the vessel, so as to permit the supernatant liquid to
be easily poured ofi". The precipitate is kneaded with alcohol of 80
per cent., and immediately thereafter dissolved in a sulficieut quan-
tity of 40 per cent, alcohol, when the remainder of the scleromucin
and another larger portion of the foreign salts are left behind. The
filtered liquid is now mixed with absolute alcohol, whereby sclerotic
acid is precipitated in conjunction with certain bases and other sub-
stances. The impure product, when carefully dried over sulj^huric
acid, was found on analysis to contain 8"5 per cent, of potassium,
about 036 per cent, calcium, 4"3 per cent, sodium, 2' 74 per cent,
phosphoric and 3'4 per cent, silicic acid ; or altogethei", 12'9 per cent-
of ash.

The greater part of these admixtures may be removed and the
sclerotic acid obtained free, by adding, before the final precipitation
with absolute alcohol, a considerable quantity of hydrochloric acid
(for every 100 c.c. of solution, 5-6 grams of the acid, sp. gr. I'lOO),
allowing to stand at ordinary temperature for a few hours, and then
proceeding to precipitate. In this manner the amount of ash may
be brought down to 3 per cent., and by repeated solution, addition of
acid, and precipitation, it may further be reduced to less than 2 per

PHARMACEUTICAL CHE3IESTRY. 141

cent, or 3 per cent. A more complete purification is difficult and
hazardou.s, becaiise every addition of hydrochloric acid causes the
decomposition of a small quantity of the sclerotic acid, while at the
same time a portion of the latter is lost by remaining in solution.

The resulting product, although not chemically pure, is neverthe-
less, so to say, physiologically pure, as it always produces constant
and identical results, no matter from what sample of (good) ergot
it was obtained.

Sclerotic acid is entirely odourless and tasteless. In aqueous
solution it has a faint acid reaction, and decomposes calcium car
bonate slowly, even on warming. Boiling nitric acid of 1"200 sp.
gr. produces a little picric and oxalic acid, and a new substance,
which assumes a bright yellow colour on adding ammonia or other
alkalies. More concentrated nitric acid converts it into picric,
oxalic, mucic, tartaric, and aposorbic acids. It is not a glucoside ;
nor does it lose its effectiveness, on the addition of dilute sulphuric
or hydrochloric acids ; on the contrary, the latter appears to inten-
sify its effects. Boiling alcohol, in presence of sulphuric acid, extracts
it from ergot in small quantities, cold alcohol not at all. It is there-
fore possible to abstract by means of cold alcohol and sulphuric acid
a portion of the colouring matter from ergot, before extracting the
sclerotic acid with water. But, unfortunately, the aqueous solutions
(which carry with them a portion of the alcohol and sulphuric acid)
spurt or bump so energetically during the distillation, that this
modification of the process becomes unadvisable.

It might be supposed that sclerotic acid is not an acid, but an
alkaloid, as it yields with phosphomolybdic acid a yellow, and with
tannin an almost colourless, precipitate. But other alkaloidal preci-
pitants are without action upon it, and only lead acetate with
ammonia produces a strong flocculent precipitate.

When properly purified, sclerotic acid is hygroscopic but not deli-
quescent, which circumstance distinguishes it advantageously from
the commercial purified extracts of ergot. It is found in these in
greater or lesser quantity according as a weaker or a stronger
alcohol was employed in exhausting the ergot. A few commercial
extracts were found to be very deficient. In Bonjean's and Wer-
nich's prepai-ations and in Wigger's osmazom it exists in consider-
able quantity, while scleromucin is almost entirely absent, as is the
case in all alcoholic extracts of ergot. In ZweifFel's preparation the
acid occurs ina tolerably pui'e state, in a less pure condition in Buch-
heim's. In alcoholic tinctures of ergot, and in Wigger's ergotin, it
is only present in traces or is entirely absent.

142 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Good ergot contains about 4 to 45 per cent, of the acid, although,
samples are met with which contain scarcely 1*5 to 2 per cent.

The Alkaloids in Agaricus Muscarius. E. Harnack. (Zeitschr.
des oesterr. Apotli. Ver., from Chem. Centralhlatt, vii., 560.) Koppe
and Schmiedeberg have isolated from this fungus a poisonous
alkaloid, to which they have given the name " muscarine."

The author has obtained a second alkaloid, which, however, is
devoid of poisonous properties, by treating the aqueous extract of
the fungus with water acidified with hydrochloric acid, evaporating
to the point of crystallization, and pressing the crystalline mass thus
obtained between filtering paper, which absorbs the very hygroscopic
salt of muscarine, leaving the hydrochlorate of the second alkaloid.

The formula of muscarine is Cj H^g N Oo, that of amanitine, the
second alkaloid just referred to, C5 H^g N 0, which is the same as
that of choline. Amanitine, however, is not identical with choline
as by oxidation by chromic acid it does not yield betaine, but is par-
tially converted into muscarine.

Chemistry of the Barks of the Oak, WUlovr, and Elm. E.
Johansen. (Juudi. GJtem. Soc, from Arcliiv der Pliarmacie [3],
ix., 210-248.) The investigation was undertaken with the view of
ascertaining the nature of the different tannin-like substances con-
tained in the barks of the oak, willow, and elm, and it was hoped,
by isolating these and carefully examining their properties and the
natuie of their principal compounds, to ascertain whether they were
analogous or even identical. By a long and elaborate process, the
different tannins were separated from the three barks in something
like a pure state.

Oah Tannin is a red-brown, amorphous, glistening body, easily
soluble in alcohol, slightly soluble in ether, and forms an imper-
fectly clear solution in water. In its behaviour to litmus paper,
metallic salts, and alkaloids, it is completely analogous to gallotan-
nic acid. Dried at 110° it lost 848 percent, of water. On analysis
it gave 64"61 per cent, of carbon, 5"32 per cent, of hydrogen, and
40'07 per cent, of oxygen, agreeing approximately with Wagner's
formula, CuHj^Og, which requires 5.385 per cent, of carbon and
5'13 per cent, of hydrogen. It contains also 0'77 per cent, of nitro-
gen and 0"13 per cent, of ash.

Wdloio Tannin consists of a brown-red amorphous body, with a
slightly astringent taste; easily soluble in alchohol, slightly soluble
in ether, and forming a thick solution with water. With ferric salts
it gives a deep black colour, turned violet-red by alkalies. It pre-
f.ipitates murcuric nitrate and chloride, and zinc and copper sul-

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 143

phates, as well as albumen, starch, and alkaloids. At 120° the
■willow tannin lost lO'lO per cent, of water, and on analysis gave
61'13 per cent, of carbon, 4"78 per cent, of hydrogen, and 4409 per
cent, of oxygen. It contains also 1'88 per cent, of nitrogen and 1'63
per cent, of ash. Another specimen, prepared in a different manner,
though possessing the same reactions as the last, contained 51 '26
per cent, of carbon and 5*99 per cent, of hydrogen, besides having
independently 0'44 per cent, of nitrogen and 1'42 per cent, of ash.

Elm Tannin. — In appearance and solubility this variety resembles
oak tannin. With ferric chloride, it gives a dirty green precipitate,
turned violet-red by sodium hydrate. With ferrous sulphate it gives
a pure green precipitate. It precipitates lead and copper acetates,
and zinc sulphate after some time. With zinc chloride, mercuric
nitrate, calcium acetate, etc., it gave the usual reactions. At 110°
elm tannin loses 3"32 per cent, of water, and, on analysis, gives 44'54
per cent, of carbon, 4' 72 per cent, of hydrogen, and 50' 71 per cent,
of oxygen, besides containing 1'21 per cent, of ash.

The salts of these three tannin acids (quercitannic, salitannic, and
ulmotannic) were next examined.

Lead Salts. — Quercitannate of lead is a chocolate-brown, amor-
phous mass, slightly soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol or ether.
On heating it to 110° it lost 9"66 per cent, of water ; and on analy-
sis it gave 22'85 per cent, of carbon, 1'47 per cent, of hydrogen, 9"14
per cent, of oxygen, and 36" 54 per cent, of lead oxide. The salitan-
nate of lead resembled the last body, and on drying at 120° lost 4'50
per cent, of water, and on analysis gave 22 •53 per cent, of carbon,
1'35 per cent, of hydrogen, and 5328 per cent, of lead oxide. By
fractionally precipitating with a lead salt, both these acids gave salts
of varying constitution. Ulmotannate of lead was greyer than the
last body, and on analysis gave 21"36 per cent, of carbon, 1'51 per
cent, of hydrogen, 10'32 per cent, of oxygen, and 66"81 per cent, of
lead oxide.

Copper Salts. — Quercitannate of copper is a brown substance, in-
soluble in alcohol and ether, and sparingly soluble in water. At 110°
it lost 12'23 per cent, of moisture, and on analysis gave 3999 per
cent, of carbon, 2'38 per cent, of hydrogen, 28'14 per cent, of oxygen,
and 29 49 per cent, of copper oxide. Salitannate of copper forms
a dark reddish brown salt, which lost at 120° 12"4 per cent, of
moisture, and on analysis gave 39"36 per cent, of carbon, 235 per
cent, of hydrogen, 27'83 per cent, of oxygen, and 3046 per cent, of
copper oxide. Ulmotannate of copper is chocolate-brown, and after
drying at 110° gave 3968 per cent, of carbon, 1-93 per cent, of

144 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

hydrogen, 17'98 per cent, of oxygen, and 40"41 per cent, of copper
•oxide.

Tin Salts. — Quercitannate of tin is a greenish brown substance,
insoluble in alcohol and ether, and only sparingly soluble in water.
At 110° it loses 5'98 per cent, of moisture, and on analysis gave
30'32 per cent, of carbon, 2o6 per cent, of hydrogen, 20G9 per
cent, of oxygen, and 40'43 per cent, of stannous oxide. The fornuila
C3oHngOj3. 3 Sn agrees fairly with these numbers. Salitannate
of tin is a chocolate-coloured body, which loses 7' 18 per cent, of
moisture at 120°, and on analysis gives 3o"17 per cent, of carbon,
2"79 per cent, of hydrogen, 1505 per cent, of oxygen, and 4G"50 per
cent, of stannous oxide. Ulraotannate of tin on drying at 110° gave
38"99 per cent, of carbon, 2"40 per cent, of hydrogen, 13"66 per cent,
of oxygen, and 44*95 per cent, of stannous oxide.

When these different tannins were acted on by dilute acids in the
usual manner, as Grabowski has already shown, the oak tannin
yields an easily decomposed saccharide and a crystalline body. The
amount of these bodies obtained varies with the strength of acid
employed. On purification the saccharide is obtained as a brown
substance, forming a dark brown bitter syrup. Similar bodies were
obtained from the willow tannin. On analysis the saccharide ob-
tained from the willow tannin gave 36*94 per cent, of carbon, 519
per cent, of hydrogen, and 5787 per cent, of oxygen. Elm tannin,
on the contrary, yields no crystalline body, but only a saccharide
resembling in every respect the last.

On fusing with potassium hydrate, the oak tannin yields, amongst
other products, butyric acid amongst the volatile products, and
protocatechuic acid from the residue. Willow tannin, similarly
treated, yielded acetic and butyric acid amongst the volatile pro-
ducts, whilst the residue in the retort contained a body whose
identity could not be satisfactorily made out. Elm tannin, treated
in the same manner, yielded acetic and butyric acids among the
volatile products, and oxyphenic acid in the residue.

Artificial OU of Mustard. Dr. E. Mylius. (Archiv der Pharm.,
[3], X., 207.) Some time ago Dr. Schacht stated at a meeting of
Berlin pharmacists that owing to the identity of artificially prepared
oil of black mustard with the genuine oil, the former might with
perfect propriety be substituted for the latter in pharmacy. Having
observed a decided difference in the odour of the two preparations, the
author submitted a quantity of the best artificial oil he could obtain
to fractional distillation, and a thoi'ough chemical examination of
the fractions. He found 1000 parts of the oil to contain —

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. 145

Allyl Sulphocyanide .... 922 pajts>
Carbon Bisulphide .... 8 ,,

Hydrocyanic Acid .... 0*2 ,,

Polysulphides (chiefly allyl trisiilphide) 40 ,,

Bodies not volatile without decomposition,
containing both nitrogen and sulphur 30 ,,

From these results the author draws the conckision that Until a
satisfactory and inexpensive method of purifying the artiBcial oil of
mustard, as met with in commerce, can be devised, this oil ought not
to take the place of the genuine product in pharmacy. The oil ex-
amined by him was probably the nnpurified product of the diy
distillation of a mixture of allyl-sulphate and sulphocyanide of potas-
sium. An oil prepared from iodide of allyl and sulphocyanide of
potassium would be more expensive than the genuine article.

Determination of Potassium as Potassium Platinochloride in
Presence of Chlorides of the Metals of the Alkaline Earths. Prof.
R. Fresenius. (^Zeitschr. fur Analyt.-Ghem., xvi., 63-65; Jourri.
Ghem. Soc, 1877, 218.) This method, at the commencement, does
not differ from that usually employed. The concentrated solution
is treated in a small porcelain dish, -with excess of pure platinum
chloride in excess, evaporated on a water bath (below 100°) to a
syrupy consistence, carefully mixed with alcohol of 80 per cent.,
and left a short time with frequent stirring. By this means the
platino-potassium chloride, insoluble in alcohol, is separated from
the sodium salt, which goes into solution.

At this stage the method begins to differ from the usual one.
The alcoholic solution is poured through a small filter, and the re-
sidue in the dish treated with alcohol, till the potassium salt appears
pure. This is then collected on the filter and washed thoroughly
with alcohol of the same strength. The filter is then dried, to
ensure the complete expulsion of the alcohol. If the quantity of
the salt thus collected be large, it may be .separated as much as
possible from the filter-jmper, from which the remaining salt is
removed by boiling water ; the solution is then evaporated to dry-
ness in a small platinum dish. The main bulk is then added, the
whole dried at 130°, and weighed. If the quantity is small, the
precipitate may be wholly washed off the filter into the platinum
dish, evaporated, and weighed as above.

To ascertain whether the weighed potassio-platinum salt is pure,
treat it with repeated quantities of hot water, leave it to settle, and
decant the solution into a dish. A little platinum chloride is then
added, to convert any sodium chloride into the platinum-sodium

146 YE,\.n-BOOK OF PHARJIACi*.

salt, the solution evaporated as above almost to dryness, and mixed
with alcohol of 80 per cent. The deposited potassium salt is filtered
off and washed with alcohol, dried on the filter, and washed with
boiling water iu a platinum dish, into which the undissolved bulk of
the original precipitate is brought. The whole is evaporated to dry-
ness, dried at 130^, and weighed. Should any alteration in weight
have taken place, the previous precipitate was impure, and the
present weight may be regarded as the right one. Pure plati no-
potassium chloride must dissolve entirely in boiling water.

As regards the accui-acy of the above method in presence of other
alkaline salts, the following results are insti'uctive. In a solution
of potassium chloride, the potassium was determined as above, at
first in the normal solution, then with addition of chlorides of
barium, strontium, calcium, and magnesium respectively. The re-
sults show that the method maintains its accuracy in presence of
the chlorides of any of the alkali-metals ; but that when magnesium,
barium, and strontium respectively are present, the results were
very slightly in excess. To obtain perfectly accurate results the
process recommended above should be strictly adhered to.

Note on the Volumetric Estimation of Phosphoric and Arsenic
Acids by Uranium. G. Briigelmanu. (Fharin. Centralhalle,
1877, 12-i, from Zeitsclir. fur Analyi.-Ckem.) The author suggests the
following modification of the uranium process generally employed : —
The aqueous or acid solution of the phosphate or arseniate is mixed
with a quantity of solution of sodium hydrate just suificient to im-
part to the mixture a distinct alkaline reaction. Acetic acid is then
added in excess, and the titration with uranium solution carried
out in the usual manner, potassium ferrocyauide being used as an
indicator. Xo addition of sodium or ammonium acetate is made
before the titration. In this way only a very small quantity of
alkaline acetate is contained in the mixture, and the smallest excess
of uranium will be readily indicated by the ferrocyauide, whereas iu
the presence of larger quantities of acetate the sensitiveness of the
reaction is considerably diminished, so as to necessitate the correc-
tion usually made in this titration. The author's process renders
this correction superfluous.

Detection of Artificial Colouring Matters in Wine. A. Dupre.
(Analyst, 187G, 26.) The colouring matter of pure red wine does
not pass through the dialyser. The dialysate from pure wine is
therefore colourless, or shows but a slight purplish coloration, such
as water would assume on the addition of a small quantity of the
the wine. A yellow ov brownish yellow dialysate indicates an

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY, 147

adulteration with logwood, brazil wood, or cochineal, the colouring
matters of which may then be identified by the chemical and optical
tests usually employed for this purpose. The ammoniacal solution
of the colouring matter of cochineal yields thi'ee well-marked absorp-
tion bands.

Detection of Fuchsine in Wine. The following methods are re-
commended by E. Jacquemin in the Gomi)tes Rendus, Ixsxiii., 70: —

1. A small quantity of gun cotton is heated for a few minutes in
10-20 c.c. of the wine, and then washed with water. The natui'e of
the coloration (if any) imparted to the cotton is now identified by
means of solution of ammonia, which decolorises rosauiline but
turns archil violet.

2. 100 c.c. of the wine are boiled to expel the alcohol, and then
boiled for some time with white Berlin wool, previously moistened
with water. The colour imparted to the wool by fuchsine is re-
tained after washing, and may be distinguished from archil by
ammonia.

3. 100-200 c.c. of the wine are boiled to expel the alcohol, then
allowed to cool, mixed with ammonia in excess, and shaken with
ether. By immersing white wool in the ethereal solution, and
evaporating the latter, the wool acquires the characteristic colour
of fuchsine.

C. Husson (Ibid., 199) suggests the following mode of testing : —

Place a few c.c. of the wine in a phial and add ammonia, then
immerse a piece of white Berlin wool in the mixture, withdraw it
after it is well soaked, and pour upon it a drop of dilute acetic acid.
In the presence of fuchsine the wool thus acquires a red tint.

Pure fuchsine is not very poisonous.

The method of estimating the arsenic which may have been intro-
duced with the fuchsine into the wine, depends upon the fact that
if arseniuretted hydrogen be passed into a solution of iodine in beti-
zine, the colour of that solution is rapidly destroyed, whilst it is not
affected by pure hydrogen.

It was found by experiment that O'Ol gram of arsenic in the form
of arseniuretted hydrogen was decomposed by 0*02 gram of iodine.
The process is to be practised as follows : —

Having decomposed the suspected matter by the ordinary pro-
cesses, so as to obtain the arsenic as a potash-salt, this is dis-
solved in distilled water, and the solution divided into two parts :
one is reserved for qualitative examination, the other divided into
two. in one of which the arsenic is approximately determined by
pouring it into a Marsh's apparatus which is evolving pure hydro-

148 YEAR-BOOK OF PHAl.'MACY.

gen, aud passing the gas into a measured quantity of a standard
solution of iodine in benzine, and as this is decolorised, gradually
adding more from a burette until the decolorisation ceases. In the
other part of the solution the quantity of arsenic is exactly deter-
mined by pouring it into a Marsh's apparatus as before, and allow-
ing the evolved gas to pass through a series of about six test-tubes,
each containing a known amount of iodine : for example, in the 1st
0-01 gram; 2nd and 3rd, 0-005 gram; 4th, O'OOl gram ; 5th, 0-0005
gram ; and 6th, 00001 gram; but these quantities maybe varied ac-
cording to the indications afforded by the previous experiment. By
noting the number of test-tubes coloured, the exact quantity of
arsenic introduced into the Marsh's apparatus can be ascertained.

The process recommended by L. Lamattena (Ibid., 564) is as
follows : —

Fuchsiue may be detected by mixing 100 grams of the wine with
15 grams of coarsely powdered manganese dioxide, shaking for 12 or
15 minutes, and filtering through a double filter-paper. If the wine
is pure it passes through colourless ; if adulterated, some artificial
colouring matter has been used. If pure peroxide is used, this pro-
cess is unexceptionable ; but if the manganese contains iron, the
acids of the wine dissolve it, and it forms an insoluble lake with the
colours which remain on the filter. If in this case the residue on
the filter is treated with alcohol, the fuchsine dissolves, aud may be
immediately recognised by adding strong acetic acid and a few drops
of ammonia.

Another process is described by E. Bouilhon (Ibid., 858) : —
500 c.c. of the wine are placed in a capsule, raised to a boil,
and evaporated down to 125 c.c. ; the capsule is then withdrawn
from the fire, and 20 grams crystalline hydrate of baryta are added.
The mixture is agitated to facilitate the reaction, allowed to cool,
poui-ed upon a filter, and the precipitate washed with distilled water,
so as to obtain in all 125 c.c. of filti'ate. It is then necessary to
ascertain, by the addition of a few crystals of hydrate of baryta to
the filtered liquid, that the precipitation of the colouring matter
of the wine is complete ; if not, moi'e hydrate of baryta must be
added, and the liquid re-filtered. It is then introduced into a flask
containing about 250 c.c, with 50-60 c.c. of pure ether, strongly
shaken, and allowed to settle. When the ether is completely sepa-
rated from the aqueous liquids, it is drawn ofi" by means of a pipette,
and poured into a porcelain capsule. A drop of acetic acid at 8° is
added, 3 or 4 drops of di.stilled water, and a little white unwoven
silk, consisting of ten threads a centimetre in length. If the quan-

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY.

14^

tity of magenta contained in the wine is at all notable, acetic acid
produces at once a rose coloration ; but when only minute traces
are present, the ether is allowed entirely to evaporate. The residue
consists of a small quantity of aqueous liquid, in which the silk
soaks. The capsule is then very gently heated, so as to evaporate
the balk of this liquid and concentrate the traces of colouring
matter in a few drops, thus favouring its fixation upon the silk.
This process, if carefully executed, reveals one hundred-millionth
part of fuchsine in wine.

The following directions are given by Gr. M. Fordos (Ibid., 980) :

10 c.c. of the wine are shaken with 1 c.c. of pure ammonia, 5 to
10 c.c. of chloroform are then added, the whole well shaken, and the
chloroform, after separation by a tap-funnel, heated in a porcelain
dish with a piece of white silk immersed in it ; when the chloro-
form is nearly evaporated, a little water is added, and the heating
continued. All the fuchsine is thus fixed in the silk, which becomes
more or less rose coloured if fuchsine is present.

This method permits of the detection of extremely small quanti-
ties of fuchsine, especially if the wine be concentrated, and a very
small piece of silk be used. Quantitative results might be obtained
by means of a series of pieces of silk coloured more or less deeply,
with which the piece coloured by the wine under examination might
be compared.

On page 1045 of the same journal a modification of this process
is desci'ibed by J. Fordos : —

To 10 c.c. of the wine to be tested for fuchsine 1 c.c. of am-
monia and 10 c.c. of chloroform are added. The test-tube is to
be several times inverted, but not shaken, and the chloroform
drawn off by means of a tap-funnel ; a little water is added to it,
and then it is saturated with acetic acid. The fuchsine now sepa-
rates from the chloroform, and its aqueous solution floats on that
liquid. Another modification is to use only 5 c.c. of chloroform,
and when this has settled to the bottom of the tube, to drop in a
crystal of citric acid. The ammonia being saturated, the fuchsine
appears on the crystal.

New Researches on Gallium. Lecoq de Boisbaudran. (Journ.
Chein. Soc, from Gomptes Bendus, Ixxxii., 1076.) Pure gallium melts
at 29"5° and liquefies on being held between the fingers. It remains
in a state of superfusion with great facility, which explains how a
globule of it may remain liquid for several weeks, even though the
temperature may occasionally fall nearly to zero. When solidified
the metal is somewhat hard, even at a temperature only a few

150 YEAR-COOK OP PHARMACY.

degrees short of its fusing point ; it possesses, however, some m.ille-
abihty, and may be cut with a knife. When melted it adheres to
glass, forming a mirror which is whiter than that produced by
mercury. Heated to redness in air gallium oxidises only superficially,
and does not volatilise. Hot nitric acid dissolves it, but the cold
acid scarcely attacks it. The density of the metal is 4"7 at 15°,
determined as nearly as possible on 0"0G4 gram weight of it.

The metal was obtained by electrolysing an ammouiacal solution
of gallium su^lphate ; its hydrochloric acid solution gave the spec-
troscopic lines of gallium, and much more feebly those of zinc.

The oxide of gallium is very soluble in potash, but only slightly
so in ammonia; but the metal deposited from the latter is solid, and
from the former it is liquid.

The metal is deposited upon the platinum negative electrode in
minute globules, from which dilute hydrochloric acid dissolves it
with rapid liberation of hydrogen. The hydrochloric solution was
not coloured by potassium iodide, ammonia, or ammonium sulphide.

Chemical Reactions of Gallium. Lecoq de Boisbaudran.
(Ckem. News, October, 1876.) Solutions o? pure gallium, mixed with
acid acetate of ammonia, are not rendered turbid by sulphuretted
hydrogen; but if zinc is present the sulphide of this metal is charged
with gallium, but the liquid is not entirely freed from it. If the
salts of zinc are not plentiful enough to draw down at once all the
gallium precipitable by sulphuretted hydrogen, it must be added in
small portions until these products no longer give the ray Ga a
•417"0 in the spectroscope. Only slight traces of gallium remain
then in the liquid. Oa proceeding thus, the amount in the pre-
cipitates appears to remain at first almost constant, or at least to
decrease slowly, and then more and more rapidly, thus leaving but
a small trace of gallium in the liquid These observations point
to a combination between the two substances, or perhaps more
probably to a surface-attraction analogous to the fixation of a
Goloui'ing matter upon a mordant. It is known that salts of zinc
slightly acid are precipitated by sulphuretted hydrogen, the action
being limited by the quantity of strong acid set at liberty. If the
experiment is made with a chloride of zinc containing gallium, a
notable quantity of this metal falls along with the sulphide of zinc.
An ammoniacal solution of the salts of gallium and zinc is pre-
cipitated by hydrosulphate of ammonia. An excess of the reagent
does not remove the gallium, unless, indeed, the sulphide of zinc
is in such small quantity as to dissolve also. The case is different
when the salt of gallium is pure. The ammoniacal solution is

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY. lol

not rendered tnrbid by the sulphide of ammonium. If a neutral or
slightly acid solution of the chlorides of zinc and gallium is submitted
to fractionated precipitation with sulphide of ammonium containing
free ammonia, the gallium is concentrated in the first products. If an
ammoniacal solution of zinc and gallium is submitted to the same treat-
ment, the gallium, on the contrary, accumulates in the last precipitates.

A New Process for the Extraction of Gallium. Lecoq de
Boisbaudran. (Comptcs Eendus, Ixxxiii., G3G.) The gelatinous
precipitate obtained by treating acid solutions of tbe gallium-bear-
ing mineral with excess of zinc, is dis.solved in hydrochloric acid ;
sulphuretted hydrogen is passed through the liquid ; and after the
gas has been expelled from the filtrate, the latter is fractionally pre-
cipitated by sodium carbonate, until gallium ceases to be throwTi
down, and the precipitate no longer yields the characteristic spectrum
of the metal. The precipitates are dissolved in sulphuric acid, and
the solution is evaporated until vapours of sulphuric acid cease to
be evolved. The residue is treated with cold water, and after
dilution the solution is heated to boiling, when a sub-salt of gallium
is precipitated and separated by filtering while the liquid is hot.
This basic salt is dissolved in a small quantity of sulphuric acid, a
slight excess of caustic potash is added, and the filtrate is treated
for some time with a current of carbonic acid gas, by which gallium
oxide is precipitated. This is dissolved in the smallest possible
quantity of sulphui'ic acid, a small excess of slightly acid ammonium
acetate is added, and sulphuretted hydrogen is passed through the
liquid, which is then filtered, diluted, and heated to boiling. The
greater part of the gallium is now precipitated, and is separated by
filtering the hot liquid. The precipitate is dissolved in sulphuric
acid, caustic potash is added in slight excess, and the solution is
filtered and submitted to electrolysis. The metallic gallium is easily
separated from the platinum pole by pressing with the fingers under
warm water, and the product is purified by treatment with nitric
acid free from chlorine.

The Physical Properties of Gallium. Lecoq de Boisbaudran.
(Covijites Renclus, Ixxxiii., 611.) The author has prepared more
than half a gram of gallium ; when liquid it has a silver-white
lustre, but when crystallized it shows a tinge of blue and loses its
bi'illiancy. Its crystalline form is octohedral. Its melting point,
averaged from six determinations, is 30'15°. It is hardly acted on
by nitric acid diluted with its own volume of water. Its specific
gravity is o'OoG; when crystallized under water, it decrepitates
slightly when melted.

MATERIA MEDICA.

PART II.

MATERIA MEDICA.

Wood Oil. Prof. F. A. Fliickiger. (Pharin. Journ.,Srd series,
vii., 2). In a note communicated to the Archiv der Pharmacie, for
May, the author states that he has found that the ethereal oil of
dipterocarpus balsam, known as gurgan balsam, or wood oil, when
dissolved in about 20 parts carbon bisulphide, and a drop of a
cooled mixture of equal parts of sulphuric and nitric acids added,
takes a splendid violet colour. A single drop of the ethereal oil is
sufficient to produce the reaction, aud the colour lasts sevei-al hours.
It is not prevented by the presence of resin or by copaiva balsam; so
that the reaction takes place with the crude gurgun balsam, or even
when that is mixed with eight times its volume of copaiva balsam.
The reaction can therefore be used to detect the presence of gurgun
balsam in copaiva balsam. Under the same conditions, fish liver oil
and oil of valerian are also coloured a beautiful violet ; but only
transiently so. In order to exclude fish oil from the test, it is re-
commended to distil off" the ethereal oil ; although, on account of its
high boiling point (2-50° to 260° C), this is not an agreeable task.
Only a few drops are required, however, for the test.

Should a wood oil not correspond to this reaction, the author
thinks it might probably be due to the fact that some dipterocarpus
trees yield a varying balsam. The balsam is obtained in large
quantities from the following species : — Dipteivcarpus turhinatus,
Gaertn. (syn. D. Icevis, Ham. ; D. indiats, Bedd.), D. incanus, Roxb.;
D. zeylanicus, Thw. ; D. trinei'vis, Bluxae ; D. littoralis, Bl.; D. alatus;
Roxb. ; D. hespidns, Thw.; D. gra.cilis, Bl. ; I), retusus, Bl. All these
species occur in India, and in the Archipelago, and the last even in
the Philippines. Their resinous juice is used very genei-ally as
varnish, hence the name " -wood oil." It is hardly probable that
they all yield a resin chemically and physically identical. The
author has found that the oil distilled by him from undoubtedly
true dipterocarpus balsam is dextrogyre ; whilst Werner, who first
examined gurgun balsam in 1862, speaks of it as lievogyre. In all
the specimens examined by the author to the present time, however,
he has found the colour reaction constant.

156 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARJIACY.

Another possible ground for failure in obtaining the reaction is its
confusion with other licjuids used for simihxr purposes. The balsam
obtained from Hardwichia pi)i)iata, Roxb., a legaminaceous plant, is
used in Southern India in the same medical cases as copaiva balsam j
but an authentic specimen in the author's possession is not fluor-
escent like dipterocarpus balsam, and dissolved in carbon bisulphide
gives only a yellow colour with the acid mixture. The author does
not know, however, that it is ever there called " wood oil."

A fat oil used in enormous quantities in Eastern Asia for paint
and varnish, and also as a drastic medicine, and very generally
called " wood oil," is obtained from the seeds of Aleurites cordata,
Muller (syn. Dryandra cordata, Thunb. ; Elaeococca Vernicia, Sprgl. ;
E. verrucosa, A. Juss), a euphorbiaceous tree. The tree is common
in China and Japan, of very characteristic appearance, and is known
in China as the " tung tree." The oils from the seeds of Ricinus
and Groton tiglium ditFer in chemical properties and physiological
action from most known oils ; how far such peculiarities occur prin-
cipally in the Eicphorhiacece, is a question that yet requires answering.
That the " wood oil " from the tung tree is a fat worthy of notice is
shown by the experiments of Cloez. This chemist obtained from
the seeds of Aleurites cordata, by means of carbon bisulphide, 41 per
cent, of a fixed oil, forming a solid crystalline mass below 32° C.
When, on the contrary, the seeds were treated with ether, an oil was
obtained that did not solidify even at 18° C. But what is most
surprising, is that when prepared either by pressure or by one
of the solvents mentioned, and heated in the air to 200° C, it
changes suddenly into a solid transparent jelly, which is no longer
soluble in ether or carbon bisulphide. This change takes place
also after a few days, when excluded from the air, under the in-
fluence of light alone. The oil dries more rapidly than linseed oil.
The principal acid in it was obtained in crystals that melted at 44°,
but very rajDidly resinified, and therefore did not consist of linoleic
acid.

The Therapeutic Properties of Arnica. Dr. Patze. (Neiv
Remedies, July, 1876.) Strong opinions having been expressed by
various writers that the external application of arnica is not only
valueless but sometimes positively noxious, and that arnica lotion
applied to excoriations may occasion severe outbreaks of acute in-
flammation, the author offers the following remarks on the subject : —

Experiments with arnica on horses have, according to Schuchardt,
rendered the following results : small doses accelerated the pulse,
raised the temperature of the skin, increased the secretion of urine,

MATERIA MEDICA, 157

and caused tremor of the muscles. The violence of these phenomena
increased with the augmentation of the dose, causing frequent eva-
cuations of fjeces and urine, violent tremor, accelerated respiration,
and prostration. Injections of an infusion of arnica-flowers into
the veins caused considerable excitation, soon followed by intense
languidness, vertigo, and even death ; and on examination, the organs
of the chest and abdomen, the cerebrum and spine, were found en-
gorged with blood.

In man the series of symptoms are the following : any part of the
arnica-plant applied to the skin causes an itching, burning sensa-
tion, accompanied by redness ; though its fragrance is agreeable, it
will, in closer proximity, cause sneezing, so much so, that the
Savoyards are using it instead of snuff. Small doses of 4 to 10
grains exert an irritating effect on the fauces and larynx, on the
stomach and the alimentary canal, manifesting itself by a burning,
scratching sensation, cardialgia, abdominal pains, nausea, belching,
vomiting, frequent evacuations, the circulation is accelerated, accom-
panied by increase of warmth of the body ; the secretions are in-
creased, especially those of the urine, the skin, and the lungs. The
continued use of the arnica will cause numbness of the head, vertigo,
mental depression, restless sleep, oppression of the lungs, jerking
pains like electric strokes, in the extremities, etc. ; increase of the
dose will aggravate all these phenomena, especially the affections of
the brain.

The hot infusion acts more severely than the tincture, and the
flowers are more exciting than the root. This series of symptoms
indicates that arnica may find its place in all those diseases which
manifest a character of torpor, wherever an acceleration of the
circulation is desirable, in order to remove and scatter stagnating
humours.

Arnica is in Germany so extensively and frequently used, that
some apothecaries have to keep the infusion, by the quart, on hand,
preparing it every morning fresh (5 j. of the flowers steeped for 15
minutes in 6 ounces of boiling water). It has maintained its old
reputation in a variety of cases, especially where the vitality of the
nerve-centres, brain and spine, is oppressed ; in extravasations,
paralysis consequent upon apoplectic strokes, rheumatism, catarrh,
pleurisy and pneumonia, in traumatic commotions of the brain, in
typhoid fevers with torpor and paralytic affections, etc.

The external use of arnica is very limited, and especially contra-
indicated in recent traumatic cases; it should never be applied
before all tendency to inflammation is removed by the antiphlogistic

158 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

applications ; it can therefore seldom find its place before the lapse
of seven days after the injury; then, and not before then, the tinc-
ture, properly diluted in combination with other remedies for the
stimulation of the capillary vessels, may be applied, perhaps like
this : — l]i. TinctnriB flor. Aruicce, 3 ss ; Aceti, 5 ss ; Aq. Camphoraj,
5 vj. d. g. for external nse.

Olive-tree Bark. L. Thibon. (Bepert. cle Pharm., 187G, 558.)
This bark, which is favourably spoken of as a febrifuge, contains a
principle which the author has named oliverine. It is prepared by
evaporating an aqueous decoction of the bark to the consistence of
a syrup, precipitating by strong alcohol, filtering, and precipitating
the filtrate by oxalic acid. The filtrate from the last precipitate
deposits the oliverine during evaporation. When purified it forms
yellow granules having a very bitter taste. Dr. Fabry has admin-
istei-ed the substance in doses of 0"1 to 0"3 gram four or five times
a day, and speaks highly of its effects. It is recommended in cases
where quinine is indicated.

Goto Bark and its Crystallizahle Constituents. J. Jobst. (From
Ber. cler deiitsch. Chem.-Ges., ix., 633; Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, vii..
495). The author reports that the crystallizable body some mouths
since separated by him from Bolivian coto bark, and named by him
" cotoin," bas since, on account of its excellent anti-diarrhceic action,
been used to a considerable extent ; but unfortunately the importation
of the crude material has not kept pace with the demand. After a
lono- interval a larger parcel of coto bark came into his possession ;
but the new bark showed marked ditferences in its exterior, which
were also manifest in the taste and smell. Upon the extraction of
the bark by the process given for cotoin, a body similar to cotoin,
crystallizing in yellow flakes, was obtained, which, however, ^as
not cotoin, and difi'ered from it essentially in its reactions.

In the first place, the new body wants the biting taste of cotoin ;
further, it is much more difficultly soluble in water, alcohol, ether,
ammonia, and potash solution. Concentrated sulphuric acid does
not give with it the characteristic reaction of cotoin, but only a
yellow solution ; lead acetate causes no precipitate.

The author proposes for this substance the name of " paracotoin,"
and states that in the last imported coto bark several other crystal-
lizable bodies are contained in smaller quantities.

Upon making complaint respecting the varying quality of the
bark, the author was told that the parcel in question came from the
banks of the river Mapiri, in Bolivia, and represented the best coto
that it furnished. No further information could be obtained.

MATERIA 3IEDICA. 159

The author's stock of cotoin, pi'epared from the original coto
bark, being almost exhausted, he was induced by the undoubted
similarity of the two barks and their principal products, to seek to
ascertain the therapeutic action of the new body. The experiment
was made by Herr Burkart. He found that paracotoin exercises
the same anti-diarrhceic action as cotoin, the difference between the
two preparations being only of one degree; paracotoin, in accordance
with its inferior solubility, showing a somewhat weaker action than
cotoin, consequently the dose slightly varies. In his therapeutic
experiments, Herr Burkart administered it either in the powder
form, O'l gram with 0'2 grams of saccharum album every three
hours, or in emulsion, 0'5 gram. On account of its insolubility, the
powder form, in the above doses, was preferred ; the patients takino-
the powder more readily on account of its complete tastelessness.

A relation appears, therefore, to exist between the two coto barks
similar to that observed in the case of the cinchonas ; where barks
have been found within narrow limits in which alternately quinine
or cinchonidine or cinchouine predominate.

The author is engaged in an investigation of the relation in which
cotoin, paracotoin, and the other crystalline constituents of the coto
bark, stand to each other in respect to their chemical composition.

The Constituents of Coto Bark. J. Jobs t and 0. Hesse. {Ber.
cler deidsch. Chem.-Ges., x., 249, from Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, vii.,
1019.) This bai'k has been further examined by the authors, and
the results have been communicated to the Berlin Chemical Society.
The powdered bark extracted with ether yielded a yellow-brown solu-
tion, which left, after evaporation of the ether, a brown resinous residue
that showed after a time an abundant crystallization. The crystal-
line mass consisted principally of three bodies, to which the authors
have given the names "paracotoin," "oxyleucotoin," and "leucotoin;"
these were separated by fractional crystallization from hot alcohol.

Paracotoin (C^g A^, Og) forms yellow scales, easily soluble in
chloroform, ether, and boiling alcohol ; less soluble in cold alcohol,
benzin, petroleum spirit, and boiling water. From the solution in
boiling water it is obtained on cooling in almost colourless scales.
In alcoholic solution it has no reaction on litmus paper, and is taste-
less. In ammonia it is insoluble ; and from hot ammoniacal alco-
holic solution it crystalhzes unaltered. In dilute potash or soda it
dissolves with a yellow colour, but only in small proportion. In
strong sulphuric acid it forms a yellow solution, but this upon
heating becomes lighter. Perchloride of iron presents no reaction
with it. Paracotoin melts at 152" (uncorrected) to a yellow liquid,

160 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

which upon cooling takes a radiating crystallization. At a higher
temperature it sublimes in yellow shining scales.

By the action of baryta water paracotoin is converted into para-
cotoic acid, according to the equation, —

This acid forms a chrome yellow amorphous powder, readily soluble
in ether and alcohol, but almost insoluble in hot benzin. The
alcoholic solution has a decided acid reaction, and upon evaporation
leaves the acid amorphous. The same acid is formed when para-
cotoin is boiled with dilute potash solution, or only heated to 80° C;
but then there is also formed a smaller quantity of another pi'oduct,
which has been named " paracumarhydrin." When the solution is
boiled it escapes with the steam. Paracumarhydrin, Cg Hg O3, forms
delicate white scales, melting at 85° C. (uncorrected), readily soluble
in alcohol and ether, less so in hot water, from which upon cooling
it is again deposited in scales. Its formation from paracotoin may
probably be represented as follows : —

CigHioOg +2HoO = C02 + 2C9H8 03.
Paracumarhydrin has a smell recalling that of cumarin ; and when
it is rapidly heated the odours of oil of winter-green and oil of bitter
almonds are noticeable. Upon attempting to redistil it with water
vapour only a small portion passes over, the greater part remaining
dissolved in the water in the retort. Upon shaking this aqueous
solution with ether, and evaporating the latter, white crystalline
scales are obtained, having an extremely pleasant taste, and melting
at 81° to 82° C. The same substance results upon treating para-
cumarhydrin with zinc chloride. Apparently in both cases it loses
water and forms the paracumarin corresponding to paraoxybenzoic
acid.

Comparison of this substance with cumarin shows that it resembles
it only in smell. Whilst cumarin is deposited from dilute alcohol
in four-sided prisms, the supposed paracumarin forms shining scales.
The fusing points also diifer. Zwenger and Bodenbeuder found
that for cumarin prepared from Melilotus qficinnlis, it was 67° ; and
Perkins, for that from aceto-salicyl aldehyd between 67° and 67'5°
C. By treatment of paracotoin with caustic potash, an acid was
obtained crystallizing in small needles, and melting at 200°, or nearly
the temperature given by Tiemann and Mendelsohn for paracumaric
acid. The crystals, however, were yellow, and gave on combustion
oifly 60"9] per cent, of carbon, and 4U5 of hydrogen ; paracumaric
acid requiring 65'88 per cent, of carbon, and 4*87 per cent, of

MATERIA MEDICA. 161

hydrogen. When fused with potassium hydrate, paracotoin gave
off a faint smell of paracumarhydrin ; but an acid was formed, with
evolution of hydrogen, corresponding with protocatechuic acid in
its behaviour towards ferric chloride, though differing in other
respects. A volatile acid (apparently formic acid) was also formed,
and a brown resinic acid.

Oxyleucotoin (Cji Hng 0-) can be separated from leucotoin by crys-
tallization from alcohol, in which the latter is very soluble. It
forms thick, heavy, white, rectangular, obliquely truncated prisms,
melting at 133°, and solidifying amorphous on cooling. It dissolves
freely in hot alcohol, ether, and chloroform ; less so in cold alcohol,
and is nearly insoluble in cold water and alkalies. It is tasteless,
and neutral, and in chloroform solution does not affect polarized
light. Strong sulphuric acid colours it dark yellow. Strong nitric
acid dissolves it upon warming with a blue-green colour, leaving a
bluish black resin that forms a blue-green solution in alcohol. When
fused with potassium hydrate, oxyleucotoin yields a crystallizable
acid, giving a green colour with salts of iron, and also differing
from pyrocatechuic acid.

Leucotoin (Co^ Hoq Oq) resembles oxyleucotoin in its behaviour to
sulphuric and nitric acids ; dissolves very freely in alcohol, benzin,
and ether; forms very slender white prisms melting at 97°. In
chloroform solution it has no action on polarized light. It occurred
in considerable quantity in the bark examined.

Hydrocotoin (Coo Hoq Oq) remained dissolved in the mother-liquor
from which the foregoing substances were obtained. This liquor,
being evaporated, left a brown resin, which was exhausted with very
dilute caustic alkali, excess of hydrochloric acid added to the solu-
tion, and the resulting reddish yellow flocculent precipitate dissolved
in a little hot alcohol, from which the hydrocotoin crystallized on
cooling in shining pale yellow prisms. From boiling water slender
white needles were obtained. Hydrocotoin is neutral, tasteless, and
in chloi'oform solution without effect on polarized light. It dis-
solves in alkalies with a yellow colour ; and is again precipitated by
acids, even carbonic. Strong sulphuric acid forms with it a yellow,
and hot nitric acid a purple red solution ; from which, upon dilution
with water, a purple red precipitate soluble in cold alcohol separates.
When heated with manganese and sulphuric acid, or upon combus-
tion of one of its lead salts, hydrocotoin, gives off an odour resembling
hyacinthin.

Cotoin, the substance obtained from the coto bark first examined,
the authors now represent by the formula. Coo Hjg Oq ; so that para-

162 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

cotoin would appear to be a liomologue differing by C3 H^,. Hydro-
cotoin appears to differ from cotoin in containing two atoms more
of hydrogen in the molecule.

The authors state that Dr. Burkart, of Stuttgart, is making ex-
periments with paracotoin, oxyleucotoin, and leucotoin ; the results
of which will be reported in a medical periodical. Meanwhile, para-
cotoin, notwithstanding its high price, which is probably temporary,
is finding a daily use as a remedy against all kinds of diarrhoea.

Adonis Vernalis. F. Linderos. (Liebig's Annalen, 182, 3G5.)
The dried leaves of this plant are employed on the Continent as a
drastic purgative. According to the author's investigation, the
leaves gathered at the time of flowering contain, when dry, 10 per
cent, of aconitic acid, which appears to be combined with calcium
and potassium.

The Chemical Constituents of Angelica Root. C. Brunner.
(Neues Eepert., xxiv., 641 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1876, 939.) The fol-
lowing analysis of angelica root was given, many years ago, by Johw :
— 300 parts contain : colourless volatile oil of a penetrating odour,
2 parts; resin, with sour taste, 20; other extractives, 37"5 ; gum,
100"5 ; inulin, 12 ; product soluble in caustic alkali, probably com-
bined with albumen, 22 ; woody tissue, with a trace of matter soluble
in potash, 90 ; water, 16 parts. Similar figures were also obtained
by Buchholz and Brandes, who found six per cent, of " angelica
balsam." This product was afterwards found by A. Buchner to
contain an agreeably smelling, camphoraceous, essential oil, a vola-
tile acid, a waxy substance, an amorphous resin, and a crystalliz-
able principle analogous to imperatorin and peucedanin, to which
he applied the term angelicin. The author prepared this substance
from fifty pounds of root grown near Schweinf art. After complete
extraction with boiling alcohol, and evaporation of the extract, 1090
grams of " balsam " separated, insoluble in water ; whilst an aqueous
liquid was also obtained, in which the balsam floated. This liquid
was found to contain cane sugar, the values 73'2 and 7304< being
obtained by the polariscope ; whilst the specific rotatory power given
in text-books is 7'd'S4:.

The " balsam " thus obtained was heated with aqueous caustic
potash (500 grams balsam, 180 of solid caustic potash) until a
homogeneous, brownish red, thick fluid was obtained ; on distillation
this furnished a small quantity of an ethereal oil. When this ceased
coming over, the residue was evaporated to a thick syrup, and dis-
solved in water. After standing all night, and filtering, a minute
quantity of insoluble matter was obtained, possibly angelica wax.

MATERIA MEDICA. 163

The liquid did not deposit crystals of angelicin on standing ; it was
therefore again evaporated, and the residue treated with alcohol,
whereby much resin was left undissolved ; the filtrate was saturated
with carbonic acid, to remove potash; and the filtrate from the crystals
of potassium carbonate evaporated to a small balk, and then treated
with ether as long as the latter became coloured. By spontaneous
evaporation the ethereal extract gave a smeary residue, containing a
few crystals ; this residue became much more crystalline on stirring
it up with alcohol, and again leaving it to evaporate spontaneously.
Finally, the mother-liquors were removed by the filter pump, and
washing with 80 per cent, spirit. The crystals of angelicin thus
obtained weighed, after purification by recrystallization, only about
0"8 gram. This small yield appeared to be due to the fact that the
roots employed had been dried in an oven ; from thirty pounds of
air-dried roots a much larger yield was obtained by the same pro-
cess. Finally, about 4 grams of pure angelicin were isolated, con-
stituting fine white silky plates, destitute of taste and odour ; slightly
soluble in cold, more so in hot, alcohol ; and readily soluble in ether,
choloroform, carbon disulphide, benzin, oil of turpentine, and warm
olive oil. On analysis this substance gave numbers agreeing with
the formula Cj^gHgQ 0. From these figures, and the general properties
of the substance, it appears to be identical with the hijdrocarotin of
Husemann. It melts at 126'5° to yellowish oily drops, which solidify
at 118° to an amorphous mass, soluble in alcohol and ether, but not
crystallizing from these solutions (the original substance crystallizes
readily in forms belonging to the monoclinic system). Concentrated
hydrochloric acid does not change angelicin ; but fuming nitric acid
dissolves it with evolution of gas. Concentrated sulphuric acid dis-
solves it to a red fluid, depositing brownish white flakes on dilation
with water. Fusion with caustic potash, and treatment with bromine,
give rise to the formation of amorphous coloured products.

The resin insoluble in alcohol, obtained as above described, was
fused with caustic potash in a silver dish ; the product, dissolved in
water and acidulated with sulphuric acid, evolved acetic, butyric,
and other fatty acids ; and the aqueous liquid yielded to ether a
mixture of two substances, separable by addition of lead acetate.
The precipitate thus thrown down gave, after decomposition by
sulphuretted hydrogen, a small quantity of a crystalline acid, colour-
ing ferric chloride green, the coloi-ation becoming deep red on
further addition of sodium carbonate. With silver nitrate this gave
no precipitate ; but on further addition of ammonia immediate reduc-
tion ensued. Hence this product was doubtless protocatechuic acid.

164 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

The filtrate from the lead precipitate was treated with sulphuretted
hydrogen, and evaporated, whereby crystals were obtained consisting
apparently oiresorcin; they sublimed between watch-glasses, coloured
ferric chloride violet, reduced silver nitrate on warming, gave a highly
fluorescent product on treating with phthalic acid and sulphuric
acid (Baeyer's test), and formed a body which — like diazoresorcin —
was red, and became blue on adding ammonia, on treating the
ethereal solution with nitric acid containing niti'ous acid (Weselsky's
test).

The liquid from which angelicin was dissolved out by ether, as
above described, contained the potash salt of a volatile acid, which
appeared to be angelic acid. This was obtained by adding sulphuric
acid and distilling ; oily drops insoluble in water thus came over,
and on collecting these and placing them in a freezing mixture,
crystals separated, which were drained and pressed in filter paper,
and these possessed all the properties of angelic acid. Valerianic
and acetic acids came over, together with the angelic acid, on the
first distillation.

Some Constituents of Cubebs. E. Schmidt. (Ber. der deutsch.
Ghem.-Ges., 1877, 188.) The author's statement that the stearopten
of oil of cubebs is a hydrate of the oil corresponding to the formula
Ci5 Hog = Ci5 Ho^ + Ho 0, has been called in question by J. Jobst
and O. Hesse, who regard this body as an oxidation product of the
oil, the composition of which is represented by the formula C-^- H04, 0.

The author has therefore resumed his investigation of this sub-
ject, and has obtained results completely confirming his previous
statements.

Cubeb-camphor fuses at 65° C, and gives off water when heated
in a sealed tube to 200° C. When kept over sulphuric acid under a
bell jar, it also parts with water, and is converted into a transparent
oily liquid having the same boiling point as oil of cubebs (250°-260°).
Repeated analyses of the camphor yielded numbers establishing the
correctness of the formula C^j Hoj, + Hg 0.

Cubebin, which the author formerly described as a cry stall izable
resin of the formula C33 Hg^ 0^, has also been re-examined, and is
now regarded by him as an oxidation product of the oil, answering
to the formula Cgg Hgg Og, which agrees with the formula found by
Heldt.

An Adulteration of Aconite Root. E. M. Holmes. (Pharm.
Jour7i., 3rd series, vii., 749.) Aconite root possesses such powerful
properties, that it is very important the medicinal article should be,
as far as possible, of uniform strength and quality. Yet this is by

MATERIA MEDIUA.

165

no means the case, for it is difficult to find in a commercial sample
one root in a dozen which upon fracture appears sound and in
good condition. This is due, according to Hanbury, to its being
gathered indiscriminately by peasants, who regard neither the most
advantageous time for collection, nor the proper species. From the
cheapness of the root, and from the fact that few roots have the dis-
tinctly conical appearance of aconite, it is evident that it would
scarcely pay to adulterate it. Adulteration then must either result
from careless collection, or from accidental admixture.

The root which has lately been found mixed with aconite is that
of masterwort, Imperatoria ostndhium, L., an umbelliferous plant,
official in the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia so late as 1792. It is a

Fig. 1. IHPEEATOEIA OSTRUTHIUil.*

native of mountainous countries, and grows in similar districts to
those in which aconite is found. As it is still official in the German
Pharmacopoeia, its accidental occurrence in aconite root from Ger-
many is not surprising.

Its value in this country is double that of aconite root, and it is ob-
vious therefore that it has not been purposely used as an adulteration.

In the sample examined, the masterwort root amounted to about
6 per cent.

The ■woodcuts of this and subsequent illustrations were kindly lent by the
Editor of the Pharmaceutical Journal.

166

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

The characters by which it may be distinguished from aconite root
are as follows : —

The root-stock (Fig. 1), for it is properly so called, is less tapering
than aconite root, is slightly compressed, and exhibits several warty
zones, indicating periods of growth. The whole of the root-stock is
finely wrinkled transversely, so as to give it a somewhat annulated
appearance. The transverse section presents very marked charac-
ters. The central portion is of a yellowish white colour, and exhibits
a more or less complete ring of brownish dots. The portion next
the bark presents elongated dots of a paler colour, which give this

Fig. 2. ACONITUM XAPELLU8, L.

portion of the section a radiate appearance. With the aid of a lens,
these dots are seen to be filled with an oily or resinous substance.
The cortical portion is very thin. The root-stock has an odour com-
parable to braised ivy leaves, or to the plant commonly known as
cow parsley (Chcerophyllum sijlvestre, L.), and a pungent slightly
bitter taste.

Aconite root is very variable in appearance internally ; frequently
the centre is quite hollow. Some pieces have a brownish colour,
others are white and starchy, and a few present a resinous fracture.
In a sound root, however, which is usually starchy or slightly resin-

MATERIA MEDICA.

167

ous, a faint line may generally be traced, which marks out the medi-
tullinm. This hne has usually five to nine prominent angles (see
Fig. 2), the number of angles being larger as the section approaches
the top of the root. If the root be wetted and examined with a lens,
the line is seen to consist of an irregular line of vessels, which form
small bundles in the apex of the projecting angles. The cortical
portion occupies nearly half of the circumference of the root.

From the above characters it will be observed that the presence of
oil receptacles in the masterwort root at once distinguishes it from
aconite. A spirituous tincture of masterwort when dropped into
water gives a blue fluorescence resembling that of quinine, and a
slight milkiness, and communicates to the water its peculiar odour.
By these characters its presence might probably be detected in a
mixture containing tincture of aconite. Although the small per-
centage in the sample examined would lead to but very slight dim-
inution of strength in the tincture of aconite made from it, yet the
appearance and odour communicated to a mixture containing such a
tincture, might lead to much inconvenience in pharmacy, and throw
discredit upon the dispensing department.

It is quite time that the attention of cultivators of medicinal
plants in this country should be drawn to the bad quality of the
imported root, and that attempts should be made to cultivate it ex-
tensively in this country. It is very probable that, as in the case of
henbane, a good article would command a fairly remunerative price.
It is obvious, also, that until it is possible to obtain a plentiful supply
of the roots oi Aconitum Napellus, free from any admixture of other
species, it will not be possible to obtain an accurate knowledge of
the alkaloids contained in that species.

Kosin. Prof. Buchheim. {Bepertor cler Phcmn., xxv., 423.)
The author's previously published observations on the comparative
merits of Merck's crystallized kosin and Bedall's koussin have led
Prof. Fliickiger to the conclusion that the anthelmintic action of the
first named pi-eparation is much inferior to that of the latter (see
Year-Booh of Phannacy, 1875, pp. 19-22). Prof. Buchheim now
states that he does not agree with this conclusion. He considers
kosin as better suited for medicinal administration than koussin, and
as quite equal to it in its anthelmintic properties. Bedall's koussin
appears to be kosin which has undergone a partial change through
the energetic action of the lime employed in its preparation.

Admixture of White Hellebore with Valerian Koot. Prof.
Bentley. (Pharm. Journ.,'3vd series, vii., 649.) Having recently
detected the rhizome and rootlets of Veratricm alhuvi in a parcel

168 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

of valerian, the author calls attention to the principal distinctive
characters between the two drugs as exhibited in the specimen
examined by him.

In the first place, the veratrum rhizomes are either crowned by a
conical bud of unexpanded leaves, or by the fibrous reniains of
leaves which they once boro. These leaves at first sight bear some
faint resemblance to those found at the end of the creeping shoots
or stolons which are developed from the root-stock of the true vale-
rian plant, and by which that plant is propagated ; but the leaves
in the latter plant are opposite to each other, and overlap at their
base, while those of veratrum form conceutric sheaths, which are
arranged one within the other. Moreover, in commercial specimens
of valerian root, such stolons are rarely or ever found. The presence
and arrangement of these leaves ought, therefore, at once to lead to
the detection of white hellebore rhizomes when mixed with those of
valerian.

Secondly, the white hellebore rhizomes are much larger than those
of the valerian, and also entire ; whereas the valerian are commonly
more or less cut. The rhizomes of veratrum are also of a darker
colour, and when of any length, marked below with the pits and
scars of old roots.

Thirdly, a transverse section of white hellebore rhizome presents
a large central woody or spongy portion of a whitish or pale buff
colour, which is separated by a fine wavy-crenate ring from an outer
broad white part which is coated by a thin dark brown or blackish
bark-like portion. The appearance of this transverse section, par-
ticularly that of the undulating ring, is very different from a similar
section of valerian rhizome, which, although whitish at first, presents
in commercial specimens a dark brown, firm and horny central
portion, separated by a dark interrupted cambial zone from the
cortical part, which is also of a brown colour. A vertical section of
veratrum rhizome is also very characteristic, and more especially so
from presenting a fine, dark, wavy, conically arranged line running
nearly its own length, and thus separating the outer from its central
portion. No such wavy line is seen in valerian rhizome.

Fourthly, the roots of veratrum, which arise from the upper part
of the rhizome only, are of a paler colour externally than those of
valerian rhizome ; they are also commonly larger and more shrivelled.

Fifthly, the taste of veratrum rhizome and roots is at first sweet,
then bitter, acrid, and somewhat numbing ; while the similar parts
of valerian have no acridity, but are evidently aromatic and some-*
what bitter.

MATERIA MEDICA. 1G9

Sixthly, the veratrum in itself has no marked odour, and although
by its admixture with valerian root it has acquired the peculiar
odour of that drug, it is feeble when compared with valerian itself.
The veratrum rhizome also excites sneezing when cut or bruised, as
found by its action in making sections to examine its structure.

There is one chemical distinctive character, which is so marked,
and at the same time so simple and readily observed, that it will be
useful to notice it. It is derived from the application of sulphuric
acid to a transverse or vertical section of the two rhizomes. Thus,
if the acid be added to a section of white hellebore, a deep orange
yellowish red colour is at once produced from its action on the con-
tained alkaloids, which soon changes to a dark blood red ; but its
application to a section of valerian is simply to heighten the natural
colour of that drug.

The sample of valerian root which forms the subject of this
paper weighed exactly forty-two ounces, of which thirty- four ounces
were true valerian, and eight ounces white hellebore rhizome ; so
that the serious nature of the admixture may be seen at once. The
sample also contained a few pieces of veratrum rhizome without any
trace of leaves, but with the roots still attached ; such pieces have of
course a much greater resemblance to valerian root, but they can be
readily distinguished, with ordinary care, by the different appear-
ances presented on making a transverse or vertical section of the
two rhizomes, and by the action of sulphuric acid.

Although it was impossible to determine with absolute certainty
the species of veratrum from the specimen of rhizome under exami-
nation, the author has but little doubt that it was from some form
of Veratrum album, and that both it and the valerian rhizome were
gathered together.

Helianthus Annuus. {Neio Remedies, from Archiv der Pharmacie,
1876.) The cultivation of the sunflower {Helianthus annuus) is
carried on extensively in some countries, as central Russia and
Hungary, chiefly for obtaining the oil of the seeds, which forms an
excellent salad-oil, while the residuary cakes find employment as
food for cattle.

The yield is so large and the labour connected with its cultivation
so trifling, that it deserves the attention of agriculturists. Each
acre of land may easily contain 16,000 plants without at all inter-
fering with each other. Numerous trials have shown that each
fresh plant weighs on an average 10| pounds, including the seeds,
which amount to about half a pound. The yield of one acre may
be stated as 80,000 lbs. of stems, 80,000 lbs. of leaves, flowers (ex-

170 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

eluding seeds), and roots, and 8000 lbs. of seeds. The stems and
leaves contain a considerable amount of potassium nitrate, and are
therefore easily reduced to ash, which will yield to water about
2300 lbs. of potash. There are two varieties of the plant, one con-
taining white, and the other black and white seeds. The former
contain from 25 to 28 per cent, of oil, the latter from 16-25 to 26
per cent. ; but the amount of kernel varies in the two sorts. The
average yield from 100 parts of kernel is about 44<6 per cent, of
oil. But it must be understood that this percentage is the actual
amount existing in the seeds, and extracted with ether. In practice,
especially when pressure alone is resorted to, the actual yield will
be somewhat less. Analysis of the ash of the plant (excepting the
seeds) yielded the following results ; the corresponding figures
obtained from an analysis of the ash of the seeds, are added after
each constituent in brackets : — potash, 47-687 (14-475) ; soda, 1-092
(6-119); lime, O'S-dI (6-811); magnesia, 5-291 (1-0960); alumina,
0-280 (0-227) ; ferric oxide, 0-170 (1-427) ; chlorine, 5-004 (2-162) ;
sulphuric acid, 1-344 (2-086); phosphoric acid, 6-968 (31-848);
silica, 0-687 (10-811) ; carbonic acid, 21-626 (13-074).

Researches on Mancona Bark. K Grallois and E. Hardy.
(Journal de Pharmacie ct de Chimie, July, 1876, 25.) The Erythro-
phloeum Guineense (sassy tree, or red- water tree) is a tall tree gro-w-
ing along the West Coast of Africa, and belonging to the order
Leguminosce. A previous notice of its bark will be found in the
Year-Booh of Pharmacy, 1876, p. 246. The bai'k is used by the
natives for poisoning arrows and preparing ordeal liquors for crimi-
nals. By the following process the authors have isolated from it
a crystalline alkaloid possessing marked poisonous properties : —

The finely powdered bark was macerated for three days with
alcohol of 90 per cent, slightly acidulated with hydrochloric acid,
the tincture pressed off and the residue subjected to second, and
afterwards to a third, maceration in the same way. After filtering
the united tinctures, the greater part of the alcohol was recovered by
distillation from a water bath, and the remainder evaporated at a
low temperature. A reddish-brown extract was thus obtained, rich in
resinous matter. This was treated five or six times with lukewarm
distilled water, and tlie liquor cooled, filtered, and evaporated on a
water bath. When suitably concentrated it was again allowed to
cool, decanted, saturated with ammonia, and poured into four or
five times its volume of acetic ether, from which any acid present
had been previously removed. After shaking several times the ether
was removed by means of a funnel having a stopcock. The aqueous

MATERIA MEDICA. 171

solution was then exhausted a second time with four times its volume
of acetic ether. The ethereal solutions were filtered, evaporated on
a "water bath at a low temperature, and the yellowish residue treated
several times with cold distilled water. The aqueous solution "was
filtered and allowed to evaporate in the vacuum of an air pump.
Another process employed was that of Stas, with the substitution
of acetic ether for ordinary ether after the saturation with carbonate
of soda.

Erythrophleine thus obtained is a colourless crystalline substance,
soluble in "water, alcohol, acetic acid, and amylic alcohol ; but only
slightly soluble in ether, benzol, and chloroform. It combines with
acids to form salts. With potassium permanganate and sulphuric
acid it strikes a violet colour, less intense than that produced by
strychnine under the same conditions ; the colour soon changes to
a dirty brown. Its behaviour with the usual alkaloid reagents is as
follo"ws : —

Picric acid : yellowish green precipitate.
Iodine, in potassium iodide : reddish yello"w precipitate.
Iodide of mercury and potassium : "white precipitate.
Iodide of bismuth and cadmium : flocculent white precipitate.
Potassium bichromate : yellowish precipitate.
Mercuric chloride : "white precipitate.
Auric chloride : "whitish precipitate.
Palladic chloride : "white precipitate.

The assumption that erythrophleine might be a product from a
natural glucoside, and not an alkaloid already existing in the drug,
"was shown to be "untenable by tests applied directly to the infu-
sion, and by actual separation of erythrophleine "without the inter-
vention of an acid.

Physiological experiments made by the authors on dogs and frogs
show that erythrophleine possesses strong toxic properties, and indi-
cate that it is a cardiac poison. Whilst curare retards the effects of
mancona poison, atropine does not restore the movements of the
heart paralysed by it.

ErythropliloetiTn cotominga, or Jcoumanga, is also a considerable tree
of the same genus. All its parts are poisonous, and in the "way
indicated above the authors have separated an alkaloid which is
closely related to erythrophleine, if not identical with it.

Ava, or Kava-Kava. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, vii., 147.) The
root known under the name of kava-kava has lately attracted some
attention in France as a remedy for gonorrhoea, and will probably
be tried in this country. It "was first recommended for this purpose

172

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

in 1857 ; but tliougli notices of the plants yielding it (Piper methy-
sticum) have appeared in several journals, a full description of the
root and leaf for the pui'poses of pharmacognosy does not appear to
have been given in any of the reports hitherto published.

The ava, or kava-kava plant, is cultivated in Viti, Tahiti,
HaT\'aii, the Society and Tongan islands. Several varieties of the
plant are distinguished by the natives. Those which grow on dry
soil are said to produce the most active roots.

The Piper methysticum is a shrub about 6 feet high, with stems
varying from 1 to It inch in thickness. The leaves are rather
large, varying in size from 4 to 8 inches in length, and being nearly as
broad as they are long. In shape they are cordate, tapering above
somewhat suddenly into a very short acute apex. The leaves are
stalked, the petiole being usually from 1 to H inch long, and dilated
towards its base. To the naked eye the leaves appear smooth,
although with the aid of a lens they are seen to have the veins
covered with minute hairs, while the rest of the leaf has short hairs
thinly scattered over it. The principal veins of the leaf, of which
there are usually ten to twelve, radiate from the top of the petiole,
the three central veins being very close together for about half an
inch upwards from the base of the leaf.

The root is large and fibrous, but rather light and spongy in
texture. When fresh, it is said to weigh usually from 2 to 4 lbs.,
although it sometimes attains as much as 20 lbs. in weight, or even
more. In drying, however, it loses rather more than half its weight.
Externally the root is of a greyish brown colour, and has a very
thin bark, which when sliced off shows a complete network of
woody tissue, some of the interstices of which are filled with soft
yellowish white cellular matter, whilst others are quite empty.
Internally the root is of a yellowish white colour. (In a variety of
the plant known as " marea," it is citron yellow internally ; and in
another variety, know under the name of " avini-ute," it is of a
pinkish colour). A transverse section shows a number of narrow
lines (woody bundles) radiating from near the centre to the circum-
ference, the portions of the soft cellular tissue, by which the lines
are separated from each other, being much wider than the lines
themselves. The central portion of the root is soft and cellular,
with a few woody bundles anastomosing with each other and pro-
ceeding at right angles to the radiating bundles, so that they form
a network in the centre of the transverse section. The root has a
pleasant odour, recalling that of the lilac (Syringa vulgaris, L.),
or meadow-sweet (Bpiroea ulmaria, L.). It has a slightly pungent

MATERIA MEDICA. 173

taste, and causes an increase in the flow of saliva, with a slightly
astringent sensation in the month, and a scarcely perceptible bitter-
ness. The root and extreme .base of the stem are the parts gener-
ally used.

The form in which it has been used for medicinal purposes is an
infusion made by macerating about one dram of the scraped root
in a quart of water for five minutes. Unlike most other remedies
for gonorrhoea, the taste of the infusion is pleasant, while its bitter-
ness improves the appetite and does not produce nausea. The root
contains, according to M. Cuzant, an essential oil of a pale yellow
colour, 2 per cent, of an acrid resin, and about 1 per cent, of a
neutral crystalline principle called kavahin or methysticin, which is
obtained in acicular crystals by crystallization from a concentrated
tincture. Kavahin differs from piperine and cubebin in being
coloured red by hydrochloric acid — the red colour fading on exposure
to air into a bright yellow, and in being coloured by strong sul-
phuric acid a purplish violet colour, which passes into green. The
root contains also nearly half its weight of starch.

The action of kava root appears to vary with the amount taken.
In small doses it is generally stated to act as a stimulant and tonic;
but when taken in large doses it produces an intoxication, which
differs from that caused by alcohol in being of a silent and drowsy
nature, accompanied by incoherent dreams, the drinker not being
quarrelsome or excited. The roots grown in damp soil, howevei',
produce a slightly different effect, the drunken person becoming
irritated by the least noise.

It appears probable that the medicinal properties of the plant are
due neither to kavahin nor to the resin, since a watery infusion
produces the characteristic effects of the drug ; and neither kavahin
nor the resin are soluble in water. The therapeutical properties of
the different chemical constituents of the root, therefore, still require
more accurate investigation.

The root is stated to have been used with success in erysipelatous
eruptions (Pharm. Journ. [1], ix. 218), which is rather remarkable,
since, when taken in excess as an intoxicating beverage, it produces
a pecu.liar kind of skin disease, called in Tahiti, " arevarea." In
old drinkers the vision becomes obscure, and the skin, especially in
parts where it is thick, becomes dry, scaly, cracked, and ulcerated.
In Nukahivi the natives use kava for phthisis and in bronchitis, a
small dose being taken at bed time. It has also been recommended
to be used internally and locally for gout (Medical Times and
Gazette, Dec, 1854, 591). A figure of the plant and of sections

174 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

of the root ■will be found in the Pharmaceutical Journal, pp. 149,
150.

Simn Latifolium, Gray. A. R. Porter. {American Journ. of
Pharm., August, 1876.) Slum latifolium, an umbelliferous plant,
growing in California and along the Pacific coast, in damp and
marshy places, commonly known as wild parsnip, was brought to
tlie notice of the people there, about three years ago, by a man being
poisoned by eating some of the root.

Sium latifolium has a short, upright root-stock, varying in size
from one-half to two inches or more in length, and about the same
in diameter, so it becomes almost spherical in outline ; bases of
leaves are still attached to the crown. It presents a very rough,
wrinkled appearance, and is of a grey or yellowish brown colour.
It branches at once into a number of large roots, from four to
twelve, and even more. These are of the same colour, from ^ to i
or f inch in thickness, and 2 to 6 inches long, very much wrinkled
longitudinally, somewhat flattened and contorted, and nearly uni-
form in thickness. On soaking in water they become about twice
as large. The dried root breaks with a very short fracture, is white
inside, with a yellowish, spongy meditullium and numerous resin
cells, which are plainly visible with the naked eye, scattered irregu-
larly throughout the bark. The root has rather an agreeable aro-
matic odour, and a sweetish, aromatic and somewhat pungent taste.

In attempting to separate the proximate principles of the root,
an alcoholic tincture was made, concentrated and precipitated by
water. In the clear aqueous solution, Trommer's test indicated the
presence of much sugar, besides some colouring matter. The pre-
cipitated oleo-resin was distilled with water, the distillate containing
some volatile oil, which was colourless, and had the aromatic odour
and warm, pungent taste of the root. The soft residue was sepai"ated
by hot petroleum benzin into a fixed oil and resiji. The oil was
thick, deep-red, of a slight odour and disagreeable taste, soluble in
alcohol, chloroform, ether, oil of turpentime, benzin, and carbon
bisulphide.

The resin was easily rubbed into a reddish brown powder, which
had a very slight odour and but little taste ; fusible when heated,
and uncrystallizable ; soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and ether; in-
soluble in benzin and bisulphide of carbon. This resin appears to
be the poisonous principle, since a small portion of it given to a cat
produced, in the course of two hours, frothing at the mouth, con-
siderable pain, and then convulsions, from which, however, the cat
recovered. The resin was not quite pure, since caustic potash dis-

MATERIA MEDICA, 175

solved ouly a part, leaving a portion insoluble, and not fusible by
heat. The root exhausted by alcohol was found to contain gum,
albumen, and pectin, but no starch.

An alkaloid having been searched for with negative result in the
alcohol tincture, a decoction of the root was distilled with caustic
potash. The distillate had an alkaline reaction, and its odour re-
minded of that of conium ; but when neutralized with an acid, the
distillate was neither precipitated by tannin nor by iodohydrargy-
rate of potassium ; it was probably ammonia contaminated with
some odorous product of decomposition.

Slum Latifolium. N. Rogers. (Amer. Journ. Phann.,l^ov.,lS76.)
The water parsnip is an aquatic plant very common in the swamps
and along the water-courses of the valleys of the Pacific slope. Its
root is creeping ; stem erect, angular ; leaf pinnate ; leaflets ovate,
lanceolate, sessile, smooth, serrate, sometimes pinnatifid ; flowers
white, large-rayed ; involucres many-leaved ; umbels terminal.

The leaves of the plant, when found growing in water, are gener-
ally bipinnatifid. In appearance, growth, odour, and taste it is
closely allied to its innocent congener, the Pastinaca sativa. On
account of this resemblance it has frequently been productive of
dangerous results, when eaten through mistake for the harmless
and nutritious root of that edible species.

The root being considered the most active part of the plant, it
was deemed proper to subject that to a chemical examination.

A portion of the root cut up fine was introduced into boilino-
water contained in a retort, and a volatile oil obtained, which had
a light straw colour, neutral reaction, and possessed a puno-ent
odour, resembling somewhat the peculiar odour of carrots. A cold
infusion of the fresh root, acidulated with hydrochloric acid and
filtered, to separate a precipitate, failed to give a precipitate with
iodohydrargyrate of potassium ; but when distilled with an excess
of potash solution, a perfectly clear and colourless distillate was
obtained, possessing a strong alkaline reaction and peculiar mouse-
like odour, somewhat similar to that of conium ; after neutralization
with hydrochloric acid, however, not the slightest precipitate was
occasioned by pliosphomolybdic acid, iodohydrargyrate of potassium
or potassium cadmic iodide.

The neutralized distillate was next concentrated on a water bath
and then allowed to evaporate spontaneously over sulphuric acid
which resulted in the deposition of long, slender, colourless needle-
shaped crystals. On the addition of milk of lime, a peculiar alka-
line volatile principle was instantly liberated from its combination

176 TEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

and distinctly recognised by its disagreeable mouse-like odour, and
the property of restoring the blue colour to reddened litmus.

Following Wittstein's process for preparing pastinacina, the alka-
line distillate was freed from the volatile oil, neutralized with
sulphuric acid, evaporated, and treated with etherized alcohol to
remove ammonium sulphate; the filtrate evaporated to a syrupy
consistency, and distilled with solution of potash, gave a distillate
which possessed an alkaline reaction, a urinous odour, and a pungent
taste. After neutralizing with sulphuric acid, needle-shaped crystals
were obtained. This allcaloid appears to be analogous to pastinacina.

A spirituous tincture of the root was mixed with water, and the
alcohol and volatile oil distilled ofi*; the dark reddish brown resin
removed from the aqueous liquid was soluble in ether and alcohol,
and produced in the throat an unpleasant burning sensation.
"Weak ammonia dissolved from this two acid resins, which were pre-
cipitated, — the one by acetate, the other by subacetate, of lead. The
portion insoluble in ammonia consisted in part of an indifferent
resin. It was dissolved in alcohol, precipitated by a spirituous
solution of lead acetate, the precipitate decomposed by sulphuretted
hydrogen, and the sulphide of lead treated with boiling alcohol,
from which, on cooling, shining colourless needles of a neutral
principle separated, which were insoluble in pure and acidulated
water, but soluble in ether, and from platinum foil volatilizable
without charring. The aqueous filtrate from the resin obtained
above was evaporated, and the residue incinerated ; the ashes
contained salts of potassium, sodinm, calcitom, and marjnesium. On
texamining a section of the root under the microscope, starch granules
we found to be quite plentiful around the medullary sheath and
near the cortical portion. They polarized but feebly, were oblong,
different in size, and quite small. Sugar, albumen, and gum were
found in the cold infusion by appropriate tests.

Medical Effects. — From experiments made iipon dogs, the volatile
alkali and the neutral crystallizable principle were both found to be
perfectly inert ; while the resinous mass, in ten-grain doses, was
found to lessen the frequency and the force of the heart's beat,
producing also dizziness, vomiting, and purging, with slight con-
vulsive movements. These poisonous symptoms having gradually
disappeared, the animals were left in a prostrate, weakeued con-
dition, from which they slowly recovered.

Arrowroot. T. Greenish. (P^a/-»i. Jfj^tr/t., 3rd series, vii., 169.)
The origin of the term arrowroot is involved in some obscurity,
and its application to the starch derived from the maranta to

MATERIA MEDICA. 177

the exclusion of that from every other source may be called in
question.

It is generally admitted that the manihot, which yields the starch
known as cassava starch, is a native of Brazil ; if, therefore, the
maranta be an introduced plant, which agrees with common report,
the probability is that the term, " ara-ruta," which is unquestionably
a native Indian word, originally applied to one or more varieties of
the manihot ; and if so, cassava starch has certainly equal claims
with the maranta to the more popular and commercial name " arrow-
root." The Manihot utilissima, Pohl., yields the cassava starch
of commerce ; it is also that used in the manufacture of tapioca.

Another variety of manihot yields a starch having a little
colour ; this is kept for home consumption. The author thinks
it probable that at different periods, when a starch has been found
capable of preparation so as to become an acceptable article
of diet, the term " arrowroot " has been applied to it ; and thus we
have other starches which have long been designated by the name
of arrowroot.

Brazilian arrowroot (manihot).

Tahiti arrowroot (tacca).

Portland arrowroot (arum).

East India arrowroot (curcuma).

Some of these are rarely, if ever, found in commerce, although
extensively used in the countries where they are produced.

The cassava starch has been found on several occasions mixed
with that of maranta, and sold as arrowroot. One such case has
been reported by Dr. Muter, and another by Mr. Jones, of Birming-
ham. It is beyond question that for some time marantas have been
imported into this country adulterated with cassava. The author has
several times detected it as an adulterant of pepper, and has also
found it mixed with a maranta, but had no means of ascertaining
whether this arrowroot was " as imported," or had been tampered
with in this country.

The starch of the manihot, commonly called cassava starch, is
one with which every pharmacist who has a microscope (and no
pharmacy is complete without one) should be familiar. The accom-
panying woodcut shows the usual forms of this starch.

They are for the most part muller- shaped, with a fair sprinkling
of the circular ; some of the muller-shaped have truncate, others
dihedral bases. If the starch be examined in situ, as in the meal
of the cassava, there will be found a good many doublets and
triplets as shown in the drawing ; but these combinations are rarely

178

TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

present in a commercial sample of the prepared starcli. The separa-
tion of the grains composing the doublet gives the muUer-shaped
truncated granules, and that of the triplet the muller-shaped with
dihedral bases. The diameter of the granules ranges from 0008 to
0-022 mm.

A very interesting and instructive experiment, with the view of
determining the true forms of these grains to which the names
muller-shaped and circular are given, may be witnessed with
advantage. After having examined under the microscope a little of
the starch, using as a medium a mixture of spirit, water, and
glycerin, the single forms here given will for the most part be seen
in the field of the microscope. If now a drop of alcohol be placed
on the edge of the covering glass, capillary attraction will cause it

to run in rapidly, and in its course the grains will be rolled over
several times. It will be observed that a granule which appears
muller-shaped when seen from the side, with the neuclus indicated
by a spot or a fissure a little out of the centre, or eccentric, when
rolled over so as to be seen with its crown towards the observer,
appears circular ; also that one of the triplet grains with a dihedral
base, when seen with its base uppermost will give, with other grains
having polyhedral bases, those angular forms of which the drawing
indicates one or more examples. Careful illumination will occasion-
ally show one or two zones indicating the lamination of the grain.
If when the grains have ceased to revolve, another drop of spirit be
applied to the opposite side of the covering glass, the movement
will be repeated.

MATERIA MEDICA.

179

The starch of the tacca, called Tahiti arrowroot, is one resembling
that of the cassava, but it is rarely found in commerce ; the muller-
sliaped granules are, however, larger, and there are not proportion-
ately so many circular ones. The diameter ranges from 0'026 to
0-045 mm.

The only other starch of this form is that of the Castanospermum
Australe, or Moreton Bay cbestnut. It was shown at the Paris
exhibition ; but from that time to the present it bas not appeared as
a commercial article, so that it is not likely by its presence to com-
plicate matters, or embarrass the observer.

The author believes that all the cassava of commerce is the pro-
duce of Maniliot tdilissima, Pohl.

The Quinine Flower. D. Palmer. {Araer. Journ. Pharm,
October, 187G.) The quinine flower is an annual from twelve to
eighteen inches high, has an erect green stem, linear leaves of about
one-half to an inch in length, and small white flowers. The root
consists of numerous slender fibres.

It is a native of Florida, and is found most abundantly in flat
pine woods, in a moderately dry soil, making its appearance in
March or April, and flowering from July to September. The
specimens furnished me were gathered three or four miles south of
Monticello, in Jefferson county. In the lower portions of the
county it is very abundant, and is successfully employed by those
living in its vicinity for the cure of different types of malarious
fever, the whole plant being used, either in the form of decoc-
tion or extract, and given ad lihitum or until the patient feels the
effects of quinine in his head. It is a curious fact that persons
brought under the influence of this remedy experience similar sensa-
tions — such as tension or fulness in the head, ringing in the ears or
partial deafness — as when under the influence of quinia, and hence
its name. Its reputation as an antiperiodic was established during
the late civil war, when, owing to the scarcity of quinine, every
opportunity was offered for testing the relative value of various
substitutes.

The quinine flower is intensely and permaneritly bitter, yielding
its properties to water and alcohol. A saturated tincture in doses
of one teaspoonful every two hours was found suSicient to break
the paroxysm of intermittent fever. Larger quantities may be
given in obstinate cases, or in the remittent form of the disease.

To the foregoing the following remarks are added by the Editor
of the American Journal of Pharmacy : —

At our request Dr. Palmer bas sent us some of the flowering

180 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

plants referred to in the preceding paper. The plants are found to
belong to the natural order of Gentianaccp, and to the sub-order
GentianecB, having the corolla lobes twisted (contorted) in the bud ;
the distinct style being deciduous, it must be placed into the section
to Tvhich Erythroea and Sahbatia belong. Its botanical characters
agree with those of the last-named genus, and more particularly
with the group which has the white or purplish flowers scattered on
alternate penduncles, and the corolla five-parted.

On comparing it with the American species in the college
herbarium of Dan. B. Smith, it was found to correspond with a
specimen of Sabbatia ElUoUli, Steud., which is marked ex lierbar.
Chapmani. This plant is described in Chapman's " Flora of the
Southern United States," as follows : —

'' Stem low, terete, paniculately much branched from near the
base, the branches diffuse ; leaves small, sessile, the lowest obovate,
the upper linear ; lobes of the corolla three to four times as long as
the short filiform calyx-lobes. (S. paniculata, Ell.) Open pine
barrens, Florida to South Carolina. August and September. —
Stems, I to 1| foot high ; leaves, from 3 to 6 inches long ; corolla,
8 to 10 lines wide."

In both the herbarium specimen and the plants sent by Dr.
Palmer, the calyx lobes are more prominent than might be supposed
from the description given ; but they are evidently described as
short, in comparison with the much longer calyx lobes of Sabbatia
stellarus, gracilis and allied species, in which they are about equal
in length to the corolla, whilst in the species under consideration
they are about one-third the length. The lowest leaves are obovate,
those a little higher on the stem obolanceolate with an acute point,
and become rapidly narrowed to a linear shape. The stems of the
plants recently received are from 20 to 24 inches in height, and
consequently rather exceed the height given by Chapman.

The herb has at first an herbacious taste, which gradually
develops into a pure and persistent bitter, free from astriugency.

The popular name quinine flower appears to be confined to a small
locality, probably to only a portion of Florida. Porcher's "Re-
sources of the Southern Fields and Forests," p. ttiJG, however,
mentions Gentiana quimjeflora under the names of Indian quinine
and Ague weed, and states that "this and the G. saponaria are
esteemed fully equal to the important gentian ; in large doses they
are said to be laxative ; Dr. E. P. Wood, of Wisconsin, has given
this plant with success in intermittent fever." He also gives a
detailed account of the medicinal properties of Sabbatia angularis,

MATERIA MEDICA. 181

the American centaury, and states that 8. stellarus and S. gracilis
possess properties similar to the former.

This genus of North American plants is closely allied to Erythrcea,
of which several species (E. chilensis, E. centaurium, E. linarifolla,
etc.) are still employed in different countries as tonics, and some-
times as antiperiodics ; but we do not remember that effects
resembling quininism have been ascribed to any of those plants,
such as Dr. Palmer states are experienced from the quinine flower
of Florida.

Antiseptic Properties of the Root of Rubia Tinctonun. M.
Rostaing. (Comptes Rendiis, Ixxxii., 551.) The author observed
that a piece of meat placed in a jar containing powdered madder
root kept perfectly good for seven months, during which time the jar
was opened at least a dozen times. It had merely lost its moisture,
its weight having decreased from 119 grams to 25 grams; but there
was not the slightest sign of decomposition. He therefore recom-
mends madder for the preservation of corpses and the disinfection
of burial grounds.

Ergot in Atony of the Bladder. Prof. Langenbeck. (Netv
Bern., 1877, 207.) The author, at a meeting of the Berlin Medical
Society, stated that in atony of the bladder, associated with enlarged
prostate, in elderly men, in which the organ is never completely
emptied of urine, he had lately tried the hypodermic injection of
ergotin with most surprising results. In three cases the contractile
power of the bladder was at once increased so as to enable the
patient to discharge additional urine, and in a few days it had so
augmented that very little urine was left behind. After one or two
injections the improvement was considerable, and even a diminution
in the size of the prostate seemed to have ensued. Dr. Israel said that
he had derived the same benefit from the employment of ergotin,
and referred to the case of a patient who was thus enabled to hold
his water for three hours, whereas before he voided it every ten
minutes.

Persian Insect Powder. R. Rother. (Druggists' Circular and
Gheriiical Gazette, July, 1876.) The powdered flowers of Pijrethrum
caucasicum, roseum, etc., have in the course of years attained cele-
brity as an insecticide.

The non-poisonous character of the powder widens its range of
application to an unlimited extent, and places it prominently above
the numerous, often highly poisonous substances used for the same
purposes. Its general use has, however, been restricted by reason
of its costliness.

182 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY,

Persian insect powder is analogous in its action to Coccuhis indicus.
Its contact promptly stupefies, and, if prolonged, death rapidly en-
sues. It appears to be harmless to the larger animals, but if much
of its dust is inhaled, dizziness will result. That the substance must
possess medicinal virtues cannot be questioned, and probably before
loug will be largely employed otherwise than as a vermin destroyer.
The powder has never been thoroughly investigated. It was found
not to contain an alkaloid nor santonin, so that its virtues were
ascribed to the volatile oil it contains. Early last summer, the author
made a preliminary examination of it, and by operating upon 3500
grains of the powder, obtained results which were recently confirmed
by a second experiment upon 20 ounces of the material ; but an
altogether thorough investigation was cut short by an accident,
through which most of the material was lost.

The author found that an aqueous percolate, as also an aqueous
ammoniacal one, when treated with chloroform, ether, and benzine,
gave no indications of an alkaloid soluble in these liquids. Three
acid bodies were, however, isolated. An oleo-resinous greenish
yellow acid, which the author denominates " persicein," was found,
having the odour of the powder, and its sub-bitter taste. It is,
however, not the active principle of the plant. This acid resin is
soluble in ether, alcohol, and benzine, but insoluble in chloroform ;
it is instantly dissolved by ammonia and the fixed alkalies, from
which acids, in not too dilute solutions, precipitate it milky white.
It is somewhat soluble in water, imparting a greenish yellow colour,
and its characteristic odour and bitter taste. It forms insoluble
salts with the heavy metals.

A second acid was found ; it has a light brown colour, and is
nearly insoluble in cold water, slightly soluble in hot. It is soluble
in alcohol with a red-brown colour, but insoluble in chloroform,
ether, and benzine ; water reprecipitates it from the alcoholic solu-
tion. It forms soluble salts of dark brown-red colour with ammonia
and the fixed alkalies ; acids, again, precipitate it from the solutions
of its salts. Strong sulphuric acid dissolves it with dark brown
colour ; the addition of water precipitates it from this solution un-
changed. Strong nitric acid acts on it with great energy, liberating
nitrogen tetroxide in profusion, yielding a deep yellow solution,
and an insoluble yellow acid, probably a nitro acid. This new acid
is soluble in alkalies, from which acids again precipitate it. The
yellow nitric solution was not examined. The writer designates
this second acid as " persiretin." Tlie powder was found to contain
4"3 per cent, of it. It is not the active principle, but a decom.posi-
tion product of it.

MATERIA MEDICA. 183

A third and very soluble acid was found. This body the writer
names "persicin." It is a glucoside, and is split by boiling with
acids into persiretin and glucose. It appears to be a polybasic
acid, forming an insoluble and a soluble lead salt. It is remarkable
for having a pleasant odoar resembling that of fresh honey. This
acid is exceedingly unstable ; contact with dilute chlorhydric acid
in the cold or evaporation of its solution, or of its salts, converts
it into perseretin and glucose. It is, therefore, almost impossible
to obtain the free acid dry in a pure state. The colour of persicin
is, in solution, light wine red, and that of its neutral salts dark
wine red.

Plumbic acetate does not precipitate its neutral solutions, but
diplumbic acetate produces a voluminous greenish white precipitate.
Excess of persicin dissolves the neutral lead salt, forming a pale
yellow solution, which on evaporation yields an amorphous mass in-
soluble in alcohol, which latter also precipitates the salt from its
aqneous solution in yellowish white curdy flakes.

The acid potassium salt of persicin can be crystallized ; it is also
soluble in alcohol. The neutral salt is apparently amorphous, and
but sparingly soluble in alcohol. Persicin gives a fresh coloured
precipitate with argentic nitrate, which is insoluble in acetic acid,
but soluble in ammonia. Persicin is soluble in alcohol, but insoluble
in chloroform, ether, and benzine. It is apparently the active prin-
ciple of the plant. The investigation was conducted by percolating
the powder first with water containing ammonia. The aqueous
percolate yielded nothing to chloroform. Addition of chlorhydric
acid threw down the persiretin. After filtration, ammonia gave a
crystalline precipitate of ammonio-magnesian phosphate.

The ammoniacal percolate had a ruby red colour. Addition of
chlorhydric acid precipitated persiretin in great abundance, showing
that the small amount extracted by water in the first percolation
existed in combination with some base, but that the most of it is
uncombined.

The acid filtrate was then ti'eated with ammonia in excess, united
with the first filtrate, and the whole evaporated on a water bath to
a syrupy liquid. This residue, now having an acid reaction, was
treated with alcohol, which produced a gummy precipitate and a
dark red liquid. The solution was evaporated on a water bath to
expel alcohol, slightly diluted with water, and shaken with ether.
The ethereal solution, on spontaneous evaporation, yielded a I'esidue
of persicin. The aqueous residue was now shaken with chloroform,
which after decantation and evaporation left no residue. The

184 TEAE-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

aqueous liquid was then treated with benzine, which took up the
ether and chloroform held in solution; on evaporation no appreciable
residue was left, thus showing the probable absence of alkaloids.

The liquid fx'om which the benzine had been decanted was treated
with chlorhydric acid, producing a slight turbidness ; shaken with
ether, it dissolved, and the yellowish ethereal solution yielded on
evaporation more of the persicin. This result shows that the per-
sicein taken up by the ether in the first instance had parted with the
ammonia during the evaporation, and that the remainder could only
be removed after its liberation by the chlorhydric acid.

The red acid liquid was now mixed with the filtered solution of
the matter precipitated by the alcohol, neutralized with ammonia,
and treated with diplumbic acetate as long as a precipitate formed ;
this was collected, washed, and treated with dilute sulphuric acid in
slight excess, whereby the persicin was liberated, and the peculiar
honey odour at once became perceptible. On evaporation on a
water bath, a red acid residue was obtained ; however, it was much
contaminated with insoluble persiretin, into which a part of the
persicin had been converted. The fresh solution of the persicin,
neutralized with potassium hydrate and boiled with Pehling's solu-
tions, yields an emerald green liquid, but no cuprous oxide. If the
solution is, however, first boiled a few moments with dilute chlor-
hydric acid until it becomes turbid, then neutralized and boiled with
Fehling's solutions, cuprous oxide is profusely precipitated. This
makes it evident that persicin is a glucoside, decomposable into per-
siretin and glucose.

XantMum Spinosum. M. Guichard. (Bepert. de Phann. [N.S.],
iv., 513 ; Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, vii., 249.) The author presents
the following contribution to the chemical and pharmaceutical his-
tory of this new medicament which has recently been recommended
as a remedy for hydrophobia.

The drug is met with in the form of stalks bearing leaves and
numerous spines. There is room, therefore, for the study of the
picked and unpicked drug, and to ascertain which of the two
should be employed, as probably the activity of all the parts is not
the same. Their yield in extract is very different, — 20 grams of
cleaned leaves gave with alcohol 5 grams, or 25 per cent., of green
extract containing much chlorophyll. 150 grams of the uncleaned
drug treated in the same way yielded also a green extract, but in
less quantity, the yield being only 12 grams, or 7| per cent. The
difierence was due to chlorophyll.

The two extracts were prepared by coarsely powdering the plant,

MATERIA MEDICA. 185

and treating it after twelve hours' maceration by displacement, first
with 90 per cent., and then with 60 per cent, alcohol.

128 grams of the unpicked plant were treated by infusion, then
pressed, and treated a second time. The product was evaporated on
a water bath, and gave 60 grams, or 39 per cent., of extract.

The alcoholic extracts were very bitter ; the aqueous extract
scarcely so. The author therefore thinks that probably the alcoholic
extract is the most active, and this appears to be borne out by the
following pi-eliminary experiments : —

The alcoholic extract redissolved in water was precipitated by
iodized iodide of potassium, but not by cadmi-potassic iodide. The
alkalies precipitated iron and alumina. When dried with calcined
magnesia and treated with ether, an extract was obtained which, if
redissolved in water acidulated with a few drops of hydrochloric acid,
gave with the iodized iodide an abundant kermes coloured precipi-
tate, and with cadmi-potassic iodide a dirty grey precipitate that
separated rapidly like curdled milk. Ammonia precipitated the solu-
tion slightly.

If the above aqaeous solution be allowed to evaporate upon a
glass plate of a microscope, crystals are obtained of various forms,
— such as needles grouped in crosses, or three-branched stars, and
granular crystals; also some green colouring matter. The hydro-
chloric solution gives large square or rectangular tables, as well as
acicular crystals. The liquid precipitated by ammonia contains a large
number of amorphous points and numerous bundles of fine needles.
The aqueous extract treated in the same manner gives no results.
But the author considers that the preceding experiments demon-
strate the presence of an alkaloid which he hopes soon to be in a
position to isolate.

The mode of employment of the drug previously indicated was to
administer 60 centigrams of the plant, finely pulverized, several
times a day.

Xanthium Spinosum. Dr. Grzymala. The author has com-
municated to the Journal cles Debats a most favourable report on the
value of Xanthium spinosum as a remedy for hydrophobia. Up-
wards of one hundred persons were cured by it of this terrible
disease. 0'3 gram of the powdered leaves is administered three
times a day for several weeks. Of twelve hydrophobic patients in
the hospital at Olschanka (in the district of Balta), six were com-
pletely cured by the administration of this herb ; the other six died
in spite of the application of cantharides, faba tonca, genista tinc-
toria, etc.

186

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

The Mineral Constituents of Xanthium Spiuosum. Dr. R.
Godeffroy. {Zeitschr. des oesterr Apoth. Ver., 1877, 'ol .) The
statement occurring in the Pharmaceut. Zeitschrift fiir Eussland,
1876, 4U3, that the ash of Xanthium spinosum contained nitrates is
contradicted by the author, who found in 100 parts of the ash, —

Calcium Carbonate

9-39

„ Sulphate

2-8-4

„ Phosphate (CasPO^)

13-18

Magnaeium Carbonate

8-31

Chloride .

1-07

Potassium Carbonate .

25 00

,, Chloride

4-39

Sodium Carbonate

traces

Silica

19-73

Ferric Oxide

15-81

Aluminium Oxide

traces

Fncus Vesiculosus, and Allied Species. J. M. Maisch. (Amer.
Journ. Pharm., September, 1876.) Though Theophrastus already,
in his history of plants, mentions several species of marine algee, the
sea -wrack does not appear to have been employed medicinally be-
fore the first half of the eighteenth century ; at least no mention is
made of it in the new " London Dispensatory " of 1676. Russell
seems to have been instrumental in introducing it into medicine
through his essay, " De talie glandularis'" which was published in
1750, and in which he specially recommended Fncus vesiculosus in
the form of charcoal and jelly ; the former, known afterwards under
the name of JEthiops vegetabilis, being prepared by heating the
plant in a crucible closed with a perforated cover until smoke ceased
to be given off, while the latter was made by expressing the muci-
laginous liquid, and also by macerating the fucus in an equal weight
of sea water for two weeks, or until it was converted into a kind of
jelly, which was employed both externally and internally. Upon
the strength of these observations, Fucus vesiculosiis was admitted
into several pharmacopoeias, but was afterwards dismissed, the last
one dropping it being the Dublin Pharmacopoeia, in the edition of
1850. The beneficial effects in scrofulous swellings and goitre of
the vegetable ethiops and of the sponge charcoal, which had been
introduced by Arnaud de Villeneuve near the close of the thirteenth
century, and the discovery of iodine in the ashes of sea plants,
induced Dr. Coindet, of Geneva, in 1819, to study the effects of
iodine, and led to the introduction of this element into medicine.
Subsequently, Duchesne Dupare, and after him Godsfrey, stated

MA'IEniA MEDICA. 187

(1862) that they had found this fucus to possess valuable properties
as a remedy for morbid obesity, an observation which, by later
investigators, does not appear to be confirmed to the fall extent
mentioned by the first recommenders in this complaint.

Of late, the bladder wrack, it seems, has been employed medici-
nally to some extent in the United States; so that a brief description
of this and some allied species may be desirable.

The genus Fucus belongs to the sub-order Fucoidece, or melano-
sporea3, of the natural order Algce. As originally constituted by
Linnceus, it embraced several genera which have been separated
by later authors, and among which are the genera Laminaria,
Sargassum, and Ci/stoseira, the last named having the thallus usually
inflated into vesicles which often show a moniliform arrangement,
while the vesicles of 8argassum are stipitate. Fucuf: has either a
cylindrical (filiform) or flat, usually forking thallus, and the sporo-
carps inflated and usually terminating the branches. In their fresh
state they have an olive or brownish green colour, becoming black-
ish on drying. Several species have portions of the thallus inflated
so as to form hollow vesicles.

Fucus vesiculosus, Lin., attains the length of one to three feet, and
has a flat thallus one-half to one inch wide, with the margin entire,
and a distinct midrib running the entire length of the thallus ; the
vesicles are always in pairs, one being placed on each side of the
midrib, spherical or oblong globular in shape, and occasionally
attaining the size of a hazel nut. It grows on rocky sea-shores of
the Atlantic Ocean, near high water mark, and in marshes which
are occasionally overflowed by the tide. Formerly it was known by
the name of Quercus marina, or sea oak, its common English names
being bladder wrack, sea wrack, sea ware, kelp ware, and black
tang. In Scotland and other northern countries it is used in winter
for feeding horses, cattle and sheep, and is eaten by deer when
other food is scarce.

F. nodosus, Lin., knobbed sea wrack, grows in similar localities,
but at or near low water mark. It attains a length of four to six
feet, and has a narrower veinless frond, with the branches almost
filiform at the base, the vesicles single in the centre of the thallus,
or frond, ovate in shape, and usually quite large.

F. serrafus, Lin., has a veined and serrate frond, and is destitute
of vesicles.

F. slUquosus, Lin. (s. Ci/stoseira siliquosa, Agardh), has a very
narrow frond, two to four feet long, with short branches, articulated
vesicles, and lanceolate flattened sporocarps.

188 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

F. natans, Lin. (s. Sargassum bacciferum, Agardh), the gulf-weed
of the Atlantic Ocean, is often found in immense masses floating in
the sea. Its frond is terete, with the branches linear and serrate,
and the vesicles globular and aculeate.

All these and many allied species appear to be very similar in
their constituents, of which they contain mucilage, mannite, odorous
oil, bitter principle, and a considerable proportion of saline matter,
varying from 14 to 20 per cent., calculated for the dry plants.
According to Godeschen, James, and others, the variation is just as
great for the bladder wrack as collected in different localities, and
it is not impossible that this may be, at least in part, accounted for
by having been collected in different seasons, the plant being as-
sumed to be most active when collected after the sporocarps have
formed, about the month of July. E. Marchand found (1865) in
the ashes of F. vesiculosus 719 per cent, iodine and 0'603 per cent,
bromine ; in F. siliquosus nearly the same amount, and in F. serrntus
0834 iodine and 1'007 bromine; while the ashes of the fucoideoe,
Laminaria agitata, Lamx., contained 5'3o2 iodine and 0" 7 74 bromine,
and Lam. saccharina, Lamx., about one-half these amounts. (See
also American Journal of Pharmacy , 1854, p. 438.)

Bladder wrack has been employed in France in the form of
extract, prepared, according to Dannecy, by exhausting the plant
with 54 per cent, alcohol ; it is stated to represent fifteen parts of
the fucus {Proc. Am., Phar. Assoc, 1863, p. 66) ; also in the form of
syrup, suggested by Potier {Ibifl.), by exhausting 150 parts of the
powdered plant with 14 per cent, alcohol, evaporating the tincture
to 230 parts, and dissolving in it 370 parts of sugar. 20 grams (one
tablespoonful) of this syrup represents 0'6 gram of the extract and
5 grams of the fucus, which is the average dose. A fluid extract
might doubtless be prepared by a process similar to the ofiicinal one
for fluid extract of chimaphila ; the average dose of such a prepara-
tion would be about a teaspoonful. If, however, the virtues depend
mainly upon the iodine and bromine present, the dose would have
to be increased very considei-ably.

A New Alkaloid in Angostura Bark. MM. Oberlin and
Schlagdenhauffen. (Bepert. de Pharm., 1877, No. 9.) The
authors have isolated from the bark of Galipea Cusparia a crystal-
lizable alkaloid which is soluble in ether, chloroform, and benzoline,
and entirely different from Saladin's cusparine. They have adopted
the same name (cusparine) for their own alkaloid.

Note on Sumbul. K. Wittmann. (Pharm. Journ., from Pkar-
maceut. Zeltschr. fdr Russland.) After referi'ing to a notice which

MATERIA MEDICA. 189

appeared last year in the Pharmaceutial Journal (vol. vi., p. 43),
respecting the blooming of the sumbal plant at Kew, the author,
who is Secretary to the Military Medical District Administration of
East Siberia, gives the following information : —

The Eurijangium sumhul is found in large quantities in the
neighbourhood of Chabarowka, a military post on the river Amur,
in the province of Kiisten, East Siberia, 9000 versts from St.
Petersburg!!. It is a perennial umbellifer, and grows to the height
of from three to five feet. Its root is branched, fleshy, about eleven
inches in circumference at the base, and three and three-quarter
inches in diameter, with numerous rootlets, and covered with a
brown bark. The root has a strong smell of musk, which by
moistening with water is considerably increased. The stalk of the
plant is always fleshy, equal in circumference at the base with the
x'oot, becoming gradually more slender towards the top. The leaves
are more than twice pinnatifid ; the pinnge lancet-shaped, sharply
serrate ; the umbels with thirty to fifty rays ; the flowers white and
small.

Besides the Euryangium sumhul, the author has met with an-
other umbellifer which resembles it vei'y much in its entire habit,
but may be distinguished by its smaller size, lighter leaves, and the
absence of the musk-like smell of the root.

The Eastern Russian inhabitants call the Eiiryangmm sumhul
"bararklane " (bear's claw), and use the root as a medicine. The
Chinese living in the district use the root of the plant against
various diseases, and call it " Isoumal-tschen-tuk." It is also used
by the natives internally as a remedy for swellings ; with them it
bears the names " ofuokgi " and " ouchi." The author promises a
future communication, giving the results of an examination of the
separate constituents of the root as it is found in the district of
Chabarowka.

Ailanthus Glandulosa in Dysentery. Dr. J. Dudgeon. {Med.
Times and Gazette, October 28th, 1876.) The Ailanthus is a very
common tree in north China, growing readily and rapidly, and
attaining a considerable height. The Chinese note two varieties,
the fragrant and the fetid. Two synonyms for the latter tree are
given — " tiger's eye," from the resemblance of the facets, when the
branches fall off from the main stem, to that animal's eye; and
" great eye varnish," from which circumstance the French name
" vernis du japon " may be derived. The Chinese name has no
connection with the word ailanto, which is supposed in Europe to
be its native name in China and India, and is thought to mean

190 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACr.

"tree of tbo gods." It is intensely bitter and astringent, of a
Avarm taste, free from poison, and emits a disagreeable smell, from
which latter circumstances its Chinese name is derived. The
Chinese medical works recommend it as an antidote against
sulphur, arsenic, and gold poisoning. It is said, also, to possess
anthelmintic properties, and to be used in demonology against
the supposed transfer of disease from a corpse. It is also useful
in diarrhoea, prolapsus aui, and leucorrhoea. It is frequently pre-
scribed alone ; at other times in conjunction with other remedies,
particularly Eadix hedysari and the fruit of TerminaUa chehula, —
favourite remedies in diarrhoea and dysentery, — which increase its
efficacy. It is strongly recommended in all cases of htemorrhage,
from whatever cause or locality. It is used, too, in gonorrhoea and
spermatorrhoea, and in short, in fluxes in general. The part used is
the inner white bark of the root and stem of the non-fragrant
species. Whether taken in infusion or in a pill, it is invariably
prescribed to be taken on an empty stomach, in congee or with milk
or soft boiled rice. In the most severe cases it is taken in conjunc-
tion with Castus amainis and vinegar.

Pumpkin Seeds and their Active Principle. (From Phann.
Zeitunrj, 1877, No. 55.) The nature and location of the active
principle of the pumpkin seeds appears to have been determined by
Heckel, of Nancy, who has published an interesting memoir on this
subject. In the French drug trade pumpkin seeds are derived from
Gucurbita viaxima, C. Tepo, and C. moschata, which are equally
serviceable against tape- worm, while the black seeds of G. vielano-
carpa, or the seeds of the closely related genus Giicuviis, are entirely
devoid of medicinal value, since the tAvo latter lack the very mem-
brane in which the active principle resides. The seeds of the thi-ee
first-mentioned species differ chiefly in dimensions and colour. Those
of C. Pepo (pumpkin) are the smallest, having an average length of
6-7 millimetres, rarely as much as 20-25 mm.; they are oblong-
ovate, have a groove along both edges, where they are thickened,
and have a dirty white colour. The seeds of C. maxima are 18-25
mm. long, by 10-15 mm. broad, are regularly oval, and vary in
colour from white to orange. G. moschata has slightly smaller seeds,
16-22 mm. long and 9-12 mm. broad, pure white, grooved, and the
surrounding thickened edge of darker colour. These three varieties
of seeds consist of a perisperm made up of four coats, and an embryo
with two thick oily cotyledons. The most external coat of the
perisperm is an exceedingly fine membrane, constructed from a single
layer of oblong cells, which imparts to certain varieties a character-

MATERIA MEDICA. 191

istic silver-grey appearance. Below this lies the tougher testa, made
up from singularly polyedric, finely incrusted cells filled with starch.
Both of these coats are removed by washing the dried seeds, while
the washing o^ fresh seeds removes also the next two coats. The
first of these — the third coat, counting from outside — is dirty-white,
of a loose and spongy texture, and consists of spherical reticulated
cells. The fourth and innermost coat, finally, which has a dark
green colour when fresh, changing gradually to greenish yellow,
has a chartaceous appearance and consists of two layers : the outer
one made up of hexagonal or pentagonal cells with moderately thick
walls, including chlorophyll and a resinous mass; the inner one
formed by elongated cells, including starch. The resinous mass in
the outer layer of the fourth or innermost coat of the seeds is, ac-
cording to Heckel, the active tsenicidal principle, and not, as has
been supposed, the fatty oil residing in the cotyledons. Owino- to
the absence of this papyraceous membrane, which alone contains
the resin, in other cucurbitaceous seeds, these latter are inert. At
the same time it is shown that even active seeds become inert, when
they are blanched in a fresh ^ state, as all the coats are thereby
removed.

Mate, or Paraguayan Tea. Dr. Bialet. (Abstract of a report
in the Mevista Farmaceutica; Pharm. Jown., 3rd series, vii., 4.) The
mate, or Paraguay tea tree (Ilex mate paraguayensis) is a small tree
belonging to the family of Celastrinece, which reaches at tlie most
a height of seven metres ; ordinarily it does not exceed four or
five. Its trunk is about twenty centimetres in circumference, and
is covered by a whitish bark. The leaves are oblong, cuneiform,
obtuse, and finely dentate. It has axillary multipartite peduncles ;
calyx tetrasepalous ; the corolla with four petals in the form of a
crown; stile, none; stigma, four-fid; fruit, a four-seeded berry. The
plant grows very abundantly in Paraguay, North Corrientes, Chaco,
and South Brazil, where it forms woods called "^er&aZes."

According to Dr. Mantegazza, mate is prepared in Paraguay in
the following way : — The entire trees are cut down, and the small
branches and shoots are taken with the leaves and placed in the
tataciia, a plot of earth about six feet square surrounded by a
fire, where the plant undergoes the first roasting. From thence
it is taken to the barbaciia, which is a grating supported by a
strong arch, underneath which burns a large fire ; here it is sub-
mitted to a particular torrefaction, determined by experience, which
develops the aromatic pi'inciple. Then it is reduced to a coarse
powder in mortars formed of pits dug in the earth and well rammed.

192

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

It is next put into fresh bullock skins, well pressed, and placed in the
sun to dry. The packages (tercois) thus obtained, which weigh 90
to 100 kilograms, are very compact ; and have an average value in
commerce of one to two dollars the kilo., according to quality; those
of Paraguay and Missiones being the better, or least hurtful, those
of Oi'an and Paranagua being much more prejudicial to health.

Of all the analyses of mate that have appeared in books. Dr. Bialet
considers not one, up to the present time, deserves much credit.
Senor Arata, however, who has devoted much time and skill to the
subject, has placed the following data at his service : —

Mate contains in 100 parts : —

Organic combustible substances
Ash

The ash contains : —

Calcium Oxide

Magnesium Oxide

Sodiiim Oxide

Potassium Oxide .

Manganese Oxide

Ferric Oxide

Sulphuric Acid

Hydi'ochloric Acid

Phosphoric Acid .

Carbonic Acid

Sand, Silica, Carbon, and loss

91-685
8-315

12-344
11-395
7-281
2-984
2-500
3-410
0-926
0-716
5-540
8-150
44-754

It will be understood that the enormous relative quantities of

sand found in the analysis is a result of the mode of preparation in
excavations made in the soil.

The plant contains : —

Principles soluble in Ether .... 9-820

Alcohol . . . 8-432

Water .... 26-208
,, ,, Water acidulated with

Hydrochloric Acid 7-260

In solution of Caustic Soda .... 16-880

Cellulose 13-280

Water 9000

Sand . 9-120

100-000

' Among the soluble principles is an average of 1'300 of caffeine.
The quantity, however, was found to be very variable in different
plants analysed ; the Paraguay and Missiones contained the most,

IIATERIA MEDICA. 193

and the Paranagua and Argentine the least. Senor Arata has made
a careful search for caffeic acid, and the cafFeates that some say they
have found in mate, but hitherto always with negative results ; the
same remark applies to the examination for a volatile acid.

The tannin of mate is peculiar ; it does not tan hides, and requires
a special method for its estimation. The average amount obtained
by the ordinary method is not more than 12 per cent. ; but the
whole quantity present amounts to about 16 per cent.

Mate contains also a large quantity of a peculiar fatty matter, not
entirely saponifiable by potash, besides pectic matters.

Comparing mate with the other cafFeic substances, it ranks
between coffee and tea for the proportion of caffeine it contains, and
has the largest proportion of mineral salts.

The action of mate, like that of all other caffeic substances, is
upon the nervous system, but though it contains a large quantity of
caffeine it does not exalt the peripheric nerves like tea, nor the
cerebric like coffee ; but rather contributes in a high degree to the
indolence and drowsiness of the ordinary drinkers of mate, whose
mental faculties become at length disarranged and impoverished to
a lamentable degree. It accelerates the cardiac conti-actions, produc-
ing many more affections of the heart than tea or coffee. Upon the
digestive organs, it acts variously; no other beverage disturbs them
so much, though there are persons who can tolerate its use. It ac-
celerates the peristaltic movements, and produces an irritation of the
organs generally. These effects are produced in whatever way the
mate may be taken; but the most injurious effects are produced
upon the mucous membrane, when the mate is taken hot and is
sucked through a " bombilla," as it then passes into the stomach
uncooled by previous contact with the mouth.

"When the use of mate is prolonged, it becomes an impei'ious
necessity, such a gloominess following abstention from it, that
habitual drinkers would rather go without food than without mate.
The moderate use of two or three doses a day dui'ing the summer
heats or great fatigue is convenient, but it should be taken from
a cup. It adds to the disadvantage of the " bombilla," that by
indiscriminate use of the same bombilla by different persons, it
may become the vehicle of contagion for the most repulsive com-
plaints.

The Seeds of Eicinus Communis. E. L. Boerner. (From an in-
augural essay: Amer. Journ. Phartn., Nov., 1876.) The acrid princi-
ple of ricinus seeds is but in a slight degree extracted in the
expression of the oil ; and the residual marc, as left by the manu-

194 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

facttirer of castor oil, -svould, therefore, contain the greater portion
of it, and was the material operated upon.

The coarse particles which were liable to interfere with perco-
lation being rejected, four different portions, of 1000 grains each,
were treated respectively with gasolin, bisulphide of carbon, ether,
and alcohol, until exhausted ; the various menstrua evaporated, and
the residues weighed, yielding from gasolin, 6'9 per cent. ; bisul-
phide of carbon, 11-77 per cent. ; ether, 14 per cent. ; and alcohol,
21"2 per cent. The first three appeared to be pure oil, and were of
a light yellow colour, while the alcohol residue was much darker,
and contained considerable colouring matter, which was deposited
upon standing.

The marc which had been exhausted with gasolin was further
treated with bisulphide of carbon, resulting in an additional 6-o7
per cent, of oily residue, from which, after a few days' standing,
acicular crystals separated, which were insoluble in gasolin, partly
soluble in ether and in alcohol. A second attempt to obtain the
crystals was unsuccessful. That portion of marc which had been
treated with bisulphide of carbon yielded nothing to gasolin upon
subsequent treatment with this menstruum.

A portion of exhausted marc was macerated with water until
decomposed, requiring for the process about fourteen days. It was
then strained, to, separate coarser particles, and distilled ; the dis-
tillate, having an acid reaction and an odour resembling that of
decayed cheese, was treated with carbonate of zinc, and filtered ;
upon concentration of the filtrate, crystals of butyrate of zinc sepa-
rated. Both crystals and mother-liquor, when shaken with sulphuric
acid and alcohol, immediately developed in a marked degree the
odour of butyric ether. A portion of this ethereal liquid, neutralized
with ammonia, was unaffected by the addition of ferric chloride, thus
indicating the absence of an acetate.

An experiment was made similar to the one of Professor Tuson, in
which he found a crystallizable substance supposed to be an alkaloid.

A portion of the marc was boiled with successive portions of
water, the several liquids strained through muslin, and the result-
ing decoction evaporated to the consistence of a soft extract, which
was exhausted with boiling alcohol. Upon standing, a substance
of a resinous appearance," but soluble in water, separated from the
filtrate, and was removed by a second filtration. The filtrate was
concentrated, and, as no crystals separated, magnesia was added, the
mixture evaporated to dryness, again exhausted with boiling alcohol,
and filtered, when, upon concentration and a few days' stranding.

IIATKHIA JtEDICA. 195

colourless crystals, having the form of rectangular prisms and tables,
separated, answering to the appearance of those obtained by Pro-
fessor Tuson. These crystals were slowly soluble in hot water. In
an acidulated solution of the crystals, phosphomolybdic acid, tannic
acid, and iodohydrargyrate of potassium produced neither a pre-
cipitate nor a coloration ; while in the mother-liquor precipitates
were at once formed by the two first-named reagents, but by the
last one only after some houi's, and in amount about one-eighth that
formed by the phosphomolybdic acid. The mother-liquor, when
heated with solid hydrate of potassium, developed the odour of
ammonia. From these results the writer concludes that the crys-
talline substance in question is not an alkaloid.

A substance resembling emulsin was obtained by forming an
emulsion of the marc with water, adding an equal bulk of ether,
and agitating repeatedly for twenty-four hours, when, upon stand-
ing, the liquid separated into two layers ; the supernatant liquid
being removed, alcohol was added to the other, which precipitated
the emulsin. This emulsin, with amygdalin, in the presence of
water, developed the odour of hydrocyanic acid after several days'
standing. The result of Mr. H. Bower (American Journal of Phar-
rnacij, 1854, p. 208) is confii'med by this experiment.

The residue obtained from the alcoholic percolate having deposited
a semi-solid portion largely composed of colouring matter, was
agitated with ether, which took up the oil. The part left undis-
solved by the ether was treated with successive portions of alcohol
until but a few grains were left ; this, containing a number of
minute crystals, and having a very sweet taste, was dissolved in
water. The application of Trommer's test proved the presence of
sugar. A drop of the aqueous solution, placed on a microscope slide
and evaporated, plainly revealed the presence of cane sugar.

As the best authorities agreed in placing the amount of fixed oil
obtained from the kernels of the seeds at less than -jO per cent., it
would seem that, as more than 11 per cent, is obtainable from the
marc as rejected by the manufacturer by treatment with bisulphide
of carbon, the latter oil could be produced at a less cost than an
inferior quality of the expressed article, and answer the same pur-
pose for use in the arts.

The writer intends making further experiments to determine the
amount of butyric acid obtainable from the marc, by a process
similar to the one above described.

New Italian Variety of Liquorice Extract. A, Peltz. (Pharm.
Journ., from Pharmaceut. Zeifschr. fur E^tssland, xv., 257.) The

196

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

author reports on a new variety of liquorice extract which he had
received for examination from a Russian wholesale house. It occurs
in irregular masses, is rather tough, but can be cut with a knife ;
has a dull appearance, and possesses a purely sweet, uot burnt,
taste. On dissolving it in water it left but a very small residue ;
and the solution, when evaporated on a water bath yielded 75 per
cent, of extract dried at 00° C. The undissolved residue was washed
with a weak solution of ammonia, then boiled with watei',' and the
liquid tested with tincture of iodine, which gave a distinct indication
of starch.

To ascertain the amount of glycyrrhizin 10 grams of the liquorice
were dissolved in water, filtered, the filtered solution mixed with a
sufficient quantity of dilute sulphuric acid, and the precipitate col-
lected on a filter and washed. As this did not give the glycyrrhizin
sufficiently pure, the precipitate was again dissolved in weak solu-
tion of ammonia and reprecipitated with sulphuric acid. This pre-
cipitate was dried, triturated with one-third of its weight of barium
carbonate, and extracted with hot absolute alcohol. The alcoholic
extract evaporated to dryness gave 1"5 gram of glycyrrhizin.

The amount of sugar was ascertained by means of the copper
solution to be 10 per cent. ; the loss in moisture when dried at
100° amounted to 14 per cent.

The following table shows the position of the new substance in
relation to other commercial liquorices : —

Variety.

Moisture
per cent.

Dried
Extract
per cent.

Glycyr-
rhizin
per cent.

Starch
per cent.

Sugar
per cent.

English .

1-2

2-44

27-10

Calabriau.

1-33

35-50

Bayoune .

3-7

219

3510

Astracliau.

7-3

18-14

1-33

Spanish .

4-12

315

8-85

Kasan

4-5

14-74

2-62

SiciMan .

60-5

4-(37

5-00

Baracco .

3-7

67-5

4-95

1312

Morean .

—

7^-0

11-88

5-33

ItaUau

140

750

15-0

2-50

It will be seen that though the Morean variety yields more ex-
tract, it is accounted for by the amount of sugar ; whilst the Kasan
variety, which contains almost the same amouut of glycyrrhizin as
the Italian, has the disadvantage of an unpleasant, almost tarry
taste. The new article, notwithstanding its good qualities, is said
to have been offered at a low price.

MATERIA MEDICA. 197

Megarrhiza Californica, Torrey. J. P. Heaney. (Abstract of an
inaiig^ural essay: Amer. Journ. Pharm., October, 1876, 451.) This
plant, better known by the synonyms of the " big" or "giant root "
and "manroot,"is a herbaceous, climbing, and succulent vine, grow-
ing abundantly throughout the State. It is closely allied to the
echinocystis of the Eastern States, and also to a new species called
Marah mvricattts, or California balsam apple, which has been de-
scribed by Dr. Kellogg in the proceedings of the California Academy
of Natural Sciences (vol. i.). It is found both in dry, sandy, and
rich soil. In the former it grows in bushy tufts, about two feet high
and four or more wide, being evidently somewhat stunted ; but in
rich soil, when well shaded, its annual stem climbs thirty to forty
feet over trees, and acquires its largest growth. It flowers in
March and April.

The most remarkable feature of this plant is its gigantic root,
which is perennial, tubero-fusiform, externally of a yellowish grey
colour, and rugose ; within white, succulent and fleshy, of a nause-
ous odour, which is lost in a great measure by drying, and of a
bitter, acrid, and disagreeable taste, which leaves a feeling of acridity
5n the fauces. The Indians are said to use this root as a drastic
■purge in dropsy. It has also been used by domestic practitioners,
in the form of decoction, both as a laxative and cathartic, with good
results. On drying, the root lost from 70 to 75 per cent, in weight.
The dried root is externally of a yellowish brown colour, and longi-
tudinally wrinkled ; internally of a white colour, becoming some-
what darker by age, concentrically striated, light, brittle, and
readily pulverizable, yielding a whitish powder.

A preliminary examination made with aqueous, alcoholic, and
ethereal extracts of the fresh root, led to the following conclusions,
namely : —

That the root contained a bitter principle soluble in water
and alcohol, but more readily in the latter ; also a resinous, fatty
matter and an organic acid, probably of a fatty nature, which was
soluble in and extracted both by alcohol and ether. The probable
presence of gum and pectin was likewise indicated, as well as the
absence of albumen, sugar, and volatile oil.

Examination of the Dried Boot. — A quantity of the powdered dried
root was first treated with ether until thoroughly exhausted by this
menstruum, in order to remove the fatty and resinous matter. The
ethereal tincture had a lemon yellow colour, and left, on evaporation,
a yellowish brown residue, which possessed the characteristic odour
of the root, a slight bitter taste, was brittle, and had an acid reaction.

198 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

To dcteT'iniuc tlio natiii'c of the free acid, the residue was treated
with a weak solution of sodic carbonate, and filtered from the in-
soluble portion. To the filtrate a sufficient quantity of tartaric acid
was added, when whitish oily globules were observed on the surface
of the liquid. These had an acid reaction, possessed a disagreeable
odour, and gave to paper a stain unafi'ected by heat. The author
names it megarrhizic acid. The portion insoluble in sodic car-
bonate was treated with a solution of caustic potash, in order to
effect the saponification of the fatty matter, and the insoluble resin-
ous substance was removed by a filter, washed, dried, and reserved
to be examined subsequently. To the solution of soap obtained was
added a sufficient quantity of tartaric acid to decompose it. Ether
was now added, and the mixture agitated. After a few hours the
supernatant ethereal liquid was removed and allowed to evaporate
spontaneously, when it was found to possess properties character-
istic of fatty acid bodies. The insoluble resinous substance obtained
before was first boiled with water, then thrown on a filter, well
washed and dried. It was afterwards dissolved in ether, and the
solution decolorized by animal charcoal. The filti'ate was evapo-
rated, the residue redissolved in alcohol, and then allowed to
evaporate spontaneously, when it left a deposit exhibiting under
the microscope a rhomboidal crystalline structure ; it is evidently a
resin. This mefjarrhizitin is soluble in alcohol and ether, and is un-
affected by alkalies and solution of cupric sulphate.

The root, previously exhausted by ether, was next treated with
alcohol (sp. gr. 0'835), until deprived of its bitter taste. The tinc-
ture was evaporated to a small bulk, then thrown into water to
remove traces of fat or resin, and afterwards filtei'ed. The liquid
was heated to expel the spirit. To the resulting aqueous fluid was
added a concentrated solution of tannic acid. A bulky, gelatinous
precipitate was obtained. This, being removed by a filter, was well
washed and dried. It was now dissolved in alcohol (95 per cent.),
the tannin thrown down by plumbic subacetate, the excess of lead
removed by H, S, and the liquid filtered and evaporated. The resi-
due well washed with ether yielded the bitter principle pure. This
process was adopted from that of Dr. "VValtz, as mentioned in his
analysis of colocynth.

To the principle thus obtained the name of megarrhizhi is given.
It is of a brownish coloui", somewhat transparent, brittle, and friable,
yielding a yellowish brown powder. It is fusible below 100° C, in-
flammable, more soluble in alcohol than in water, both solutions
being intensely bitter. It is insoluble in ether. The following re-

MATERIA MEDIC A. 199

actions with reagents were obtained : Hg S 0.^ dissolved it slowly,
with the production of first a bright red, and afterwards a brown
colour; H CI gave a faint violet colour ; H N O.,, a yellow dull colour.
An aqueous solution of it produced with ferric chloride a deep
colour, but no precipitate ; with plumbic acetate and subacetate,
mercuric chloride, solution of iodine, potassa or its carbonate, or
argentic nitrate, no change ; with tannic acid, a bulky, gelatinous
precipitate, and with bromine water, a white, insoluble precipitate.
Boiled with baryta water, decomposition ensued; treated with dilute
Hn S 0.J or HCl, no change was observed in the cold, but upon boiling,
immediately decomposition took place, yielding glucose and an
insoluble substance, which may be called megcvrrhizioretin.

This megarrhizioretin, when washed and dried, possesses a dai'k
brown colour, a resinous appearance, and is somewhat brittle.
Alcohol dissolves it, but ether is only a partial solvent of it, leav-
ing an insoluble portion behind. It is therefore a complex body.

The ashes showed, on analysis, the presence of magnesia, lime,
iron, potassa, soda, chlorine, sulphuric and phosphoric acids, also a
silicious residue.

It will be seen from the foregoing that megarrhizin belongs to
that class of substances known as glucosides, to which belong
also colocynthin and bryonin, and that it agrees with these two in
many of their chemical and physical properties. But megarrhizin
difiers from colocynthin in the fact that colocynthein, the insoluble
resinous substance obtained from the boiling of it with diluted
acids, is soluble in ether, while megarrhizioretin is but partially
soluble in that liquid, thereby agreeing with bryoretin. But it
dilfers from bryonin principally in the behaviour to sulphuric acid,
which dissolves megarrhizin, yielding a brown colour; while
bryonin produces with it a blue colour. Therefore it was concluded
to be a distinct principle.

Physiological Properties. — A sample of the extract prepared from
an alcoholic tincture, and also some of the bitter principle, were
examined physiologically, with the following results : — The extract
in large doses is a powerful irritant, causing gastro-enteritis and
death. It produces griping pains in the stomach, nausea, vomiting,
and profuse diarrhoea, violent strangury, with other symptoms of
renal and vesical irritation. Given in a quarter to half grain doses,
the extract is a drastic hydragogue cathartic, causing nausea, some-
times vomiting, griping pains, and copious watery stools. In smaller
doses, frequently repeated, it is a diuretic and laxative. Notwith-
standing its activity, it is a safe and convenient purgative, and

200 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

useful in all cases where it is desirable to produce an energetic
influence on the bowels, to obtain large evacuations. Its hydragogue
properties must prove beneficial in dropsies. It also augments the
urinary discharges. In intestinal inflammations it should not be
used.

Cortex Radicis Granati. (Pharm. Zeihmg, Sept. 23rd, 1876, 659.)
This bark deserves the first place among the remedies for tape-
worm. It is true that some practitioners have given it up in
favour of konsso, but the cause of this must be sought in the age
of the bark employed by them. The fresh bark only, and especially
that of the roots of trees not less than ten or twelve years old, can be
thoroughly depended upon for its effects. 60-80 grams of the fresh
bark should be digested with 750-1000 grams of water for 12 hoxirs,
then boiled for an hour, and the decoction evaporated to 300 grams.
The resulting strong decoction is mixed with 30 grams of castor oil
and a sufficient quantity of gum for emulsifying the oil, and the
whole taken first thing in the morning, a suitable diet having been
observed during the previous day. It is useful to touch the worm
now and then with a drop of a mineral acid during its elimination.

According to an analysis by Cemedella, the bark contains in 100
parts : wax, 0"8; resin, 4"5; mannite, I'S; uncrystallizable sugar, •2"7 ;
gum, 32; inulin, 1"0; vegetable mucus, 0"6; tannic acid, 10"4; gallic
acid, 4"0 ; extractive, 4'0 ; malic acid, pectin, calcium oxalate, 4'5 ;
cellulose, 51*6. It is occasionally adulterated with the bark of
Berheris vulgaris. The true root-bark of Pnnica Granahim, when
fresh, is pale yellow, or greenish yellow internally, and greyish yellow
externally. To water it imparts a yellow tint, which changes to
blackish blue on the addition of ferrous sulphate, and to pink pass-
ing to yellow on the addition of acids. The stem bark and the
rind of the fruit are useless as anthelmintics, but possess tonic and
astringent properties.

Adulterations of the Rhizomes of Imperatoria Ostruthium.
(From Pharmaceut. Zeitnng, 1877, 224.) The rhizomes of master-
wort, Imperatoria Ostruthium, which were formerly officinal in the
Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia, and are still so in the Pharmacopceia
Germanica, are liable to frequent and extensive adulteration in con-
sequence of the careless and indiscriminate manner in which they
are collected in Switzerland. The admixtures most frequently
detected by the writer wei'e those with aconite root and veratrum
rhizome. As small particles of these are more difficult to distin-
guish from masterwort than the larger pieces, any such particles
which do not permit of a proper identification ought to be rejected.

MATERIA MEDICA. 201

Tlie roots of Gentiana p^mctafa, Gentiana purpiirea, Pimpinella
saxifraqa, Meiim athamanticum, Libanotis montana, and the rhizomes
of Poh/goimm Bistorta, have also been obseiTed as occasional admix-
tures in this drug.

The Gums of Senegal. Dr. A. Corre. (Pharm. Journ., from
Jonrn. de Pharm. [4], xxiv., 318.) In commerce the gums of Senegal
are distinguished according to the district which yields them, or
the port from which they are exported. They are: — (1) gomjies
Bas-du-fleuye (Bas-du-fleuve, Degana, and Podor : gums from the
desert of Bounoun and the country of the Braknas) ; and (2) Galam
r,uMS, or GOMMES Haut-du-fleuve (Galam, Podor, Bakel, and Medina).
These gums, when carefully sorted, yield very different products,
■which the author classifies as follows : —

A first group includes the gums in round pieces (en icndes, so-called
because of their form). The subdivisions of this group are regulated
by the degree of consistence and resistance, size and colour, of the
balls.

A. Hard Gums (Gommes dures), of firm consistence, with large,
clear, shining fracture : — (1) grosse blanche : pieces large or medium,
sized, entire, white or yellowish white ; (2) petite blanche : pieces
small, entire or in fragments, generally whiter than the preceding ;
(3) grosse blonde : pieces large or medium sized, entire, yellowish or
reddish yellow ; (4) petite blonde : pieces small, entire, or in frag-
ments, yellowish or reddish yellow ; (5) deiircieme blonde : pieces
more or less large, entire or in fragments, reddish ; (6) fabrique :
pieces more or less large, entire or in fragments, reddish or brownish,
moderately limpid, grumous or tearlike on the surface, with a frac-
ture often resinoid, uneven, and dull.

B. Soft or Friable Gums (Gommes molles ou friahles). — (7)
blanche; (8) blonde ; (9) fabriqite.

In a second group the author places the gums occurring in elon-
gated masses, a form which results, doubtless, through delay in the
solidification of the gum upon the tree, caused by rains or humidity
of the atmosphere: — (10) larmeuse: in mamillated or undulated
masses, clear light yellow colour, shining at the surface, fracture
clean, hard; (11) vermicelle : rather dull white, surface corrugated,
fracture pretty clean and shining, friable ; this gum is remarkable
for its convolute form, which resembles that of vermicelli.

To a third group belong the gums in fragments and powder, the
debris and residue of the preceding: — (12) gj-os grabeaux ; (13)
moyens grabeaux; (14) mentis grabeaiix ; (15) grabeauoi tries; (16)
grabeaux frabrique ; (1 7) poxissiere.

202 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

To a fourth group is allotted (18) viarrons or hois, a largisli gum,
freqaeutly of resinoid aspect, yellowish or brownish, mixed with, or
adherent to, fragments of bark.

The Senegal gums are collected from a great variety of plants.
The acacias {Acacia nilutica, Verek, Adansonii, albida, dealhata, Sing,
Seijal, etc.) yield the greater part, and the finest qualities They
are also obtained from the Khayd senegalensis, certain Sj)ondias,
some Sferculiacece, and perhaps Bassia, etc.

As the result of the study of the mode in which the gum is pro-
duced from the verek, the author is of opinion that the starting-
point is certainly in the cambium. When a transverse incision is
made in a young branch, there is observed at first a sort of exuda-
tion, badly defined, between the wood and the bark. As the exuda-
tion becomes more considerable it raises the bark, and makes its
way to the exterior through any cracks or fissures. But as there
are two layers in this zone — a ligneous and a cellular layer — the
question arises in which layer does the gum take its origin ? For
the followiug reasons, the author believes it to be formed in the
ligneous layer at the expense of the crude sap circulating therein: —

1. Upon difi'erent specimens of verek he has observed that at
the level of the base of the gummy exudations the exterior woody
bundles become deviated in the form of a capsule, and present traces
of an erosive or destructive action. In very young branches, by the
aid of a microscope, these bundles may be distinguished, dissociated
and jagged, in the midst of the gummy matter.

2. The balls of gum are frequently marked with very regular
cavities, similar to those produced in a viscous mass by blowing air
into it through a slender tube. These cavities cannot be due to the
penetration of a gas coming directly from without, for they face
inwards, i.e., towards the base of the exudations ; they could only
be produced by the air from the vessels of the sap wood, ruptured
and dissociated at the same time as the woody fibres.

3. The mineral elements of gum (lime, etc.), belong to the crude sap.
Gum, however, is not simply water charged with salts, neither is

it a highly concentrated saline solution. It is a product that pre-
sents great analogy of chemical composition with lignose. The
author, therefore, considers gum to be the result of a kind of lique-
faction of the elements of the sap wood by the crude sap.

It is incontestable that the formation of gum is connected with
an anomalous state due to excess of nutrition. It is observed more
particularly at the points of budding, and at the bifurcation of the
branches, and it acquires a remarkable development upon abnormal

MATERIA MEDICA. 203

nodosities ; in fact, wlierever the nutritive action exists in the
greatest intensity. Beyond certain limits, tliis energy in the rising
of the sap is accompanied by a slackening of the circulation, which
leads to a stagnation of the liquid through the engorgement of the
channels ; hence, perhaps by absorption, leading to the softening
and liquefaction of the fibrous and vascular element of the sap -wood.

In this phenomenon the easterly winds have a share, their high
temperature and dryness favouring the determination of the sap to
the extei'ior. Their influence is not, as often stated, limited to the
production of cracks in the bark. It will be seen that there is a
great analogy between the mode of the formation of verek gum and
that of the gum of rosacese, as described by Trecul.

Recently an important part in the pi'oduction of Senegal gums
has been attributed to a loranthaceous parasite, which is met with
frequently in eastern Africa, not only on gum trees, but also on
guava trees, palms, etc. The author has never observed the least
exudation of gum at the points of implantation of this parasite,
which itself takes up sap and leaves no excess for the plant on
which it is developed. The nodosities, which have probably been
attributed to the action of this parasite, and thus led to the sugges-
tion, the author considers to be the result of insect punctures.

The Preparation and Toxic Effects of Gelsemine. T. Gr. Worm ley.
(Arner. Jouni. Pharm., April, 1877, 150.) The author has formerly
shown that Gelsemium sempervlrens contains an organic acid, gel-
seminic acid, and a nitrogenised alkaloid, gelsemine, to the latter of
which the plant owes its activity, (See Year-Booh of Pharmaoj,
1876, 194-197.)

The method thei'e pointed out for the preparation of these two
princii^les was to concentrate the fluid extract of the root (contain-
ing the soluble matter of 480 grains of the root to the fluid ounce)
to about one-eighth its volume, dilute the concentrated extract with
several times its volume of water, and after subsidence of the resinous
matter and filtration, to again concentrate the liquid to the original
volume of the extract employed. The liquid was then acidulated
with hydrochloric acid, and the gelseminic acid extracted with ether,
after which the liquid was rendered alkaline, and the gelsemine
extracted by chloroform.

More recent investigations have shown that by the former part of
this process a large proportion of both the principles in question
are separated with the resinous matter, and thus escape recovery.
After trying various methods for the moi'e complete recovery of these
principles from the fluid extract, the author finds the following to

204 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

give the best results. A given volume of the fluid extract, acidulated
■with acetic acid, is slowly added, with constant stirring, to about
eight volumes of water; after the separated resinous matter has
completely deposited, the liquid is filtered, and the filtrate concen-
trated on a water bath to something less than the volume of fluid
extract employed. The gelseminic acid is then extracted from the
concentrated fluid by ether, after which the liquid is treated with
slight excess of carbonate of sodium, and the gelsemine exti'acted
with ether or chloroform. For the extraction of the first of these
principles it is not essential that the liquid should be acidulated,
but in the presence of a free acid the results are more satisfactory.

A series of examinations of a number of samples of the fluid
extract of gelsemium, prepared by several of the more prominent
manufacturers, showed that, as found in commerce, it quite uni-
formly contains about 0"'2 per cent, of gelsemine, and 0"4 per cent,
of the non-nitrogenised principle. The only marked exception to
this was found in the case of a fluid extract furnished a physician
as a sample, which contained just double the ordinary proportion of
the alkaloid and acid. Two samples of fluid extract, prepared by
the same firm, as obtained from the shops, contained the ordinary
quantity of the alkaloid and acid. Within the last few years,
thirteen cases of poisoning by the preparation of gelsemium, have
been reported, nine of which proved fatal. In the fatal cases the
dose of the fluid extract varied, in the case of adults, from about
one fluid dram to one tablespoonful ; and the time of death from
two hours and a half to seven hours and a half. In one instance 15
grains of the resinoid " gelsemin," proved fatal to a woman in one
hour after the dose had been taken.

Fifty minims of a tincture prepared from four ounces of the root
to one pint of dilute alcohol, proved fatal to a child aged three
years in two hours. And in another instance a much less quantity
of the tincture, taken in two doses, caused the death of a child in
one hour after the second dose had been taken.

In one of the non-fatal cases a tablespoonful of the fluid extract
had been taken ; but it was soon followed by vomiting, induced by
an emetic.

In another instance, in which from one to two teaspoonfuls of
the ordinary fluid extract produced most profound symptoms,
recovery took place under the administration of three grains or
more of morphia, employed hypodermically, in half -grain doses,
repeated every few minutes. From the report of this case by Dr.
Geo. S. Courtwright {^Cincinnati Lancet and Observer, Nov., 1876),

MATERIA MEDICA. 205

it would appear that the morphia was the means of saving the life
of the individual.

In the cases thus far reported there seems to be only one, or at
most two, instances in which the poison was administei'ed with
criminal intent.

The Active Principles of Calabar Bean. (Pharm. ZeU., 1877,
Nos., 16, 30; Neiv Remedies, June, 1877, 103.) There is scarcely
another modern di-ug which has been subjected to such frequent
and exhaustive investigations as the seeds oi Physostigmavenenosum;
bat at the same time there is a surprising difference of views and
theories in regard to its physiological action. All authors are agreed
on one property of the drug, namely, that of contracting the pupil,
but in all other respects they differ widely. Ever since Fraser's
classical investigations (1863), it has been customary to regard the
calabar bean as a poison directly paralysing the spinal cord, and
from this view arose its employment as a remedy in tetanus, where
it was found (by Watson and others) to be so exceedingly effective
that most other previously-used remedies were henceforth dis-
carded. But lately statements have been published, in reference to
the action of the commercial extract of calabar and of " physos-
tigmin," which would make their usefulness in tetanus appear
exceedingly problematical. Rossbach and Nothnagel, for instance,
assert that extract of calabar is not a paralyzing but a tetanizing
poison ; and the latter adds that it resembled strychnia, in so far as
its paralysing effect was a secondary symptom depending upon an
exhaustion of nerves and muscles, by preceding violent convulsions.
Martin Damourette thought he had solved the problem by supposing
that the drug excited the spinal mari-ow, and paralysed the peripheral
nerves. But such compromises, unsupported by evidence, are in-
admissible in exact science, and Rossbach was unable to obtain any
paralysing effects upon the peripheral nerves with Merck's physos-
tigmin. It was left to chemistry to throw light upon these apparent
discrepancies. Hitherto it had been supposed that calabar contained
only o/ie alkaloid, namely, physostigmia, as Hesse called it, or eserina,
as Ve and Leven termed it. But, according to the researches of
Harnack and Witkowsky, conducted in the pharmacological labora-
tory at Strassbourg, calabar bean contains tivo alkaloids, one of
which entirely resembles strychnia in its effects, while the other
produces the previously known central paralysis. The new alkaloid,
named by the discoverers calabarin (calabaria), differs from phy-
sostigmia by its insolubility in ether, and easier solubility in water ;
it is also soluble in alcohol. A farther difference is the fact that

206 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

the precipitate produced by potassium iodobydrargyrate in calabarin
solutions is insoluble in alcohol. The commercial preparations of
calabar are, according to the same authorities, mixtures of the two
alkaloids in varying proportions, and therefore produce such dis-
cordant effects. Whenever physostigmia preponderates, it appears
to suppress the effects of calabarin. This fact explains why most
investigators merely took notice of the paralysing effects. On the
other hand, there are preparations in the market which scarcely con-
tain any physostigma at all, as was proved directly by Harnack and
Witkowsky in the case of an English specimen. The purest com-
mercial preparation was Duquesnel's eserine, which appears to be
absolutely free from calabarin. Since, therefore, commercial pre-
parations of calabar may contain comparatively large per centages
of calabai'in, the administration of which is positively injurious and
highly dangerous in tetanus, it is desii'able to possess a means of
control, or to employ preparations which make the pi'esence of the
dangerous alkaloid impossible. As the latter is absolutely insoluble
in ether, it appears advisable to introduce, in place of the present
officinal alcoholic extract of calabar, an ethereal extract, although the
same drawback, which Hager points out as inhering to the officinal
preparation, is not unlikely to attach to this, namely, a process to
speedy deterioration. Indeed, physostigmia is very readily decom-
posed with formation of Duquesnel's rubeserin, which appears to
be formed not only under the influence of alkalies, but even spon-
taneously, as may be suspected from the change of colour observable
in old calabar beans. Duquesnel's eserine has an especial tendency
towards this decomposition, according to Harnack and Witkowsky.
But rubeserin cannot contaminate the ethereal extract prepared
from the beans, since it is insoluble in ether.

In No. 21 of the same seinal we find a communication by 0. Hesse,
commenting on the above article, in which he states that he has
succeeded in extracting from calabar beans a substance crystal-
lizing from alcohol in probably the same form as the so-called
crystallized eserine, and appearing to be a much more definite and
stable substance than the latter. It crystallizes from ether, chloro-
form, and petroleum ether in white silky needles, melts at 133-
134° C, is indifferent, and greatly reseaibles cholesterin and iso-
cholestcrin in appearance, though not in properties or composition.
Hesse also adds that the substitution of nn ethereal instead of an
alcoholic extract would be of but little use, as calabar beans contain
physostigmia in such a combination that it appears insoluble in and
incapable of extraction by pure ether.

MATERIA MEDICA. 207

Tlie Tvell-known mannf.actnring chemist, E. ]\Ierck, in Darmstadt,
has heretofore prepai'od and sohi a substance which was supposed
to be the only active principle of calabar, and which he called cnla-
barin, but which was really eserine or physostigmin. He now
accepts and confirms the results of Harnack's and Witkowsky'.s
researches ; and has introduced both of the active principles into the
market labelled with their correct names, namely, j^hysosfigmin (or
eserine, being the same substance which he formerly sold as cala-
barin), and calabarin, distinguished by the addition of Harnack's
name (" Harnack's Calabarin.") The attention of ijhysicians and
pliarmadsts is 2iarticnlarh/ directed to this change of ajypellations.

Carobse Folia. Dr. A. Alt. (Pharmaceut. Zeitmig, 1877, 289.)
The author's attention was directed to this drug by Mr. C. Weber,
whose long experience as an apothecary at Rio de Janeiro and Monte
Video had made him familiar with its valuable therapeutic properties.
It is used in Brazil as a diaphoretic, diuretic, and tonic ; but chiefly
and most successfully as an alterative in the various forms of syphilis.
The author has tried it extensively, and expresses himself much
pleased with the results, especially in old standing cases of syphilitic
eruptions, and after a course of mercurial treatment.

The drug is known under the name " Caroba " in Brazilian com-
merce, and has hitherto met with little attention in Europe. It
consists of long ovate leaflets, which are dark green on the upper
and pale green on the lower surface, and have very conspicuous
lateral veins. Its botanical source, according to Spreugel, is Jaca-
randa procera, a tree belonging to the family Bignoniaceoi, and
growing to a height of thirty to forty feet. Its root is dark red ex-
ternally, and whitish yellow internally ; its stem is much branched,
and densely covered with unequally pinnate leaves. The flowers
vary in colour between white and red, and emit a pleasant, honey-
like odour ; the fruit is a two-celled woody capsule. The drug was
introduced to the notice of European practitioners by Dr. Joan
Alves de Carneiro, who placed it before the Medical Academy of
Paris. The experiments conducted with it by Carron de Villards,
Bompani, Souto, Barros Pimental, Level, Spicks, and Martin, the
last named of whom called the plant " Cyhistas antisyphilitica'^
proved veiy successful. A decoction of the leaves is much used bv
the natives as a stomachic tonic and for improving the appetite. In
syphilis and in skin diseases the drug is employed both internally
and externally. The preparations generally used are the decoction
and the powdered leaves. The author recommends a liquid hydro-
alcoholic extract containing three to four per cent, of dry extract.

20S YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Tiinbo. M. Martin. (New Beviedies, from Bull. Gen. de Therap.)
Plants belonging to tlie Stxpindacece, the same to which PaulUaia
sorhilis (the botanical source of guarano) belongs, are very common
in Brazil, and comprise both trees and climbing shrubs. Some have
such poisonous properties that the natives use their juices as arrow-
poisons, while others are innocuous or simply narcotic. The timbo
(PaidUnia pinnata, Lin.) belongs to the latter class. The timbo is
a tree found in Brazil, Mexico, the Antilles, and in Guiana. The
leaves are composed of five leaflets, oval, lanceolate, and crenulated.
The flowers are polygamous, dioecious, and have five, or rarely four
pai'ts ; an imbricate calyx ; four unequal petals furnished with scaly
appendices ; eight stamens situated around a disc with notched
edges ; ovary with three cells, surmounted with three styles, and
containing three seeds, and commonly one which has aborted, which
is provided with an arillus and contains under its envelope an
embryo without albumen. The bark of the timbo root is the only
part used in Brazil; it is of a yellowish grey colour, and variable in
length and thickness. In transverse sections there is observed from
outside inwards : (1) An exterior layer of periderm, composed of
numerous masses of corky or woody tissue ; (2) on reaching the
central parenchyma, there are seen here and there small masses of
hardened cells (that is to say, having early incrustations), — this
element is frequent in the bark and in this situation ; (3) a very
thick layer of cortical parenchyma, in which the cells are distended
with starch ; (4) in the midst of this parenchyma cells containing
a resinous material ; (5) bundles of liber arranged in interrupted
lines and mixed with rays of the medulla. This bark is Avithout
difiiculty reduced to powder. Five grams of it will absorb, cold,
fifteen grams of distilled water.

The bark of timbo root has an agreeable aromatic odour, slightly
resembling musk. In Brazil it is only employed externally. Poul-
tices are made from it with boiling water, which are applied to the
side in afiections of the liver. It often causes intense eruptions, in
which case the application is discontinued.

M. Martin has isolated from the root-bark starch, resin, an essen-
tial oil, chlorophyll, tannin, an organic acid, traces of glucose, and
an alkaloid to which he gives the name of " timbouiue."

By first treating the finely powered bark by carbon disulphide,
the extraction of the alkaloid and other principles is facilitated.
The sulphate of timbonine crystallizes in white needles.

Note on a Piper Jaborandi from Rio Janeiro. Dr. A. Gubler,
(Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim. [4], xxv., 12b; Pharmaceut. Journ.

MATERIA MEDICA. 209

3rd series, vii., 7ol.) Besides the jaborandi of Dr. Coutlnho (Pilo-
carpus jmnnatif alius) , the sialogogue and sudorific properties of
which are so remarkable, there exists in Brazil, as is known, a large
number of plants bearing the same popular name, which are used
against the bites of serpents, etc. All the botanical species, however,
are included in two families, Butacece and Piperacece. Among the
latter. Piper citrifolium and P. reticidatum have been mentioned as
particularly efficacious. A jaborandi from the province of Rio
Janeiro, which has been the subject of a note in the Journal de
Therapeutique, for November 25th, by Professor Gubler, appears to
be referable to either of these species, which perhaps should be com-
bined in one.

The plant is a shrub, usually attaining, but sometimes consider-
ably exceeding, a metre in height. The stems are fasciculated at the
base, simple, and denuded for half their length, cylindrical, very
straight, and articulated like the bamboo; towards the top they bear
dark green leaves that are alternate, shortly petiolate, oval-lanceo-
late or slightly obtuse. In the axils of these are sometimes found
catkins of male flowers. A supply of the plant collected by Dr. da
Veiga, of the Brazilian navy, has been investigated chemically,
physiologically, and therapeutically.

According to Professor Gubler the entire plant exhales a slightly
aromatic odour, which becomes more pronounced upon bruising the
leaves between the fingers. When chewed the taste is at first
slightly acid, then warm and aromatic, and finally very piquant, and
comparable to that of pyrethrum root. This taste is met with in
the stems and especially in the roots, where it attains a high degree
of intensity, chiefly in the moderately large portions, about the size
of a crow quill, which are externally of a rather decided grey colour.
The more slender and whitish portions are rather insipid, and the
finest have hardly any taste at all. These differences are dependent
upon the constitution and thickness of the cortical layer, which
appears to be the seat of the active principle.

When a picked fragment of the root is chewed, at first no sensa-
tion is produced on the palate ; the prickling is first manifested at a
short interval after the vegetable tissue becomes impregnated with
saliva. It would appear that the active principle of the drug does
not exist ready formed in the plant, but is due to a special fermen-
tation "in the presence of water, similar to that which sets free oil
of bitter almonds or oil of mustard. When once manifested the
piquancy rapidly acquires great energy, being accompanied by pain-
ful shootings and vibratory tremblings of the tongue and lips, as

210 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

though these organs were traversed by an electric discliarge. At
the same time a very active secretion of all the buccal glands
becomes developed, and especially an extraordinarily abundant sali-
vation. These phenomena persist for a few moments after the
sapid pulp has been rejected, but then decrease and disappear,
leaving a sensation of freshness and a certain degree of anee.sthesia
of the palate. After a few minutes, however, all the parts return to
their normal state.

Upon swallowing the saliva charged with the active principle, an
impression of heat is produced at the back of the throat, which
extends to the oesophagus and stomach, where it gives rise to a sen-
sation resemblino: huno^er.

The chemical composition has been studied by M. Hardy, who in
some preliminary experiments with infusions was able to demon-
strate the presence of an alkaloid.

Some leaves and stalks were therefore powdered and left tu
macerate for four days with three times their weight of 90^ alcohol,
acidulated with eight grams of hydrochloric acid per litre. The
alcohol was then decanted and fresh alcohol added, and this was
repeated three times. The alcoholic solutions were concentrated by
distillation, and the aqueous solution evaporated and decomposed
by ammonia in the presence of excess of chloroform. Upon evapo-
ration of the chloroform the base was left free, but still impure. It
was therefore treated with water acidulated with hydrochloric acid,
which dissolved the major part of it ; the solution was filtered, eva-
porated, and ag lin decomposed by ammonia in the presence of
excess of chloroform. Upon evaporation of the chloroform solution
the base was deposited, having a crystalline appearance and slightly
yellowish tint.

The base presents the characteristic reaction of alkaloids ; its
solution gives a white precipitate with iodide of mercury and potas-
sium, and with iodine in iodide of potassium. Another portion of
the leaves was distilled with water to obtain the volatile oil, but
only a small quantity was collected, insuffijient for investigation.

The alkaloid dissolved easily in water slightly acidulated with
hydrochloric acid, and such a solution was used by Dc. Bochefon-
taine to study its physiological action upon animals. He found
that it did not act upon the heart, or influence the muscular
contractility ; it was not a convulsivant. It appeared to have the
]iower to prevent the mechanical or electric excitations of the
mixed nerves, such as the sciatic, from being transmitted to the
muscles. It appeared even to postess the parahsing power at the

MATERIA MEDiCA. 211

outset, and this property would seem to distiuguisU it from curare.
Indeed, the paralysing aetion of curare is usually preceded by some
slight spasmodic movements, which have not been observed in frogs
poisoned with the alkaloid of false jaborandi.

Professor Gubler remarks that the effects observed after the admin-
istration of the plant to the human subject, although in small doses,
had not led him to expect so violent an action from the alkaloid of
the Rio piper. The first experiment, in 1875, with the compara-
tively fresh plant, did not reveal any great activity compared with
the excessive power of Pilocarpus penaatifulius. Besides the peppery
sensation on the mouth and throat, and the heat in the stomach,
doses of four to six grams of the leaves in infusion only caused
slight salivation and diaphoresis. More recent experiments have
been still less fruitful. In a case of acute albuminous nephritis its
effects were absolutely nil ; whilst in the same patient on the follow-
ing day an infusion of four grams of Pilocarpus jaborandi in 20U
grams of water caused abundant salivation and sweating, and an
increased excretion of urine.

From these negative facts Professor Gubler draws the following
conclusions : —

1. That there exists a striking difference between the mode of
action of Pilocarpus pennatifolius and of Piper reticulatum. With an
insignificant topical action, the Pilocarpus manifests a diifused action
of great energy ; the second, though very aggressive to the organs
at the entrance to the j^rimce vioi, appears to be nearly inert when ic
once enters the circulation.

2. That this inertia of the Piper is more apparent than real, and
due to the insufficiency of the doses employed. In future it will be
desirable to administer larger doses of the leaves, or better still of
the root, to obtain physiological effects.

But if the alkaloid discovered by M. Hardy is a certain test of
the efficiency of the Pipjer reticulaluni, the experiments of M. Boche-
fontaine show that it will be advisable not to seek to obtain the first
manifestations through the secretions, as the new agent is a poison
of the motor system closely allied to curare.

Rssina Gaaiaci Peruviana, Aromatica vel Oiorata. A. Kopp.
(Arcliiu der PJiarmacie, Sept., 1876.) Some time ago the firm of
Gehe & Co. purchased a resin in Paris which they have since been
selling to perfumers, and the origin of which could not be ascertained.
It is entirely difi"orent from true guaiac resin, yields in distillation
with water about 4 per cent, of volatile oil, having an odour resem-
bling a mixture of peppermint and citron, and yields in dry disLil-

212 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

lation various oils of different boiling points, -whicli exhibit very
peculiar colours. The portions distilling below 210° C. were
brownish yellow to brown, strongly dichroic, and became green
■with ferric chloride. Addition of aqueous ammonia or soda turns
them deep red, the ammonia-water itself becomes red, and on
neutralization with an acid changes to blue. The portion boiling
between 255° and 270° distils over of a pure and deep azure colour,
resembling ammonio-cupric solutions. This is probably identical
with the blue oil of matricaria and galbanum.

Tayuya. (Pharm. CenfralhaUe, 1877, 211.) A previous notice of
this drug will be found in the Year-Boole of Pharmacy, 1876, 167.

Tayuya or tayuia, is the name of a vegetable drug which has been
employed for a very long time by the natives and physicians of
Brazil, as a remedy in various diseases. Taijuia de ahohrinha, or
ahobra, is the common name of the plant in question, which is Der-
mophyUa pendulina, Manso, nat. fam. Cucurbitaceas-Bryonieae, and
whose synonyms are Brianosperma Jicifolia, Mart., Bryonia ficifolia,
Lam., Bryonia tayuya, Velloso. The root is the most active portion.
It is said to be a most valuable remedy in malarious fevers, dropsy,
syphilis, mental disorders, elephantiasis, skin diseases, etc. It has
also been used with tolerable success externally, in form of a lotion,
particularly in an affection common to Brazil, namely an inflammation
of the sphincter ani (bicho do cu), according to Rosenthal, in his
" Synopsis Plantarum."

Stanislaus Martin states (in L" Union Pharm.') that he had received
specimens of the root in slices 5 cm. (2 inches) broad and 2-3 mm.
(about \ inch) long. According to Martin's description, it does not
seem to be much different from that of the European Bryonia
root. He extracted from it a green resin (tayuyin) ; a citron-
yellow fat, and brown extractive matter, both of very bitter, aromatic
taste ; tannin, pectin, traces of glucose, starch, and volatile oil ; and
he found the ash to contain magnesia, lime, alumina, potassa, and
iron. He could find no alkaloid in it. Prof. Luigi Gabba, of Milan,
extracted the root with alcohol, and obtained by evaporation a brown
extract, of neither acid nor alkaline reaction, very stable, and drying
up to an amorphous mass, which -was only partially soluble in cold,
but more so in boiling water. The latter solution, mixed with dilute
sulphuric acid and heated, did not exhibit any remarkable change,
but gave indications of glucose. As this reaction failed to make its
appearance before the addition of the acid, Gabba concluded that the
root contained a glucoside. Prof. Zenoni states, that on exhausting
the root with ether and then treating it with acidified alcohol, he

MATERIA MEDIC A. 213

obtained a substance which appeared to give him the reactions of an
alkaloid. Yvon, who subjected Martin's investigation to a control,
found in it a wax-like resin, soluble in ether and chloroform, of acid
reaction, greenish yellow colour, and very bitter taste. Its melting-
point is said to be at 49° C. (120° F.), and its solution in alkalies or
ammonia developed microscopic crystals. This resin is said to be
the active portion. An alcoholic tincture of the root deposited, after
concentration, a small qaantity of prismatic crystals, but they were
devoid of alkaloidal properties.

The explorer Luigi Ubicini brought the root to Europe, and caused
a strong tincture to be prepared from it, of the strength of 1 part
dry root to 3 parts of 80 per cent, alcohol. This was directed to
be diluted with 3 times its weight of dilute alcohol before using,
and this diluted tincture is used internally, as Tlnctura Dermophyllce
diluta, in doses of 2 to 12 drops, 3 to 4 times a day. The daily dose
should not exceed 24 drops. For external use in syphilitic or
scrofulous skin diseases, it is to be diluted with twenty or thirty
times its weight of water; although it maj' be used in concentrated
form upon indui'ated glands. For hypodermic use 03-0"5 gram of
the tincture are to be diluted with water to 1 gram, which constitutes
one dose.

Note on Dickamali Resin. Professor Fliickiger. (Pharm.
Juurn. 3rd series, vii. 589.) This substance, the resinous exudation
of Gardenia lucida, Roxb., Bubiacece, is much, used in India, both
internally and externally. It contains, according to Stenhouse, a
crystallizable resin, described by this chemist "as one of the most
beautiful substances of that kind." It has a marked, peculiar odour,
somewhat resembling rue and aloes ; it looks crystalline and has a
yellowish colour, being decidedly yellow when powdered ; the solu-
tion has a fine yellow colour with a greenish hue. It assumes an
intensely greenish brown colour on addition of ferric chloride, and
on addition of a little soda it turns brown. It belongs to the
aromatic class of organic compounds, as it yields, by fusing with
caustic potassa, protocatechuic acid.

Indian Hemp and its Active Principle. (Pharm. Zeit. fUr Buss.,
1876, 705; New Bemedies, March, 1877.) The home of hemp is
Persia and the high plateau of northern India, whence it has gradually
spread to other countries, so as to be domesticated everywhere.
Its narcotic properties, however, are only developed fully in its
native home in Asia, and in certain parts of Africa, where it is used
as a narcotic stimulant and intoxicant by nearly 300,000,000 of
inhabitants.

214 year-book: of prarmact.

A preparation, called madjonn, is sold in Alc^iors, -nliich is pow-
dered Ca7uinhis safira boiled with honey for a lonGfor or shorter
time, according to the desired consistence. Usually it is kept mixed
with a certain portion of raa-el-lianoiif, a spice compound contain-
ing nutmeg, cinnamon, cloves, various peppers, ginger, galangale,
and Guinea grains. This mixture is also called Iclf. The dose varies
from the size of a hazel nut to that of a walnut, according to the
acre, sex, and tolerance of the person using it. ]\rost eaters of
hashish also smoke the dried leaves of the plant, either alone or
mixed with the so-called " tobacco of the desert," which, according
to Dr. Gnyon, is a species of hyoscyamus.

Dr. Preobraschensky, who accompanied the expedition to Chiwa
in 187o, furnishes the following information on the hashish of Cen-
tral Asia: — "This article occurs in the bazaars of large cities of
^riddle Asia in the form of plates or cakes of various shapes, mostly
five to fifteen inches long, five to ten inches broad, and one to three
inches thick ; externally they are dark brown, internally greenish
or brownish, of firm consistence, very tough, and almost incapable
of being broken, but easily cut into fine shavings. They are pre-
pared as follows : The resinous juice from the fresh unripe flower-
tops is collected during spring, mixed with sand and water to a
doughy mass, which is spread upon a surface of clay, and dried
until it can be curt with a knife into plates. In a few days more the
excess of water has evaporated and the substance is ready for use.
It is called hashish by the Russians, nascha hy the natives, bang
and gunjah by the Persians, and is exported from Bochara to Chiwa,
Tashkend, Kokant (Chokand), and other places.

The active principle of hashish has been supposed to be resin.
Dr. Preobraschensky has, however, lately subjected hashish to a
chemical analysis, and has found an alkaloidal body not only in tho
commercial substance, but also in the flower-tops of hemp itself,
and the pure extract prepared from it, which was recognised as
nicnfine. 150 grams of the herb, distilled with water, furnished 2.V-1-
milligrams of nicotine ; 50 grams of the herb, distilled with caustic
lime and potassa, yielded 335-28 milligrams; 5 grams of the ex-
tract of Cannabis indica, dissolved in alchohol and distilled, yielded
a distillate containing 91"14 milligrams of nicotine ; and 2 grams of
the extract, distilled with caustic lime and potassa, furnished 63"'>
milligrams of the same alkaloid.

Notes on the Genus Teucrinm. .7. 1\[. Maisch. (Amer. Journ.
Pharni., Sept., 187G.) Teucrknn scordiitm, Lin., r/ermnndree aqnatiqiip
of the French, Lnclxenhnohlauch. of the Germans, is usually called

MATERIA MEDICA. 215

water germander in English, because it grows in moist, swampy
meadows, near ponds, etc. It is found in western Asia, and through-
out a large portion of Europe. Forty years ago it was officinal in
most pharmacopoeias of continental Europe, but since then has been
dismissed in the revised editions of nearly all, retaining a place in
a few only.

The plant belongs to the natural order of Lnblahf;, a family oc
plants which is characterized by the complete absence of deleterious
properties, the active constituents found in them being chiefly vola-
tile oil, associated in many with more or less of a bitter, non-alka-
loidal principle, and occasionally with a little tannin. The medical
prrrperties of the Lnhinhv are therefore mainly carminative and stimu-
lant, and frequently tonic and stomachic. They are mostly in-
digenous to the temperate regions of the old world, the number
indigenous to the United States being comparatively small ; but
many species have been introduced here from Earope, and com-
pletely naturalized in some sections of the United States.

The genus Tcncrhun is classed with the tribe Ajvjgoidcm, which
has the upper lip short, or deeply notched and turned forward, so
as to appear wanting, the four ascending stamens projecting through
the slit in the upper lip. Several of the European species formerly
enjoyed a high reputation, among them the one mentioned, which,
together with the allied species, T. scordloules, Schreb., is regarded
to be the "SKopBiov of Dioscorides. The plant is softly pubescent,
attains a hciglit of twelve to eighteen inches, has sessile, oblong,
serrate leaves, and rose-coloured flowers, two or three of which are
found in the axils of the leaves. The second species differs mainly
by being villous, and having cordately ovate, somewhat clasping,
leaves. Both possess a bitter taste, and, in the fresh state, a dis-
tinctly alliaceous odour. It was formerly in repute as an antiseptic
and diaphoretic internal remedy, for gargles, and as a dressing for foul
ulcers. " The New London Dispensatory," printed in 1676, says
of it : — " It is lyptintick, abstersive, traumatic, alexipharmick, sudo-
rific, anodyne, and pectoral ; it opens obstructions of all the prin-
cipal parts, cleanseth the entrails and old ulcers ; provokes urine
and the terms ; expectorates rotten matter out of the chest ; helps
old coughs, asthma, pleurisies, inward ruptures, biting and stinging
of serpents ; and potently resists poison, plague, and all pestilential
diseases. It exhilarates the heart, cures the bloody flux, comforts the
stomach, and drives out the small-pox and measles. Outwardly, it
cleanseth and heals wounds and ulcers, and cures pain of the gout.
The essence is most effectual to the intentions aforesaid."

216 YEAE-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Similar but more feeble virtues were attributed to T. scorodomia,
Lin. (syn. Scorodina veteromcdla, Moench), likewise a European plant,
whicli differs from the former in having petiolate, cordate-ovate
leaves, a more distinctly two-lipped calyx, and yellow corolla.

The fluid extract of water germander may be made by the U. S.
oflBcinal process for fluid extract of chimaphila, and may be given
in doses of one-half to one teaspoonful.

The following European species were formerly employed medici-
nally for their stimulating and tonic properties, and some still
enjoy some popularity as domestic remedies in localities where they
occur: —

T. polium, Lin., with sessile, linear-lanceolate, crenate and tomen-
tose leaves, and terminal white flowers.

T. montanum, Lin., leaves similar, with a revolute margin and
terminal yellowish flowers.

T. creticum, Lin., resembling the preceding, but the bluish flowers
axillary and single. The closely allied T. rosmarl ni folium, Lam., has
the branches longer and more slender, and the flowers in cynules of
three in the axils of the bracts.

T.flavmm, Lin., has its greyish yellow flowers similarly arranged,
but the petiolate leaves are ovate and crenate.

T. frudicans, Lin., is the erha di S. Lorenzo of southern Italy, and
has entire, oblong or oval sub-coriaceous leaves, and single axillaiy
flowers with bluish coi-olla.

T. chamcEdnjs, Lin., the x^MO'^P^^^ of Discorides; leaves short
petiolate, ovate to obovate, cuneate at base, crenately serrate ;
flowers, one to three, axillary, with purplish red corollas.

T. hotrys, Lin., leaves triangular-ovate in outline, pinnatifid ;
flowers axillary, in threes ; corolla pale red, punctate in the throat.

These, and a few other species, indigenous to southern Europe
and the basin of the Mediterranean, most probably do not differ in
their medicinal properties from Teucrium Canadense, Lin., the wood-
sage or germander of the United States and Canada.

Somewhat diff'erent properties are met with in T. inarum, Lin.,
cat thyme, or Syrian herb mastich, which is found in the countries
bordering on the Mediterranean. Its leaves are petiolate, ovate or
ovate-oblong, rather acute, white tomentose beneath ; the rose red
flowers are single in the axils of the bracts, and form a terminal
one-sided raceme. It has a strong aromatic, somewhat camphor-
aceous odour, and an aromatic, bitterish and acrid taste. It has
been employed internally in doses of twenty to sixty grains, in vari-
ous spaemodie and other nervous disorders, aud externally chiefly

MATERIA MEDICA. 217

for its errhine properties. It constituted the active ingredient of tlie
Fulvis sternutatorius of some old European ph.armacopceias, wLicli
was composed of sweet marjoram, 3 parts ; cat thyme, lily of the
valley, and orris root, of each 1 part. Cat thyme is prescribed in
Europe under the name of Herba marl veri.

Tannin in Gentian Root. M. Ville. {Repert. de Phai-m.) Since
the presence of tannic acid in gentian root asserted by Mr. E. L.
Patch in a paper read before the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy
has been disputed by Prof. Maisch (see Year-Booh of Pharmacy, 1876,
228), the author has been induced by Pi'of. Leon Soubeiran to re-
investigate this subject. In the course of his experiments with cold
infusions of the roots of Gentiana Burseri and Gentiana lutea he
obtained unmistakable indications of the presence of tannin with
ferric chloride, gelatin, and albumen. He also observed that in
decolorizing the cold infusion with animal charcoal the colourless
filtrate was free from bitterness, and ceased to give indications of
tannin with the reagents named. Further experiments were then
made with the view of ascertaining whether the tannin found formed
part of the colouring matter or of the bitter principle of the root. The
I'esultsof these experiments prove the absence of tannin in the latter,
but seem to establish the tannine; nature of grentianin, the colourings
principle of gentian root. In consideration of the chemical proper-
ties of the colouring matter, the author suggests that gentiania
should in future be called gentiano-tannic acid. In his opinion
there is much analogy, from a chemical point of view, between gen-
tianin and the colouring matter of rhatany root.

The Constituents of Cotton Root Bark. C. C. Drueding. (Amer.
Journ. Pharm., 1877, 386.) The constituents isolated by the author
are a red and a yellow resinous colouring matter, a fatty oil, gum,
glucose, tannin, chlorophyll, and 6 per cent, of mineral matter.

Chicle Gum and Monesia Bark. J. R. Jackson. (Pharm.
Jonrti., 3rd series, vii., 409.) So long ago as 1839 an article was
published in the Paris Medical Gazette on a vegetable substance
known as monesia. This article was reprinted in the Pharmaceutical
Journal, vol. iii. (1843-i4), p. 292. It pointed out that monesia,
as then known, was in the form of hard, thick cakes, covered
with yellow paper, each weighing about 500 grams ; and in this
form it was, at the date given above, a recent introduction into
France. The substance consisted of an extract prepared from
the bark of the tree, the botanical source of which was at that
time unknown, though it was supposed to be a species of Chry-
soplijjllnm. It was known, however, to travellers as goharem or

218 YEAH-BOOK OF PnARMACY.

hnranhcm. The bark was described as smooth and grejish, in
appearance bke that of the plane tree, but much thicker, show-
ing' an imbricated fracture and having a sweet taste. The extract
wag in colour a deep brown, very friable, and when broken
having the appearance of a well roasted cocoa-nnt ; entirely soluble
in water ; at first sweetish to the taste, like liquorice, but after-
wards becoming astringent, leaving a well marked and lasting
acid taste in the mouth, which is particularly felt in the tonsils.
The ailments in which monesia was administered were diarrhoea,
leucorrhoea, uterine hemorrhage, inflammation of the mucous mem-
brane, etc. Such is a brief re.«7ni?e of what has been already pub-
lished on monesia, which will be found in detail at the reference
given above, as well as at pp. 125, 187, vol. iv. (1844-45), of the
PharmaceuiicalJournal, the latter being a quotation from the" Sys-
tema Materia? !Medic£e Vegetabilis Braziliensis." In this the plant
is referred to as the Chn/sopJujIlum hiranhnn of Riedel.

Quite recently the plant has been brought to notice again, as
" chicle," in New York, whence it is imported from Mexico for
manufacturing purposes, such as mixing with rubber for insulating
telegraph cables. Some experiments have also been made with it
with a view of manufacturing a paint for the bottoms of vessels;
beside which an essential oil, adapted for perfumery purposes can,
it is said, be extracted from it. A specimen of this chicle gum has
recently been received at the Kew Museum. In appearance it is
somewhat like crude gutta-percha, but more friable or brittle. It
it easily made plastic in warm water ; but from experiments made
in this country it does not seem .suitable for mixing with india-
rubber for telegraphic purposes, as it makes the rubber itsilf more
brittle. Besides the name of chicle, the substance seems to be
known in the New York market as " jNIexican gum " and "rubber
juice." The identification of this gum with the plant yielding
monesia is founded as yet only on the fact that the plant yielding
the former is known as zapota or zapote, and is described as a
saponaceous tree; and further, that it yields a medicinal product
known as monesia. Specimens of the plant itself have not yet been
received; therefore, though all the circumstances indicate them to
be one and the same thing, it cannot be decided as a certainty until
the reception of actual specimens yielding chicle gum.

With regard to the curanhem or guaranhem of Brazil, which is
also known as the imiracem, mohica, and cusca doce (sweet bark),
it is conclusive that the plant furnishing them is the Chry.^oplujUum
(jhjcophJocum, Gazar. (C. buranhem, Riedel). It is one of the com-

MATERIA JIF.DICA. 2 19

monest trees in Brazil, and is met "with even in the environs of TJio
de Janeiro, where Cazareth studied it (on the Corcavado), as vreU as
Telloso and Peckholt in Cantagallo. Both in tlie provinces of the
north as well as in the Antilles, it is well known and employed in
Tnedicine and in veterinary practice. The ])ark is carried to market
in fragments of from two to throe millimetres thick, and five to
twenty centimetres in length. It is of red or brownish colour,
according to the season iu wdiich it is gathered, and according to
the age of the plant. When recently collected, the hark is abund-
antly milky, and has a strong astringent and sweetish taste.

Monesia as now met with presents under the form of transparent
plates of a yellowish white colour a substance easily pulverized.
When reduced to powder it has a white colour. It is soluble iu
alcohol and in water, but barely so in sulphuric acid. When put into
water and shaken it produces a froth like soap-suds. In Brazil the
preparations of the bark of this plant are used both internally and
externally. It is considered an excellent astringent, applied in the
same cases as the ratanhia. Iu Bahia, Leigipe, and sundry other
provinces, it is the usual medicine for cases where an energetic
astringent is required. The preparations employed are, the decoc-
tions for baths and clysters; the extract for pills and to put on
cataplasms ; and the syrup or wine. The disorders in which this
medicine is most efficacious are diarrhoea, intermittent fevers,
dysentery, hemorrhage, ulcerations of the gastro-intestinal canal,
quinsy, etc.

With regard to the physiological action of monesia., it is said that,
notwithstanding its sweetish taste, it belongs strictly to the astrin-
gents and tonics. Its astringency becomes less sensible by the pre-
sence of the saccharine principle contained in the bark. On ulcers
it produces a sensation of pain, accompanied with great heat, which
lasts for hours, and sometimes even for days, afterwards accom-
panied with a rapid formation of numerous fleshy pimples. On the
fibres of the uterus it acts with the same effect as ergot of rye.

^[onesine, the acrid principle, is applied in doses of 1 to 3 decigrams.
The syrup has a great reputation against haemoptysis, the extract
in ulcerations of the mouth and the gastro-intestinal canal, as
has already been said. Externally the extract, either with gly-
cerin or pure, is considered very efficacious for wounded breasts,
lips, and arms; the powder is also used for similar purposes.
With regard to the industrial applications of the bark of Lucuma
ijlycyjihlcciim, it is, on account of its astringency, used both for tan-
ning leather and for dyeing purposes; further than this, it is said to

220 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

coutain a quantity of saponaceous matter which might be employed
for cleaning, but which does not seem capable of development to
any extent so as to make it commercially profitable.

The foregoing remarks on the products of Lacuma ghjcyphlceum,
or monesia, are abstracted from a report recently drawn up for the
Brazilian G-overnment by some of the best authorities on the subject.
Although monesia is not now used in Brazil so much as formerly,
it still has a reputation.

Examination of the Rhizome of Iris Versicolor. C. H. Mar-
quardt. (Abstract from an inaugural essay: Amer. Journ. Fharm.,
1876, 406.)

Eight troy ounces of the rhizome, in moderately fine powder, was
exhausted by alcohol, sp. gr. 'SST), and the alcohol distilled off.
The residue had a very acrid taste, and separated into an upper,
dark brown, perfectly transparent layer, and a lower one of a more
yellowish colour; the former was soluble in alcohol, petroleum
benzine, chloroform, and ether; the latter dissolved completely in
alcohol, partly in ether, and not in chloroform or benzine. The
entire residue was exhausted with the ether, and the solvent evapo-
rated, leaving a dark brown oleo-resin, of a slightly disagreeable
odour and a very acrid, persistent taste. Ammonia water dissolved
a small portion of it, but effected no separation. Treated with cold
solution of potash, a yellowish white emulsion was formed, from
which an oily liquid separated, which was purified by dissolving in
ether, and had then a light colour and a pleasant bland taste, which
after awhile became acrid.

The potash solution was carefully neutralized with sulphuric acid,
concentrated by evaporation, and treated with ether, which dissolved
a brown, soft resin, possessing the acrid taste in a very marked
degree, and yielding with nitric acid a beautiful purple coloured
mass, becoming yellow and tough after some hours.

The residue left by treating the alcoholic extract with ether was
of a yellow colour, had a sweet taste, was soluble in water and
alcohol, and by Trommer's test proved to be glucose.

The dregs, exhausted by alcohol, were extracted with diluted
alcohol, sp. gr. '941 ; the light yellow tincture was evaporated to a
syrupy consistence and set aside for a week, when a sweet, solid
mass remained. Its solution in water was precipitated by subacetate
of lead, and after removing the excess of lead by sulphuretted
hydrogen, Trommer's test indicated in the filtrate the presence of
glucose.

The precipitate on being suspended in warm water and treated

MATERIA MKDICA. 221

■with snlpHuretted hydrogen, yielded, on evaporating tLo water, a
yellow viasf!, having a peculiar, not unpleasant, bitter taste.

The exhausted powder yielded to cold water some albumen, separ-
able by heat, and. gummy matter, precipitated by alcohol, and the
solution of which formed a jelly with ferric chloride. Hot water
dissolved mainly starch from the exhausted powder.

On distilling the fresh rhizome with water, an opalescent dis-
tillate, of a peculiar odour, was obtained, from which a white cam-
2)horaceous substance separated, scaly in appearance, of a faint
odour, nearly tasteless, and soluble in alcohol.

The Detection of Admixtures in Colocynth Powder. Wm. J.
Clark. (Abstract of a paper read before the North British Branch
of the Pharmaceutical Society, Dec. 13th, 1876.) The microscope
affords a ready means for the recognition of an admixture of seed
or rind with the true pulp of colocynth. The most general and
characteristic test for the former is to be found in the cells of the
cotyledons. If a small portion of the suspected powder be placed
on a glass slip, a drop of water added, and the cover glass gently
rubbed on it, so as to extend the drop, these granules will be readily
noticed. In the true powder no granules are to be seen, or at the
most but one or two, but in proportion as more or less seed is pre-
sent, so are the granules more or less numerous. Unless these con-
stitute a considerable bulk of the powder, their presence should only
be considered accidental, and the powder not be condemned on this
account. It will be evident that when the seed is powdered the
tissues will be also broken up, and fragments of these may be
noticed. The commonest and most easy of detection is the double
walled sac enveloping the embryo, showing on the outer side elon-
gated, more or less hexagonal cells, and in the inner side a charac-
teristic structure shown in the woodcut. (See Pliarm. Jouru.,
p. 509.) Besides this, the spiral vessels are sometimes present,
but these cannot be with certainty distinguished from those of the
pulp. Stomata may and do occur, but their presence is so difficult
of detection that they cannot be depended on. The episperm again,
although, it shows a characteristic structure on section, yet, in the
state of powder, cannot be recognised. The rind, on the other
hand, is still less frequently met with, but the characteristic stomata,
in this case easily seen, would furnish a ready means of detection.
In none of the examples examined by the author was any rind de-
tected. Besides the admixture of the seed, powdered colocynth is
liable to contain starch as an adulterant, but this of course is readily
detected both by iodine and a microscope.

222 YEAK-BOOK OF i'HAUMACY.

The author's lepurt in the I'liarmaceatlcal Juurual is illastrateJ
by au excellent ^Yoodcut, showiug the microscopic appearance under
u power of 470 diameters of the inner layer of embryo sac, the
outer layer of ditto, cells of palisaded layer with granules, stomata
from cotyledon, granules from cotyledons, epidermis of rind, aud
starch granule.

Pitliry. Baron Mueller. (British MedicalJournal.) Aprevious
notice of this drug will be found in the Year-Boole of JPJiannacy,
1874, 62. Baron Mueller gives in an Australian journal an account
of his recent examination of the leaves of the " pitury," said to be of
great power as a stimulant, and to be found growing in desert scrubs
from the Darling River and Barcooto to West Australia. It
is his opinion that it is derived from Duboisii Hojnvoodii, described
by him in 1861, the leaves of which are chewed by natives of Central
Australia to invigorate themselves during long foot-journeys. The
blacks use it to excite their courage in warfare ; a large dose infuri-
ates them. The Sidney Herald is informed also that some dry
leaves and stems, said to come from far beyond the Barcoo country,
aud called " pitcherine," are used by the aborigines as "we use
tobacco, for both chewing and smoking ; and it is stated also that a
small quantity causes agreeable exhilaration, prolonged use result-
iug in intense excitement. It is observed, that the blacks, after
chewing the lea;ves, plaster the quid so formed behind the ears,
believing that this increases its eS'ect.

The Root of Euphorbia Ipecacuanha. P. H. Dilg. (Amer. Journ.
Pharm., Nov., 1870.) The author collected the root in New Jersey
late in September, and on repeating some of Mr. Petzelt's experi-
ments (see Year-Booh uf Bhanuacy, 1874, 125) did not obtain any
reaction for glucose until after the decoction had been boiled with
an acid.

The alcoholic extract obtained by spontaneous evaporation was of
a light brown colour, and contained some crystals ; ether extracted
from it some oil and waxy matter, and a compound, which, on
evaporation from petroleum benzine, yielded clusters of radiating
crystals.

On percolating the root with petroleum benzine and evaporating
the menstruum, a yellow tenacious mass, intermingled with thin
colourless needles, was obtained. This benzine extract was com-
pletely dissolved by chloroform and bisulphide of carbon, the latter
solution being turbid ; ether dissolved it partially, leaving a white
flaky residue, and alcohol acquired a yellow colour without affect-
ing the shape of the extract, which appears to consist mainly of

MATERIA MEDICA. 223

caoutclione. From tlie alcoliolic solution a wartj crystalline mass
was obtained, which responded to the test for euphorbon as given
by Fliickiger ("Pharmacogi-aphia," p. 504).

The author did not succeed in isolating the emetic principle; and
in concluding his essay he states that only two houses in this city
quote Eaphorhla ijjesacuanha in their price lists, but one onlv had
it in stock, chai'ging for it 75 cents per pound. On examining a
dozen price lists from eclectic druggists in diSei-ent parts of the
country, one from Boston was the only one quoting it, and fi-om
that house a package was obtained, marked Euphorbia A)uericana,
but containing the root of Gillenla stipulacea. If it was ever used
to any extent, the drug has evidently become obsolete, and might
well be dropped from the Pharmacopoeia.

Potalia Amara. A. Halle r and E. Meckel. (Juuru. de Phanu. et
de Cktin., xxiv. 247.) The authors have received and examined a
few fruit-bearing specimens of this plant, which is a native of Cayenne.
Aublet, who has given a short description of it in his "Histoire de la
Guyane Fran^aise," ii., 394, says: "All parts of the plant are bittei-.
The young stems exude a yellow, granular, transparent resin, which
when burnt emits an odour resembling that of benzoin. Infusions
of the leaves and of wood of young stems are employed in small
doses as a remedy for syphilis; in larger doses they act as emetics."

The statement that all parts of the plant have a bitter taste is con-
tradicted by the authors, who found that the leaves, bark, and root,
are devoid of bitterness ; whereas the wood is both aromatic and
bitter.

As potalia belongs to the Strychnece, various parts of the plant
were examined for strychnine and brucine, but no satisfactory evi-
dence of their presence could be obtained. The authors intend to
resume their investigation on the receipt of larger quantities of
material. The results thus far obtained point to the presence of a
bitter poisonous principle possessing powerful emetic properties.

Hoang-Nan. M. Planchon. (Joum. de Pharm. et de Ghlm.,
1877, 384.) Hoang-Nan is the name of a bark which is said to be
much esteemed in Tong-King (in Eastern Asia) as a remedy fur
hydrophobia. Specimens of it received by the author correspond in
every particular with the bark of Strychnos nux vomica. Missionaries
report that the brow^nish dust which covers the bark is the part em-
ployed by the natives, who regard the woody portion of the bark as
inert, but believe the external dust to contain a strong poison. From
Pelletier's investigation of false angostura bark, it is known, how-
ever, that the poisonous constituents (strychnine and brucine) are

224 YEA.E-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

located, not iu tlie outer corky layer, but in the woody tissue
below.

Some Constituents of Gelsemium Sempervirens. F. L. Sonnen-
schein. (Pharm. Journ., from Ber. der deufsch. Ghem.-Ges., xi.,
1182.) For several years past various preparations of the so-called
Carolina jasmine {Gelsemium sempervirens, Pers.) have been usxl
in medicine in North America, the two principal being the fluid
extract and "gelseniin." The first of these is a concentrated alco-
holic extract, the latter is a dried alcoholic ethereal extract, contain-
ing much resin. Notwithstanding that different chemists, and more
recently Wormley, have been engaged iu the investigation of this
drug, hitherto no exact information has been given as to the com-
position and nature of the two principal constituents, namely, a
non-nitrogenous body approaching to an acid, and a non-nitro-
genous basic compound. In a paper lately read before the Berlin
Chemical Society, Professor Sonnenschein gives the following in-
formation, which is based upon a series of experiments carried out
in his laboratory with a suitable supply of material, by Mr. C.
Robbins, of New Tork.

The powdered root was extracted to exhaustion with a mixture of
equal parts of alcohol and water ; the extract was concentrated, and
after separation of the resin thus thrown out of solution basic lead
acetate was added, as long as any precipitate was formed. This
precipitate served especially for the preparation of the indifferent
compound. A mixture of one part of ether and three parts of
alcohol used instead of the aqueous alcohol for extraction gave a
larger yield. The filtered liquid was used for the separation of the
nitrogenous body.

The lead precipitate was suspended in water, decomposed by sul-
phuretted hydrogen, filtered, the filtrate concentrated by evapora-
tion, and the liquid so obtained was shaken several times with ether.
The ethereal solution, upon spontaneous evaporation, left behind
some light acicular crystals, which had to be separated from adher-
ing resinous matter by treatment with absolute alcohol. The same
compound may be obtained direct by shaking the commercial fluid
extract with ether, a method that was adopted by Wormley.

Thus purified, this substance is white, crystallizes readily in tufts,
is without smell, and almost tasteless, and possesses feebly acid pro-
perties. The acicular crystals are best obtained after slow crystal-
lization from an alcoholic-ethereal solution. If heated to about
1G0° C, this substance melts, and solidifies upon cooling to an amor-
phous mass. Upon heating it above the melting-point it is decom-

MATERIA MEDICA.

225

posed and turns brown, and upon raising the temperature still
higher, it is at last completely volatilized. If heated very carefully,
a portion can be sublimed. The compound is soluble with difficulty
in cold, but much more readily in hot water ; it is soluble in about
100 parts of cold alcohol, almost insoluble in pure ether, but easily
soluble in ether containing alcohol.

The aqueous solution is distinguished by its fluorescence, which can
be observed even after very considerable dilution. In an alkaliue
solution this appearance becomes yet more manifest ; the solution
then appears yellow by transmitted light, and by reflected light blue.

Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves this substance mth a red-
dish yellow colour ; carefully heated, the solution becomes chocolate
browTi. Hydrochloric acid causes no particular change of colour.
If the substance be shaken with a small quantity of nitric acid a
yellow solution results, which upon the addition of ammonia takes
a deep blood red colour. This reaction is so delicate that 0'00002
gram can be detected by it.

The same results were obtained by Wormley, who named the com-
pound " gelseminic acid ; " principally because of its acid reaction,
but also because the compound with an alkali produces precipitates
in the solutions of most of the heavy metals. These precipitates
Wormley considered to be insoluble gelseminates. Careful experi-
ments and examination under the microscope have, however, proved
that with the exception of the lead compound they consisted of the
hydrated oxides of the metals mixed ^ath the supposed acid.

It was, therefore, thought probable that this substance instead of
being a new acid would prove to be identical with assculin (formerly
called polychrom), obtained from the bark ^sculus Hippocastanum.
An agreement was observed in its external characters as well as its
chemical behaviour, especially in the blue fluorescence of the aqueous
solution, the dichroism of an alkaline solution, the reaction with
nitric acid and ammonia, and its behaviour at high temperatures.
This agreement was established by pf^rallel experiments with com-
mercial aesculin. Also, by digestion of sesculin prepared from gel-
semium with dilute sulphuric acid sugar and separated and detected
by Fehling's test.

In order further to establish the identity of the two substances a
combustion was made with some of the prepared substance that
had been dried at 115° until it ceased to lose weight. There was

found —

I. II.

C 52-04 51-82

H 5-18 4-98

22G YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

According to Rochleder, sescalin has the formula C30 Hg^ O^g, which
would give a percentage composition of C, 51'57 ; H, 4" 8 7.

A further confirmation was found in the hydration. The air-
dried substance obtained from gelsemium lost at 110° C. 473 per
cent of water, -^sculin = Cg^ E.^ 0^^ + 2 aq. lost by drying 4-90
per cent.

Professor Sonnenschein, therefore, thinks there can be no doubt
that the acid reacting body prepared from gelsemium is perfectly
identical with sesculin.

The solution from which the lead precipitate bad been sepai^ated
was freed from dissolved lead by sulphuretted hydrogen ; then from
the still acid liquid any yet remaining aesculin was removed by shak-
ing with ether, the ether was chased off by heat, and potash added
up to an alkaline reaction. A light flocculent precipitate was thus
thrown down, which was collected on a filter, and after washing,
which could not be continued long on account of it being slightly
soluble, it was dissolved for purification in hydrochloric acid. The
filtered solution was, after the addition of potash, several times
shaken with ether, which was left to evaporate spontaneously, when
a colourless, transparent, varnish -like coating was left on the sides
of the vessel. It was found that the largest yield of this substance
was obtained from the aqueous alcoholic extract.

When the dish was gently warmed the residue puffed up strongly
whilst parting with entangled ether, and then appeared as an
amorphous, transparent, brittle mass, which could be rubbed to an
almost colourless, perfectly amorphous powder. Upon gently heat-
ing this it melted, under 100° C, to a colourless liquid ; at a higher
temperature it was partially decomposed. In water it was with
difficulty soluble, more readily in alcohol, and very freely in ether
and chloroform. Its reaction was strongly alkaline, and its taste
very bitter.

The behaviour of this body, which has all the characters of an
alkaloid, and has been named gelsemine, was briefly as follows : —

It completely neutralized acids, but hitherto no crystallizable salts
have been prepared. The combination with hydrochloric acid, upon
evaporation over sulphuric acid, leaves an amorphous mass, which is
white in the centre, red towards the periphery, and bkie-grey at the
outer edge.

The residue readily formed a solution with water, which only
when concentrated gave a white precipitate with tannin, but when
diluted gave it first with ammonia. Gold chloride gave a yellow
precipitate that was not altered by heating. Iodine in iodide of

MATERIA MEDICA. 227

potassium gave a flocculent red-brown turbidity, wbicli became
somewhat conglomerated by beating. Potassio-mercuric iodide
gave a white flocculent precipitate, which dissolved upon heating,
and again separated on cooling. Phosphomolybdic acid gave a
flocculent yellow precipitate. Platinic chloride gave an amorphous
citron yellow precipitate, soluble in water, especially upon heating.
It was also readily soluble in alcohol. An aqueous solution of the
platinum salt left upon spontaneous evapoi*ation transparent square
octahedra, which upon the addition of water immediately took the
amorphous form, with separation of platinum chloride.

The pure alkaloid dissolves in concentrated nitric acid with a
yellow- green colour. In concentrated sulphuric acid it gives at
first the same colour, but this passes immediately to a reddish
brown, and upon heating to a dark dirty red coloui*.

If gelsemine be dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid and
potassium bichromate be added, it takes, especially at the line of
contact, a cherry red colour, changing a little to violet, which soon
forms a bluish green spot. This reaction cannot be confounded
with that of strychnine, although it shows some similarity. If
instead of potassium bichromate ceroso-ceric oxide be added to the
sulphuric acid solution there is produced a bright light cherry red
colour, especially at the point of contact, which by stirring is dif-
fused through the mass. This reaction takes place so sharply with
the smallest trace that it may be looked upon as the best test for
the presence of gelsemine.

The amorphous platinum precipitate left upon incineration 16'25
and 16'85 per cent, of metallic platinum. The hydrochloric acid
compound contained 8" 73 per cent, of chlorine. Upon incineration
with soda lime the nitrogen in two experiments was found to equal
7"26 and 7"23 per cent. The carbon found in two experiments was
66-10 and 66"41 per cent., and the hydrogen 9"44 and 10"05. This
allows of the construction of the following formula for gelsemine —
CnHigNOg.

Calculated. Found.

II.

C 11 = 132

67-00

66-41 .

, 66-10

H19= 19

9-64

10-05 ,

, 9-44

N = 14

7-10

7-26 .

7-23

02 = 32

16-24

16-28 .

17-23

This formula, however, has to be doubled if it depends on the
hydrochloric acid compound, since this contains 8-73 per cent, of
chlorine. {0^ H^g N 03)2 + H CI requires 8-24 per cent of chlorine.

228

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

According to the platinum left after incineration the platinum
compound must have a composition represented by [(Cj^ H^gNOo)^
H CI] Pt Cl^, which would explain its behaviour in water by the
formation of a basic salt.

0"012 gram of the hydrochloric acid compound injected into the
leg of a strong pigeon caused manifestations of cramp, followed by
death in thirty-six minutes. Similar results were obtained with frogs.

The Relative Value of ColcMcimi Root. Prof. Beckert. (From
an inaugural essay: Amer. Journ. Pharm., 1877, 433.) This sub-
ject was suggested by several pharmacists, who of late have found
it a difficult matter to obtain colchicum root which on breakinsr
presented a clear white colour. The article, as obtained from the
wholesale druggists, consisted of tubers which had been sliced very
irregularly. Out of a pound lot not less than seven whole tubers
were taken, the remainder varying from one-sixth to one-half inch
in thickness. These pieces, when broken, presented quite a varied
appearance, their colour being all shades between white and black ;
and it was noticed that the lighter coloured roots were mostly easy
to break, and many of them of a mealy character, whereas the darker
ones were diflBcult to break, and had a somewhat resinous appear-
ance. A quantity of the root was broken piece by piece, and then
separated into three grades, according to colour, white, slate-coloured,
and brown or blackish, particular care being taken in the sorting.
Upon weighing, it was found that the white root constituted only
one-sixth, while the gi'ey root comprised not quite two-sixths, and
the black root a little over three-sixths of the article examined.
These results also agree with the observations of several resident
pharmacists.

The methods used to determine were as follows : — Two troy ounces
of each of the three grades of roots Avere exhausted by means of
alcohol, yielding in each case about twelve fluid ounces of tincture ;
these tinctures varied in colour according to the grade of root used,
that from the white root being lightest. This indicates the solu-
bility in the alcohol of the foreign colouring matter present in the
grey and black roots. In preparing these tinctures, care was taken
to percolate them under as similar circumstances as possible.

The tinctures obtained were separately evaporated by means of a
water bath, the residue was treated with distilled water, and poured
upon a filter, in order to separate resinous matter ; the filtrate was
washed with slightly acidulated water until each filtrate measured
100 c.c. Dilute sulphuric acid was used for acidulating the solu-
tions, which were volumetiically tested with Mayer's solution, in

MATERIA MEDICA.

229

qaantities varying from 5 to 15 c.c. In the preliminary experiments
the solutions were variously diluted, and it was observed that the
results were very considerably influenced thereby, an observation
previously made by Dragendorff. To serve as a basis for compari-
son, the experiments were afterwards made with solutions of uni-
form strength, as stated above, partly without any other addition,
and partly as recommended by Dragendorff, after the addition of
a concentrated solution of chloride of sodium, to increase the dis-
tinctness of the reaction. The three grades of the root required for
1 c.c. respectively "O-IOS, •0414, and "0462 of Mayer's solution.

Five troy ounces of each of the roots were next exhausted by alco-
hol, percolation in each case being carried on until the liquid passed
tasteless. The alcohol was evaporated, and the residues were treated
with water, filtered and precipitated by a solution of tannin. These
tannates of the white, grey, and black roots, which, after having been
dried, weighed respectively "32, '265, and "27 gram, were decomposed
by oxide of lead, and then treated with alcohol, in order to separate
colchicia. The three alcoholic solutions were carefully evaporated
to dryness, then placed over sulphuric acid for several days, and
then their weight taken ; the product from the grey root weighing
•115 gram, the black yielding ^104 gram, while the product from
the white root was unfortunately lost.

The author next obtained some colchicum root from Profes-
sor Maisch, which was not less than ten years old, it having been
in his possession at least nine years. It had quite a handsome
appearance, very little dark root being present, and in all respects
was a much better looking article than that previously employed.
Two troy ounces of this root were treated as above stated, and an
acid solution obtained measuring 100 c.c, and which, when treated
with ]\Iayer's test, in a similar manner as before, required '0300 for
the precipitation of 1 c.c.

The various results thus obtained are more concisely presented in
the followinof table : —

White
Root.

Grey
Boot.

Black
Root.

Very old
Root.

Mayer's solution required to precipitate
1 c.c. of the solution

Percentage of alkaloid in air-dry root .

Tauuate precipitate obtained from 5
troy ounces of root

Amount of crude alkaloid from the
tannates

•403
•205

•320

lost

•414
•210

•265

•115

•492
•219

•270

•104

•0300
•152

230 TEAE-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

From this table it will be seen that the results obtained with tannin
and Mayer's solution do not agree as to the amount of colchicine
indicated. This may be due to the slight solubility of the tannate
in water, as observed by liiibler and others, and to the yaiying
amount of water used in the last experiments. But the results
appear to indicate that it matters little whether the root has a white,
grey, or black colour ; but that the age is of primary importance,
and that none but a root of fresh appearance should be used by the
pharmacist.

ColcMcuni Seed. N. Rosen wasser. (From an inaugural essay :
Amer. Journ. Pharm., 1877, 435.) The author prepared the active
principle of the seed, and found it to have a neutral reaction to test
paper, and to be not precipitated from aqueous solutions or solutions
acidulated with organic acids, by potassio-mercuric iodide, sodium
phospho-tungstate, auric chloride, phosphomolybdic acid, and solu-
tion of iodine, all of which reagents afforded precipitates after the
solution had been acidulated with a mineral or oxalic acid, or had
been boiled for a few minutes with acetic acid. [Ludwig (1862)
obtained a thick precipitate with auric chloride, readily soluble in
excess, and Eberbach (1874) found the aqueous solution of his
colchicia, which had a distinct alkaline reaction, to be precipitated
by the three last reagents mentioned above.] The author argues
from this that .the principle is naturally neutral, and is converted
into an alkaloid by the influences mentioned. The neutral sub-
stance, colchicin, was with some difficulty obtained in crystals by
the slow evaporation, in deep vessels, of its solutions in fusel oil and
benzol, and found to be insoluble in pure ether, carbon bisulphide,
and petroleum benzin.

It having been asserted that the active principle resided chiefly
in the outer integuments of the seed, and that for this reason they
could be almost completely exhausted without being ground, the
author experimented with 5000 grains of unbroken seeds, macerated
them in dilated alcohol in a warm place for ten days, and washed
them well with diluted alcohol ; the tincture and washings were
used for preparing colchicin by Carter's process (^Amer. Journ.
Fharm., 1858, p. 205), of which five grains were obtained. The
same seeds afterwards crushed to an uniform powder, yielded eleven
grains of colchicin. 5000 grains of seeds of the same lot were
ground, and yielded sixteen grains ; and 14,000 grains of the same
seeds, rolled and crushed, yielded forty-five grains of colchicin. It
follows, therefore, that only less than one-third of the colchicin
present can be exhausted from the unbroken seeds. In preparing

MATERIA MEDICA. 231

colchicin, particularly in warm weather, it is found unnecessary to
remove the fixed oil by filtration previous to precipitating the col-
chicin by tannin ; it is better to collect the precipitate, dry it care-
fully by means of a water bath, and then exhaust the oil by gasolin.
For the decomposition of the tannate, aluminium hydrate seems to
possess decided advantages over ferric or plumbic hydrate, it serv-
ing at the same time as a decolorizing agent.

When distilling the alcohol for the tincture, the odour of the
ground seed was distinctly recognised in the distillate, which turned
milky upon the addition of water. On distilling a pound of the
ground seeds with water, an aromatic distillate was obtained ; but a
volatile oil, which probably exists in minute quantity, could not be
separated. The distillate was tested for alkaloids with a negative
result.

Fliickiger and Hanbury give G'G per cent, as the amount of fixed
oil present in the seeds ; the author obtained 14 drams (8-4 per
cent.) from 10,000 grains of the seeds. After purifying it by treat-
ment with benzin and animal charcoal, it had a light brown colour
and a bland taste. It was found to be readily sapouifiable.

Pao Pereira. MM. Rochefontaine and De Freitas.
(Pharm. Journ., from Compfes Eendiis, Ixxxv., 412.) The pao-per-eira
tree is a native of Brazil, and its bark has been much used by the
physicians of that country since Professor Silva, about the year 1830,
made known its febrifuge and antiperiodic properties. It belongs
to the Apocynacese, and has been variously designated as Picramnia
ciliata, Vallesia 'punctata, Talerncemontana Icevis, and Geissospermum
Vellosii. Professor Baillon is, however, of opinion, after a recent
examination of leaves and stems received from Brazil, that it should
bear the name of Geissospermum Iceve.

The bark of this plant contains an alkaloid in great abundance ;
this was first extracted in 1838 by Santos, and called by him " perei-
rine," but the authors propose to change this name to " geissosper-
mine," after the generic name of the plant.

The dried leaves at the disposal of the authors had an extremely
bitter taste, analogous to that of Quassia amara, which became
manifest after chewing them for a few seconds. This state being
similar to that of the stem bark suggested the presence of a certain
pi-oportion of alkaloid in the leaves. Some leaves were therefore
macerated in dilute alcohol, and from the liquor thus obtained an
alkaloid was obtained, as was a similar one also from an aqueous
macei-ation of bruised leaves. It seems therefore that the leaves
contain the alkaloid, though in less quantity than the bark, and this

232 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

is confirmed by the physiological action of the aqueous extract of
the leaves on frogs.

The alkaloid of Geissospermnm, as employed in Brazil, is rot a
chemically pure product ; it occurs under the form of a brownish
yellow amorphous powder, the bitterness of ■which resembles that
of the leaves and the bark. Although daily employed in Brazil for
many years past, the physiological action of neither the alkaloid nor
the bark appears to have been studied experimently. The authors
therefore took up the investigation, using geissosjiermine dissolved
in -water or alcohol, and alcoholic and aqueous extracts of the
powdered bark.

The experiments showed that geissospcrmine is a toxic substance,
exercising no local irritant action when administered subcutaneously.
Two milligrams introduced under the skin caused the death of a
frog ; paralysis was produced by half a milligram. A full-grown
guinea-pig v?as killed by one centigram, and fourteen centigrams
completely paralysed a small dog. The symptoms were a slacken-
ing of the cardiac beats, and of the respiratory movements. The
voluntary movements were first paralysed, the reflex movements
gradually ceasing subsequently. The sensitive nerves appeared to
preserve their functions as long as the motor nerves. The muscular
contractility was not affected. The authors therefore consider
geissospei'mine to be a poison which acts by destroying the physio-
logical properties of the central nervous grey matter.

Indian Bmgs. W. Dymock. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, vii.,
3, 109, 170, 190, 309, 350, 450, 491, 549, 729, 977.) This is a most
important contribution to pharmaceutical literature, embracing as
it does a description of a very large number of Indian medicinal
plants. Owing to the great length of the report, which is not yet
concluded, and its unsuitability for useful abstraction, we must
confine ourselves here to a mere reference to the original.

PHARMACY.

PART III.
PHARMACY.

Emulsions. E. Gregory. (From a paper read before the Ameri-
can Pharmaceutical Association.) The following are the results of
the authoi''s experiments made with the object of testing the merits
of the various processes employed in making emulsions : —

1. The method which directs that equal parts of mucilage of acacia
and oil should be put into a bottle and well shaken together, the
requisite quantity of water being gradually added. If the mucilage
be fresh, the bottle only partially full, and the shaking very vigor-
ous, tolerable results can be obtained "with castor oil, moderate re-
sults with balsam copaiba, and -with oil of turpentine a total failure.
But in all eases the oil globules are distinctly visible to the naked eye.

2. Equal parts of oil and mucilage are put into a mortar together,
and briskly triturated. This gives barely tolerable results with the
balsams and thicker oils ; but "with oil of turpentine it is a total
failure, no amount of labour producing the slightest effect.

3. Equal parts of oil and mucilage, the oil to be gradually added,,
triturating briskly after each addition until the portion added is
emulsified. A fair result can be obtained by this process if the
operator have plenty of patience and a liberal supply of muscle; but
the product is too dark in colour. The oil globules are not -visible
to the naked eye, but can be easily seen with a magnifying power of
three diameters. It separates into two layers in two and a half hours,
the lower layer being dark but not watery.

4. The next process is that wherein equal parts of mucilage, water,
and oil are put into a suitable vessel, and agitated with an egg-beater
until emulsionized. This yields a tolei'able result, is simple, and
requires no skill, but is rather laborious, and yields a product very
dark in colour. The oil globules are not visible to the naked eye,
but quite distinctly under a power of three diameters. It separates
into two layers in three hours, the lower layer being very watery.

5. The next process tried was that of Mr. Charles P. Hartwig
(published in the Pharmacist, October, 1875), in which one part of
mucilage and one part of water are put into a suitable ve.s.se],
thoroughly mixed by being drawn up into and ejected from a small

236 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

vaginal syringe, and one part of oil having been added, tlie emulsion
is produced by the use of the syringe alone in the same way. This
process yields excellent results, but the emulsion is not quite as
white as it should be ; the process is rather tedious, and the after-
cleaning very troublesome. It is the best of the processes in which
oflBcinal mucilage is employed. The oil globules are invisible to the
naked eye, but are distinctly seen with a power of three diameters.
It separates into two layers in twenty hours, the lower layer being
milky in appearance.

G. A process published in the Journal of Pharmaaj, in February,
1872, by ^Ir. J. Winchell Forbes, and apparently designed more
especially for oil of turpentine, in which he directs that one part of
oil shall be put into a bottle and shaken, then one-eighth part of
pulverized acacia, and after thorough agitation, half a part of water
added, the whole to be then vigorously shaken until emulsified.
The resulting emulsion is deficient in whiteness. The oil globules
are distinctly visible, as a multitude of gem-like points, under a mag-
nifying power of three diameters, and are also visible to the naked
eye if a drop be placed on a piece of glass and held up between the eye
and the Hglit. It separates into two distinct layers in fifteen minutes,
the lower layer being quite watery, but it easily reunites on shaking.

7. If, however, in the preceding process, three-eighths of a part
of pulverized acacia be used instead of one-eighth, a very good re-
sult is obtained, the product being much whiter, the oil globules
about half the size, and quite invisible to the naked eye. It now
takes twelve hours to separate into two layei'S, the lower layer, how-
ever, being still watery.

8. The next process for consideration is described on page 343
of " Mohr and Redwood's Pharmacy," English edition of 1849, in
which one part of pulverized acacia and one and a half part of water
are put into a mortar, and after thorough trituration three parts of
oil are added gradually, each separate portion being emulsified before
another is added. The results are admirable, the product being
white as milk. The oil globules are not visible to the naked eye,
but slightly so under a power of three diameters, and it does not
separate into two layers under twenty-four hours, the lower layer
having the appearance of milk.

9. The last process referred to is recommended by Mr. Hans
M. Wilder, in the Druggists' Ciradar for December, 1874. One
pai"t of pulverized acacia and two parts of oil are put into a
mortar and rubbed together; one and a half part of water is
then added at once, and with a few revolutions of the pestle the

PHARMACY. 237

■whole is emulsified. It appears to yield tlie very best results. The
emulsion is beautifully white, scarcely to be distinguished from
milk, and the necessary manipulations are very speedy and simple.
The oil globules are totally invisible to the naked eye, and not very
perceptible with a power of three diameters. It separates into two
layers in twenty-four hours, the lower layer being quite like milk,
whilst the upper would pass for cream ; and at the time of writing
this, four days after making, retains the same appearance, and is by
far the best out of six samples that are standing undisturbed before
the author.

In summing up his results, the author states that the use of muci-
lage should be abandoned in favour of powdered gum. He thinks
that three drams of acacia in fine powder are necessary to emul-
sify one ounce of any of the volatile oils, and that a little less (about
two drams) will answer for the fixed oils and balsams. And that
to this quantity of gum four drams and a half of water must be
added (no more and no less), and that either the water or the oil
may be added first to the gum, but it is quickest to add the oil first,
and well triturate before adding the water. Less gum can be made
to yield a good result by a careful operator; but as a general practi-
cal working rule, it may be said that three drams are necessary
for one ounce of oil.

Officinal Tinctures. B. F. Mclntyre. (A contribution to the
literature of the proposed International Pharmacopoeia. From a
paper read before the Alumni Association of the College of Phar-
macy, N^ew York.) Percolation, in the writer's opinion, is an unex-
ceptionable process, if conducted with care and skill. The British
Pharmacopoeia directs maceration of the drug with only a portion
of the menstruum, the residue to be freed from tincture and extrac-
tion by percolation with fresh spirit until a prescribed measure is
obtained.

The German process, which like that of the French Codex, con-
sists in the maceration of the drug with the full quantity of men-
struum, would be more in harmony with other authorities if a definite
measure or weight of tincture could be got from the specified parts
of the drug ; the diiference now is considerable where force from
handscrew or hydraulic press is applied to the expression of marc or
residue. This, however, is only an economic point for consideration.
The loss may be seen in the annexed table, by comparing the actual
weight of tincture obtained from the drug after maceration with the
theoretical quantity, or the proportional medicinal strength of the
finished tincture given in the next column.

238

YEAPw-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

In the experiments tabulated below, the manipulations directed
by, and characteristic of, the several pharmacopoeias were followed,
though the menstrua for the exhaustion of the drug were disregarded,
except when they were of the same spirit strength as that designated
in the U. S. P. This was necessary in order to sustain the object of
this paper, the finding of the exact parts by weight of tincture ; the
determinations being based on repeated experiments and calculations
made from weighings of hundreds of gallons of officinal tinctures.

As the German Pharmacopoeia specifies that tincture of belladonna
and digitalis be prepared from the fresh herb, calculation was made
for loss in the drying of the hei"b, and the powdered drug was used
instead.

Parts by Weight of Tincture containing the Soluble Portion of

One Part

BY Weight of Drug.

Tincture.

U. S. P.

B. P.

German Pharm.

Prencli
Codex.

Aconite Eoot ....

213

6-71

11
9-30

t
10

5-00*

Belladonua

7-20

19-18

7-62

—

5-00

Cannabis ludica . . .

17-80

15-54

20-00

—

Calisaya Bark ....

4-67

4-74

4-12

5-00

Cautharides ....

28-25

76-26

9-36

10-00*

Colchicum Seed . . .

7-09

7-33

9-08

10-00*

Foxglove

7-30

7-73

5-95

—

5-00

Ginger . . . ." . .

3-16

6-24

4-88

5-00

Henbane

7-29

7-64

—

5-00

Lobelia

712

7-61

8-85

5-00

Nux Vomica

3-15

8-41

8-97

5-00*

Veratrum Viride . . .

1-59

3-63

Ext. of
Opium.

Opium

11-52

12-88

9-30

12-00*

Stramonium Seed . . .

7-21

7-65

9-28

—

Valerian

7-13

7-68

4-79

5-00
Ext. of

Opium Camphorated.

Opium.

Opium, Powdered . .

234-24

207-50

198-00

200

215-00

Benzoic Acid ....

234-24

207'50

49-50

215-00

Gum Camphor ....

315-36

276-66

99-00

100

323-00

Oil of Anise

257-86

138-33

99-00

100

215-00

Honey

14-66

—

Cinchona Compound.

Cinchona Bed ....

8-68

9-35

11-62

—

Orange Peel ....

11-50

18-74

34-87

—

Serpentaria

46-00

37-56

—

Saffron

—

154-69

—

Cochineal

309-38

—

Gentian

34-87

—

Cassia

—

69-74

—

Aloes.

Aloes Soct

30-82

38-16

5-90

—

Liquorice Extract. . .

10-27

12-58

—

PHARMACY.

239

Tincture.

Benzoin Compound.

Benzoin

Soct. Aloes ....

Storax

Balsam Tolu ....

Cardamom Compound.

Cardamom ....

CaraTvay

Ciuuamon

Cochineal

Honey

Eaisins

Aloes and Mijrrh.

Aloes

Myrrh

Catechu.

Catechu

Cinnamon ....

Gentian Compound.

Gentian

Orange Peel ....
Cardamom ....
Rhubarb.

Ehubarb

Cardamom

Coriander

Saffron

Rhubarb and Senna.

Ehubarb

Senna

Coriander

Fennel

Liquorice

Eaisins

u. s. p.

B. P.

10-12

9-80

60-76

53-60

14-23

13 09

30-38

39-67

48-70

78-40

145-83

78-40

58-33

39-20

291-66

142-43

18-22

—

9-76

9-26

—

9-64

14-47

—

14-36

13-06

28-72

26-15

57-44

78-49

9-69

9-71

58-17

77-98 1

—

77-98

—

77-98

43-75

175-00

—

350-00

—

350-00

—

700-00

—

21-87

—

Tincture.

Iodine Compound.

Iodine

Iodide of Potassium .

Assafoetida ....

Arnica

Benzoin

Bloodroot ....
Black Hellebore . .
Capsicum ....

Conium

Castor

Cardamom ....
Cinnamon ....

Columbo

Cubeb

Guaiac

Guaiac Ammoniated.

Galls

Hop

Jlron

Iodine

Jalap

Kino

Lupulin

Myrrh

Opium Deodorized .
Opium Acetated . .

Quassia

Orange Peel . .

Ehatany

Serpentaria . . .

Squill

Tolu

Valerian ....
Valerian Ammoniated

U. S. P.

28 07
14-07

6-35

4-86
4-81
7-12
7-29

28-00
6-97

12-76
7-06
8-96
7 13
7-19
4-41
4-86
7-44
5-69

13-53
4-75
9-49
6-43
8-38

12-50
9-27

13-97
7-30
4-86
7-16
7-46
9-69
7-13
6-60

I One fluid dram of tincture of iron, U. S. P., contains 3-53 grains of oxide of
iron. One fluid di-am of the same tincture, B.P., contains 3*90 grains of ferric-
oxide.

[\ Parts by weight of tinctm-e actually obtained from one part by weight of
the drug.

+ Parts by weight containing the active principles of one part by weight of
the drug.

* Tinctures directed to be made by maceration.

A New Application of Dialysis. R. Rot her. {Pharmacist,
January, 1877.) In the article on " The Inverse Synthesis of the
f=o-called Tasteless Iron Componnds " {American Journal ofFliarmacy,
April, 1876), the author pointed out the important fact, that in
particular cases of colloidal compounds the endosmotic current is

240

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

the most prominent feature of the movement. On such occasions
the inward course of the outer liquid appears to be the only force
of the phenomenon, since exosmosis prevails so feebly that practically
its effect is reduced to zero. The rapidity of the endosmotic current
gives promise that a new development of this interesting and re-
markable process will lead to great advantages in numerous and
important pharmacal operations. This peculiarity presents a new
means of concentrating solutions where the absence of heat is not
only desirable, but often imperative. In its practical bearing this
method of transcendental filtration presents a wide range of applica-
tion, which must be classified, however, as entirely distinct from the
present sense, and the theoretical action in which the process is
usually considered. The residue, technically called the diffusate, is,
according to the original idea of this process, a solution of the
diffused substance. The residue of the new modification differs
from the diffusate proper in the particular that it practically contains
nothing originally introduced into the dialyser, but that it simply
represents that portion of the original outer liquid which refused
to pass inwards through the membrane. Therefore, according to
the new construction, the process resembles filtration more closely
than its primitive process from which it is derived. In some
instances it is even more rapid than ordinary filtration. Absorption
in this operation corresponds with volatilization in the usual method
of concentration by means of heat. As the action of heat produces
undesirable and often destructive changes in many substances,
even at the lowest possible degree, the process of dialytic filtration
must naturally commend itself on all such occasions, where its ap-
plication is available. If the point of a parchment dialysing cone
containing a concentrated solution of strongly colloidal substance
be immersed in a dilute solution of a ci'ystalloitl, the superabundant
water of the latter is more or less rapidly absorbed into the dialyser,
leaving, after due action, the solution of the crystalloid in its utmost
concentration. It is possible that this process may become useful
in the industrial production of alkaloids, where in the usual method
laro-e volumes of water must be expelled by means of heat, the action
of which, in many cases, greatly reduces the yield by the generation
of inert modifications or worthless disruption products. This pro-
cess, with its accompanying apparatus, is more congenial to the
surroundings of modern pharmacal laboratories in which the routine
is less interspersed with the manipulation of distrustful retorts,
precarious capsules, and fuming crucibles of the empiric era. It
would be hardly proper to designate this process dialysis, since that

PHARMACY, 241

term specifically denotes an operation not exactly similar. Absorp-
tion also does not strictly convey the true meaning of its action ;
however, in case the new process should prove itself of such general
value as the first indications seem to promise, a more appropriate
term will readily be found.

The Preparation of Pyroxylin for Photographic and Pharma-
ceutical Purposes. W. Godeffroy. (Zeltschrift des oesterr. Apoth.
Ver., 1877, 209.) Most of the published formula? for the pro-
duction of pyroxylin yield a preparation which does not form a
perfectly clear solution with ether, or a mixture of ether and
alcohol. From the author's experience it appears to be advan-
tageous to employ the acid mixture at a slightly elevated tempera-
ture. He uses potassium nitrate and sulphuric acid in the pro-
portion of 350 grams of the former and 700 grams of the latter to
35 grams of cotton. A porcelain mortar is gently warmed on a
sand bath, and the powdered saltpetre triturated in it until it is
perfectly dry ; the sulphuric acid is then added, and intimately
mixed with the saltpetre, and the cotton immersed without remov-
ing the mortar from the bath. The cotton is first freed from fatty
matter by heating it in a solution of sodium carbonate, then boiling
it with water to which a minute quantity of caustic potash has been
added, 9,nd finally washing it with pure water until the alkali is
completely removed. Thus purified, and again dried, it is intro-
duced into the acid mixture, well kneaded with it by means of a
pestle, and left immersed for seven minutes. After this time it is
quickly transferred to a large vessel containing hot water, then
washed under a stream of cold water until the acid reaction has
entirely ceased, and finally with distilled water. After removing
the water by strong pressure, the pyroxylin is ready for use, and
may be at once dissolved without further drying.

Mustard as a Deodorizer. F. Schneider. (Pharm. Zeltung, 1877,
119.) The author calls attention to the value of black mustard as
a deodorizing agent. The odours of cod-liver oil, musk, valerian-
ates, and many other drugs, can be rapidly removed by it from
the hands, utensils, scales, etc. The farina is mixed with a little
water before it is applied.

The Dispensing of Copaiba Resin. A. Balkwell. (Pharm. Journ.,
3rd series, vii., 481.) The following form of exhibiting copaiba resin
has been found to give satisfaction both to prescriber and patient.
It is easily prepared, and the mixture in appearance, permanence, and
therapeutic action is said to be preferable to that of any form the
writer has met with : —

242

TEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

9. Eesinfe Copaibre .

5133

01. Amygdal. Dulc.

5iv.

Mucil. Acaciaj

3is3

Liq. Potassre

3SS.

01. Cinnamomi .

gutta; vi

Aqnam ....

. ad 5vi

i. sixth part three times a day.

Dissolve the resin in the almond oil with gentle lieat, then add
the liq. potassa), and form an emulsion.

An Improved Method of Making Mistura Guaiaci, and Similar
Mistura. T. Greenish. (P//a/-»2.. /o?tr?i., 3rd series, vii., 309.) The
excipients suggested by the author are sugar of milk and alcohol,
and answer well with resin of copaiba, guaiacum, and other resins.
For mistura guaiaci, he recommends to rub the resin with surjar of
milk, then to add alcohol and to produce a homogeneous mixture by
trituration ; to this is to be added powdered gum arabic, the tritu-
ration to be continued, and the' water gradually added. The formula
for mistura guaiaci would then stand thus : —

R Guaiacum Resin in powder
Sugar of Milk
Gum Acacia in powder .
Rectified Spirit
Cinnamon Water .

\ ounce.

^ ounce.

^ ounce.
5 fluid drams.
. to one pint.

The following formula affords an example of a good emulsion
of copaiba resin : —

9> ResiniB Copaibse
Sacch. Lactis
Spirit. Vini Rect
Pulv. Acaciae
Aquae ad

5"J-

Jvj. Misce.

Pepsin and its Preparation. Dr. 0. Liebreich. (Neiu Bemedies,
from the Practitioner, March, 1877.) In a valuable paper on "The
Use of Pepsin in Medicine," the author refers to the attempts that
have been made to employ the peptones as therapeutic digestive
agents, and their failure owing to the rapidity with which they under-
go decomposition. He expresses his belief that the field of usefulness
of pepsin in practical therapeutics is very great, and that it may be
still further extended with very great advantage. But the success
of this remedy has been greatly hindered, and the result of clinical
and of scientific experiment as to the results which may be obtained
have been much confused by the number of comparatively worthless
preparations which have been employed, and by the instability and

PHARMACY. 243

nncertainty of some of those preparations wbich in their most
active states have from time to time yielded excellent results, and
have thus attained a good reputation. The uncertainty of a potent
remedy is almost as injurious and even more misleading than the
inertness of a popular remedy, and the treatment of disorders of
digestion by pepsin has suffered greatly from both these drawbacks
and from both these sources of fallacy.

Following the description of a number of conditions in which the
employment of pepsin as a remedy is calculated to be of benefit to
the patient, the author remarks that there are certain counter indi-
cations of the use of pepsin, to which it may be well to refer. Among
them are carcinoma and ulceration of the stomach. When there is
an ulcer of the stomach it is an object of treatment to afford a smooth
covering to the ulcer by bismuth, or by the administration of nitrate
of silver ; to administer pepsin is to incur the risk of hastening the
process of thinning, which there is already too much reason to fear
from the action of the normal pepsin of the stomach.

To fulfil the therapeutical indication of pepsin it is, however,
necessary to have a pure and. reliable sample. There are various
methods of obtaining the article. Thus, there is the method of
Brlicke, by treating the gastric juice (obtained by well-known
methods), with a solution of cholesteriue in ether; the cholesterine,
being precipitated, enters into naechanical combinations with the
pepsin, and pure pepsin is obtained by removing the cholesterine by
the further addition of ethei'.

This form of dry pepsin is absolutely pure, and from it may be
learned the qualities and powers of pepsin. But the method is too
costly for general use, and its advantages are mainly for scientific
purposes. There are various dry preparations of pepsin in powder
and cake, which are well known, and much used in medicine. Bat
these preparations are very far from stable or reliable, and however
active some of them may be when perfectly fre.sh, they do not re-
main active, and a large part of the pepsin powders pre,scribed are
absolutely inert. Pepsin, although an albuminoid, differs, among
other things, from ordinary albumen in being soluble in diluted
alcohol. Advantage has been taken of this to prepare pepsin wines,
but the alcohol does not prevent the ferment from undergoing
change, and if a " pepsin wine " be examined after some time, it will
be found not to contain a trace of pepsin, and to be absolutely de-
void of digestive power. The author found, many years ago, that
to preserve the ferment of pepsin there is only one reliable agent,
that is glycerin, the powerful preserver of vaccine-matter and other

244 YEAR-BOOK OF PHAKMACY.

animal ferments. His first researches on this subject, made many
years ago, have been amply confirmed by a great number of obser-
vations, and for all scientific experiments on digestion he has now for
many years employed only these solutions. He strongly recommends
practitioners, for all therapeutical purposes, to employ such a solu-
tion. In this way they will avoid the fallacies and disappointment
due to the employment of deceptive and unequal preparations, and
they will the more readily define the true limits of pepsin as a
therapeutic agent, and its place in the armoury of medicine. It is
not to be reckoned among the most powerful and heroic remedies,
but it is one which is of very agreeable and efficacious action ; which
very frequently gives exceedingly good results in large classes of
ordinary and troublesome complaints, and which may be employed
with confidence and advantage when its powers are stable and re-
liable.

The Constituents of S3rrup of Phosphate of Iron. E. B. Shuttle-
worth. (^Canadian Pliarm. Journ., August, 1876.) During the
past few years there have appeared in the pharmaceutical journals
numerous papers and notes on phosphate of iron and the syrups
containing it. The author in the present essay reviews this litera-
ture, with the object of representing in as concise a form as possible
the main points of the subject, omitting all unessential details.

Phosphoric Acid. — Of this substance there are several varieties.
The trihasic acid, having the composition Hg P 0^, combining weight
98, is that used in medicines. In order to distinguish this form
from the others add a little tincture or solution of perchloride of
iron; if the mixture remains clear the tri basic acid is present, other-
wise a whitish precipitate is produced. The official form of this acid
is the Acid. Phosphoric. Dilutiim, but, in order to avoid disappoint-
ment it is always well to submit this preparation to the above test.
If a precipitate is produced, boil down the acid to the consistence of
syrup, allow it to cool, and add water up to the ordinary bulk. ] f
the official acid is not at hand the glacial acid may be substituted,
being previously treated with nitric acid after the manner of the
United States Pharmacopoeia. This will not always furnish the
tribasic acid, and simple solution and evaporation of the glacial acid,
without the addition of nitric acid, often gives as good results.
Neither method can be relied upon with all samples of acid. The
prepai-ation of phosphoric acid from phosphorus should never be at-
tempted by the pharmacist. The process requires much care and
experience, is not economical, except with large quantities, is at-
tended with the evolution of poisonous and disagreeable gases, and

PHARMACY. 245

like all operations with phospliorus, is always more or less
dangerous.

For preparing syrups, and indeed for most purposes, an acid
stronger than that official (10 per cent, anhydrous acid) might be
advantageously employed. The so-called sijrvipy acid, which can be
obtained from some manufacturers, and which is about five times
stronger than the other (49 per cent, anhydrous acid, and of sp. gr.
1"5) will be found very useful.

Phosphate of Iron. — Five methods have been recommended for
preparing this substance : — (1) By mixing together solutions of
sulphate of iron and phosphate of soda ; (2) by using these salts
with the addition of acetate of soda ; (3) by substituting carbonate
or bicarbonate of soda for the acetate ; (4) by employing an excess
of phosphate of soda ; (5) by forming the phosphate by direct com-
bination of phosphoric acid and metallic iron. By the first method,
which is that of the United States Pharmacopoeia and Parrish's
" Pharmacy," about 30 per cent, of the phosphate of iron escapes
precipitation, as the free sulphui-ic acid, liberated in the reaction,
dissolves or holds this amount. The framers of the British Pharma-
copoeia sought to escape this loss by employing acetate of soda for
neutralizing the free sulphuric acid, as in the second method. This
addition has been shown to be an improvement, but is still in great
part inefFectual, as from 22 to 28 per cent, of the phosphate is lost.
In the third method, that of Mr. Schweitzer, in which carbonate or
bicarbonate of soda is employed, the loss is reduced to less than one
per cent. The fourth method, that of Mr. Rees Price, is said to
yield results equally satisfactory, but nearly three times the usual
quantity of phosphate of soda is required. On the score of economy
this is quite a consideration. The fifth method, that of direct com-
bination, answers well w^here time is not an object. If acid of
sp. gr. I'D be used, it should be diluted with an equal weight of
water, and the iron should be in the form of filings, preferably of
Swedish, or wrought metal. In order to produce a preparation
similar to the Syr. Ferri Phosjjhatl.^;, B. P., and containing one grain
of phosphate in each fluid dram, the following formula may be
employed : —

Iron 38 grains.

Phosphoric Acid, sp. gr. 1-5 . . 6 fluid di-ams.
"Water ...... 6 ,, ,,

Syrup . . . . . . 8J fluid ounces.

Mix, in a flask, the phosphoric acid and water; add the iron, and

246 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

plug the mouth of the flask with cotton : when the iron is clissolved,
filter the solution and add it to the syrup.

The blue phosphate of iron is not a substance of very definite
composition, and it is questionable whether the above methods
furnish compounds cWhich are identical. Even when the same in-
gredients are used in proportions exactly alike, the products may
differ if the details of manipulation be changed. In all cases the
intention is to produce ferrous phosphate, but this is never alto-
gether accomplished, as a great portiou of the salt passes to the
ferric condition ; or, as may be better understood, passes from a
proto to a per salt. An analysis of six samples of commercial phos-
phate showed a range of from 20 to 46 per cent, of ferrous salt. It
appears likely that the last method noted above would yield a pre-
paration richer in ferrous salt than any of the othei"s, but it is said
that the third method gives a salt containing 61 per cent., which is
more than 5 per cent, better than the B. P. standard.

Taking everything into account, the author much prefers this
process, and has used it with satisfaction for several years. The
proportions of the sulphate of iron and phosphate of soda as given
in the B. P. may be retained ; but instead of one ounce of acetate of
soda, about half that quantity of bicarbonate of soda must be used.
A better form is that of Mr. Howie : —

Sulphate of Iron 7^ pai'ts.

Phosphate of Soda 6^ ,,

Bicarbonate of Soda . . . . . 1^ ,,

Dissolve the sulphate in ten times its weight of water, which has
been previously boiled, in order to expel air ; and the phosphate of
soda in a like quantity, similarly treated. Let the solutions cool to
between 100° to lo5° Fahr., and pour the phosphate very gradually
into the iron, with constant stirring. Add the bicarbonate, either
in powder or solution. Let the precipitate subside ; decant ; wash
well with previously boiled water ; collect on a filter and squeeze
out as much water as possible, either with the hand or an ordinary
press. These details of manipulation must be rigidly adhered to —
more especially those relating to the order of mixing and tempera-
ture — or uniform results cannot be obtained. If, in the above
formula, the parts be held to indicate drams, it may be read as
part of Parrish's receipt for the so-called chemical food, published
in his " Practical Pharmacy," p. 425, and the iron strength of the
resulting preparation will accord with the compound sold as
genuine.

PHARMACY. 247

Sugar. — Some Englisli writers have enlarged considerably on the
importance of obtaining pure cane sugar. It is said that beet sugar
is very abundant in the English and French markets, and is largely
substituted for that of the cane. The selection of a pure article is
a matter of prime importance, as many of the pliarmacist's troubles
relating to the fermentation and precipitation of syrups are refer-
able to impurities in the sugar.

The Administration of Eousso. Dr. Corre. (Bull, de Therap.,
1876, 556.) The following method is intended to bring kousso
into such a pharmaceutical shape, that while its properties as a
toenicide remain unimpaired, it may be administered without repug-
nance.

Treat 25 grams of powdered kousso with 40 grams of hot castor
oil, and afterwards with 50 grams of boiling water, by displacement;
express, and combine the two percolates into an emulsion by means
of yolk of e^g., and add 40 drops of sulphuric ether. It may be
sweetened with syrup and aromatised to taste. This is taken at
one dose early in the morning. The worm is expelled during the
third or fourth evacuation, after about six or eight hours.

Aqua Laurocerasi. A. Ripping. (Archiv der Pharm., Dec,
1876.) The great difference in the effects of different samples of
the commercial water led the author to suspect that much of it was
prepared artificially ; in order to examine the subject he prepared
some himself. From his own experiments he had previously ascer-
tained that each litre of the natural distilled cherry-laurel water
contained about three grams of essential oil. Having prepared
some dilute hydrocyanic acid, of the strength required by the Phar-
macopoeia for cherry-laurel water (1 in 1000), he added to each
litre three grams of oil of bitter almonds, and obtained a mixture
which appeared to be identical with the natural water. To distin-
guish between the two waters, the process of Mohr for distinguishing
between natural and artificial bitter-almond water may be employed ;
namely, silver nitrate, which produces only a slight opalescence in
the natural water, as the hydrocyanic acid is wholly fixed by benz-
aldehyde, and the opalescence is cau.sed by ammonium cyanide, which
is formed diu'ing the distillation by the splitting up of the hydrocy-
anic acid into ammonia and formic acid. The presence of nitrobeuzol
may be recognised, according to Hager, by shaking the water with
chloroform, evaporating the latter, treating the residue with alcohol
and water, and then adding zinc, hydrochloric acid, and after a
while a small piece of potassium chlorate. If no change of colour
takes place, the absence of nitrobeuzol is proved, as the latter would

248

TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

be converted by nascent hydrogen into anilin, Tvhicli would be
changed to rosanilin by potassium chlorate, and would tinge the
alcohulic liquid rose red.

Benzoic Acid as an Antiseptic. H. Trimble. (Abstract from
an inaugural essay : Anter. Joiirn. Phann., Aug., 1876, 347.) For
tlie purpose of investigating this property, claimed for benzoic acid,
two samples were employed : one obtained by sublimation, accord-
ing to the U. S. P. process, and the other purchased under the
name of "artificial" benzoic acid, supposed to have been prepared
from hippuric acid. A good commercial salicylic acid was also pro-
cured, which, with the above-mentioned samples, formed the basis
of the following experiments, in one half of which both the sublimed
and artificial benzoic acids were used, and found to be identical in
antiseptic power ; the remaining experiments were therefore made
with the artificial acid only. The results of the writer are condensed
in the following table : —

One part of

Salicylic
acid

Benzoic
acid

200n parts
Infusion
Buchu

SpoUed in 8
days

Remained
unaltered
after 60
days

4000 parts
Infosion
Buchu

Spoiled in 4

Spoiled in
16 days

8000 parts
Infusion
Buchu

Spoiled in 5
days

2000 parts ; 2000 parts I 1000 parts 4000 pails
Infusion Infusion | Solution of Solution of

Colombo

Gentian,
simpl

Albumen j Albumen
[1 in 16 water]

SpoiledinO Spoiled in Spoiled in Spoiled in
days I 19 days I 12 days 10 days

Cloudy.but Unaltered Unaltered Spoiled in

no change after 30 i after 00 \ 19 days

of colour I days days
in 16 days i

To ascertain the power of salicylic and benzoic acids to arrest
decomposition, they were each added in proportion of one part to
2000 of separate portions of cider which had commenced to ferment.
In both cases the fermentation, after twenty-four hours, had entirely
ceased, and both were perfectly sweet at the end of fifty days, with-
out the appearance of any further decomposition, a rather curious
precipitate having separated at the bottom of each.

It must be remembered that the infusions in the above experiments,
■without the addition of an antiseptic, would have commenced to
decompose in about twenty-four hours, and the solution of albumen
in about forty-eight hours. In all cases the operations were con-
ducted in a moderately warm place, so as to favour a change as
rapidly as possible.

Having carefully compared the above experiments and their
results, the following conclu.^ions are submitted : —

1. That benzoic acid, sublimed or artificial, possesses valuable
antiseptic properties.

PHARMACY. » 249

2. It has the power to arrest decomposition.

3. Tannic acid (of buchu ?) does not interfere with its preserva-
tive properties. .

4. As an antiseptic, it is superior, in many, if not in all cases, to
salicylic acid. It also has the advantages of being more readily
obtained in a state of purity, of being more soluble, and having
a lower commercial value.

Chrysophanic Acid Ointment. B. Squire. {Pharm. Journ., 3rd
series, vii., 489.) The author has employed goa powder as an applica-
tion in various cutaneous affections, and has come to the conclusion
that chrysophanic acid, which is the chief ingredient, is also the
active agent of this drug. The favomdte mode of applying goa in
the tropics seems to be to wet the powder with water, or with viuegar
or lemon juice, and to smear the thin paste thus produced on the
affected skin. But this paste dries ap very speedily into its original
condition of fine dry powder, which is easily rubbed off by the
slightest touch. According to the author, an ointment is unques-
tionably a much better form of applying the remedy. This form,
seems occasionally to have been had recourse to ; but wetting the
powder and smearing on the paste is obviously the orthodox custom.
As an ointment should be perfectly smooth and uniform, especial
care was taken to obtain this end; and for this purpose advantage
was taken of the solubility of chrysophanic acid in hot benzol,
which is also capable of dissolving lard. Two drams of chryso-
phanic acid and an ounce of lard were dissolved in the smallest
necessary quantity of boiling benzol, applying heat by a water bath.
Then as the brown solution cooled (the vessel containing it being
placed in cold water), and the chrysophanic acid, much less soluble
in cold than in hot benzol (Atffield), became rapidly deposited, the
mixture was bri.skly stirred in an evaporating basin. As the mixture
speedily became " set," a most perfect ointment was produced in a
very ready manner. After leaving the ointment spread about the
dish for a short time, the benzol almost completely evapoi'ated from
it, leaving it quite hard, and giving it the appearance of being stained ,
or some sort of soft, yellowish wax. The smell of benzol adheres to
the ointment for some time, but finally is lost, or may be concealed
by some essential oil.

The writer finds that the properties of chrysophanic acid are by
no means confined to its being a remedy for ringworm, but that it
is likely to prove a valuable addition to the list of drugs as a remedy
for other non-parasitic skin diseases. He has obtained unquestion-
ably good results with it in the treatment of psoriasis, and it is a

250 YEA.R-BOOK OF PHARMACT.

serviceable application in cases of lupus. He adds that particular
cai'e must be taken in the preparation of the ointment if it is to
turn out such as described above. In the first place the acid must
be thoroughly dissolved in the hot benzol, and in the next place,
the cooling and evaporation of the benzol must be conducted as
rapidly as possible. With this view the process of dissolving may
be conducted in a small glass beaker, placed in a vpater bath, and
when solution of the acid and the lard has been perfectly accom-
plished, the solution should be promptly turned into a cold evapo-
rating dish, placed in cold water, and immediately briskly stirred
with a glass rod until the solution has become fully and firmly
" set."

In a subsequent number of the same journal we find a communi-
cation by Dr. H. R. Crocker, who states that he used chrysophanic
acid ointment some nine months previously in the treatment of ring-
worm. The acid was prepared by Mr. A. W. Gerrard, and "was
employed in the form of a concentrated solution in benzol, which
retains about tea grains to the fluid ounce when cold, as well as in
the form of ointment, made with ten to forty grains of the acid to
the ounce of lard. The results of his experiments, which were
limited to parasitic diseases, led him to consider chrysophanic acid
as by no means deserving of unqualified praise. Mr. Grerrard, in
the same paper, adds the statement that vaseline is a much better
solvent of the acid than ordinary fats, and that the use of benzol
in the pi-eparation of the ointment is not at all necessary. Hot fats
or oils, indeed, appear to dissolve chrysophanic acid in almost all
proportions ; but on cooling, a good deal of it separates again, and it
is necessary to rub it assiduously during the cooling in order to
obtain a smooth mass. Mr. A. W. Postans recommends tlie addi-
tion of a few drops of otto of roses to disfjuise the peculiar odour,
and also states that Dr. Ashburton Thompson has pushed the
matter even further, by administering goa powder and chryso-
plianic acid to his patients internally as well as externally.

The botanic source of goa powder is expected, according to Mr.
Postans, to be determined by means of a specimen plant, growing
at present in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, and supposed
to be the source of the drug.

Glycerols of Phosphorus. C. Meniere. (BSpert. de Pharm., 1877,
35-1;.) In preparing this glycerole in the usual way, by dissolving
phosphorus in heated glycerin, a poi-tion of the phosphorus not un-
frequently separates on cooling, giving rise to an opalescence and
subsequently to a deposit. This, according to the author, may be

PHARMACY.

251

prevented bj 'employing phosphorus in a finely divided condition,
such as is obtained by mixing it with sugar or gum arabic, either
of which is soluble in glycerin. The powdered sugar or gum is
mixed with a small quantity of glycerin, so as to yield a mixture
of the consistence of honey. This is heated on a water bath, the
phosphorus incorporated with it, and the remainder of the glycerin
then added in small quantities at a time, care being taken that the
temperature never rises above 50° C.

According to Reveil's formula, which the author considers the
best, the preparation should contain "10 gram of phosphorus in 1000
grams. This is ten times weaker than the preparation made
according to Dorvault's formula ; but in this dilution the same dose
of phosphoriis is much more readily borne by the stomach.

Chloral with Solid Fats. (New Remedies, January, 1877.) An
anonymous writer in the Med. and Surg. Bep. says, as a therapeutic
agent, chloral has become so popular that its range of application is
as diversified as any drug or chemical of a century's standing ; but
its nature has not been suflficiently studied to construct formula?
readily that furnish preparations easily dispensed and always praise-
worthy. On the contrary, formulae are written which furnish not
only inelegant, but almost incompatible preparations. A case in
point is its combination with solid fats. It is a matter oftentimes
overlooked, if not entirely unknown, that chloral hydrate is a solvent
for fats ; so much so that solid fats become liquefied by contact.
Hence it is not advisable to prescribe chloral with lard, simple
ointment, or even with simple cerate, in a very large proportion.
With oleum theobromae it forms an unctuous mass, which furnishes
a very creditable preparation dispensed as an ointment ; but to make
from this combination a suppository, is almost an impossibility.
Still less possible is it to make a suppository containing with chloral
one of the solid extracts which must previously be moistened with a
little water to make it miscible with the soKd fat, as a drop of water
increases enormously the fluidity of the oleaginous mixture. The
writer has made a number of experiments as to the best excipients,
and finds that equal parts of spermaceti and oleum theobromee
have the advantage over any other. In a suppository containing
ten to twelve grains of chloral this is about the proper proportion.
Deviating from this strength, the proportion of spermaceti must be
increased or diminished accordingly. Vaseline and paraffin, using
three of the former to two of the latter, make a very good base, but
it does not melt as nicely into an unctuous mass as does the former.

Phosphorus Pills. E. J. Appleby. (Pharm. Joiorn., 3rd series,

0X0

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

vii., 289.) The author has tried cacao butter, balsam of tolu, and
commou resin as excipients for phosphorus, and finds that with the
first named the mass requires some time and patience to prepare,
and must be divided into pills and coated at once. The phosphor-
ized tolu balsam is difficult to incorporate with other ingredients,
and pills made from it soon lose their shape, and are with difficulty
soluble in water. Phosphorized resiu, on the contrary, is easily pre-
pared, and may be kept under water for any length of time. It can be
quickly reduced to a fine powder, and easily made into a pill mass.

Pills properly prepared with the resin are thoroughly disintegrated
by cold water in a very short time. As a very small portion only of
the resin is required for an ordinary dose of phosphorus, other in-
gredients may be combined with it without making too large a pill.

Detection of Adulteration in Oleum Theobromse. G. Ramsper-
ger. (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 187G.) Of all tests used by the
author, ether was found to be the best. It indicated all admixtures
which he had made to the cacao butter (with the exception of ox-
marrow) either directly by the turbidity of the solution of one part of
the adulterated cacao butter in two parts of the ether (as is the case
with the adulterations by tallow, beeswax, and barberry wax, and
paraffin) ; or if not immediately after solution, then by becoming
turbid after standing for some time, and by forming little crystals
and gi'ains by spontaneous evaporation of the solution, which crystals
are not soluble again in two parts of ether at common temperature
(this is the case with Japan wax and spermaceti, with or without
the addition of ox-marrow). Anilin .shows adulterations with tallow
and wax almost as well as ether. Other solvents of cacao butter
cannot be used as tests ; all the difierent fats and wax being easily
soluble in them, with the exception of barben*y wax, which makes a
clear solution only with chloroform.

Next to ether and aniline the taste seems to be the most reliable
test. The droppings on hot iron, or burning the mixtures with
wicks, does not show plainly enough an adulteration with 25 per
cent, of tallow ; and of freshly rendered beef tallow, even 50 per
cent, could be hardly recognised. With Klencke's test the author
did not succeed ; he was very seldom able to see any difference in
the shape of the drops of cacao butter from that of tallow or ox-
marrow drops on water; the former expanding dish-like over the
surface of the warm water about as much as the latter.

The specific gravity is unreliable. The same seems to be the ca.se
with the point of fusibility as a test ; at least he found that recently-
melted and re-congealed cacao butter melts at a temj)erature several

PHARMACY.

253

degrees lower than such as had been melted several weeks before.
This may account for the conflicting statements about this point.
Guided by the result of the experiments made, the author examined
a dozen specimens of oleum theobromse which he had collected ia
different wholesale and retail stores. The result was as follows : —

No.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12

Specific

Melting

Gravity.

Point.

0-850

31° C.

0-897

33° C.

0-900

31° C.

0-874

30° C.

0-976

34° C.

0-938

32° C.

0-979

34° C.

0-875

34° C.

0-978

30° C.

0-872

35° C.

0-919

33" C.

0-959

30° C.

Solution in Ether or
Anilin.

Pure
Pure

A little rancid

Pure

Not quite pure

Pure

Very little rancid

Strongly raucid

Pure

Eancid

Clear

Turbid

Clear

Very turbid

Clear

Very little turbid

Clear

This shows two or three adulterations among the dozen, one of
them with tallow plainly recognisable.

A New Mode of making Grey Powder. A. Bottle. (Pharm.
Journ., 3rd series, vii., 4G9.) The author discusses the question
whether grey jDowder depends for its efficacy on the impalpably
minute division of the mercury, or on the presence of oxides, and
arrives at the conclusion that the use of a powder containing mercury
in the higher state of oxidation ought to be avoided, and that it is
desirable to have Hyd. c. Greta, prepared at intervals not too far apart.
He suggests a slight deviation from the British Pharmacopoeia
process, to the extent of substituting for the slow process of tritura-
tion in a porcelain mortar, active agitation in a wide-mouthed glass
bottle, by which means the B. P. may be prepared and the metal
minutely sub-divided with an expenditure of very little, if any,
more time and labour than is required to be devoted to the prepara-
tion of a tincture.

The Use of Petroleum Benzin in Pharmacy. L. Wolff. {Amer.
Journ. Pharm., January, 1877, 1.) Petroleum benziu has been fre-
quently proposed and variously experimented with by different
operators, with the view of its substitution for the much higher priced
ether in preparing oleo resins, and has been repeatedly found not to
answer the purpose intended for it. Although its valuable solvent
powers for fatty matter, wax, and essential oils cannot be disputed.

254 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

it fails to extract the resins and the active ingredients, which are
of the utmost importance in oleo resins. Ginger treated with benzin
yields an oil containing all the odoriferous properties thereof, but
extracting none of the pungent tasting resin for the remedial pro-
perties of which it is justly celebrated, and which subsequent to the
benzin process is readily dissolved from it by etlier or alcohol.
Buchu under a like treatment, as reported by another contributor
of this journal on this subject, gives an oily substance devoid of the
diuretic propei'ties of the leaves, though possessing their speciBc
odour. Cubebs, though completely exhausted by it of its fixed and
essential oils, fails to yield its cubebic acid to it; black pepper
its piperin ; and wormseed its resin and santonin. But all the sub-
stances mentioned, and many more which have been subjected to the
same process, are readily deprived of their fixed and essential oils,
leaving them inodorous, seemingly dry and incoherent powders,
that are, if treated with alcohol, ether, or chloroform, readily de-
pi'ived of their resins, thus affording a method for obtaining them
separate from wax, fixed, and essential oils.

Its extraordinary solvency for essential oils destines benzin for
an important place in pharmacy ; and oils derived by its aid from
cinnamon, cloves, and other drugs are, if theii' odour is any indica-
tion of their value, if not superior, certainly not inferior, to the
distilled oils of these articles.

The oils obtained by exhaustion with benzin and its subsequent
evaporation are mixed with wax and fixed oils to some extent, which
can easily be separated therefrom by dissolving in alcohol, in wbich
the latter are insoluble, filtration of this solution, and either expul-
sion of the alcohol by evaporation at the moderate heat of a water
bath or, much safer and better, by mixing the filtered alcoholic solu-
tion with several times its bulk of water, when the essential oil will
rise to the surface or subside beneath it, as its specific gravity may be.

The oils by this cold process have a beautiful aroma, superior to
many of the distilled ones; and the easy manner of obtaining them
may, without doubt, prove a valuable method for the pharmacist,
who cannot always procure in the market tlie oils he wants, and
has no facilities for distilling them, besides giving him fair means
to arrive at a quantitative estimate of the essential oil contained in
an article under analysis.

The es.sential oil of parsley seed cannot thus be separately pre-
pared by the aid of benzin, as it contains another peculiar oily
substance, well known by the name of " apiol," which is soluble both
in benzin and in alcohol.

PHAEMACT. 255

A great deal of the apiol in the market, both in bulk and in cap-
sules, is nothing more than an oleo resin of parsley seed, which can
lay no claim -whatever to its name, being of green colour, insoluble
to a large extent in alcohol, and congealing at ordinaiy winter tem-
perature ; all of which properties " true apiol " does not possess.
Apiol has come into extensive use of late years, secured high praise
as an emmenagogue, and is also claimed by its discoverers to be an
antiperiodic but little, if any, inferior to quinia; but its high price,
due to the expensive process as proposed by Messrs. Loret &
Homelle, perhaps more than anything else, prevents its general
introduction.

Powdered parsley seed, exhausted with benzin, and the liquid
spontaneously evaporated, yields a mixture containing principally
fixed oil, wax, and apiol ; the latter, alone, being sohible in alco-
hol, can readily be recovered therefrom by repeated washings in
stronger alcohol. The washings, evaporated over the water bath
with a gentle heat, leave as residue " true apiol," corresponding in
every respect with the article sold under the name of " Joret &
Momolle's," having the advantage of its low price making it acces-
sible to persons of limited means as well as to the more favoured
by fortune, especially if it is not dispensed in capsules, for which
there is no occasion, since it may be given dissolved in essence of
peppermint, or in emulsion, disguised by the oil of the same name.
Samples of " apiol " prepared in this manner have been tried by
several prominent physicians in their practice, and were pro-
nounced to be equally as efficient as the imported French article.
Quite frequently the fixed oils much encumber the result of phar-
maceutical operations, as is prominently the case in preparing the
"Alcoholic Extract of ISTux Vomica," which has often been noticed
and given attention to by many writers. (See American Journ.
Pharm., 1874, p. 405; also. Professor Procter on the same.) Nux
vomica, if exhaiisted with benzin, yields a large percentage of a
clear fixed oil, congealing at ordinary winter temperature ; and the
powder, if subsequently treated in the usual manner with stronger
alcohol, gives an extract which offers no trouble by proper evapora-
tion in reducing it to the dry state. The oil derived from the
benzin exhaust, to make sure of not losing any strychnia or brucia
that may be contained therein, should be repeatedly shaken with
dilute alcohol until the washings fail to betray to the palate the
specific bitter taste of their alkaloids ; then the washings must be
mixed with the extract in course of evaporation, and the whole re-
duced to proper consistency. By the ordinary way, the separation

256

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

of the oil from the extract is at best a tedious matter, causing the
loss of extract, and is never completely performed, thus ju'eventing
evaporation to dryness, which by the beuzin process is readily
effected.

Another article, which the pharmacist has frequently to pui'chase
at an exorbitant price, is "purified oleic acid," which has been
much used of late iu making the oleates now in ixse, and can be
easily and at small expense prepared, with benzin as solvent, in the
following way : —

Oil of sweet almonds, saponified with caustic potash and the soap
decomposed with tartaric acid, is washed with hot water to separate
the precipitated bitartrate of potassium from the mixture of oleic
and palmitic acids. These are combined with litharge, forming the
oleo-margarate of lead, from which the benzin dissolves the oleate
of lead, leaving as residue the undissolved palmitate thereof. From
the benzin solution the lead is precipitated by dilute hydrochloric
acid in form of chloride of lead ; and on evaporation of the benzin,
"oleic acid" will remain, sufficiently pure for pharmaceutical
purposes, giving clear and permanent solutions with the red and
yellow mercurial oxides, as high as thirty per cent, if necessary.

As crude commercial oleic acid can be bought at very low figures,
it may be purified by combining it with litharge, deriving from it
the oleate of lead, from which again, by the aid of benzin, the puri-
fied oleate can be separated, and as before stated, purified oleic acid
prepared at but a small expense.

To gain the same end, the simplest way perhaps is to utilize the
ready-made oleo-palmitate of lead, the officinal lead plaster, dissolve
it in benzin, and extract from it the oleic acid by precipitating the
lead by aid of hydrochloric acid.

Oleic acid thus prepared has been used for some time, and found
to answer better for the preparation of the oleates than the article
sold by some of the manufacturing chemists.

The above results by no means limit the utility of petroleum
benzin as a solvent and important pharmaceutical factor ; but they
will show that this refuse article, of comparative little commercial
value, which has been applied to but little more than the removal
of oil, grease, or paint stains, may be turned to good account by its
very deficiency to act like ether or similar substances as a general
solvent for both fats and resins.

The Union of Chloral Hydrate and Camphor. E. C. Saunders.
{Pharm. Juurn., 3rd series, vii., 89.) Tiie author quotes a number
of experiments, the results of which indicate that no chemical action

PHARMACY. 257

takes place wlien chloral hydrate and camphor are mixed in the
cold. Both are volatile at ordinary temperatures; and the follow,
ing experiment, which was performed to ascertain which was the
solvent, conclusively proves that it is the vapours which act upon
each other. Two lumjis, one of chloral hydrate and one of camphor,
were placed about an inch apart on a porcelain plate, and covered
with a bell glass. In fifteen minutes the surface of the camphor
was quite damp, but the chloral was quite dry. In three houi-s the
chloral was still dry, while the camphor was quite wet and standing
in the midst of liquid. In twelve hours the liquid had reached the
chloral, the upper surface of which was still dry, while in twenty
hours both lumps were half liquefied, and the inner surface of the
bell glass was covered with moisture. This would almost seem to
point out that the vapour of the chloral was the solvent; but it was
found while one part of camphor would form a permanent liquid
with three and a half parts of chloral hydrate, one part of chloral
dissolved by the aid of heat, with two parts of camphor solidified to
a soft crystalline mass when cold, from the camphor crystallizing.
It is most probable that the camphor is the solvent, which would
also seem likely, as camphor is an essential oil, and is known to
render other bodies fluid. The change of coloui', with the formation
of an oily liquid, would seem to point to chemical action occurring
when the mixture is subjected to sti'ong heat.

The following notes of the solubility of the mixture in various
fluids may be serviceable to any who are called upon to dispense
it, or to physicians who feel inclined to try the effects of it.

It is miscible in all proportions with alcohol, sp. gr. '838, bisul-
phide of carbon, ether, and olive oil. It is soluble in eleven parts
of alcohol, sp. gr. '9S7. It is insoluble in water. It forms a clear
mixture with one and a half parts of chloroform, but a further
addition of three parts of chloroform renders it turbid. Camphor
forms a permanent liquid with three times its weight of chloral
hydrate. The experiments were conducted with the atmosphere at
a temperature of about 80^; the fact is mentioned, as it may have
influenced the solubility slightly.

Glycerole of Nitrate of Bismuth. B. Squire. (Pharm. Journ.,
3rd series, vii., 389.) Desiring to employ a solution of a simple bis-
muth salt in certain skin diseases, the author tried glycerin as
a solvent, and found that the nitrate was freely sohihle in glycerin,
and that it dissolved without decomposition. This solution may
even be diluted with water without depositing any more than a
trifle of the salt for nearly an hour.

258 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

With the view of studying the reactions of tliis gljcerole,
Mr. John "Williams prepared some of it by dissolving 20 per cent, of
crystallized nitrate of bismuth in Price's glycerin (Pliarm. Joum.,
3rd series, vii., 470). He found the solution is best effected in the
cold ; if much heat is employed in the preparation, the glycerole.
■nhen diluted does not give a clear solution but a milky one, at any
rate at the end of a few hours. The property of bearing dilution
■with water without producing a turbid solution, appears to dimin-
ish by keeping. The diluted solution does not bear boiling, but
when so treated deposits a basic salt not afterwards soluble in water.
Caustic potash (or soda), added to the glycerole diluted with water,
first causes a white precipitate, which is, however, perfectly soluble
in an excess of the alkali, a bright clear liquid being produced, which
is perfectly miscible with water in all proportions, and might pos-
sibly be employed medicinally as a substitute for the liq. hismnthi
mnmonio-citratis of the Pharmacopoeia. From this reaction Mr.
Williams is inclined to infer that the glycerole is not a mere solu-
tion of the nitrate of bismuth in glycerin, but is a chemical com-
bination ; and that the glycerin is playing a part somewhat similar
to that taken by the citric acid in the liquor of the Pharmacopoeia.
Ammonia, however, cannot be substituted for potash in this re-
action, no excess of the former making a clear solution, although a
trace of bismuth is held in solution, as can be proved by adding
sulphate of ammonium to the filtrate.

Mr. Williams' opinion that this preparation is a real chemical
combination is not shared by Mr. W. Willmott, who regards the
difierence between the behaviour of ammonia and potash in this
reaction as an indication that the glycerin here merely acts as a
solvent, but does not form a chemical compound {Pharm. Joum.,
3rd series, vii., 830.) The same writer suggests the following for-
mula for this preparation : —

Nitrate of Bismuth gss.

Distilled TVater 5ij.

Price's Glycerin ad 5VJ.

Dissolve the nitrate of bismuth in two fluid drams of the gly-
cerin previously mixed with the distilled water ; then add the
solution to the remainder of the glycerin, and mix well together.

This is prepared at once and without the slightest difficulty. It
contains five grains of the active ingredients in each fluid dram,
and is most convenient for prescribing. Even therapeutically the
addition of the water is an advantaee, since, as in the cases of tan-

PHARMACY. 259

nin and borax, the density of the undiluted glycerin prevents the
action of the remedy from coming readily into play. It is better in
each case to dilute with a little water before using.

Administration of Oils and Oleo-Resins by means of Wafer Cap-
sules. S. Limousin. {Rapert. cle Pharm., 1877, 257.) The author
suggests the use of cachets de pain, or wafer capsules, as vehicles for
administering castor oil, cod liver oil, copaiba, and other liquids
which do not act upon the substance of the wafer. The two
empty halves of the capsules are united in the usual manner, except
on one portion of the rim, thus leaving an opening through which
the oil is introduced by means of a pipette. The orifice is then
closed by moistening it. The oil may also be placed in the cavity of
the lower wafer, and the upper one rapidly affixed to it before the oil
has had time to spread to the margin. Cod liver oil communicates its
odour to the capsule unless the inner surface of the wafer be pre-
viously covered with collodion.

Canada Balsam as an Excipient for Pills. M. Daunecy. (U Union
Pharmaceutique, 1877, 1G8.) To prevent pills from becoming hard
and insoluble, the author suggests a mixture of one part of wax
and three parts of Canada balsam. This mixture possesses the pro-
perty, even if added in small proportion, of binding together the
component parts of pill masses, of keeping the pills jDermanently
soft and yet sufficiently solid to prevent them from flattening, and
of preventing deliquescent constituents from attracting moisture.
He has prepared, by means of this excipient, pills of potassium
acetate containing three grains of the latter in each pill, and re-
maining entirely unaltered on keeping. Pills prepared in this man-
ner readily disintegrate in the stomach.

Oleate of Bismuth. S. C. Betty. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series
vii., 469.) Having noted the power of oleic acid in dissolving oxide
of bismuth to a considerable extent, the author suggests the follow-
ing formula for such a combination : — The oxide of bismuth, B. P.
(the trisnitrate and carbonate being useless for this purjjose), is
ground very fine, and the oleic acid gradually incorporated with
it. The mixture being placed in a suitable vessel is subjected to a
temperature of nearly its boiling point; then allowed to digest, wdth
frequent agitation, at a temperature of about 60° during four days,
or until it solidifies. The result is pharmaceutically a plaster ;
chemically, an oloate of bismuth, containing 20 per cent, of the
base. Respecting- its utility as an endermic application, it is stated
that the preparation melts readily in contact with the skin, is bland
to an excoriated surface, and penetrating by its limpidity.

260 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Ferric Citrophosphate. R. Rother. (Fharmacisf, Sept., 187G.)
Citric acid is one of the most remarkable of the oreranic acids. Its
constitution is so peculiar and unintelligible that; synthetic chem-
istry has failed to produce it ; neither has any process of disruption
yielded it from more complicated compounds. It is, in our present
knowledge of the substance, most emphatically an organic acid. Ifi
is, however, a noticeable fact that, considering the interest and im-
portance attaching to the citrates as a class, they have been but im-
perfectly studied. The marvellous property possessed by citric acid
of rendering metallic bases insusceptible to many of the ordinary
reagents has long been known. This action has been interpreted in
various ways, and given rise to some of the most striking theoretical
speculations. From the time that H. Rose first observed the ready
solubility of dry ferric citrate in pi'esence of normal monad citrates
to the pi'csent, no definite and reliable knowledge existed in regard
to the constitution of these compounds. The opinion largely pre-
vailed that they were but mechanical mixtures ; that is, mere solu-
tions of one salt in the other, without reference to equivalency. The
first step in the direction of a comprehensive view of this heretofore
hopelessly intricate subject was made by the writer (Laboratory,
Feb., 1876), in showing that ferric salts with monobasic radicals
formed, by a combination of double decomposition and additive
affinity, a peculiar green double citrate of iron and the monad
metal, whilst the monobasic or dibasic radical passed to the base of
the citrate actually decomposed. By means of dialytic experiments
(Ame^-ican Journal of Pharmacy, April, 1876) the writer added
further proof in confirmation of this result, but also showed that
in case of the citrophosphoric compounds a rearrangement of more
complicated character takes place.

All compound salts may be divided into two classes. Double,
triple, and quadruple salts are formed from dibasic, tribasic, and
tetrabasic acids when each iodividual unit of equivalency is satura-
ted by a distinct basic radical. Secondary, tertiary, and quaternary
salts are produced when each independent unit equivalency of a
polyatomic metal is saturated by distinct acid radicals of corres-
ponding basicity.

The writer's process for preparing aramonio-ferric citrophosphate
(Pharmacist, August, 1871) indicates that two equivalents of ferric
orthopho.sphate and one equivalent of triamraonic citrate react upon
each other in the production of a soluble amorphous compound
readily obtainable in splendid brown-green scales. The solution,
when subject to dialysis, gave no evidence of dissociation, showing

PHARMACr. 261

that no crysiallizable salt is present. The formation of the com-
pound, therefore, determines a basic condition made apparent by
the presence of ferric oxjcitrate or free ferric hydrate (^Pharmacist,
May, 1876). Its generation may then be represented as follows : —

4 (Fe P 0,) + 2 (N H,)3 C^ H, O7 + 3 (0 H.) = Fe C^ H.^ 0, (N H,) +
C, H, O7. Fe (0 H)3 + 2 (Fe P 0,). (N H,)3 H3 (P O,)^.

As this reaction assumes the production of an ammonio-ferric
phosphate in which one equivalent each of monammonic and diam-
monic phosphate are seemingly united, the writer endeavoured to
produce this double phosphate independent of the citrate by dissolv-
ing freshly precipitated ferric phosphate in a mixture of the two
ammonium phosphates, bat no solution appeared to take place.
Ferric citrate was then substituted for the ammonium phosphates,
when rapid solution was effected, thus enabling the writer to add
one more interesting iron salt to the list of those already discovered
by him. The ferric citropliosphate obtained by this combination is
a secondary anhydrous salt, having the composition Fco (P O4)
(CgHjOy), and easily obtainable in beautiful brown-green scales.
It forms in long slender blades, a shape characteristic of feme
citrate. In concentrated solution it is absolutely permanent, show-
ing also, in this resp3ct, one of the properties of ferric citrate. It
has a sweet, acidulous taste, free from metallic flavour and the
saline nauseousness of some of the ferric double citrates now in use.
There can be no doubt of its complete superiority over all other
citroferric phosphates at present so largely employed, either in a
pharmacal or therapeutic aspect. On the assumption that tliis salt
is one of the components of the ammonio-ferric citrophosphate above
described, the formation may be written as follows : —

2(FePO,)-i-(NH,)3C6H5 07^

Feo(P0,)(C,H,0,) + (NHj3P0,.

This result seems quite probable, since, as the basicity of the acids
is apparently alike, a possibility of closer union is not precluded,
and hence we may have the actual combination of the two constitu-
ents in the condition of a secondary double salt.

It is a remarkable fact, worthy of note in this connection, that
ferric pyrophosphate is practically insoluble in ferric citrate. This
property, therefore, supports the writer's constitutional formula of
the officinal pyrophosphate, making it a mixture of ammonio-ferric
pyrophosphate, ammonio-ferric citrate, and free ferric citrate.

As previously suggested by the writer {American Journal of

262 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Pliarmacij, April, 187G), it was found that the most practical and
expeditious process of preparing the ferric citrophosphate consisted
in precipitating the iron as a mixed phosphate and oxycarbonate,
and dissolving the mixture in citric acid. Ferric oxycarbonate
(Pharmacist, Dec, 1873) is so incomparably superior in every re-
spect to the ordinary ferric hydrate that no operator who has once
employed it will ever abandon its use. The compact ferric phos-
phate (Pharmacist, Dec, 1873,) is equally an improvement on the
gelatinous kind. In the production of ferric citrophosphate the
writer combined the processes of the two iron salts as follows : —

Solution of Ferric Sulphate

one pint.

Disodic Orthophosphate, Cryst. .

7 troy ozs.

Disodic Carbonate, Cryst.

9 „ „

Citric Acid, Cryst.

3 „ „

Water

sufficient.

Add the sodic phosphate to the solution of ferric sulphate, and
apply heat until solution is effected ; now place the sodic carbonate
into a capacious vessel, pour on half a pint of water, and apply heat
until the salt has dissolved ; then add in rapid succession the former
solution, one-fourth at a time, and maintain the heat, with constant
stirring, until effervescence has ceased ; dilute the mixture with
water to the measure of eight pints, and when the precipitate has
perfectly subsided decant the supernatant liquid, and mix the
sediment again with a fresh portion of water, as before ; after three
or four washings in this manner, pour the precipitate upon a muslin
strainer and press it thoroughly ; place the residue in a porcelain
capsule, add the citric acid and apply a water bath heat until per-
fect solution has occurred ; finally, pour the liquid upon plates of
glass or porcelain, and expose it in the open air to dry. The yield
is about 6| troy ounces.

In this formula a slight excess of sodic phosphate is employed,
since the sodium carbonate has a tendency to take away the acid of
the ferric phosphate. Hence, the two precipitates may also be pre-
pared separately, mixed after washing, and dissolved as above.
With the adjusted quantity of sodium phosphate, as directed in the
above formula, the final result, however, agrees very closely with
the theoretical yield.

If desirable, the salt may be retained in solution, which, if
sufficiently concentrated, will remain absolutely permanent. A
solution containing one-half a troy ounce of the salt iu the fluid
ounce appears to be the most convenient form.

This salt, similar to the officinal pyrophosphate, when mixed with

PHARMACY. 263

any acid stronger than the citric, is completely decomposed, ferric
phosphate being precipitated. The officinal pyrophosphate, when
mixed with orthophosphoric, pyrophosphoric, metaphosphoric,
chlorhydric, nitric or sulphuric acid, is instantly precipitated.

The white gelatinous precipitate is insoluble in either of the phos-
phoric acids, but any of the latter three acids, when in sufficient
excess, again dissolve it. The erroneous belief is still abroad that
the officinal pyrophosphate of iron should form a clear solution
when mixed with diluted phosphoric acid. It is, however, about
time now that it was generally understood that any citrophosphoric
compound is incompatible with free orthophosphoric acid, by reason
of the fact that any citrate present will be decompossd, its acid
being liberated ; and as free citric acid fails to dissolve the various
ferric phosphates, these must of necessity be thrown out of solu-
tion.

Pepsin combined with Glycerin. M. C a til Ion. (BepSrt. de
Pharm., 1877, No. 11.) Glycerin is recommended by the author
both for the extraction of pepsin and for its medicinal exhibition.
Administered in this form, the pepsin is reported to exercise an
increased digestive power, while another advantage is to be found
in the fact that a solution of pepsin in glycerin may be kept for a
great length of time without suffering any change.

The Spectroscope in Pharmacy. W. Gilmour. (Pharm. Jouni.,
3rd series, vii., 529-531, and 569-571.) The author has applied the
spectroscope to the examination of tinctures and extracts of the
following drugs : — aconite, belladonna, bearberry, buchu, Indian
hemp, hemlock, foxglove, hops, henbane, lettuce, lobelia, matico,
and senna. The report contains many points of interest, but as it
is not suited for abstraction, we must refer our readers to the
original article.

Valuation of Powdered Ipecacuanha Root and Dover's Powder.
T. M. Stewart. {Amer. Journ. Pharm., August, 1876, 359.) All
the specimens were obtained from different retail drug stores ia
Detroit and Jackson, Michigan.

The ipecacuanha was assayed by the process lately recommended
by Dragendorff (" Werthbestimmung einiger starkwirkender Dro-
guen " (1874) S. 37), the drug being extracted first by acidulated
water, and then by alcohol, the pectin filtered out from the con-
centrated solution ; when the alkaloid is either determined volu-
raetrically by potassium mercuric iodide, or extracted by chloro-
form or benzin in presence of barium carbonate, and the residue
thereof weighed (one c.c. Mayer's solution precipitates 0'0189 gram

264 TEAE-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

emetia.) Both volumetric and gravimetric ways were found to give
concurring duplicate results, and the two wa^'s gave results corre-
sponding closely "with each other ; but the volumetric method leaves
less danger of loss in operating. Two grams were taken each time.

Powdered Ipecacuanha.
No. 1. 1 'To per cent, emetia. No,

1 'To per cent, emetia.

l-i5

2-10

1-60

1'90 per cent, emetia

2-00

1-90

205

Average, 1-84 per cent, emetia.

All the numbers were examined microscopically and chemically
for adulterations, especially for almond meal, chalk, and antimonium
potassium tartrate ; but no adulterations were found, except a little
extraneous woody fibre.

The compound powder of ipecacuanha was assayed as follows
("Dragendorfi^'s Werthbestimmung," S. 96). Three grams of the
powder were extracted with 85 per cent, alcohol (the residue tests
for adulterations); the di*y residue from the alcohol dissolved in
acidulated (sulphuric acid) water, filtering if necessary, and the
narcotine removed by washing the acid solution with ether. After
addition of excess of barium carbonate, the solution is now extracted
with benzin (several portions), the residue from evaporation of the
benzin being weighed as emetia (confirming by dissolving in acid
water and titrating with potassium mercuric iodide). The solution
exhausted with benzin is washed with amylic alcohol (several por-
tions), and the residue from evaporation of the amylic alcohol
weighed as morphia (confirming volumetrically by potassium
mercuric iodide after dissolving in acidulated water). The ether
and the amylic alcohol should be water washed.

Dover's Foioder.
0-20 per cent, emetia, and 1-03 per cent, morphia.
,, 1-00
,, 1-06
„ 1-03
„ 0-93
„ 1-00
„ 106
„ 0-96
., I'Ol
,.,1-00

The average of O'lO per cent, in Dover's Powder equals 1'90 per
cent, emetia in ipecacuanha.

No. 1.

0-20

„ 2.

0-16

,, 3.

0-23

„ 4.

0-20

„ 5.

013

„ 6.

0-13

„ 7.

0-26

„ 8.

0-23

Average

,0-19

S. P. Standard

PHARMACY. 265

All the samples of Dover's Powder were examined for adultera-
tions, organic and inorganic, but none were found.

Benzol and Benzin. M. Heeren. (Zeitsch-ift. des oesterr. Apotli.
Ver., 1877, 190.) The terms benzol and benzin are so often used
indiscriminately, not merely in commercial life, but also in chemical
and pharmaceutical literature, that a few observations respecting
the various substances which pass by these names may not be out
of place.

Benzol, when first discovered by Mitscherlich, was named by him
benzin. In its purest condition, as obtained by distillation from a
mixture of benzoic acid and lime, it is a colourless liquid having a
pleasant odour, a specific gravity of '878, and a boiling point of
80'5° C. ; it is highly infiammable, can be ignited at ordinary tem-
perature, and burns with a luminous, very smoky flame. It does
not mix with water, but combines readily and in all proportions
with alcohol and fatty oils. It takes up gutta percha in vei'y large
proportion, and is also a good solvent for caoutchouc. By concen-
trated nitric acid it is converted into nitrobenzol, a pale yellow
liquid of a pleasant odour, resembling that of the essential oil of
bitter almonds. When cooled to 0° C, it solidifies, forming a
crystalline mass. The composition of benzol is represented by the
formula C^. Hg, and its high percentage of carbon (92"3) fully ac-
counts for the dense black smoke which it emits on burning.

Much cheaper, bat also much less pure, is the benzol obtained
from coal tar. The very thin liquid known as coal tar oil, which
in the distillation of the tar passes over first, yields on purification
and redistillation a product consisting principally of benzol, but
containing also toluol (a similar but less volatile liquid), besides
small quantities of xylol, cumol, cymol, and probably some other
less volatile hydrocarbons. For many purposes the presence of
these impurities are no disadvantage whatever, and in benzol re-
quired in the manufacture of aniline colours the presence of toluol
is even an essential condition ; but it is only just to insist that such
a preparation should be distinguished from pure benzol by its name
also, as will be the case if this product be always called benzin, and
the name benzol be restricted to the preparation obtained from
benzoate of lime.

By repeated fractional distillation, it is possible of course to ob-
tain from coal tar oil a product boiling constantly at 80° C, having
a specific gravity of '88, and crystallizing at 0° C. Such a prepa-
ration is now an article of commerce, and has the fullest claim to
the name benzol ; but the less pure products, which are far more

266 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

common]}' met witli, aud are sold at a much lower price, should bo
designated as benzin. They boil at a higber and inconstant tem-
perature, and the determination of the boiling point therefore affords
the best means of distinguishing them from pure benzol. Their
proper name is benzin.

Wholly different from benzol and benzin, and yet very fre-
quently confounded with them, are the first or most volatile pro-
ducts of the distillation of petroleum. These are mixtures of
A-arious hydrocarbons of different boiling points and specific gravities,
containing among others the hydrides of butyl, amyl, and capryol.
They have a petroleum-like odour, quite different from that of
benzol, and, when shaken with an equal volume of alcohol of 90
per cent., they separate, whereas benzol and benzin treated in the
same manner, yield perfectly clear and uniform mixtures. Owing
to their considerably smaller percentages of carbon, they burn with
a much less smoky flame than either benzol or benzin. To prevent
confusion, these products ought to be called petroleum benzin,
petroleum ether, or benzolin, but not benzin.

The tars obtained fi'om cannel coal, boghead coal, brown coal,
peat, and wood, yield mixtures of hydrocarbons known as photogen,
mineral oil, shale oil, and eupione, which boil at a much higher
temperature than benzol, have an unpleasant odour, do not mix
with alcohol of DO per cent., and burn with a less smoky flame.

The Manufacture of a Cinchona Febrifuge in India. (From New
Remedies, v., 386.) The cinchona plantations on the Neilghiris yield
practically two barks, red bark and crown. Red bark is rich in
total alkaloids, but not very rich in quinia, and the latter is diflBcult
of separation. The bark is of comparatively small value, therefore,
to the quinine maker, although of great value to the government as
a source of supply for a cheap febrifuge. E.ed bark is also of much
value in Europe for making galenical preparations (in other words,
it is a good druggist's bai'k), and recently large prices have been
got for consignments bought by druggists. These rates are far
beyond the value of the quinia contained in such bark, as estimated
by a quinine-maker. It is doubtful whether a European alkaloid-
maker could, in fact, work red bark for its alkaloids at their present
price, and pay for the 1)ark at the rates recently given in London
for Neilghiri-grown produce. Crown bark is, on the other hand,
rich in crystallizable quinia, and is nearly as highly valued by the
quinine-makers as good American yellow. But red-bark trees are
by far the most numerous on the government and other plantations
in India and the colonies. This species is hardier, grows better,

PHARMACY. 267

and yields about one- third more bark than the pale or crown bark.
The utilization of red bark by manufacture in India is therefore of
the highest importance.

The Sikkim plantation consists of red and yellow bark trees.
Yellow bark, -which has been a failure in the Neilghiris, promises to
be a success there. In character, yellow resembles crown bark, but
is even more esteemed by the quinine-makers. As both are easy to
work, crown and yellow barks would be very much preferable to
red bark as sources for the manufacture in India of a cheap febri-
fuge, if officinalis and caUsaya trees could be got to grow as luxuri-
antly as sncciruhra.

As the result of a systematic set of experiments, Mr. J. Brough-
ton, government quinologist at the Neilghiri plantation, decided on
issuing as " the cheap febrifuge " wanted for India, a preparation
called amorphous quinine, which consisted of the total alkaloids of
cinchona bark in the form of a non- crystalline powder, mixed to
some extent with the resin and red-colouring matter so abundant in
red bark. This alkaloid-mixture was accepted by the medical faculty
in the Madras Presidency as a remedy in malarious fever, scarcely,
if at all, iuferor to quinia. Of these alkaloids about six hundred
pounds had been manufactured up to the end of the fiscal year
1872-73, when it was found that, after calculating at its manu-
facturing value the price of the bark used, Mr. Broughton's product
cost more than ordinary commercial quinia. The factory has ac-
cordingly been closed, and the bark is to be disposed of otherwise
than by local manufacture.

The Sikkim (Himalaya) plantations ai^e younger than those on
the K"eilghiris. No quinologist was appointed to them until the
end of the year IS 73, when Mr. C. H. Wood was sent out by the
Secretary of State. Actual manufacture did not begin until 1875.

The method at present in operation in the factory in Sikkim is
simple in the extreme, and is as follows : —

General Nahire of the Process. — The dry bark is crushed into small
pieces (but not powdered), and is put into wooden casks, where it
is macerated in the cold with very dilute hydrochloric acid. The
liquor is then run off into wooden vessels, and mixed with an excess
of a strong solution of caustic soda ; a precipitate forms, which is
collected on calico filters, and well washed with water. The preci-
pitate is then dried at a gentle heat and powdered. It constitutes
the crude fehrifuge, which is next submitted to a process of purifica-
tion. In the latter process a certain weight of the crude product is
dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid, and a small quantity of a solution

2C8 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

of sulphur in caustic soda is added to the liquor. After the elapse of
twenty-four hours, the liquor is carefully filtered, the filtrate is
mixed with the caustic soda, and the resulting precipitate collected
on calico, washed with a small quantity of Avater, dried and pow-
dered ; it is then ready for issue, and is sent out under the name of
'■ Cinchona Febrifuije."

Arraufjement of the Factory Sheds. — A position was chosen con-
veniently near the dry bark godowns, and so situated on the side
of the hill that a copious supply of water could be obtained at
a level with the roof of the sheds in which the maceration is con-
ducted.

These sheds are rough temporary erections, constructed with sap-
lings, and a mat or thatch roof. Down the centre an open drain is
cut to carry ofi" the waste liquor. Over this drain some wooden
stands are placed, on which the calico filters rest. The filters are
formed by tying a square piece of calico to a wooden frame by the
four corners. On each side of the shed is placed a row of twenty-
one casks, standing on end upon a stand which elsvates them about
two feet from the ground. They are empty beer-barrels, which
have been purchased from the Commissariat Department at Darjeel-
ing, the head removed, and the cask thoroughly cleansed ; a hole is
cut in the side of the cask at a level with the bottom, and closed
with a cork. In front of the casks a row of tubs, formed by cutting
beer-barrels in halves, is placed, so that on uncorking the barrels,
the liquor will ran oat into the tubs.

Outside the shed, at one end, are a couple of large wooden vats
at such an elevation that liquid can flow from them along a bamboo
trough into any one of the barrels in the shed. The cajmcity of the
large vats, up to a mark on the inside near the top, is accurately
determined. Water is run into the vat up to the mark, and a cer-
tain quantity of muriatic acid is added, and the whole well mixed.
This diluted acid can then be run into any one of the casks in a line
with the vat, by means of a bamboo trough. In addition to the
macerating sheds, thei'e is a small brick building, heated with char-
coal, in which the precipitate is dried; also a sej)arate shed in which
the process of purification is conducted.

Method of Conducting the Process. — The casks are worked in sets
of three, and are marked ABC.

In each shed there are fourteen sets, seven on each side. Each
cask receives one maund ( = 37| kilos.) of dry bark, which undergoes
four successive macerations, the liquor being moved in rotation
through the three casks. Each maceration lasts half a week. The

PHARMACY. 269

liquid used for the fourtli and last maceration is acidulated water
drawn from the vat. "When this is run off, it is moved into the next
cask to form the third h'quor. When this is drawn off, it forms
the second h'quor for another cask, and, when transferred from that,
it goes on to new bark, from which it is drawn off and precipitated.
Of course, in starting a new shed, every cask contains dry bark,
consequently the system of rotation is not brought into fall operation
until after the first fortnight ; and it is only after the shed has been
in operation for three and a half weeks that the liquor for precipi-
tation has been used for four macerations.

The liquor which is to be precipitated is now run into the tubs.
The other hquors are drawn into wooden buckets and poured into the
proper casks. The new acid is then drawn from the vats. The
diluted acid is made in the vat by adding one gallon of muriatic
acid to every one hundred gallons of water.

The weight of acid used in the exhaustion is 6| per cent, of the
weight of dry bark. It is obtained from Mr. Waldie's chemical
works, at a cost of 3|^ annas (8 annas = 1 shilling Engl.) per pound
in Calcutta.

To precipitate the saturated liquor, a solution of caustic soda is
added in excess. The caustic soda is obtained from England in
o-cwt. drums, costing from £15 to £20 per ton in London. One
part of this is dissolved in three parts of water, and the solution
stored in iron vessels. The quantity to be added to the bark liquor
must be judged of by the appearance produced. When a sufficient
quantity has been introduced, the precipitate assumes a somewhat
curdy condition.

About G^ pounds of solid soda are used for every 100 pounds of
dry bark.

The filtration is not commenced until the following day, when
the liquor is transferred to the calico strainers, which have been
well wetted. The first portions that run through are returned, until
the liquid passes of a bright ruby colour ; it is then allowed to flow
away by the drain. After all the liquor has drained off, water is
passed through the precipitate until it ceases to acquire a red tint.
The alkaloids on the filter should then be of a uniform cream colour.
The precipitate is now dried and reduced to a fine powder, which
is stored in suitable bins. It constitutes the crude febrifuge.

The Process of Purification. — The precipitate during the act of
drying acquires a slightly reddish brown colour. It is therefore
submitted to a process of purification. Fourteen gallons of water
are mixed with two pints of sulj^huric acid, and twenty pounds of

270 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

the dry powder are introduced. The alkaloids dissolve, and a quan-
tity of colouring matter remains insoluble. About half a pint of a
solution of sulphur in caustic soda is now stirred in, and the -whole
allowed to stand for twenty-four hours. It is then filtered through
calico into a clean vessel, care being taken to get the liquor perfectly
bright. About six gallons of water are used to wash the sediment
left on the filters. The clear filtrate is thoroughly mixed with solu-
tion of soda to precipitate the alkaloids ; the precipitate is collected
on calico, washed with a small quantity of water, drained, dried,
and reduced to fine powder ; it is then ready for issue.

Wooden tubs are used for this process, but they are not so well
suited for the purpose as enamelled iron or earthenware. The
purification is conducted iu a separate shed by a man who is con-
fined to that work.

The Labour employed. — The only workmen employed in the factory
are Nepaulese coolies. When the process is once brought into full
operation it is found that these men readily master every detail, and
conduct the whole thing with all the care and accuracy that is
required. But, of course, the factory is under the supervision of
Mr. Grammie, the officer in charge] of the plantation, who visits it
once a day, and sees that the work is being properly performed.

The Baric used. — Di*y succiruhra bark only is employed. More-
over, care is taken to mix the root, stem, and branch bark together
in as nearly as possible the proportions in which they are yielded
by the plantations. This mixture is broken into small pieces, and a
maund of it goes into each cask. This is done to insure uniformity
of composition in the product. Green bark is never operated on.
It will be seen that the arrangement of the process requires that a
certain weight of bark should be put into the casks every week
throughout the year. This could not be done with green bark,
l^ecause bark is only taken from the trees twice per annum. Apart
from this, however, it has been found that dry bark yields a much
better product, and quite as large a quantity. The small cost of
drying the bark is more than counterbalanced by the advantages
gained.

Temporary Ohject of the Process. — It must be remembered that
this method has only been adopted to furnish a large supply of
febrifuge for trial ; it does not profess to make the most economical
use possible of the bark. The factory is estimated to turn out
during the present financial year 4800 pounds of febrifuge, which,
at a rupee an ounce, will pay the whole cost of the plantations and
manufacture for the year. If the product proves to be of permanent

PHARMACY. 271

value as a remedial agent, it is probable tliat the process will be
considerably modified to produce greater economy, but involving
the use of permanent buildings and machinery.

Toxicological Studies upon Copper and its Compounds. L. M. V.
Galippe. (Journ. de Fharvi. et de Chim., xxiii., 298.) The results
of numerous experiments with dogs led the author to the conclusion
that copper salts do not produce fatal effects. A dog weighing 8
kilograms received daily doses of '5 gram of neutral acetate of
copper for 124 days. During that time it was troubled with
diarrhoea and vomiting, but it never lost its appetite.

It was then killed, and its liver (weighing 2G0 grams) found to
contain "SI gram of copper = 1"121 sulphate. The animal had in all
consumed 72 grams of the acetate. 43 grams of sulphate of copper
were administered to a dog in the course of 122 days ; 65 grams to
another within 151 days; 47 grams to a third within 107 days ; and
98 grams to the fourth, a bitch, during 150 days. The liver of the
last one weighed 310 grams, and contained '223 gram of copper =
"87 gram of the sulphate. During the experiments this last dog had
pupped, and the livers of the young were likewise found to contain
copper. Traces of this metal were also detected in the milk. Other
copper compounds, viz. the ammonio-sulphate, lactate, citrate, tar-
trate, malate, oxalate, oxide, subchloride, and subacetate (verdigris),
yielded similar results.

The workmen engaged in the verdigris factories at Montpellier
are reported not to suffer in health from their occupation. The
urine of these workmen always contains copper.

Purification and Pharmaceutical Application of Petroleum. M.
Masson. {Eepert. dePharm.,lS76, 742.) The author frees petro-
leum from its unpleasant odour in the following manner: —

60 grams of strong sulphuric acid and the same quantity of
strong nitric acid are slowly poured into 100 kilograms of petroleum
by means of a funnel having a long tube ; after this, 500 grams of
strong alcohol are carefully poured on the surface of the oil. The
alcohol sinks down gradually, and on reaching the layer of acids
causes a slight effervescence and evolution of heat. Ethereal pro-
ducts of a pleasant odour are thus evolved and communicated to
the oil, which at the same time assumes a yellowish colour. The
reaction lasts about an hour ; the oil is then gently agitated with
water, and the mixture allowed to settle.

Petroleum thus purified might take the place of alcohol in lini-
ments, tincture of arnica, and other tinctures and preparations in-
tended for external application.

272 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Tlie bottom layer (a mixture of acids, water, and alcohol) may be
used for deodorizing the heavy oils of petroleum, by agitating them
with this mixture, then allowing to settle for twelve hours, de-
canting, and washing with lime milk to completely remove the acid.

Chlorine as an Antidote to Prussia Acid. M. Gautier. {Bull.
Soc. Chim., 1876, 433.) Experiments made upon rabbits, in order
to test the value of inhalations of chlorine as an antidote to prussic
acid, proved very successful. Fatal doses of the poison were ad-
ministered, and the gas applied a few minutes after death had
apparently set in, whereby in the majority of cases the animals
recovered. The same effect was observed ^-ith insects.

The Comparative Merits of Phosphide of Zinc and Phosphorus as
Therapeutic Agents. {New Remedies, 1877, 48.) The phosphide
of zinc has so far proven a most efficient agent in the successful
treatment of the major part of a certain class of aflfections. In very
many instances it has been far more curative than phosphorus.
Considered in the light of a curative agent, the phosphide of zinc
stands alone, not only for the certainty but for the rapidity of its
action as a nervous tonic and stimulant. Its value in these respects
has of late been fairly tested in the last and exhausting stages of
typhoid and other fevers, where the nervous energies have been so
far prostrated as to render convalescence, if not doubtful, at least
tedious and protracted. The great therapeutic value of the phos-
phide of zinc is evinced in the most distinct manner, when used in
the treatment of neuralgia. "While the phosphorus is seldom
curative in doses less than one-twentieth of a grain, often calling
for as much as one-tenth or one-fourth, the phosphide of zinc yields
as reliable and more speedy i-esults in doses of one-tenth to one-
cio-hth of a grain. But few stomachs can tolerate more than one-
thirtieth of a gi'ain of phosphorus before manifesting symptoms of
irritation, which, in connection with the "matchy " taste soon evolved
in eructations, often engenders a disgust to its further continuance.
Nor are these disagreeable features altogether abolished by any of
the multitudinous formulse now in vogue. On the other hand, ex-
perience with the phosphide of zinc has proven that it enters the
circulation far more rapidly than the element, and when administered
in doses of from one-eighth to one-twelfth of a grain, it produces
its curative influence far more readily, and is equally as permanent
in therapeutic power. It has been found to be extremely serviceable
in neuralgia in doseS of one-eighth of a grain in the form of a pill,
in angina, in loss of memory, and impotence, in loss of sleep from
continued mental anxiety, and generally in those nervous affections

PHARMACY.

273

that owe their origin to exhaustiou and depression of the nerve force.
J)r. Hammond's formula is one-sixteenth of a grain of phosphide of
zinc, with one-fourth of a grain of extract of nux vomica, made into
a pill.

The Use of Glycerin in Fluid Extracts. J. W. Lehman. (From
an inaugural essay. Amer. Journ. Pharm., 1877, 34G.) A number
of experiments were made with officinal and unofficiual fluid ex-
tracts, with the view of determining the preservative qualities of
glycerin in this class of preparations. The results obtained may be
tabulated as follows : —

Fluid Extract of

Menstruum.

Remarks.

Aconite root . .

Alcohol 3 p., glycerin

Dark reddish brown, after two

Ip.

weeks muddy ; filtered, became
again turbid.

,, ,, . .

Alcohol ....

Of lighter colour ; remained clear.

Asclepias tuberosa

Dil. alcohol 3 p., gly-
cerin 1 p.

Gelatinized in four weeks.

,, ,,

Alcobol 2 p., water &

Did not gelatinize ; sHght precipi-

glycerin each 1 p.

tate.

Buchu ....

Alcohol 3 p., glycerin

Ip.
Officinal ....

Dense precipitate in five days.

Conium (leaves ?) .

Dark and clear ; slight precipitate

in two weeks.

Digitalis ....

,, ....

!I I) 11

Ergot

,, ....

,, ,, ,,

Grindelia robusta .

Dil. alcohol 3 p., gly-
cerin 1 p.

Hyoscyamus . ,

Officinal ....

71 )( )1

Krameria . . .

Brown-red; clear.

Pruuus Yirginiaua

....

Soon turbid, and considerable
precipitate.

» .)

"Water 8 fl.oz., after-

Shght precipitate after four weeks.

wards glycerin and

dilute alcohol equal

parts

Stramonium . .

Officinal ....

Dark and clear ; shght precipitate
on standing.

Valeriana . . .

Eemaius clear.

,, ...

Alcohol 3 p., glycerin

Very muddy in two weeks ; fil-

Ip.

tered, muddy again in one week.

„ ...

Alcohol 3 p., glycerin

Slight precipitate in two weeks ;

Ip.

filtered, very slight change
afterwards.

Zingiber ....

Officinal ....

Eemains clear.

,1 ....

Alcohol, with small

Precipitated some in five days.

prop, of glycerin.

The author concludes that the use of glycerin in fluid extracts of
astringent drugs adds much to the beauty and stability of the
preparation. Its use appears also to be indicated for drugs the

274 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

active principles of -wliicli are soluble in water and dilute alcohol.
In fluid extracts of mucilaginous drugs like pleurisy root it cannot
be used to any great extent, and it is best discarded altogether in all
cases where the active principle is of a resinous nature.

Salicylic Acid in Diphtheritis. Dr. Wagner. (Zeifschr. cles
oesterr. Ajpoth. Ver., 1876, 441.) The author reports most favourably
on the curative effects of salicylic acid in diphteritis. To children
too young to use a gargle he administered "15 to '3 gram of the
powdered acid in water or wine every two hours ; older ones were
treated at the same time with a gargle containing 1'5 gram of the
acid and 15 grams of rectified spirit to 150 grams of water, this
gargle being applied every hour. Of fifteen severe cases treated in
this manner, not one terminated fatally. Recovery took place far
more rapidly than the author had ever witnessed in cases treated
with other remedies.

Sulphurous Acid as an Antiseptic and Antifermentative com-
pared with Salicylic Acid. M. Baierlacher. (Phannaceid. Cen-
tralhalle, 1877, 148.) The author has arrived at the following
conclusions : —

1. Sulphurous acid is more powerful than salicylic acid in its
antifermentative action on yeast.

2. Sulphui'ous acid prevents the formation or growth of mould ;
in this respect carbolic acid stands nearer to it than salicylic.

3. The action of emulsin and of myrosin is retarded by sulphurous
acid moi'e than by salicylic acid ; but it is not entirely prevented
unless the acid be used in large quantity.

4. Putrefaction is effectually retarded by sulphurous acid. The
author strongly recommends the application of burning sulphur for
the disinfection of rooms, and the local application of sulphurous
acid in diphtheritis.

The Strength of Tinctura Opii. J. M. Maisch. (Amer. Journ.
Pharm., 1877, 511.) The strength of tincture of opium as ordin-
arily sold has been the subject of investigation by three students of
the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, class 1876-77. Mr. Jos.
Stable Smith merely determined the amount of extract left on the
evaporation of one fluid ounce of the tincture, five samples giving
the following results : 21-5, 15, 11-5, 9*5, and 8 grains. Each fluid
ounce represents 3 7' 5 grains of dry opium, which on an average
yields 60 per cent., or 22*5 grains of extract ; the presumption,
therefore, is that of the five samples examined only one was made
in accordance with the U.S. Pharmacopoeia,

Mr. Wm. H. Llewellyn ascertained not only the amount of ex-

PHARMACY. ?.70

tract, but separated also the morphia from one fluid ounce of com-
mercial laudanum, using for the latter operation a modification of
Staples' process ; his results were as follows : —

Extractfroml fluid ounce, 15- 15- 16- 15-o0 23-25 28-75 30- 32- 37' 39-50 gr.
Morphia „ „ 4- 3-75 3- 3-25 2- 1-75 1- 1- -5 trace.

Opium of officinal strength should yield 3' 75 grains of morphia
per fluid ounce of latidanum. While some of the samples come up
to this requirement, it is noteworthy that they fall short in the
amount of extractive matter as usually met with in Smyrna opium ;
on the other hand, it is plain that at least one-half of these tinc-
tures, which are very deficient in morphia, were artificially coloured,
with the view of imparting an appearance of strength which they
did not possess.

Another series of experiments with, laudanum sold at retail was
made by Mr. Burt P. Gates, who determined the specific gravity at
60° F. by means of a 1000-grain bottle, and made two morphio-
metric assays, following Staples' process with some modifications ;
his results are tabulated as follows : —

Specific Gravity.
•965 -952 -962 -956 -958 -955 -953 -949 -956 -943 -947 -956 -939 -950 -881

Morphia per fluid ounce.
3-85 3-70 3-54 3-39 2-96 2-62 2-77 2-46 2-16 208 2-00 1-85 103 1-39 0-77

Percentage.
10-3 9-9 9-4 9-0 7-8 7-0 7-4 6-6 5-7 56 5-3 4-9 4-4 37 2-1

Only three of these samples can be assumed to have been made
from well-dried opium ; five appear to have been made from imper-
fectly dried or from more or less moist opium ; the remaining
seven, of which five are also deficient in density, have apparently
been made of less opium than officially directed.

A New Method for the Preparation of Extracts without Heat.
A. Herrara. (Chem. and Drugg., 1877, 390.) The fact that
when water is partially frozen the dissolved matters remain in the
mother liquor has been used commercially in a variety of ways for
some years past. Impressed with the fact that even a moderate
degree of heat seriously modifies the properties of most vegetable
substances, the author proposes that the process just mentioned
should be adopted for the preparation of extracts. The actual pro-
cess is as follows : — The freshly expressed juice, or the cold water
infusion, is placed in some such apparatus as that used for making
ice cream, and surrounded with a mixture of crystallized chloride

276 YEAR-BOOK OF PHAKMACY.

df >calcium or chloride of sodium and pounded ice. The juice is
allowed to remain till a large portion has congealed, the mass of ice
is enclosed in a cloth and subjected to pressui'e, the press-cake is
broken and again pressed, to separate the mother liquor as com-
pletely as possible. The expressed mother liquor is mixed with the
bulk, and the congelation is repeated two or three times, with the
precaution that it must not be carried far enough to precipitate any
of the more sparingly soluble principles. The mother liquor is then
put into shallow dishes and exposed to the heat of the sun or of a
drying room, the temperature of which does not exceed 30° C. (86°
Fahr.), until the extract has attained the desired consistence.

Extract of conium, prepared with unpurified juice by the process
mentioned, has preserved the characteristic odour of conia, and by
dissolving it in water the author obtained a solution exactly repre-
senting the juice of the plant in appearance and properties, and
giving, when heated, an abundant coagulation, proving that even
albumen had remained unaltered. 1,750 grams of cow's milk, of
9° B., left, after three congelations, 750 grams of a liquid having a
density of 14°, and by evaporation in the sun this left a dry extract
of milk, which again formed that liquid on being dissolved in water.
Extract of rhatauy, prepared by the process of congelation, dissolves
completely in water, with a red colour, and has a much more as-
tringent taste, compared with an extract which was prepared with
the utmost precaution by evaporation in a water bath. Similar
comparisons were made with the extracts of catechu, aloes, and
others, and in all cases a very notable diflference was observed,
which is explained by the final evaporation in the proposed process
being conducted by the heat of the sun or of the drying closet,
which is insufficient to efi"ect a change or to volatilise the volatile
principles in any appreciable degree.

It may be objected that the vegetable juices should be previously
purified ; but it should be remembered that coagulated albumen
always encloses a considerable portion of the active principles, and
that the heat necessary to effect the coagulation and the evaporation
by means of a water bath is sufficient to change mauy principles ;
also, that the extracts thus prepared are sometimes inert or less
active. The careful experiments made by Orfila and the clinical
experience of others demonstrate that extracts prepared with un-
purified juice are the stronger.

For the extracts prepared from juices by the method indicated,
the author proposes the designation of opopycnols, derived from the
two Greek words meaning ^iu'cc and to condense.

PHAKMACT. 277

Iodide of Starch as an Antidote to Poisons. Dr. Bellini.
(Rcpert. de PJiarm., 1877, 17; Jouni. do Med. de Braxelles, 1877,
174) In a paper read before the Medical Society of Florence, the
author recommends iodide of starch as a valuable antidote in cases
of poisoning by caustic alkalies, alkaline, or earthy sulphides, and
vegetable alkaloids. The preparation is easily administered in large
doses, does not possess the irritating properties of free iodine, and
readily forms harmless compounds with the substances named. To
avoid the subsequent decomposition of the latter, its administration
may be followed by an emetic. As an antidote to alkaline and
earthy sulphides, the author thinks it preferable to all others. In
cases of poisoning by ammonia, caustic potash, or soda, it is applic-
able when acid drinks are not at hand.

The Decolorization of Iodide of Starch. A. Vogl. (Neues
Bepert. f. Phann., 1876, 565.) The disappearance of the blue
colour of iodide of starch at a temperature of 70° to 90° C, is par-
tially due to the volatilization of iodine. A piece of starch paper
held over the flask in which the liquid is heated, turns blue. On
boiling the liquid for some time, the evolution of iodine vapour
ceases, and when this point is reached, the blue colour is no longer
restored on cooling.

The statement occurring in many books that iodine may thus be
completely expelled from its combination with starch, is not con-
firmed by the author's experiments. Even after prolonged boiling,
and long after the solution has ceased to resume its blue coloiu'
upon cooling, it is immediately turned blue on the addition of
nitric acid, chlorine, etc. In the same manner the px'esence of
iodine can be shown in the horny translucent residue left on evapo-
ration of the solution. The author thinks that the iodine exists in
this residue in the form of a very stable and probably definite com-
bination calling for further investigation.

Under the influence of sunlight a solution of iodide of starch also
loses its colour, which is restored by nitric acid.

The Preservation of Pulvis Ergotse. (Ghem. and Bnigg., from
Journ. Therapeutique.) Divers plans have been proposed for the pre-
servation of powdered ergot, which should retain its physiological
properties unimpaired. Appert proposed the employment of balsam
of tolu. M. Bories recommends that a little mercury should be
kept at the bottom of the vessel containing it. Othei's have recom-
mended that alcohol should be used in the same way. All these
processes necessitate that the powder should be prepared when
required, as it is much more alterable than the fungus itself.

278 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Towards the end of 1874 the authora powdered 100 grams of care-
fully selected ergot. 50 grams were placed in a dry bottle ; the
other 50 grams were mixed with 5 per cent, of powdered benzoin,
and set aside in a similar bottle. Both bottles were placed in the
laboratory, with their mouths simply covered with a card. Four-
teen months afterwards the benzoinated powder was unchanged,
while the other was an odoriferous mass of living matter. The
powder thus preserved was found thoroughly reliable by several
eminent obstetricians.

The Purity of Chloral Hydrate. C. Annessens. {Journal de
Pharm. d'Ancers, 1877, 1.) The formation of white fames on ap-
proaching chloral hydrate with a glass rod moistened with solution
of ammonia has been frequently regarded as an indication of the
presence of hydrochloric acid, and consequently as a proof of the
unfitness of the preparation for medicinal use. The author shows
these conclusions to be erroneous. Perfectly pure chloral hydrate at
any but very low temperatures always fumes when brought near
ammonia, and the presence of hydrochloric acid can only be demon-
strated by means of silver nitrate. The white cloud which is formed
from the fumes of ammonia, and the volatilized vapour of chloral
hydrate, is due to the formation of ammonium formiate. This may
easily be proved by absorbing the vapour of chloral with a piece of
blotting-paper saturated with ammonia; an abundant white cloud is
produced. The paper is washed with distilled water, the excess of
ammonia is evaporated, solution of silver nitrate is added, and the
whole heated. The mixture immediately becomes cloudy, then
blackens, and deposits upon the sides and bottom of the vessel a fine
mirror of metallic silver.

If hydrochloric acid be really present in a sample of chloral, it is
most easily detected by testing the aqueous solution with silver
nitrate, which will at once produce a precipitate or turbidity.

Chloral hydrate may be considered pure if it stands the following
tests : —

1. It .should be neutral to test paper.

2. With nitric acid it should not give off" any red vapours.

B. Its solution ought to remain clear on the addition of silver
nitrate.

4. "When decomposed by caustic potash it should yield 72 2 per
cent, of chloroform.

The Qualitative Examination of Cinchona and Opium. MM.
Lepage and Patrouill ard. (Pharm. Journ., Srd series, mu., 795.)

Cinchona. — Take a fraerment from several barks in the same bundle

PHARMACY. 279

and reduce to a fine powder; suspend 1 gram of the powder in 10
grams of distilled water containing 1 gram of dilute sulphuric acid,
and leave them in contact two or three hours, agitating frequently.
At the end of this time add 70 grams of distilled water, and leave in
contact several hours more, still taking care to agitate the mixture
frequently. Then allow it to deposit, and afterwards filter. If the
cinchona be of good quality, solution of the double iodide of cadmium
and potassium, prepared by dissolving 2" 80 grams of iodide of cad-
mium and 2'50 grams of iodide of potassium in 50 grams of dis-
tilled water, when poured in slight excess into this liquid, should
produce at once an abundant turbidity, resulting after some hours
in a voluminous precipitate. If the bark contain no more than 10
or 12 parts of alkaloid per 1000 the reagent does not give rise to
any turbidity, or at most to a slight opacity. The yellow, red, and
grey barks may be examined in this manner.

Opium. — Reduce O'lO gram to powder in a glass mortar, and sus-
pend the powder in 25 grams of distilled water ; leave the mixture
in contact during half an hour, agitating occasionally, and then filter.
Take two-thirds of this liquor, which should possess a markedly
bitter taste, and pour into it some drops of solution of iodide of cad-
mium and potassium. If the opium be of good quality an abundant
turbidity is produced, to which rapidly succeeds a flocculent precipi-
tate ; whilst if it contain not more than 4 or 5 per cent, of alkaloid
or less, at the most a slight turbidity will be produced. The one-
third part of the solution that is reserved, when tested with very
dilate perchloride of iron ought to acquire a decided red colour, which
is the reaction characteristic of meconic acid.

The Officinal Wine of Guinine. (Ghem. and Drugg., 1877, 154.)
Every one who has prepared the wine according to the Pharmacopoeia
formula must have noticed immediately after eSecting solution of
the quinine the formation of a brown flocculent precipitate, varying
probably with different orange wines somewhat in quantity, but
always considerable and always of the same appearance. The pre-
cipitate is annoying, especially to makers of large quantities of the
wine, as it both necessitates filtration and renders the process tedious.
Moreover, a second deposit after a time almost invariably again
forms, which, although smaller in quantity, is even more trouble-
some if it appears, as very probably it may, after the preparation
has been bottled and stored.

To determine the nature, cause, and extent of this precipitate, a
series of investigations were undertaken, the result of which may be
briefly summarised as follows : —

280 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

1. The precipitate was found to be principally tannate of quinine,
along with extractive and colouring matters.

2. The quinine recovered from the deposit varied in quantity, but
was frequently found to form a large percentage of the quinine
originally added to the wine.

3. The deposit continued to form so long as any tannin was found
to exist in the wine, after which the addition to any extent of more
quinine and citric acid gave no further precipitate.

The raisins from which the wine is generally fermented were at
first suspected as being the primary cause of the presence of the
tannin ; but from further inquiries it was ascertained that tannin is
veiy generally employed to clarify the wine in certain stages of the
process of fermentation, and that the excess of tannin thus added
is afterwards removed from the wine by the addition of isin-
glass.

This process, even where carefully conducted, seems at the best to
partake a good deal of the rule of thumb procedure, the principal
care apparently being not to add too much of the isinglass, excess of
which in the wine is in some respects even more objectionable than
the tannin. Of many plans which, have been tried to rid the wine
of the superfluous tannin, none have been altogether successful which
have not in some way or another been objectionable. Even when
honestly prepared, which we are sorry to say it very seldom is, it is
apparent that the quinine which it contains must ultimately be an
unknown factor, whilst it has this further serious objection, that in
too many instances it contains also an unknown quantity of alcohol.
The Pharmacopoeia states that it contains about 12 per cent. ; but
this will be found insnflEicient to keep it from decomposition, and as
a matter of fact most commercial orange wines contain double this
percentage of alcohol, and in some instances more, thus exceeding in
strength even a fortified sherry.

Poisonous Properties of Glycerin. MM. Dujardin Beaumetz
and Audige. (From Bull, general de Therap.) The authors have
studied the effects on dogs of large doses of glycerin hypodermically
injected, and have arrived at the following conclusions : —

1. Pure glycerin injected in the proportion of 8 to 10 grams for
each kilogram of the weight of the animal produces death within
twenty-four hours.

2. The symptoms produced arc analogous to those of acute alco-
holism.

3. The microscopic lesions are similar to those in alcoholism.

4. From a therapeutic point of view it should therefore be under-

PHARMACY. 281

stood that the administration of large doses of glycerin may be
attended with danger.

The Alterability of Calomel under various Influences, and the
Precautions necessary in its Therapeutic Employment. M. Jolly .
(Chem. and Drugg., from Gazette Medicale.) Owing to the report
which appeared in the Italian pharmaceutical papers, on the forma-
tion of corrosive sublimate in a mixture of calomel and sugar, the
president of the Society of Practical Medicine engaged the author
to make some experiments to clear up all doubt on this subject.

Calomel has a decided tendency to decompose into mercury and
corrosive sublimate, and many physical and chemical agents facili-
tate this decomposition. The author has investigated the action of
these various agents, and embodies his results in the following
summary.

Heat always causes decomposition to a greater or less extent.
Perfectly pure and dry calomel, sublimed alone, takes a greyish
tinge from the liberation of metallic mercury.

Light causes the change into mercury and corrosive sublimate to
take place rapidly, as evidenced by the change in colour.

Oue gram of calomel digested with 100 c.c. of a 2 per mille
solution of hydrochloric acid for six hours, at a temperature of 104°
Fahr., yielded 3 milligrams of corrosive sublimate.

The same quantity digested with 5 per mille solution of sodium
chloride, yielded at the end of six hours 1 milligram of sublimate.

A 2 per cent, solution of citric acid (to represent fruit preserves,
in which calomel is often administered) caused the production of
1 milligram of sublimate.

The hydrochloric acid and sodium chloride represent the gastric
juice. When calomel passes into the intestines, it comes in contact
with the alkaline secretions of the bowels.

A half per cent, solution of sodic hydrate, after digestion for six
hours at 104° Fahr. with one gram of calomel, gave rise to 6 milli-
grams of corrosive sublimate.

Under similar circumstance a 1 per cent, solution of sodic car-
bonate gave rise to 4 milligrams, and a 1 per cent, solution of
calcined magnesia to 3 milligrams, of mercuric chloinde. 1 gram
each calcined magnesia and calomel were mixed, and at the end of
twenty- four hours were treated with distilled water ; 1 milligram of
sublimate was found. Lime acts like magnesia. Neither carbonate
of lime nor magnesia had the least effect at the end of six hours.

From these experiments the author draws the conclusion that
calomel when used therapeutically must not be mixed with inferior

282 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

sugars, wliicli are always acid or alkaline, nor with the alkaline
chlorides and earths, solutions containing alkaline hydrates or car-
bonates, or mineral or vegetal)le acids.

The Action of certain Manipulations and Reagents on Calomel.
F. M. Corwin. (From athesis presented to the Now York College
of Pharmacy : Nerv E.emedies, 1877, 211.) The mercurous chloride,
or calomel, is mild in its action on the human system, being a safe
and much -used remedy.

The mercuric chloride, and mercuric salts in general, are power-
ful and corrosive agents, often producing serious and fatal results.

The object of the following experiments was to ascertain whether
mercuric salts were produced from mercurmis (namely calomel) by
the agents and methods described.

The agents were either physical or chemical.

The physical agents were trituration, boiling with water, and
sublimation.

The chemical agents were certain dilute acids and salts of the
U. S. P.

The tests used for the detection and identification of mei'curic
mercury w^ere metallic copper and hydrosulphuric acid in strongly
acidified solutions.

In all cases where a deposit was obtained on copper, the copper,
after being thoroughly washed and dried, was placed in a clean dry
test-tube and heated to redness.

If mercury was present it sublimed and collected in a cooler part
of the tube. A crystal of iodine was then placed in contact with
it, and heat again applied, when the yellow iodine of mercury turn-
ing red by friction sublimed in another part of the tube.

The hydrosulphuric acid was added in small portions at a time,
producing at first a light coloured precipitate, turning yellow,
orange, brown, and black as the snccessive portions were added.
This reaction is characteristic of a mercuric salt.

Several attempts to obtain absolutely pure calomel proved un-
successful. That used, being the purest which was examined, was
found to contain a small quantity of ferric iron, probably as ferric
chloride.

1. Physical Agents. — a. Trituration. — About two drams of
calomel were rubbed in 'a dry porcelain mortar. On moving the
pestle through it with pressure it produced shining straw yellovj
streaks, and the Avhole powder gradually assumed a yellowish tint.
After rubbing for half an hour it was macerated with water, filtered,
and the filtrate acidified with hydrochloric acid.

PHARMACY.

283

Copper : no action. Hydrosulphuric acid : no action.

b. Boilimj. — 1. About two drams were heated in a flask with
water, on a water batli, for fifteen minutes, the mixture filtered, the
filtrate evaporated about one-half on a water bath, and acidified
with hydrochloric acid.

Copper : no action. Hydrosulphuric acid : no action.

2. About two drams were boiled in a flask with water by direct
contact with flame, and under constant agitation, for fifteen minutes ;
filtered, the filtrate evaporated about one-half on a water bath, and
acidified with hydrochloric acid.

Copper: a deposit. Hydrosulphuric acid : character istic precipitate.

c. Sublimation. — 1. About twenty grains were heated in a dry
test-tube, the heat being only sufficient to slowly sublime it. It
was then macerated with a small quantity of water, filtered, the
filtrate acidified with hydrochloric acid.

Copper : no action. Hydrosulphuric acid : no action.

The sublimate was perfectly white.

2. About twenty grains were heated so as to sublime rapidly, the
glass becoming red hot. It w^as macerated with water, filtered, and
the filtrate acidified with hydrochloric acid.

Copper: a deposit. Hydrosulphuric acid : characteristic precipitate.

The sublimate had a greyish appearance in places, probably due
to metallic mercury.

II. Chemical Agents. — a. Acids. — The acids used were the dilate
acids of the U.S. Pharmacopoeia. About a dram of calomel was placed
in a five-inch test tube, the tube was nearly filled with an acid,
and allowed to macerate for three days, being agitated occasionally.
It was then filtered and the filtrate evaporated about one-half on a
water bath.

With some acids a change was noted in the appearance of the
calomel ; with others it remained unaltered. The following table
exhibits the results : —

Acids.

Copper.

Hydrosulphuric Acid.

Appearance.

Hydrochloric . .

Deposit

Characteristic ppt.

Unchanged.

Nitric

Not used

>i n

Sulphuric . . .

No action

Hydrocyanic . .

Deposit

Characteristic ppt.

Turns dark.*

Nitro-hydrochloric

Not used

)> u

Unchanged.

Phosphoric . . .

No action

»i

* On the reaction between calomel and hydrocyanic acid, see a paper by
T. H. Powell and J. Bayne, in Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1876, 372.

28i

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

b. Sails. — Of the salts used, sixteen were in solution with water.
The soliitious were made by dissolving 1 part of the salt in 10
parts of water, with one exception, namely, the potass ic chlorate
solution, which was made by dissolving 1 part of the salt in 20
parts of water.

About half a dram of calomel was placed in a five-inch test tube,
the tube nearly filled with a solution and allowed to macerate three
days with occasional agitation. It was then filtered, and the filtrate
acidified with hydrochloric, nitric, or sulphuric acid, according to
the character of the salt.

With some of the solutions a change was noted in the appearance
of the calomel, either immediately or on standing.

Solution of

Copper.

Hydrosulph. Acid.

Appearance.

Potass. Bromide . .

Deposit

Characteristic ppt.

Lead colour.

„ Chlorate . .

No action

Unchanged.

„ Cyanide . .

Deposit

Characteristic ppt.

Dark, nearly hlack.

,, Hypopliosphite

No action

Unchanged.

,, Nitrate. . .

,, Sulphate . ,

,, Siilphite . .

)»

No ppt. Separation
of S.

Greenish grey.

Pot. and Sod. Tartrate

Deposit

Characteristic ppt.

Unchanged.

Ammon. Bromide,. ,

)) )>

Slate colour.

,, Chloride . .

11 M

Unchanged.

„ Iodide . .

Orange red ppt.,

Turns yellow, then

which gradually

dark with green

turns dark, same

tint. Solutionis

as Hg CL in

yellow.

NHJ

Nitrate

Characteristic ppt.

Dark at point of
contact. Grey
on agitating.

,, Sulphate. .

11 1!

Unchanged.

Sodic Chloride . . .

i> )>

Ferric ,,

No action

„ Pyrophosphate .

'•

Of the two following salts, about a dram of each was rubbed,
with an equal bulk of calomel, in a porcelain mortar for fifteen
minutes. They were then macerated with a small quantity of water,
filtered, and the filtrates acidified.

Filtrate from

Copper.

Hydrosulphuric Acid.

Bismuth Subnitrate .
Ferric Ferrocyanide

No action

Peculiar ppt. Not characteristic of

mercury.
No action.

PHARMACY. 285

Note on a Test for Alcohol. — Dr.H. Hager. (Pharm. Cen-
tralhalle, 1877, 154.) A solution of 1 part of molybdic acid in
10 parts of strong sulphuric acid has been recommended as a test
for ethyl alcohol and other alcohols. In a more concentrated form
the same reagent has been in use for some time as a test for
morphine (Frdhde's test), and has since its introduction for this
purpose been applied to a good many other substances possessing
the properties of reducing agents. For its application as a test for
alcohol, Davy recommends the following precautions : — Three to
four drops of the reagent should be gently heated in a porcelain
capsule, and one or two drops of the liquid to be tested then added ;
if the latter is likely to contain but a very small proportion of
alcohol, the mixture should be warmed in a water bath.

Following these directions the author has repeatedly tried the
test, but has failed to obtain the reaction.

Practical Hints about Dialysis. — (New Bemedies, 1877, 229.)
Dialysis is a species of osmosis, that is, a diffusion or passage of
fluids through organic membranes. The late Thomas Graham, to
whom we are indebted for the first knowledge of the law of diffu-
sion, divides bodies, in respect to their diflPusibility, into two classes :
one of these he termed crystalloids, being mostly crystallizable sub-
stances, or closely approaching them in character. They have a
strong affinity for their solvents, and retard the evaporation of the
latter by their presence. The other class he denominated colloids,
which are uncrystallizable, of a glassy or horny structure when dry
(like gelatine, etc.), and generally of an insipid taste.

These two classes of bodies may be almost entirely separated
from each other by placing the mixture containing them on one
side of an organic membrane which is in contact with water on the
other. A double osmosis then takes place ; from one side the
crystalloids pass through the membranes into the water, and from
the other side water passes into the mixture. The ratio of diS'usion
is inversely proportional to the densities of the liquids on either
side : a dense liquid will pass slowly ; a dilute liquid, or pui^e water,
more rapidly. The colloid substances, however, are not absolutely
retained on one side ; they also pass through the membrane, but at
so slow a rate that the crystalloids may nearly all have penetrated
the membrane before an appreciable amount of colloids has accom-
panied them.

The apparatus employed for this process is genei"ally constructed
in the following manner : — A light hoop of wood, or of gutta percha,
or better, of glass, about 2 inches deep and 5-10 inches in diameter,

286 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

is covered with a piece of moistened bladder or parcliment-paper —
which have been found in practice to be the most suitable mem-
branes for this purpose — so as to form a sieve-like vessel. The disk
of bladder or parchment-paper should be considerably larger in
diameter than the hoop, and it should be bound to the latter by a
string, or by another hoop of similar material. The membrane
must be entirely free from rents or pin-holes, which may be as-
certained by sponging one side with water, and observing whether
any wet spots appear on the other side. In the latter case, the
defects may sometimes be remedied by applying liquid albumen,
and coagulating it by heat. Broad glass shades, or lamp-chimneys,
or similar articles, may also be used. In absence of these, a funnel,
the neck of which is broken oflF, may answer ; only in this case the
membrane is placed inside of it, folded in the form of a star-filter.
The apparatus then, prepared in any of these ways, is called the
diahjser.

This is floated upon a quantity of pure water contained in an-
other larger vessel, which has received the name cxarysator. The
size of the latter and the amount of water contained in it depend
upon the object to be accomplished. If the colloid substance re-
maining in the dialyser be our chief object, it is best to employ a
large quantity of water at once ; the crystalloid bodies pass into
this in the form of a dense solution, which sinks to the bottom and
causes the lighter unsaturated water to be constantly pushed up
towards the membrane. If we, however, want to separate the
crystalloids, to the neglect of the colloids, we must use as small a
quantity of water as possible.

The liquid to be dialysed is poured into the dialyser to the height
of about one-half inch, or a little more, but never to exceed one-
fourth of its depth, and the apparatus then floated on the w^ater in
the exarysator. The best way is to introduce just as much liquid
into the dialyser as will cause the latter to sink into the water to
one-third of the height of the contained liquid. These precautions
are necessitated by the fact that water will difi'use upwards into the
dialyser more rapidly than the crystalloids will pass through the
other way ; and this is more particularly the case when bladder is
used. The solution of crystalloids produced in the surrounding
water is called diffusate. In most cases the difiusiun may be greatly
accelerated by the application of a gentle heat.

NOTES AND FORMULA.

PART ly.

NOTES AND FORMULA.

A New Process for the Estimation of Chicory in Coffee. A.
Smith. (Chemical News, 34, 1876, 283.) Take 5 grams of the
coffee, and pour upon it about 25 c.c. of boiling water, and filter ;
then pour it into a Nessler tube, and add acetate of lead, which will
throw down the colouring matter of the coffee, but leave that of
the chicory, which can then be estimated by comparing it with a
standard of a known quantity of chicory.

The Presence in Beer of a Substance Resembling Colchicine.
H. van Greldern. (Archiv der Pharm., July, 1876.) E. Danue-
berg stated recently that he had obtained from beer an alkaloid re-
sembling colchicine in its reactions (Archiv der Pharm., May, 1876.)
The writer has obtained the same body, in 1874, by the method of
Stas and Otto, and found then that it could also be obtained from a
mixture of unadulterated hops and gelatin. The latter body is
always present in beer, and is possibly the cause of the precipitate
formed with the general reagents for alkaloids, and which are not
produced if pure hops alone be employed for the experiment.

A Spurious Beeswax. (New Remedies, from Pharm. Post.) In
appearance, colour, fracture, brittleness, pliability, and odour (on
the outside portions), this pseudo-wax could scarcely be distinguished
from the genuine. But the freshly-cut surfaces had a lustre differ-
ent from that of true wax, and on breaking the mass into pieces a
distinct odour of resin was perceptible. On melting it with a gentle
heat, the honey odour disappeared entirely, but the pitchy odour
became gradually more intense and oppressive. These simple means
having already pointed out the probable composition, the melting
point and the specific gravity were determined in the following
manner : — A wide-necked glass flask was filled three-fourths with
water, and into the middle of this was immersed a thermometer and
a test-tube containing some fragments of the wax ; the mouth
having been loosely stoppered, heat was carefully applied, until
about one-third of the wax had melted. The temperature at this
point was 70° C. (158° F.), To determine the specific gravity, two

290 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

equally large pieces were dropped into a beaker containing dilute
alcohol, in •wbicli they sank ; distilled water was now gradually
added until, after stirring, the pieces floated a little below the level
of the liquid. The speci6c gravity of the latter, being found to be
562, corresponds to that of the wax. One gram of the sub-
stance was warmed in a small flask with 10 grams of chloroform.
The solution was clear and yellow, but in cooling became opaque,
and deposited on the sides an almost transparent and colourless
mass. Another gram was dissolved by heat in 15 grams of 70
per cent, alcohol, and set aside to cool. This caused the deposition
of globular colourless masses, leaving the liquid of a clear yellow
colour. The globules having been separated by filtration, they were
dried and "weighed. They amounted to 6 gram, and had a spe-
cific gravity of 0"910. The filtrate, on evaporation, left behind a
brittle, yellow resin, weighing nearly 0"4 gram. One gram of
shavings was next boiled in a solution of 1"4 gram of borax in
20 grams of distilled water, whereby a colourless mass was ob-
tained, floating on the top of the liquid, which latter was cloudy,
but did not become either milky or gelatinous on cooling. Japan
wax was therefore not present. Another portion, in fine shavings.
was shaken with dilute ammonia ; but the liquid remained clear and
transparent, and the substance unaltered, which proved the absence
of stearine as -well as tumeric and Orleans. The above-mentioned
srlobular masses, free from resin, were now examined for parafQn.
They had a lustrous, alabaster-like appearance, became soft on
kneading, -without getting adhesive, and dissolved easily and com-
pletely in oil of turpentine and benzin, but were entirely insoluble in
five parts of hot absolute alcohol. They were hence pure paraffin.
The composition of the substance was therefore 60 parts of paraffin,
and 40 parts of yellow resin, covered with a thin coating of genuine
beeswax. The specific gravity in this case was identical with that
of many .samples of genuine beeswax.

Koumiss Extract. (Zeitschrift des oesterr. Apoih. Ver., 1876, 526.)
The following formula yields a good preparation : —

Powdered Sugar of Milk . . . 100 parts.

Glucose (prepared from starch) . . 100 ,,

Cane Sugar 300 „

Bicarbonate of Potassium . . . 36 ,,

Common Salt 33 ,,

Di.sRolve these ingredients in 600 parts of boiling fresh whey of
milk, allow the solution to cool, then add 100 parts of rectified spirit,

NOTES AND FORMULA. 291

and afterwards 100 parts of strained fresh beer yeast. Stir the mix-
tui'e well, and put it ioto bottles containing a quarter of a litre each,
The bottles must be well corked and kept in a cool place.

For the preparation of koumiss add 5 to 6 tablespoonfuls of this
extract to a litre of skimmed, lukewarm milk contained in a bottle
of thick glass ; cork well, keep the bottle for half a day in a moder-
ately warm room (at 16°-20° C), and afterwards in a cool cellar,
shaking occasionally. The bottle should be filled to within 3-4
centimetres of the cork. After two days the koumiss is ready for
use.

Poisonous Materials in Hair Dyes. (The Lancet, January 13th,
1877.) Out of twenty-one examples of so-called hair restorers,
including all the best known, examined, no less than fourteen were
practically identical in their nature. They contained sulphur in
suspension, and also lead in varying, but always in very considerable,
quantity. Three of these preparations bore American labels, the
rest were English. The descriptions varied a good deal. Only one
was plainly described on the label as poisonous if taken internally,
while many were described as "perfectly harmless," "free from
injurious substances," and so on. The prices varied from Is. to Qs.
per bottle.

Two more samples, one of them American, were found to contain
lead and sulphur, but in a different form. The sulphur was present
as hyposulphide ; and in fact, these preparations may be substan-
tially imitated by adding hyposulphide of soda to a solution of a
lead salt. A white precipitate first appears, which dissolves in
excess, and the solution so obtained does not give a preci'pitate loith
iodide of potassiiuii. This is noteworthy, because in the handbill
which accompanies one of the samples purchasers are warned
against the dangerous hair preparations which contain lead, as
likely to lead to paralysis of the brain and insanity, and are directed
to test all preparations with iodide of i)otassium.

In another sample, an American one, no free or loosely combined
sulphur was found, but only lead in considerable quantity. Another
of the preparations was contained in two bottles, in one of which
ammonio-nitrate of silver, and in the other pyrogallic acid was
detected. This, therefore, belongs to an entirely different class
from the preceding.

The remaining three preparations analysed were intended for
lightening, instead of darkening, the colour of the hair. No sub-
stantial difference between these samples was detected. Each was
found to contain a tolerably concentrated and slightly acidulated

202 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Bolntion of peroxide of hydrogen. It is well known that this is the
active agent in preparations of this kind. It can hardly be con-
sidered as poisonous, but its action on the hair is said to be
injurious. The silly fashion which prompted its use is, the authors
believe, dying out.

It will be seen that, out of the twenty-one samples examined, no
less than seventeen contained lead. This lead was present, it must
be remembered, not as a mere trace, but in most cases in large and
deleterious quantity. In one sample, and that not the worst, was
found five grains and a half of lead (equivalent to about 10 grains
of crystallized sugar of lead) in each fluid ounce of the liquid.

A subsidiary question arises out of this inquiry which deserves
the most careful consideration of the medical profession. Is it not
possible that lead poisoning may sometimes be produced by the
incautious use of these preparations ? Evidence upon the point is
conflicting, and many physiologists hold that such an absorption
through the scalp cannot take place unless the skin is broken.
Taylor quotes a case to the contrary which came within his own
observation, and many others of the same kind have been noticed.
But few, if any, of these cases are definitive, and real proof
appears still to be lacking. It is, perhaps, not likely that such
poisoning commonly occurs, if it ever does. In the majority
of instances the liquid would probably be used with a certain
amount of discretion, and would be applied mainly to the hair
rather than to the head. But if the preparation were used incau-
tiously, if the lead solution were rubbed frequently and in consider-
able quantity into the skin of the head, there would be danger,
especially if the skin were broken.

Many recorded cases show that very minute quantities of lead
may after a time produce symptoms of poisoning. Certain circum-
stances, moreover, induce the authors to think that incipient lead
poisoning is more common than is generally suppo.sed. In all
chemical laboratories the testing for lead in drinking water is a
common experience. The number of samples of water sent for this
purpose is surprising. Now, in a great many instances no lead is
found ; and it is worthy of consideration, whether in some of these
cases the symptoms which threw suspicion unjustly on the water
may not have been caused by the use of lead cosmetics.

Regeneration of Spent Albumen by Means of Pepsin. J. "Wagner
and G. Witz. (Journ. Cliem. Soc, Aug., 18~G, from Dinrjl. polyt.
Journ., ccxix., 166.) The property of an aqueous solution of albumen
to deposit the albumen in the insoluble form on aj^plicatiou of heat.

NOTES AND FORMOLj;. 293

is applied to the fixing of a variety of important colours upon
cotton. Both soluble and insoluble colours are mixed with the cold
solution, printed on the cotton piece, and the latter is then steamed,
which converts the soluble albumen into the insoluble variety,
forming a kind of fixed and elastic varnish upon the cloth, and
mechanically fixing the colouring matter. Both egg and blood
albumen pass into the insoluble form, either wliolhj or partially, if the
temperature of the drying chamber has passed 35°, or even if
exposed to the sun accidentally, or after allowing it to stand too
long. Now, the problem has been, how to recover albumen which
has thus become insoluble and is lost, so as to obtain it again in the
soluble form for further service ? Dilate alkaline carbonates or
hydrates could bring such albumen into solution again, but such a
solution lacks the power of coagulating on application of heat ; in
fact, the constitution of the albumen is altered by the alkalies, a
portion of its sulphur being abstracted, and the substance in solu-
tion is therefore not albumen at all.

This prejudicial action of alkalies is at times experienced in
working ; thus, if the basic lead chromate be not completely freed by
washing from adhering lime, and be then thickened with albumen
and printed, the bright orange is not obtained on the cotton on
steaming, but through presence of lead sulphide, a muddy brown.

At lensfth J, Wagner devised the foUowino' successful method : —
He brought 350 to 400 grams of such unserviceable albumen into
contact with 30 grams of calf's stomach, cut into little pieces and
distributed through 1 litre of water. The water was treated with
10 grams of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and had a tempei-ature
of 37'5°. After 24 to 36 hours' standing the whole was passed
through a fine sieve, and the filtrate neutralized with ammonia, and
thus an albumen solution was obtained which answered every
purpose completely. Witz uses a sheep's stomach, and to 1 litre of
acidified water nearly 125 grams of dry insoluble albumen. He
states that pig's stomachs are even more active than sheep's. He
further digests for 40 hours at a temperature of 35^ to 40°, whereby
somewhat more than half the albumen goes into solution. The dis-
solved portion being separated by a sieve, the insoluble portion is
treated once more with acidified water in the same manner, to bring
a further portion of albumen into solution. The solution so obtained
is without odour and but little coloui-ed, a fact worthy of note as
regards blood albumen. It has also the property, after neutraliza-
tion by ammonia, to become coagulated either by boiling or by
addition of alcohol. Experiments as to the use of this albumen in

294 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

ultramarine printing, showed that on steaming a pure fast blue is
obtainable, unaffected by boiling soap solution. There is one reac-
tion which marks a difference between albumen recovered by pepsin
and ordinary albumen. The former treated with acetic acid, before
or after neutralization with ammonia, either does not at all become
turbid, or only slightly, and in no case gelatinizes, even after long
standing. On the conti-ary, one part of egg albumen dissolved in 10
parts of water, so that the filtered solution has a sp. gr. of 1'027,
and treated with an equal or half volume of acetic acid of sp. gr.
I'OSO, immediately forms a solid transparent jelly. This also takes
place if hydrochloric acid be added. Witz has proved conclusively
that under no circumstances whatever is coagulated albumen soluble
in acetic acid. The text-books usually state that albumen solutions
are not precipitated at all by acetic acid ; and are thus in great
eiTor. Digestion with pepsin is thus a certain method of bringing
coagulated albumen again into solution. Just as cloth, which has
undergone some injury in finishing, may be quite freed from its
size by digestion with malt, and much more easily than by long-
treatment with boiling water, so by the help of pepsin printed
albumen colours, even after steaming, can be completely removed
from the fabric.

For this purpose the piece is placed in warm, slightly acidified
water, together with some pieces of the membrane of a calf's
stomach. The pepsin in presence of the dilute acid dissolves the
albumen, and the colouring matters, as chrome green, lampblack,
chrome yellow, ultramarine, ochre, etc., are now readily removed
by washing. Pepsin can bring about the solution of albumen co-
agulated by boiling, as well as that of otherwise insoluble albumen ;
but the two solutions differ, as the former will not coagulate on
boiling, but the latter will. The presence of a small quantity of
free hydrochloric acid is indispensable in aiding the solution of the
albumen by the pepsin. Dilute hydrochloric acid (1 part of sp. gr.
1*169 in 100 of water) alone, after some days, at a temperature of
38°, can effect the solution of insoluble albumen. The solution will
coagulate on boiling, and answers well in printing. By digesting
blood- fibrin in dilute hydrochloric acid, a fibrin solution is obtained,
which coagulates on boiling, exactly as the albumen solution above-
mentioned does. It is thus possible that fibrin would make a good
substitute for egg albumen. Coagulated fibrin, like albumen, on
treatment with acidified pepsin solution, dissolves, but apparently
in an altered or modified form, as the solution will not coagulate
on boiling. Coagulated fibiin can also be dissolved gradually by

NOTES AND FORMULAE. 295

dilute hydrochloric acid (1 part of sp. gv. 1'169 to 100 of water).
On heating the solution precipitates the fibrin as a thick, solid jelly.
Mistura Salicylica Effervescens. (Pharmaceut. Goitralhalle, 187 7
75.)

^. Acidi Salicylic! 8,0 grams.

Syrupi Aurantii corticis . . . 30,0 ,,

Aquffi destillatae 207,0 ,,

In lagenam immissis adde

Sodie bicarbonatis .... 5,0 „

lageuam statim obtui-audo. Sepone loco frigido, donee
solutio effecta fuerit.
Sign. 3SS vel 51 singulis vel secundis horis.

Boli Taenifugi. (Pharmaceut. Centralhalle, 1877, 76.)

9, Florum Kosso 30,0 grams.

Kamalae 15,0 ,,

Extracti Filicis maris aetherei . . 4,0 ,,

Mellis depurati . . . . . q. s. „

Misce. Fiaut boli sexaginta.

Coumarm and its Uses. L. von. Cotzhausen. (Amer. Journ.
Pharm., Sept., 1876, 405.) In preparing coumarin from touka
beans, they were grated and exhausted by ether; on evaporating
the solvent, crystals of coumarin, rendered impure by fatty matter,
were obtained and purified by repeated crystallization from alcohol.
Sixteen troy ounces of tonka yielded 117 grains of coumarin. This
is the process of Boullay and Boutron-Charlard. A somewhat
smaller amount was obtained by substituting petroleum benzin for
the ether, and this solvent is recomm.ended as being more eco-
nomical. Coumarin was obtained in a similar manner also fi'om
the dried herbs of Asperula odorata, Lin., Melilotus officinalis, Pers.,
Liatris odoratissima, Willd , and Galium triflonmi, Mich.

The last-named herb is frequently collected in this country under
the supposition that it is the Waldmeister (Asperiola odorata') of
Germany, which is prepared by macerating the herb in a cheap
quality of Rhine wine, and adding sugar and a few drops of orange
or lemon juice to suit the taste ; cider may be used in place of
wine. Galium, like asperula, belongs to the order Ruhiacece, and on
drying acquires a fragrant odour, due to coumarin, and contains
also an astringent principle, a yellow resin, a fatty, rather un-
pleasant oil, and grape siigar.

Coumarin is proposed by the author as an ingredient in the fol-
lowing preparations, taking the place of tonka beans and some of
the herbs mentioned above : —

296 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Exlr. Nero Mown Hay. — Coumarin, gr. xij. ; essence of rose, 5SS. ;
cologne spirit, ^ij.

Exfr. Mille Fleurs. — Coumarin, gr. x. ; oil of cinnamon, gtt. ij. ;
oil of rose, gtt. iij . ; oil of neroli, gtt. v. ; oil of lemon, gtt. xv. ; tinc-
ture of musk, gr. xv.; tinct. benzoin, gtt. xx.; cologne spirit, 3iij.

Extr. Tonquin Music. — Musk, gr. x.; cologne spirit, 3iij. Digest,
filter, and add oil of neroli, gtt. j.; coumarin, gr. xij.; extract of
vanilla, 5ij.

Fltcid Extract of Tonl-a. — Digest tonka, ^viij., with strong alco-
hol, reserve the first six fluid ounces, evaporate the remainder to
two fluid ounces, and mix.

Sachet Mille Fleurs. — Tonka, 3J . ; vanilla, 5iij . ; cinnamon and
cloves, each 5iv. ; rose leaves, ^ij.; on-is root, 5V.; oils of mirbane,
lavender, and rose-geranium, each gtt. x. Comminute by grating,
cutting, or bruising, and mix.

May- Wine Essence. — Coumarin, gr. iv. ; spirit of orange (made
with freshly grated orange peel), water, each f ^xij. Dissolve, mix,
and if desirable colour with caramel. A few ounces are sufficient
to flavour a gallon of Rhine or Califomian wine.

Ethyl Bromide as an Anaesthetic. M. Rabuteau. (Comptes
Rendus, Ixxxiii., 1294.) The author gives some details of an in-
vestigation of the physiological properties and mode of elimin-
ation of bromide of ethyl.

Bromide of ethyl (Co H- Br), or " hydrobromic ether," is a
colourless liquid, with an agreeable odour ; it boils at about 40° C,
has a density of 1'43, and bums -nnth difficulty. The boiling point
and density are therefore intermediate between those of chloroform
and sulphuric ether.

Bromide of ethyl absorbed by the respiratory passages produces
absolute anaesthesia as rapidly, or even more rapidly, than chloro-
form. This result has been established with frogs, rabbits, dogs,
etc. After five minutes', sometimes after two minutes', inhalation,
by means of a sponge saturated in bromide of ethyl, dogs are com-
pletely anaesthetized. The animals recover more rapidly than when
chloroform is used.

When a solution of hydrochlorate of narceia or hydrochlorate of
morphia was injected under the skin of dogs, before inducing
anaesthesia, an action was observed analogous, but perhaps inferior,
to the simultaneous action of narceia or morphia and chloroform.

Bromide of ethyl is not caustic, nor even irritant, compared to
chloroform. It can be ingested without difficulty, and applied
without danger, not only subcutaneously, but to the external audi-

NOTES AND FOEMULiE. 297

torj meatus and to the mncoiis membrane. In tins respect it is
preferable to chloroform, which is very caustic, and to sulphuric
ether, of which the ingestion is nearly impossible. Introduced into
the human stomach in doses of 1 to 2 grams, bromide of ethyl does
not produce antesthesia as when absorbed in suflBcient quantity by
the respiratory passages. It soothes pain, and does not disturb the
appetite.

This ansBsthetic is nearly insoluble in water. Nevertheless,
water shaken with it acquires a pleasant taste and odour. Frogs,
placed in water so saturated, undergo anaesthesia in ten or fifteen
minutes.

Bromide of ethyl is eliminated nearly entirely, if not completely,
by the respiratory passages, whatever may have been the mode of
absorption. At most, only traces of it are found in the urine when
it has been introduced into the stomach, and an extremely small
quantity can be detected in that liquid when it has been inhaled.
The author finds that bromide of ethyl does not decompose in the
organism to form an alkaline bromide, such as bromide of sodium,
a salt that is easily eliminated by the renal passages.

From his experiments, the author concludes that bromide of ethyl
is an anaesthetic agent possessing properties intermediate between
those of chloroform, bromoform, and ether.

Detection of Common Resin as an Adulterant in Shellac. F.
Dietlen. {Dingl. pohjf. Jourii., ccxxii., 190.) Shellac adulterated
with common resin breaks with a shining instead of a dull fracture.

Ligroin dissolves common resin but not shellac, and may there-
fore be applied both for the detection and the quantitative estimation
of the adulterant.

Hydrobromic Acid. Dr. J. Milner Fothergill. (British
Med. Journ., July 8, 1876.) The formula for the production of
the acid in quantities of two quarts, is as follows : — Dissolve
3X. 5vj. gr. xxviij. of bromide of potassium in four pints of water ;
then add 3xiij. 5j. gr. xxxvij. of tartaric acid. The bitartrate of
potash is precipitated, and the hydrobromic acid remains in a clear,
bright, almost colourless fluid, possessing an acid taste, and the
ordinary acid properties, as well as the peculiar properties of
bromide of potassium as compared with any other salt of potash.

It prevents the occurrence of headache after doses of quinine,
in those who before had to desist from taking quinine for that
reason. It is, perhaps, not invariably successful, but its power is
very marked. It also prevents the fulness felt in the head by some
persons, especially those labouring under cerebral anaemia after

298 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

doses of iron. It is also useful after nervous conditions, and, witli
quinine, is excellent in those cases when there is much nervous
exhaustion from excessive indulgence in tea or in alcohol ; this
having been tried in a case of nervous excitability and sleeplessness
where there had been much resort to chloral hydrate.

In forms of excited action of the heart, connected with general
nervous excitability or nervous exhaustion, hydrobromic acid is
most useful ; given vnth quinine (of which it is a capital solvent)
and digitalis, it gives better results than bromide of potas&ium and
digitalis.

In all hysterical conditions connected with ovarian excitement,
it seems to have all the properties of bromide of potassium. It is
equally useful in the vomiting of pregnancy, and seems to exercise
quite as powerful an influence over acts of reflex origin as does the
bromide. It is especially adapted for the relief of menorrhagia
associated with sexual excitement, and is even more eSective here
than the bromides themselves. It is also of use in whooping-cough,
and combines conveniently with quinine, forming an effective
measure in this troublesome aftection ; with spirit of chloroform
and syrup of squill, it forms a most agreeable cough mixture of
no mean potency. It is also of use in case of cough of reflex
origin. When there is gastric irritability, it is the most useful of
all acids, possessing the usual properties of acids generally, and of
the bromine as well.

The dose of the acid, prepared as above, is one dram as a full
dose ; half a dram is the quantity ordinarily employed. Hydro-
bromic acid has the further advantage of not producing the
troublesome eruption so often the result of doses of the bromide
of potassium ; at least so far as the author's experience has yet
extended. There are many qualities about this acid to render it
a useful member of our therapeutical armamentarium. Dr. Wade
states that it is useful in the treatment of fever. It would seem
the acid par excellence Avhen there is much cerebral excitement in
pyretic affections ; but of this the author has no personal experi-
ence.

The Use of Salicylic Acid in the Household. Dr. von Hey den.

1. Raw Meat. — It frecpently hapjiens, especially in warm
weather, that meat, particularly such as contains easily decom-
posable fat and blood (tongues, etc.), although otherwise irre-
proachable, upon closer examination or upon boiling, gives off
a disagreeable smell. This may easily be removed, either by
laying the meat, before cooking, in lukewarm water, containing

NOTES AND FORMULi]. 299

I to 1 gram of salicylic acid to the liti-e, or by throwing some
small crystals of acid into the water during the boiling.

When it is desired to preserve meat for some days, it is re-
commended to lay it in a solution of salicylic acid in water, ^
to 1 gram to the litre ; or to rnb lightly salicylic acid into the
meat, especially the bones and fat parts. The preservation, as
well as the cleaning for the dressing, is done in the usual way.

Although meat treated with salicylic acid loses its red colour
on the exterior, it undergoes no change internally. Moreover,
it becomes tender with less boiling.

2. Milli. — Pure cows' milk, to which dry salicylic acid (not
in aqueous solution) has been added, in the proportion of ^ to
1 gram to the litre, curdles at the ordinary temperature after
about thirty- six hours, retaining its properties, the cream sepa-
rating and yielding butter perfectly.

3. Preserved Fruits (cherries, currants, I'aspberries, plums, apri-
cots, peaches) may be prepared advantageously, by placing layers
of fruit and sugar alternately, without water, in a not very
wide mouthed pickle bottle, strewing over them a pinch of
crystallized salicylic acid (about | gram to a kilo, of contents),
closing the jar with parchment paper that has been steeped in
solution of saKcylic acid, and boiling the bottles in the ordinary
way in a water bath. Bilberries are best boiled without sugar,
allowed to cool, filled into a naiTow mouthed flask, some crystal-
lized salicylic acid strewn over, corked, etc. Fruit thus preserved
has been kept in excellent condition during two seasons. Another
method is to lay over the surface of fruit preserved in bottles,
a closely-fitting piece of blotting paper, that has been steeped
in a strong solution of salicyKc acid in rum. Preserved gherkins
may be similarly treated. For those preserved in vinegar and
sugar (Essiggurken), the salicylic acid is boiled with the vinegar,
and when boiled poured over the gherkins. For salt gherkins
(Snuergurl-en) the acid, | to 1 gram to the litre, is added during
the boiling ; in other respects the preparation is as usual.

4. Butter, kneaded with water containing | to 1 gram of salicylic
acid to the litre, or packed in cloths saturated in such a solution,
remains good longer than usual. Butter that has already become
rancid, can be improved by careful washing with aqueous solution
of salicylic acid (2 to 3 grams to the litre), and afterwards rinsing
with pure water.

5. Preserved Vegetables, and similar articles, may also have a small
quantity of crystallized salicylic acid added.

300 YKAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

6. Fttmlgaiion. — Diy salicylic acid, volatilized from a hot plate,
puriBes the air and perfectly disinfects the walls of a closed
room.

7. Vessels, GorJcs, etc., to which a disagi^ceable smell or taste
attaches, are thoroughly purified by Avashing in solution of salicylic
acid.

The solutions of salicylic acid for the above purpose are best
prepared by rapidly boiling the acid in water, in the proportion
of from 1 to 3 grams to the litre, and leaving to cool. Any excess
that then separates is fit for fresh use ; or if stirred up and used in
suspension, causes a corresponding increase in the action of the
solution.

Solubility of Silk in Alkaline Copper Solutions. J. Lowe.
{Biiigl. polijt. Journ., 187G, 274.) Chloride of zinc, hydrochloric
acid, and ammoniacal solutions of the hydrates of nickel and copper
have been recommended as solvents for silk. The author prefers a
solvent prepared by dissolving 16 grams of sulphate of copper in 150
grams of distilled water, and adding 10 grams of glj-ceriu and so
much solution of caustic soda that the precipitate at first formed is
just redissolved. This solution, if made from pure materials and
kept in a stoppered bottle, will remain free from the slightest de-
composition for au indefinite period. Silk introduced into this
solution soon swells up and then gradually disappears, forming a
thick, mucilaginous solution, from which hydrochloric acid precipi-
tates the silk as a whitish jelly. Coloured silk is generally as
soluble in this liquid as the uncoloured ; but silk dyed black with
iron salts resists the solvent unless it be previously immersed in
ammonium sulphide, washed with water, and treated with dilute
hydrochloric acid to remove the iron.

Wool, cotton, and linen are not attacked by this solvent, not
even after several hours' contact, and may therefore be detected and
roughly estimated in mixed fabrics containing one or the other of
these materials together with silk.

Formulae and Preparations of New Medicaments. J. M. Maisch.
(^Amer. Jotirn. Phann., 1877, 2:^3.) The recent French journals
contain a number of formulas which have been discussed before
the Pharmaceutical Society of Paris, and from which the fol-
loAving are selections : —

THYiiic Acid. — Add solution of potassa or soda to oil of thyme,
agitate well for some time, separate from the uncombined hydro-
carbon, decompose the alkaline solution by hydrochloric acid, wash
the oily liquid with water, and purify by distillation. ThjTnic acid,

NOTES AND FORMDLJ;. 301

or flnjmol, tlius prepared, is liquid, of a weaker odour of thyme,
little soluble in water, freely soluble in alcohol, possesses caustic
properties, and has the composition C^q H^j 0.

Solution of Thymic Acid (1 per mille) . — Dissolve 1 gram of thymic
acid in 4 grams of stronger alcohol, and add 995 grams of water.
This solution is employed in lotions, injections, inhalations, etc.

Crystallized Aconita. — Powdered aconite root is exhausted by
strong alchohol, containing one per cent, of tartaric acid ; the liquid
is distilled at a moderate heat, contact with the air being avoided ;
the residue is taken up with water to remove fatty and resinous
substances, and then agitated with ether to remove colouring
matter. An alkaline bicarbonate is now added to the acid aqueous
solution until effervescence ceases, after which it is agitated with
ether, the ethereal liquid concentrated and mixed with some light
petroleum benzin, when the aconitia will be obtained in colourless
rhombic or hexagonal tables, which are soluble in alcohol, ether,
benzol, and chloroform, and insoluble in glycerin and the oils of
petroleum. Its composition is represented by Cg^ H^q N Oiq-

Crystallized nitrate of aconitia is readily obtained by neutralizing
nitric acid, sp. gr. 1"42, with the alkaloid, and concentrating the
solution ; the crystals are voluminous.

Apomorphia. — 1 part of pure morphia and 20 parts of pure
hydrochloric acid are introduced into a strong tubular glass vessel,
having at least fifteen times the capacity of the mixture ; the open
end is then carefully sealed, the tube introduced into a metallic
tube, closed by a screw tap, and the whole immersed for three
hours in an oil bath, heated to between 140° and 160° C. (near
300° F.). After cooling, the tube is opened (no gas being disen-
gaged), the liquid diluted with water, and bicarbonate of sodium
added in excess, whereby apomorphia mixed with morphia is pre-
cipitated. The liquid is decanted, and the precipitate exhausted by
ether (or chloroform ? ), which dissolves only the apomorphia. The
ethereal solution is mixed with a few drops of hydrochloric acid, to
precipitate crystalline chlorhydrate of apomorphia; the crystals are
rapidly washed with some cold water, and recrystallized fi'om
boiling water. To obtain the new alkaloid from this hydrochlorate,
its concentrated aqueous solution is precipitated by bicarbonate of
sodium, the white precipitate is rapidly w^ashed with a little cold
water, and at once dried.

Thus prepared, apomorphia is a greyish amorphous powder,
which is pretty freely soluble in water, the solution rapidly turning
gi'een in contact with air ; its solution in syrup, kept in well-closed

302 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

vials, does not tinclergo this change. It is distinguished from mor-
phia by its complete solubility in ether and benzol ; it is reddened
by nitric acid, and turns browu with iodic acid, but ferric chloride
imparts a rose (not a blue) colour. Composition C^^ H^^ N O.j.

Monobromated camphor is recommended to be prepared by pouring
upon camphor contained in a retort a thin stream of bromine until
the camphor is liquefied, heating by a water bath until bromhydric
acid ceases to be given off, and crystallizing tlie residue from boiling
alcohol.

Cataplasm of Fdcus Crispos. — A sheet of carded wadding is
evenly spread out, a concentrated mucilaginous infusion of Fucus
crispus (Irish moss) poured on it, and this covered with another
sheet of wadding of tlie same size. By beating lightly with a brush
the jelly is made to penetrate the wadding veiy evenly, and the
whole is exposed to the moderate heat of a drying closet until the
water has been expelled, when it resembles a sheet of thick cotton,
and has acquired no odour. When intended for use, sufficient of
the wadding is placed in a large plate and moistened with nearly
boiling water, whereby the jelly swells considerably, the saturated
solution of the emollient principles of the fucus remaining inclosed
in the wadding.

Strupof Chlorhtdrophosphate op Calcium. — 12'50 grams calcium
phosphate (prepared by precipitating chloride of calcium with phos-
phate of sodium) are diffused in 34-0 gTams distilled water, and just
sufficient (about 8 gi'ams) hydrochloric acid added to dissolve the
calcium salt ; 630 grams white sugar are dissolved in the liquid
without heat, and 10 grams essence of lemon mixed with the
strained syrup. Syrap of lactophosphate of calcium is prepared
like the preceding fi'om 12'50 gi'ams calcium phosphate, sufficient
(about 14 grams) concentrated lactic acid, 340 gi'ams distiUed
water, 630 grams sugar, and 10 grams essence of lemon.

Syrup of acid phosphate of calcium is prepared in precisely the
same manner, only substituting for the lactic acid a just sufficient
quantity (about 18 grams) of phosphoric acid, sp. gi\ 1'45.

The solutions corresponding to the three syrups above are made
by employing 17 grams of the calcium phosphate, increasing the
corresponding acid in proportion, and using enough distilled water
to make the whole weigh 1000 grams.

Glycerite of Sucrate of Calcium. — Mix 80 grams of burnt lime
with 160 of sugar, and add in small quantities gradually 100 grams
of water. After twenty-four hours, filter ; add to the filtrate 160
grams glycerin, and enough water to make 1 litre.

NOTES AXD FORMULAE. 303

Liniment of Sucbate of Calcium. — Olive oil, 200 grams; glycerite
of sucratc of calcium, 100 gi-ams. Mix.

Infusion of Coca. — Coca leaves, 10 gi-ams ; boiling water, 1000
grams.

Wine of Coca. — Bruised coca leaves, 30 grams ; 60 per cent,
alcohol, 60 grams. Macerate for twentj-four hours, then add wine
(vin de Lunel), 1000 grams. Macerate for ten days with frequent
agitation, and filter.

Elixir of Coca. — Coca leaves, 100 grams ; 60 per cent, alcohol,
600 grams. Macerate for ten days ; express strongly, and mix the
liquid with 400 grams simple syrup ; filter.

Extract of Coca is made by displacement Math 60 per cent, alco-
hol, and evaporation to a soft extract.

Syrup of Coca. — Coca leaves, 100 grams ; boiling water, 1000
grams. Infuse for twenty-four hours, express, filter, and dissolve
175 grams sugar in each 100 grams of the filtrate.

loDiNiZED Cotton. — 2 grams of finely powdered iodine are sprinkled
over 25 grams of cotton as uniformly as possible, which is then
introduced into a wide mouthed, glass stoppered bottle that has
been kept for a few minutes in nearly boiling water to expel some
air. The stopper is then securely fastened, and the bottle heated
for at least two hours to a temperature of 100° C, until the cotton
has become uniformly impregnated with the iodine. The bottle
must be allowed to cool before it is opened; and the cotton, which
contains 8 per cent, of iodine, must be kept in glass stoppered vials.
(See also Year-Boole of Phannacy, 1876.)

Diastase. — Malt, of which the germ has attained two-thirds the
length of the barley grain, and dried at 50° C, is ground, macerated
at the ordinary temperature for five or six hours with twice its weight
of water ; then expressed, filtered, and the liqiiid mixed with twice
its bulk of 95 per cent, of alcohol. The precipitate is collected,
spread in thin layers upon plates of glass, and rapidly dried in a
current of air at a temperature of 45° C.

85 grams of diastase added to 200 grams of paste containing 10
grams of starch yield a liquid which filters very readily, and deco-
lorizes five times its volume of Fehling's solution.

Syrup of Chloral Hydrate. — Dissolve 50 grams of crystaUized
chloral hydi'^te in 950 gi^ams of orange-flower syrup. A table-
spoonful (20 gi'ams) contains 1 gram of chloral hydrate.

Tincture of Quillaia. — 100 grams of quillaia bark are digested in
500 grams of alcohol in a suitable apparatus, placed in a water bath,
the temperature being maintained near the boiliag point for half

804 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

an hour ; the whole is then macerated for 48 houi's -with occasional
agitation, and afterwards filtered. The tincture is mainly employed
ia preparing emulsions of substances insoluble in water, such as co-
paiba, tar, oil of cade, which are made according to tlie formula for —

Emulsion of Tolu Balsam. — Dissolve 2 grams of balsam of tolu
in 10 grams of 90 per cent, alcohol, add 10 grams of tincture of
quillaia, and mix with 78 grams of hot water.

Preparations of Eucalyptus Globulus. — The infusion, wine,
elixir, and extract are made from eucalyptus leaves, in the same
manner as the corresponding preparations of coca, (see p. 303.)

Water of Eucalyptus. — Distil 1 part of dry eucalyptus leaves with
sufficient water to obtain 4 parts of distillate.

Si/rup of Eucalyptus. — Infuse 50 grams of eucalyptus leaves foi*
three hours with sufficient water to obtain, after expressiou and
filtration, 250 grams of infusion; add 100 grams of distilled eucalyp-
tus water, and dissolve in the liquid 650 gi-ams of sugar, using a
covered vessel placed in a water bath.

Tincture of Physostigma. — Macerate 100 parts of powdered
Calabar bean in 500 parts of 80 per cent, alcohol for 10 days ;
express and filter.

Glycerite of Extract of Physostigma is made in three diflferent
proportions. The alcoholic extract of Calabar bean is well mixed
with 10, 20, or 100 times its weight of glycerin, and dissolved by the
aid of a moderate heat. It sho^^ld be completely dissolved.

Bromide of Iron. — The solution of this salt does not keep well,
and is at once made up into syrup or pills. It is made by using
40 grams of iron filings, 216 grams distilled water, and 80 grams
bromine, and contains one-third its weight of ferrous bromide.

Pills of Ferrous Bromide. — 15 grams of the preceding solution
and 10 grams powdered iron are evaporated in a porcelain capsule,
until the water has been driven oif ; the mass, while still hot, is
transferred to a warm mortar, mixed with sufficient powdered gum
arable and licorice root until a mass is obtained, which is divided
into 100 pills ; they are to be rolled in lycopodium or covered with
a mixture of gum and sugar.

Syrup of Ferrous Bromide. — 15 grams of the solution are mixed
with 985 grams of syrup of gum, flavoured with orange-flower water.

Ferrous Chloride is made by dissolving iron in hydrochloric acid
and evaporating the filtered solution rapidly to dryness.

Syrup of Ferrous Chloride. — Dissolve 5 grams of dry ferrous chlo-
ride in 20 grams of orange-flower water, and add 800 grams syrup
of gum and 175 grams syrup of orange-flower.

NOTES AND FOKMUL.T;. 305

• Pills nf Ferrous Chloride. — Dry ferrous cliloride, powdered marsli-
raallow-root, each 10 grams, mucilage sufficient. Make into. 100
pills, which are to be silvered.

DiALYSED Oxide of Iron. — 100 grams solution of ferric chloride
of 30° B., are mixed in small quantities with o5 grams ammonia
water of 22° B. The precipitate dissolves at first rapidly, afterwards
very slowly. When the liquid has become transparent it is intro-
duced into a dialysator, and this placed in distilled water, which is
to be frequently renewed, until the liquid is no longer precipitated
by nitrate of silver and is destitute of acid reaction. It still contains
a small quantity of hydrochloric acid, which may be recognised by
precipitating with ammonia, acidulating with nitric acid, and testing
with silver nitrate. 10 c.c. of the liquid, which is entirely free from
disagreeable ferruginous taste, are evaporated, and from the weighed
residue the amount of water is calculated which must be added to
obtain a solution containing in 100 c.c. 1 gram of solid matter.

Syrup of Ferrous Chlorhydro-phosphate. — Ferrous chloride,,
medicinal phosphoric acid, of each 5 grams ; distilled water, 350
grams ; sugar, 64<0 grams. Make a syrup.

Syrdp of Pyrophosphate of Iron and Sodidm. — Dissolve 25
grams of sodium pyrophosphate in 250 grams of distilled water, and
5 grams of dry ferric sulphate in 100 grams of water ; add this last
to the former solution, and in the clear and colourless liquid dissolve
620 grams of sugar.

The solutions of the last two preparations are obtained by omitting
the sugar and adding enough distilled water to make 1 litre of
solution.

Gi.YCERiTEs OF SuBNiTRATE OF BiSMUTH, of laudanum, of extract
of lead, and of extract of i-hatany are made with 1)0 parts glycerite
of starch, by mixing it intimately with 10 parts of subAitrate of bis-
muth, of Sydenham's Laudanum, of Goulard's Extract, or of extract
of rhatany, the latter to be previously dissolved in the smallest
possible quantity of glycerin

Tar Water. — The wood tar should be of a red-brown colour,
transparent, and free from resinous deposits. Mix 5 grams of such
tar intimately with 10 grams of pine- wood sawdust, and macerate
for twenty-four hours with 1000 grams of distilled or rain water,
stirring frequently.

Syrup of Tar. — 15 grams of tar and 30 grams pine-wood saw-
dust are mixed, and digested at 60° C. with 1000 grams water, with
occasional agitation. Filter at the end of two hours upon the sugar,
190 grams of which are to be used for every 100 grams of the fil-

'306 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

trate, and effect the solution in a closed vessel, heating it by means
of a water bath.

Strcp of Iodotannin (Sirop lodotannique). — Dissolve 1 gram of
iodine in 11 grams of 90 per cent, alcohol, add to syrup of rhatany
(containing 2-5 per cent, of extract of rhatany) 988 grams, and mix
well. The combination will be completed at the ordinary tempera-
ture in twenty-four hours, when the syrup has again its original
colour.

lODiNiZED Strup OF HORSERADISH is made in precisely the same
way as the preceding, substituting the same weight of compound
syrup of horseradish.

Syrup of Iodide of Starch. — Dissolve 10 grams of soluble iodide
of starch in 330 grams of distilled water, and use this solution for
dissolving 640 grams of sugar, by the aid of a gentle heat.

PiLOCARPiNA. — The leaves or bark of Pilocarpus pennatifolius are
exhausted with 80 per cent, alcohol, containing in the litre 8 grams
of hydrochloric acid, and the tincture is distilled and evaporated to
the consistency of a liqiiid extract, which is mixed with a small
quantity of water, and filtered. The filtrate is treated with a slight
excess of ammonia, and then with a large quantity of chloroform.
The chloroform solution is agitated with water, to which hydro-
chloric acid is added, drop by drop, in sufficient quantity to neutra-
lize the alkaloid, the hydrocblorate of which is obtained in long
needles on evaporating the aqueous solution, while foreign principles
remain dissolved in the chloroform. By dissolving the crystals in
water, treating the solution with ammonia and chloroform, and
evaporating the latter solution, pilocarpina is obtained as a soft
viscous mass, which is little soluble in water, but freely soluble in
alcohol, ether, and chloroform.

Effervescing Carbonate of Lithium. — Take of citric acid 40
grams, bicarbonate of sodium 50 grams, and carbonate of lithium
10 grams. Powder and mix well, then introduce into a wide flat-
bottomed dish, and heat to about 100° C. (212° F.), stirring con-
stantly until the powder becomes granular. Separate the ganules of
uniform size by means of appropriate sieves, and preserve theto in
well-stoppered bottles.

Extract of Malt. — Take of malt, the germ of which has attained
two-thirds the length of the grain, dry at 50° C. (122° F.), grind and
treat it with 2 parts of water at the ordinary temperature, stir-
ring the mixture occasionally. After five or six hours express, strain,
filter, and evaporate in a shallow dish at a temperature not exceed-
ing 45° C (113°F.)

NOTES AND FORMULA. 307*

Strup of Narceina. — Dissolve 1 gram of narceiua in 100 grams
of water containing "6 gram hydrochloric acid ; add to the solution
250 grams of water, and then dissolve 650 grams of white sugar.
Eiach tablespoonful of 20 grams contains '02 gram (J gi-ain) of
narceina.

Panceeatin. — Pancreas is freed from foreign matters, bruised and
mixed with water containing some chloroform, to prevent decomposi-*
tion. After some time the mass is expressed, and the liquid filtered
and evaporated rapidly in shallow dishes by means of a current of
air, at a temperature not exceeding 45° C. (113°F.) -10 gram of
pancreatin disgested with 5 grams of fibrin and 25 grams of water,
at a temperature of 50° C. (122° F.) for twelve hours, yields a solution
which, when filtered, is scarcely rendered turbid by the addition of
nitric acid. "10 gram of pancreatin, added to 100 grams of paste
containing 5 grams starch, yield a liquid which filters easily and
decolorizes four times its volume of Fehling's solution.

Ferroctanhydrate of Quinia. — Four parts of quinia sulphate and
enough distilled water to form a not too thick mixture are mixed
with a concentrated solution of one part of ferrocyanide of potassium;
the whole is heated to boiling for a few seconds, and then allowed
to cool. The mother-liquor, from which more of the salt is obtained
DU concentration, is poured oS" from the resin-like mass, the latter
washed with hot water and crystallized from boiling alcohol.
It is in small yellowish needles, bitter, slightly soluble in water,
freely in alcohol, and efflorescent in the air.

Bromhtdrates of Quinia. — The basic salt is obtained by heating
10 grams of quinia sulphate with 80 grams of water to boiling, and
adding 3"40 grams dry barium bromide, dissolved in 20 grams of
water; the sulphate of barium is filtered off and the filtrate evapo-
rated and crystallized. It forms silky needles, which require 60
parts of cold water for solution.

The neutral salt is made in a similar manner, except that the
quinia is dissolved by the aid of just sufficient sulphuric acid, and
6"80 grams of barium bromide, dissolved in 25 grams of water, are
used for decomposition; the mixture is heated to boiling, filtered,
the filtrate evaporated to 35 grams, and crystallized. It crystallizes
in handsome prisms, which are soluble in 7 parts of cold water, and
freely soluble in alcohol and hot water. Both salts must be free
from barium.

Tannate of Quinia. — To a neutral solution of quinia salt add a
.solution of gallotannic acid, free from resinous matter, until the
white precipitate is redissolved ; neutralize exactly with solution of

308 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

bicarbonate of sodium, whereby the quinia tannate will be precipi-
tated; collect upon a filter, drain, dry, powder, and wash with distilled
water ; then dry again. It is a white amorphous powder, 3"5 parts
of which correspond with 1 part of quinia sulphate; if prepared
from the latter salt, it always retains a certain quantity of sulphuric
acid.

Lactate op Sodium is made by neutralizing lactic acid with sodium
bicarbonate, and evaporating. It is very deliquescent.

SuLPHOVlNATE OF SoDlCM. — 1000 grams of sulphuric acid are
carefully, and with constaut agitation, added to 1000 grams of
strong alcohol, and set aside for several hours ; the liquid is then
diluted with 4 litres of distilled water, neutralized with barium
carbonate, and filtered from the precipitated barium sulphate. The
filtrate is decomposed by a solution of sodium carbonate, and the
filtrate concentrated in a water bath and set aside to crystallize ; if
necessary, the crystals are purified by recrystallization from water,
and when dry preserved in well-stoppered bottles. The yield is about
1000 grams. The salt forms hexagonal tables, which are very
soluble in alcohol and water, have a scarcely bitterish taste, and
when heated to 120° C. (248°F.) liberate alcohol. Its aqueous
solution is not precipitated by barium chloride or by potassium
sulphate.

Syrup of Hypophosphite of Sodium. — Dissolve 6 grams of the
salt in 445 grams of simple syrup, and add 50 grams of orange-
flower syrup. A tablespoonful weighing 20 grams contains 0'20
grams (3 grains) of sodium hypophosphite.

The Pharmaceutical Preparations of Physostignia. G. W.
Kennedy. (Abstracted from a paper read at the fifth session of
the American Pharmaceutical Association.) The writer does not
favour the use of strong alcoholic preparations, as the active prin-
ciple of Calabar bean is best extracted by a mixture of alcohol and
water. The follomng embraces all the preparations of the bean
which have hitherto been in use : —

JExtradum PJujsostigmatis.

Ps Calabar Bean in moderately fine

powder ..... 12 troy ounces.

Alcohol (95 per cent.) ... 9 fluid ,,

Water (distilled) . . . . 3 „

Glycerin 1 ,, ,,

Mix the alcohol, water, and glycerin together; moisten the pow-
der with five fluid ounces of the mixture, pack in a conical glass

NOTES AND FORMULA. 309

pBVuolator, and cover the surface of the powder with a disc of
paper ; pour on the bahxnce of the mixture, cork the percolator,
and cover closely, and set aside in a moderately warm place for four
days, after which remove the cork, and proceed with the percola-
tion, with a menstruum composed of three parts alcohol and one
part water, until completely exhausted ; distil oiF the alcohol, and
evaporate in a porcelain vessel by means of a water bath to the
proper consistence. The object of the glycerin is to keep the ex-
tract in a soft condition, which makes it more convenient for mani-
[)ulation, and especially when it forms one of the component parts
of a pill mass.

Extradum Physostigmatis Fhddum.

5b Calabar Bean in moderately fine

powder ...... 16 troy ounces.

Alcohol (95 per cent.) . . . 12 flnid ,.
Water (distilled) . , . • i „

Moisten the powder with six fluid ounces of the above men-
struum ; pack in a conical glass percolator, after which cover the
surface of the powder with a disc of paper, and pour upon it a suf-
ficient quantity of the menstruum until the liquid begins to drop
from the percolator ; then close the lower aperture with a cork,
and cover closely, and set aside in a moderately warm place for four
days, after which the cork should be removed, and more men-
struum added until thoroughly exhausted, the first twelve ounces
being reserved, and the balance to be evaporated to four fluid
ounces, and mixed with the reserved portion, and after standing a
few days should be filtered through jjaper. This prejiaration is but
little used, but makes an excellent basis for preparing calabarized
paper or calabarized gelatin.

Tinctura Physostigmatis.

^ Calabar Bean iu moderately fine

powder 4 troy ounces.

Alcohol (95 per cent.) . . . 24 fluid ,,

"Water (distilled) . . . . 8 „

Mix the alcohol and water ; moisten the powder with two fluid
ounces of the menstruum ; pack in a conical glass percolator, and
<;over the surface of the powder with a disc of paper, and pour six
fluid ounces of the above menstruum on it ; cork and cover the
{lercolator closely, and allow it to remain in this condition foui

310 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACr.

days, after which remove the cork, and proceed with the percola-
tion and with the same menstruum until two pints of tincture are
obtained, which will be found sufficient to thoroughly exhaust the
bean. Some of the formulae which have been published for makinir
this preparation contain a much larger proportion of the bean.
The writer's object in mating it four troy ounces to the quart of
tincture is to make it conform, in the proportion of solid material,
with most other tinctures.

Cnlabarized Paper.

This is readily prepared by taking paper deprived of its size —
thin letter paper, not ruled, is the best — and the size got rid of by
boiling in water and drying. By dipping the paper three or four
times in the fluid extract, and drying it after each immersion, the
paper will be impregnated with a sufficient amount of the extract
to perform the necessary service when applied to the eye. This
plan of obtaining the effijcts of Calabar bean is objectionable, by
being inconvenient, as it necessitates the removal of the paper sub-
sequently. Calabarized gelatin is a much preferable preparation,
for which the following formula is recommended : —

Calabarized Gelatin.

$b Gelatm 30 grains.

Water (distilled) .... 2 fluid ounces.

Glycerin ....... gtt. xx.

Fluid Extract Physostigma . . . . rry. c.

Make a solution of the gelatin in the w%ater and glycerin, and,
while the solution is still warm, filter through paper in a warm
funnel ; add the fluid extract, and evaporate. When it is evapo-
rated to the proper consistence, spread on a glass plate or marble
slab, with edges slightly raised, and with perfectly even surface,
and place another glass plate or slab on top, which will keep it
even and smooth ; when it is hard enough, remove the plates, and
divide into one hundred equal squares of about an eighth of an inch,
square, or, as some might perhaps prefer, in circular form. The
object here of the glycerin is to prevent its brittleness. The slabs
.should be slightly greased and warm, so as to prevent the shrink-
ing and sticking of the gelatin. One of these small'discs, containing
about one grain of the bean, placed in the eye, will be immediately
dissolved by the secretions, and the remedial agent absoi'bed, and
the effijcts of the bean produced.

NOTES AND FORMDL.E. 311

Physostigmine

is obtained by treating the extract as prepared according to the
formula given, with a small quantity of dilute sulphunc acid, and
diluting the mixture with water, filtering, and supersaturating with
ammonium carbonate. The whole is now shaken with strong ether,
and the ethereal solution which contains the alkaloid is separated
after standing, which yields on evaporation the physostigmine in an
impure condition, being contaminated with a red foreign matter,
which obstinately adheres to it, and requires repeated solution in
ether and crystallization to remove all the impurities.

The Syrups of Phosphates in General Use. E. C. Saunders.
(Pharm. Jouni., ord series, vii., 41.) The chief reason for the dif-
ference met with in the various makes of the preparation known as
" Parrish's Chemical Food " is to be found in the fact that the prin-
cipal published formula, that in Parrish's " Pharmacy," is an utterly
unpractical one. It is well known that glacial phosphoric acid un-
contaminated with phosphate of soda is hardly to be found in the
market at present ; but even if it were, it is next to impossible to
obtain a good preparation with it, as it is a monobasic acid, while
the direction to add " quantum S7ifficit " of hydrochloric acid is ex-
ceedingly vague. But apart from this, it is evident that the for-
mula cannot be strictly followed, as if the quantity of ferrous phos-
phate directed to be present in each fluid dram of the completed
syrup is attended to, thirty-two troy ounces of sugar will have to
be made into thirty-six fluid ounces of syrup, — a manifest impossi-
bility ; while if the quantity given as the amount of solution to be
formed for the sugar to be dissolved in is adhered to, the result will
be about forty-six fluid ounces of syrup, which will not contain the
requisite amount per dram of iron and lime. All the formulae at
present in use seem merely modifications of that given by Parrish.
In the following formula, the author has only followed Parrish as
far as the result to be obtained is concerned, viz., that the finished
syrup shall contain in each fluid dram one grain ferrous phos-
phate Fe.5 Po Og, 2| grains calcic phosphate Ca.5 Po Og, and traces of
sodic and potassic phosphates, with free phosphoric acid.

p, Iron Wire (clean, No 20) . . . 2-iO grains.
Syrupy Phosphoric Acid (sp.gr. 1'75), 3 oz. by weight.
Water (distilled) .... 4 fluid ounces.

Mix the acid and water, and dissolve the wire in the mixture in
a flask, loosely stopped with tow; the hydrogen evolved then pi-o-
tects the solution from oxidation. When all action has ceased.

812

YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

heat to boiling })oint, and filter tlirouo-h pa})er in a funnel with a
long neck reaching tp the bottom of a beaker containing a little
syrup, -vvliicli floating on the iron solution will effectually prevent
any oxidation.

|l Slaked Lime (fresh) .... 923 grains.

Phosphoric Acid (sp. gr. 1-75) . 9J oz. by weight.

Water (distilled) . . . .14 fluid ounces.

Mix the acid and water, and di.ssolve the lime in the mixture.
Filter the solution.

5c Crystallized Sodic Carbonate . , .54 grains.

Potassic Carbonate 72 gi-ains.

Phosphoric Acid (sp. gr. 1-75) . • | oz. by weight.
Water (distilled) .... 1 fluid ounce.

Dissolve and filter. Then mix all the solutions ; and having added
distilled water to make the solution measure 28 fluid ounces, dis-
solve in it, with heat, sugar, 3j ; powdered cochineal, 85 grains;
and strain wliile bot. When cold add orange-flower water, 2 fluid
ounces, and sufficient distilled water to make the wbole measure
64 fluid ounces. The product is a nice clear syrup, entirely free
from sulphate of soda, or amnionic chloride, both of which are b}'
no means uncommon impurities- -from the difficulty of washing thci
precipitates — when the syrup is made in the old way ; while thei
whole process will be found very much less troublesome and tedious.
Calcic hydrate is generally sufficiently pui-e as commonly obtained ;
though where the chemist has the facilities for doing it, it is besii
for him to make the lime himself, by igniting precipitated chalk in
a crucible at a full red heat for an hour.

It may be remarked here that the last edition (1872) of Pereira's
" Materia Medica " contains the astonishing information, on page
213, that " Hypophosphite of lime is an important constituent in
Parrislrs chemical food " — a statement that is liable to mislead
physicians in a serious manner.

Eas ton's syrup is another preparation that is frequently badly
made, and very often deficient in iron. The precipitate so fre-
• piently met with, in the form of phosphate of quinine, is probably
always owing to the use of an acid containing metaphosphoric acid.
The change in colour is due to exposure to the air, chiefly from
oxidation of the iron salt, but partly to the quinine changing colour.
It may be entirely avoided, as has been often remarked, by com-
pletely filling the bottles in which the syrup is kept, and corking so
as to have as little air left in the bottle as possible.

No trouble will be found in 'making a satisfaclury preparation

NOTES AND rouMUL.?^:. 313

if the following formula be strictly followecl, and care taken to
avoid exposure to the air of the iron solution.

R Ii-on Wire (No. 20) ... . 240 grains.
Phosphoric Acid (sp. gr. 1-7'j) . 3 oz. by weight.

Water ...... 4 fluid ouuces.

Dissolve, with the precautions directed above in the formula for
Parrish's syrup.

Pi Quinine Sulph 625 grains.

Liq. Arumon.,

Distilled Water,

Dilute Sulphuric Acid . . . . . aa q. s.

Precipitate the quinine, secundum artcm, and wash on a filter with
a pint of very cold distilled water, press strongly, and dissolve in
half an ounce by weight of phosphoric acid, diluted with an ounce
of water in which sixteen grains of strychnine have been dissolved.
Mix with the solution of iron, add enough distilled water to make
the whole measure 10 fluid ounces, and mix thoroughly with 54
fluid ounces of simple syrup. The resulting syrup will contain
in each fluid dram one grain ferrous phosphate, Fcg Po Og ; one
grain quiuic phosphate, (Coq H^i No Oo)3 2 H3 P 0^. and ^^^nd part
of a grain of strychnine.

These two syrups afford good examples of two classes of syrups
that present considerable] difficulties in manij)ulation with the for-
mulae in general use, which are quite removed in the two just sub-
mitted. Both have now been tested on a large scale for some time,
and found very satisfactory in their products. No originality is
claimed in the use of metallic iron in place of precipitated ferrous
phosphate. It was first suggested by Mr. H. W. Jones, in the
columns of the Pharmacutical Journal. The chief point is the im-
portance of using tribasic (ortho) phosphoric acid, H., PO^; both
metaphosphoric acid, H P O3, and pyrophosphoric acid Hj Po 0^, if
present in the acid to even a small extent, are certain to cause
trouble. The precaution given as to filtering the solution of ferrous
phosphate will be found useful in many other cases. A beaker full
of solution of ferrous iodide filtered in a similar manner, Avith a
layer of syrup the eighth of an inch thick floating on the surface,
can be left exposed for twenty-four hours without injury to the
solution. It is, of course, necessary that the solution should have
the greatest specific gravity.

Coloured Fires. S.Kern. (Ghem. Ne^us, Sept. 29, 1876.) In pre-
paring coloured fires for fireworks according to the usual formulse

314

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

given in manuals of pyrotechiiy, it is often important to know the
speed with which they burn ; as in some cases, such as decorations
and lances, they should bum slowly ; whereas in others, such as
wheels, stars for rockets, and Roman candles, they ought to burn
quicker. The following tables are so arranged that every formula
with a higher number yields a slower burning mixture than one
with a lower number. Thus, No. 5 burns quicker than No. 6, and
slower than No. 4,

Chreeii- coloured Fires.

No.

Potassium Chlorate

Barium Nitrate

Sulphur per

per cent.

cent.

f)2

10.

11.

12.

69-5

13.

14.

8-5

70-5

15.

Red-coloured Fires.

No.

Potassium
Chlorate
per cent.

Strontium

Nitrate
per cent.

Sulphur
per cent.

Carbon Powder
per cent.

20-5

1-5

61-6

21-2

1-2

10.

11.

12.

13.

67-25

0-75

14.

9-25

0-75

15.

68-35

o-e.'^

NOTES AND FORMULAE.
Violet- coloured Fires.

;i5

Potassium

Calcium

Malachite

Sulphur
per cent.

No.

Chlorate

Carbonate

Powdered

per cent.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Influence of Bottles on Wine. (Pharmaceut. Gentralhalle, 1877,
126.) Wine of excellent quality has been observed to go bad in
consequence of its action on the glass of the bottles in which it
is kept. The glass in such a case ceases to be transparent. This
observation has been confirmed by an investigation carried out
by competent chemists at the instigation of the Chamber of Com-
merce at Bordeaux. From their report it appears that a good
bottle glass, fully resisting the action of the wine, has the following
chemical composition : —

Silica

. 58-4 per cent

Potash and Soda

• 11-7

Alumina and Oxide of Iron

• 11-0

Lime

. 18-6

The glass which had proved injurious to the wine was found to
contain : —

Silica ....
Potash and Soda
Alumina and Oxide of Iron
Lime ....

52*4 per cent.
4-4
11-1
32-1

The acids of the wine appear to act principally upon the lime.
The best glass contains 18 to 20 per cent, of lime to 59-60 per cent,
of silica ; the worst 25 to 30 per cent, of lime to 50-52 per cent, of
silica. In bottles of the latter composition the wine soon becomes
thick and tasteless.

316 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Phenicated Camphor. (Phann. Jourv., .3rd series, vii., 7t)^\ and
Journal de FJiarmncie [4], xxv., 32, from the BulJefin Thempeutique.)
The preparation which has been introduced by Dr. Soulez under
this name is a simple solution of 2| parts of camphor in 1 part
of carbolic acid. The liquid thus obtained is pale yellow, of an
oleaginous consistency, and smells slightly of camphor, without any
admixture of the carbolic odour. Plienicated camphor is insoluble
in water, in glycerin, and in alcohol ; but it dissolves in all pro-
portions in the fat oils (olive and almond), and readily emulsifies
with water containing saponin.

This preparation is recommended by Dr. Soulez as a preventive
of fermentation in dressings for wounds. The dressings are steeped
in a mixture of 10 parts of phenicated camphor and 200 parts of
olive oil, or one of 10 parts of phenicated camphor and 200 parts
(if infusion of saponaria. The infusion may be prepared by pouring
1000 parts of boiling water upon 100 parts of saponaria leaves.
Dr. Soulez, however, prefers to make a tincture by macerating 250
grams of Quillaia saponaria bark for ten days in a litre of 90°
alcohol. This tincture, mixed with its weight of phenicated cam-
phor, forms a concentrated emulsion, which is diluted with ten
|)arts of water when required for use.

Cod Liver Oil and Ferrous Iodide. The following formiila for
this preparation has been published in the Nieu Zi/ihchrift voor de
Pharmacie in Ncderland, by a commission which the Netherlands
Pharmaceutical Society has appointed to examine secret remedies
and specialities: —

P> Iodine ... .... 1 part.

Pulverized Iron ..... 1 part.

Pale Cod Liver Oil 80 parts.

Triturate the pulverized iron in a mortar with the iodine and
one-fourth of the oil, and heat the mixture in a water batli with
continual stirring, until the brown colour of the iodine has entirely
disappeared and given place to a deep purple colour, showing that
the ferrous iodide has been formed and dissolved. Then add the
remainder of the oil, mix carefully, and after standing decant into
dry bottles, which are to bo completely filled, closed immediately,
and kept sheltei-ed from the light.

This oil is of a purple colour, and differs in taste but little from
the ordinary medicinal cod liver oil. Exposed to the light it changes
after a few days to a red-brown colour. Although the taste is but
little altered, it is important to prevent this change of colour which

NOTES AND FORMULA. -317

always indicates the liberation of iodine. In well-stoppered bottles
the oil remains unaltered ; but it is as well not to prepare too much in
advance. The taste and colour furnish good criteria for its condition.
Syrup of Liquorice Koot. A. P. Brown. (From a paper read
in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, October 7th : Amer.
Journ. Phann., Nov., 1876, 487.) Having had occasion to prepare
some ammoniacal glycjrrhizin, it occurred to the author that the
use of ammonia in preparing syrup of liquorice root might be an
advantage. He therefore devised the following formula : —

1^ Liquorice Eoot .... 4 troy ounces.
Cold Water .... sufficient quantity.
Solution of Ammonia ... 1 fluid ouuce.
Granulated Sugar . . . .13 troy ounces.

Grind the root in a mill, and place it in a wide-mouth bottle, with
a tightly fitting stopper ; pour upon it one pint of water mixed with
the solution of ammonia ; macerate for forty-eight hours ; then trans-
fer it to a funnel, and allow the liquid to drain from it, and add suffi-
cient water until two pints of hquid has passed ; allow it to stand
until the particles have subsided, then decant and evaporate to
eiglit fluid ounces ; filter, and having added the sugar, dissolve it
with the aid of heat.

Experiments were made with the ordinary liquorice root and the
Russian peeled root, and of the two the syrup made from the
Russian root was decidedly the finest. The cortical portion of
liquorice root is acrid, without possessing the peculiar virtues of
the root ; the Russian root, being deprived of the epidermis, will
therefore make the best preparation.

The syrup thus prepared is of a dark brown colour, and contains
all the sweet principles of the root without the starch and other
inert matter. Sulphate of magnesium, iodide and bromide of
potassium lose most of their taste when mixed with this syrup.

The author said he had also made and used ammoniacal glycyr-
rhizin to mask the bitter taste of quinine ; two drams of the glycyr-
rhizin are dissolved in one pint of syrup, then to each fluid dram
is added one grain of quinine sulphate. In making ammoniacal
glycyrrhizin care must be observed to use chemically pure sulphuric
acid in the precipitation ; and in the preparation of the compound
mixture of liquorice by the process suggested, an excess of ammonia
must be avoided.

The author has also prepared a brown mixture from liquorice
root and ammonia by the following process : —

MS YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

5t Liquorice Eoot ... .4 troy ounces.
Water of Ammonia . . . . 1 fluid ounce.
Water sufficient quantity.

Proceed in the same manner as for syrup of liquorice root, but
in.stead of evaporating to eight fluid ounces, evaporate to twelve
tiuid ounces, and mix this with the gum arable, suy;ar, and other
ingredients. Lastly, add water of ammonia until a clear solution is
obtained, taking care not to add an excess. Brown mixture, pre-
pared by the above process, is of a brownish yellow colour, and
almost entirely free from sediment.

Croton Oil Pencils. M. Limousin. (Eepert. de Pharm., 1877,
129.) For the local application of croton oil the author recom-
mends the use of pencils made according to the following formula :
— Two parts of croton oil are added to one of cacao butter and one
of white wax, melted over the water bath : when the mixture begins
to cool it is poured into cylindrical moulds, in which it soon solidi-
fies. Although the pencil only contains 50 per cent, of oil, still,
owing to the avoidance of all loss through volatilization, the revul-
sive action of the drug is found to be even more powerful in this
form than in its natural condition, and it has been successfully em-
ployed with the view of obtaining this action by Dr. Jules Simon at
the Hopital des Enfants Malades. Dr. Lailler has used these pencils
in the treatment of tinea tonsurans. The pencils seem to retain
their properties for several months.

Sjrrup of Coffee. R. H. Bernhardt. (Druggists' Circular and
Chemical Gazette, Sept., 1876.) The preparation of this elegant
syrup has long been within the province of the pharmaceutist ; yet
with all the various formulae for its production contributed from
time to time, it has not yet attained any appreciable degree of per-
fection. Its liability to fermentation has continually been a barrier
to its more general adoption.

Syrup of coffee, like some other officinal syrups, is possessed of
little or no medicinal value. Its importance as a pharmaceutical
preparation lies exclusively in its remarkable power of disguising
tbe taste of nauseous medicines, and the delicate flavour it imparts
as an adjunct or diluent.

The following formula, in which is used the process known as
" cold percolation," has been found after many experiments the
most appropriate : —

JL Roasted Coffee .... 2 troy ounces.

Crushed Sugar .... 28 troy ounces.

Distilled Water .... sufficient quantity.

NOTES AND FORMUL.?;. 319

Moisten the coffee, previously reduced to a moderately fine powder,
with half a fluid ounce of distilled water ; introduce it into a conical
glass percolator, and gradually pour distilled water upon it until
sixteen fluid ounces of infusion have passed. Add this to the sugar
contained in a glass percolator, in the oriflee of which a piece ot
soft sponge has been introduced ; and in order to prevent the
itrimediate escape of the liquid, a cork is to be tightly fitted in the
rube of the percolator at the bottom. The whole is tlien to be closely
covered and set aside for about two hours, or until the sugar has
dissolved down to half its former bulk. Then the cork can be
removed and the liquid allowed to drop. If the liquid has all
[)assed and there still remains a quantity of undissolved sugar in
the percolator, pour it again upon the sugar until the desired result
is effected. This last proceeding is, however, entirely unnecessary,
and only occupies time ; an essential precaution (and in this simple
mechanical contrivance depends the success of the entire process) is
to carefully insert the sponge in the orifice, not too tightly, but also
not too loosely — just sufficiently close to allow the syrup to ^sass drop
hy drop.

It is also requisite to the immediate transparency of the prepar-
ation, that the infusion obtained by percolation should be perfectly
clear. To accomplish this in the quickest and most convenient man-
ner, it is only necessary to close the orifice of the percolator with a
wad of dry, well compressed cotton, tightly inserted. It will be
noticed that there is not the slightest degree of heat used in prepar-
ing this delicious syrup, further than in the parching of the cofiee ;
and the transparency, reliability, and beauty of the product can-
not be surpassed by any generally known formula.

The strength of this preparation can be made as individual fancy
or desire may dictate. The above afi'ords a very handsome dark
brown coloured liquid, pretty well impregnated with the odour of
coffee; and for ordinary purposes serves exceedingly well. For dis-
guising the bitter taste of alkaloids, etc., the writer recommends a
preparation double the strength of the above ; this is easily obtained
by simply substituting twice the amount (4 troy ounces) of coffee,
and treating as directed in the general formula.

Fluid Extract of Jaborandi. F. V. Greene. {Amer. Joum.
Pharm., 1877, 395.)

9> Jaborandi leaves, in moderately fine

powder 16 troy ounces.

Alcohol (50 per cent.) . . sufficient quantity.

820 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Moisten the powder thoroughly with the menstruum, pack in a
conical glass percolator, place a layer of two inches of well- washed
sand on the top of the cloth covering the material, add menstruum
until the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, when the lower ori-
fice is to be closed with a cork, and the percolator, securely covered,
set aside in a moderately warm place for four days. At the expir-
ation of this time remove the cork, and add more menstruum by
degrees until the material is exhausted. The first fourteen ounces
of the percolate are to be reserved, and the remainder evaporated
on a water bath, with constant stirring towards the close, to two
fluid ounces, which are to be added to the reserved portion. If the
percolation and evaporation have been properly performed, the fluid
extract will not require to be filtered.

Mustard Paper. E. Disterich. (Pharm. Post., August 16th,
1876, from Chem. and Drugg., 1876, 393.) There are now few
pharmacies in which mustard paper does not form part of the stock,
and many physicians prescribe the use of it. Being officinal it is
matter of astonishment that during the compilation of the Pharma-
copoeia, the claims which might reasonably have been advanced in
favour of a well-made article were not put forward. Having noted
down numerous observations made during the preparation of mus-
tard paper, the author proposes to fill the hiatus.

A good mustai'd paper can only be made from a mustard flour,
which has been so thoroughly freed from the fat oil, that not even
a trace remains. In the other case, the article is less active, the
mustard clings only lightly to the paper, and on being applied easily
fixes itself to the skin ; and lastly, such a paper loses its activity
altogether by keeping, because of the development of rancidity in
the fat oil. On the part of the manufacturer, the use of too high a
temperature during the pressing or drying of the mustard meal
would also cause failure. This may be determined by observing
whether a small sample, when moistened, develops the odour of
mustard oil. Whether, on the other hand, the mustard has been
completely deprived of fixed oil ; and therefore the paper prepared
from it will retain its activity on lying by, is best ascertained by
macerating some of the paper for an hour in petroleum benzin, and
then filtering into a test-tube. If the column of liquid, on looking
down through it vertically, is without < olour, the removal of the oil
is complete ; but if golden yellow, the mustard, or mustard paper is to
be avoided. The author here mentions that the fixed oil of mustard
colours intensely yellow any solvent of it ; and this characteristic is
used as a test to determine the extent to which it has been removed

NOTES AND PORMUL.'R. 321

from the meal. A paper prepared with meal not thoroughly free
from oil, shows this yellow colour ; a good paper should give a
whitish grey colour. The action of the latter should also commence
in forty seconds (at most in sixty seconds) from the time it
is applied.

Essence of Vanilla. C. Becker. (Amer. Journ. Pharm., August,
1876, 342.) The following formula is stated to give an excellent
preparation : —

|b Vanilla Beans 8 ounces.

Cut Loaf Sugar 72 „

Dilute Alcohol . . . sufficient quantity.

Slice and cut very fine the vanilla beans ; then with the sugar
gradually added, reduce in a wedgewood mortar to a coarse powder
(it should pass freely through a sieve of twenty meshes to the inch) ;
pack this in to a cylindrical glass percolator, and very sloivly displace
with dilute alcohol 1 gallon of percolate. The first of this percolate is
a dark syrup ; and if the process is carefully conducted, the last few
ounces of the gallon will pass almost void of colour or vanilla flavour.

Formulae for Elixir of Monobromated Camphor.

1. The following formula is suggested by M. Dambier in the
L'Union Pharmaceutique, xvii., 354 : — 40 grams of powdered sugar
are dissolved by the aid of heat in 60 grams of alcohol of 56 per
cent. ; the solution is then filtered, and 05 gram of monobromated
camphor dissolved in it with gentle heat. The preparation can be
flavoured to suit the taste.

2. J. Mundy prefers glycerin to sugar, and stiggests the following
(Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, vii., 712.) : —

Monobromated Camphor

Alcohol at 90°

Eau de fi. de Granger .

Glycerin

.SO centigrams.
12 grams.

Mix the alcohol, glycerin, and orange flower water together, and
dissolve the monobromated camphor by aid of a gentle heat.

In a subsequent paper, the same writer states that glycerin has
not sufficient sweetening properties to overcome the nauseous taste,
and introduces the following formula as answering better than the
previous one : —

p, Monobromated Camphor . . . . 9j.

Sp. Cinnamon (1 in 50) .... 3V.

Red EUxir (U. S.) ^x.

SjTup, a sufficient quantity to make =iv.

322

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Mix the sp. cinnamon, red elixir, and syrup together, and add the
monobromated camphor, and dissolve in a flask in a water bath ;
taking care to use no more heat than is absolutely necessary, or else
the monobromated camphor will recrystalhze.

The product contains two grains in each half-ounce, and the
author thinks it will be found a convenient form for administering
this drug where it is preferred in a liquid form.

He also gives a formula for a compound elixir which is frequently
prescribed; —

HjUxit Uainpli. Mi

mobrom. (Jo

Croton Chloral

. gr. iij.

Tr. Gelsem. Semper. .

m. X.

Monobromated Camphor

• gi- ij-

Sp. Cimiam. (1 in 50) .

3SS.

EedEUxir ,

5iss.

Syrup ad.

5SS.

Dissolve the croton chloral in the sp. cinnamon, mix with the red
elixir, gelsemium and syrup, and dissolve the monobromated cam-
phor as directed for the simple elixir.

Santonate of Soda. M. Lepage. {Journal de Pharmacie [4],
xxiv., 311 ; Pharvi. Jotirn., 3rd series, vii., 313.) Having failed to
get satisfactory results with either of the two published processes
for preparing santonate of soda, the author proposes the following
modus operandi, which he finds to give a satisfactory result: —

Powdered Santonin

100 grams

Alcohol (190°)

. 500 „

Distilled Water .

. 500 „

Quick Lime

80 „

Carbonate of Soda

90 „

Dissolve the santonin in alcohol and water at the temperature of
a water bath ; then add the lime, pi-eviously slacked and suspended
in a very small quantity of water, and stir frequently. The liquid
immediately takes a magnificent rose colour; but after about ten or
fifteen minutes it loses its colour, and presents the appearance of a
clear soup. This is due to the formation of santonate of lime, which
is but slightly soluble in the alcohol and water. Allow the mixture
to remain in the water bath some minutes longer, to insure the
complete combination of the calcium oxide and santonin ; then
pour in the carbonate of soda dissolved in double its weight of pure
water ; agitate briskly, allow the liquor to deposit, and filter. Dis-
til the filtrate in a water bath to recover the alcohol ; concentrate
the residue in a dish placed in hot water, until the consistence of a

NOTES AND FORMUL.*:. 323''

syrnp, weighing 200 to 220 grams. After about twelve hours, when
it has soliditied, powder it and suspend it in 800 grams of 90° alco-
hol ; agitate freely to facilitate solution, and after some hours of
contact decant the clear liquid. Wash the portion remaining undis-
solved (excess of carbonate of soda) -with 200 grams of fresh alcohol,
and add this to the other alcohol, filter, distil to recover about
three-fifths of the alcohol, and terminate the operation by concen-
trating the residue in a water bath until reduced to about 400 grams.
Let this stand, and at the end of twenty-four to thirty-six hours
it wiU form a cry.stalline mass of small prismatic needles, which after
drying will weigh 150 to 160 grams. The mother-liquor, by further
concentration, will still yield from 20 to 25 grams of the salt.

The santonate of soda thus obtained is perfectly white, and con-
tains, according to the author's analysis, 51 per cent, of santonic
acid. It dissolves completely in three parts of water, at the ordinary
temperature, and in four parts of alcohol at 90° C. The aqueous
solution possesses a marked bitter taste, and presents an alkaline
reaction with litmus paper. No turbidity or precipitation should be
caused by oxalate of ammonia, chloride of barium, or carbonate of
soda. Acids added in slight excess precipitate the santonic acid.

Syrup of Santonate of Soda. The author recommends the follow-
ing formula for a vermifuge syrup, which, from its taste resembling
sugar syrup could be administered without difiBculty to children : —

|i, Powdered Santonate of Soda . . 5 grams.

Simple SjTup 900 „

Syrup of Orange Flower . . . 100 ,,

Suspend the santonate in 250 grams of the simple syrup, and heat
it over a spirit lamp until dissolved ; add the remainder of the syrup,
then the syrup of orange flower, and mix carefully. A tablespooaf ul,
or 20 grams, of this syrup will contain 10 centigrams of santonate,
or the equivalent of 5 centigrams of santonin. For adults, the dose
might be doubled, or a syrup made containing 20 centigrams to
the tablespoonful.

Cosmolin Cream. E. J. Davidson. (Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
March, 1877, 101.) An excellent substitute for cold cream may be
obtained by the following formula : —

$»> Cosmolin ...... gsxiv.

White wax,

Spermaceti ...... aa 5^ij-

Glycerin . . . . . . f 5iij.

Oil of Eose Geranium . . . . £3].

324 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Melt the wax and spermaceti, add the cosmolin ; then stir until
nearly cold ; add the glycerin and oil, and continue to stir until cold.

Extract of Malt. Dr. H. Hager. (From New Remedies,
August, 1876.) Extract of malt has become a popular dietetic
remedy, and is particularly esteemed as demulcent and nutritive
food for children.

Its syrupy appearance, however, offers many inducements to fraud.
The simplest and cheapest adulterant is glucose (syrup), which is
in general used by brewers to increase the amount of extractive
matter in beer. But there is no ready method known to detect this
admixture. And as a complete analysis is in most cases impracti-
cable, the consumer must generally rely upon the honesty of the
manufacturer.

The author reports having received a sample of malt extract,
which in external appearances resembled the genuine completely ;
although it had a peculiar faint, foreign taste. From its behaviour
towards reagents, in which it greatly differed from the genuine, it
was judged to be a mixture of glucose, glycerin, and about thirty
per cent, extract of malt. To confirm these results, comparative re-
actions were make with three samples of extract of malt, one of
which had been evaporated in an open vessel, and had a darker
colour than the others. The main difference between extract of
malt and glucose (syrup) is probably the amount of soluble modifi-
cations of protein-bodies in the former. It might be conjectured that
the adulteration with glucose would produce a greater amount of
reduction in alkaline copper solution. But the results obtained do
not permit any such conclusion to be drawn ; one gram of the three
last-named extracts reducing respectively 43, 44"5, and 46 c.c. of the
copper solution, while the submitted sample (X) reduced 48'5 c.c.

The presence of glycerin in moderate quantity, say up to 10 per
cent., cannot be called an adulteration, as it is no doubt added for
the purpose of preserving the extract ; but then the glycerin must
be employed in a pure state. The above-mentioned sample of ex-
tract (X), however, contained 26 per cent, of glycerin (extracted
by ether-alcohol), which could not have been very pure, owing to
the considerable quantity of calcium chloride present. The author
considers the examination of the following points sufficient to de-
cide on the genuineness and qualities of a malt extract.

1. The extract must have its own peculiar sweet taste and the
refreshing odour of fresh bread.

2. The watery solution must be nearly clear. On dissolving
5 grams of the extract in 45 grams of distilled water, under stirring

NOTES AND FOllMDLj;. 325

and without heat, a slightly cloudy solution is obtained, which may
be filtered without difficulty. The insoluble matters were found to
be different under different circumstances, and consisted of amor-
phous coagalum, ferment-bodies, and columnar, four or six-sided
(sometimes also star-shaped) crystals.

3. 10 c.c. of the filtered solution, prepared as just stated, are
placed into a test-tube, 1"5 cm. {=fV inch) wide, aud mixed with
10 c.c. of an aqueous cold saturated solution of picric acid. In the
case of good extracts, a strong cloudiness appears at once, which gra-
dually increases, and after ten minutes has become so intense as to
prevent the passage of daylight through the liquid. The adulterated
sample (X) showed only a slight cloudiness with picric acid, nor did
it after ten minutes become so intense as to be impervious to light.

If it is desired to determine the quantity of the protein com-
pounds in solution, 10 grams of the extracts are digested for half an
hour at a gentle heat in 100 grams of cold saturated aqueous solu-
tion of picric acid, and the whole set aside to allow the precipitate
to deposit. The latter is collected in a tared filter, washed, and
dried in the water bath. Its weight, divided by 2, is approximately
equal to the quantity of the proteides.

4. Another portion of the filtered 10 per cent, solution is mixed
with tincture of galls in excess, and well shaken. A copious whitish
precipitate, remaining suspended in the liquid and making it imper-
vious to light, must make its appearance. Sample X gave only
a slight cloudiness.

The same relationship which exists between pepsin and fibrin, or
other animal protein-compounds, holds good between the diastase of
extract of malt and vegetable starches. The latter, which form a
main constituent of our vegetable diet, are converted by diastase
into dextrin. Extract of malt, therefore, owing to its proteides and
to diastase, is an excellent adjunct in the nutrition of infants.

Various other remedies have been combined with the extract of
malt, to modify its action ; or it is used as a pleasant disguise for
disagreeable medicines. But since those agents which are capable
of arresting or preventing fermentation would exert the same
influence upon the diastase, and consequently would prevent the
latter from acting upon starch, they should not be given in combi-
nation with malt extract, or at least only in very small quantities.
Tannic acid, salts of quinine, salts of iron (ferric), with organic
acids and potassium iodide, should be given in comparatively large
quantities of the extract. Hager mentions the following compounds,
or preparations, as in use in Germany : —

326 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Extractum Malti Quinatnm {Malt Extract with Qiiinia) was
formerly prepnred by addinpf 1 part of quinia snlphafe to 250 parts
of the extract; but the bitterness of the mixture caused it to bo
frequently rejected by children. At present the usual method
is to add 1 part of quinia tannate to 100 parts of the extract.
A trial with a perfectly neutral extract, prepared by J. D. Riedel,
yielded a solution which hadl not deposited any sediment after
eight days, and which exerted but a very slightly diminished
action upon starch. Hager proposed to call this Extractum malti
tannocMnatum.

Extractum Malti Ferratnm (Ferrated Malt Extract^. — A formula
for this preparation is given by the German Pharmacopoeia. It is
best prepared by dissolving 2 parts of soluble ferric pyrophosphate
in parts of pure glycerin, and adding it to 93 parts of the extract.
The taste of the resulting product is, however, slightly modified,
and Hager recommends to use saccharate of iron, 3 parts; glycerin,
7 parts ; and extract, 90 parts. This wou-ld be Extractum malti
sacch ar of err a turn.

Extractum Malti lodatum (Iodized Malt Extract) is a solution of
1 part of potassium iodide in 10,000 parts (rather dilute? Ed. N.B.)
of extract.

Extractum Malti Pepsinatum (Malt Extract ivith Pepsin) is said
to be more nutritious than the simple extract, and to be especially
valuable in dyspeptic complaints. For this purpose a saccharated
pepsin of -50 per cent, is recommended. Two parts of this are rubbed
with 5 parts of glycerin, and added to 93 parts of the extract. It
is best to prepare this mixture only when wanted.

Extractum Malti Iiuptdinatum (Extract of Malt loith Hops) is a
preparation made by J. D. Riedel, of Berlin. Although originally
intended to be added to weak malt liquors or beers for the purpose
of giving " body," it may be used medicinally. It has an agreeable
aromatic taste, and is probably a solution of alcoholic extract of
hops in extract of malt.

Substitute for Solution of Citrate of Magnesium. J. Rhinehart.
(Amer. Journ. Pharm., March, 1877, 101.)

p. Acidum Citricum (in moderately sized crystals) 5J.

Magnesii Sulphas .
Syrupus simplex
Extractum Limonis
Potassii Bicarb, (in crystals)
Aqna pura, sufficient for
M. Secundum artem.

giss.

Tt\V.

gr. xl.
f^xij.

NOTES AND FORMDLiE. 327

Place the acid and the epsom salts in a 12-oz. bottle .; then add the
simple syrup, water, and extract of lemon ; lastly, add the potassium
bicarb., and cork ready for use. By using the acid and potassium
bicarb, in crystals the danger of losing carbonic acid gas is obvi-
ated, as the gas does not begin to generate before the cork can be
fiiTnly secured.

The above formula is much cheaper, more expeditious, and con-
tains in a greater degree the required properties of a good, mild
laxative, than does the officinal solution of magnesium citrate ; it
also has a very pleasant flavour, the bitter taste of magnesia being
entii'cly absent.

Elixir Glycyrrhizge. G.W.Kennedy, (Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
May, 1877, 229.) An elixir by the above name has been introduced
as an adjuvant to disguise and cover the extremely bitter taste of
the chinchona alkaloids, epsom salt, and other nauseating and bittei'
medicines.

The following- formula furnishes an excellent elixir: —

Radio. Glycyrrhizas opt.

• . • Jij.

Spir. Vini rect. fort.

. . f^vj

Aquffi

• fSvj.

Syr. sunplic.

• fSiv

Spir. Anrantii

. f5iss

Spir. Cinnamonii .

IL- -1 - 1_ _1 • 1 •

. tiiviij.

_ -1 n • n

The spirits are made by dissolving 1 fluid ounce of the oil in
15 fluid ounces of stronger alcohol.

Make a moderately coarse powder of the root, mix the alcohol
and water, moisten the powder with the mixture, allow it to stand
12 hours, pack in a conical percolatoz', and pour on the balance of
alcoholic mixture and suflicient diluted alcohol until 12 fluid ounces
of percolate are obtained; then add the syrup, and finally the spirits
of orange and cinnamon.

Alcoholic Solution of Shellac. A. Peltz. {Pharm. Journ., 3rd
series, vii., 94, from Pliarm. Zeitung fur Russland.) The production of
a clear alcoholic solution of shellac has been the subject of numerous
experiments ; but hitherto none has turned out satisfactory except
slow filtration. As is known, by digestion of one part of shellac
with six or seven parts of 70 per cent, alcohol, a solution is obtained
which, when warm, is almost clear, but on cooling becomes turbid,
and is only partially clear after standing a week. The plan of pour-
ing sufficient alcohol over coarsely powdered shellac to form a thin
paste yields, upon the addition of more alcohol after the lapse of

328 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

eight or ten hours, a liquor that does not deposit any more, but
which is not clear. Anotlier method suggested, of boiling the
alcoholic shellac solution with animal charcoal, gives a clearer
liquid, but there is always loss through absorption by the animal
charcoal.

The object sought by the author was to obtain a clear alcoholic
solution in a short time without mx;ch loss. Previous communi-
cations upon the substance occurring in shellac to the extent of
five per cent., which renders its alcoholic solutions turbid, and is
described by some authors as wax, and by others as a fat acid,
suggested an attempt to effect its removal before dissolving the
shellac. The shellac, therefore, was boiled wich water, from one to
five per cent, of soda or ammonia being added, but without satis-
factory result ; a somewhat larger addition of the alkali caused the
solution of the shellac.

The author next prepared a solution with one part of shellac and
six parts of 90 per cent, alcohol at the ordinary temperature, which
was eflFected with frequent shaking in ten or twelve hours. To this he
added carbonate of magnesia to about half the weight of the shellac
used, and heated the mixture to 60° C. The solution so obtained
cleared more rapidly than a solution to which magnesia had not
been added, and filtered in less time; but it did not supply what
was sought. When powdered chalk was substituted for magnesia,
the solution after standing some hours became three-fourths clear,
whilst the lower turbid portion could be rapidly filtered. It only
required a little alcohol to wash the filter, and a clear alcoholic
solution of shellac was obtained. Further experiments, for instance,
with sulphate of baryta, did not give a better result. When such
a solution is made on a large scale, it would be best filtered through
felt.

Notwithstanding that the object of the author had thus been
attained, one or two other experiments were tried. To three parts
of the above-mentioned shellac solution, one part of petroleum ether
was added, and the mixture Avas vigorously shaken. After standing
a few moments the liquid separated in two layers : the upper light
coloured layer was the petroleum ether, with the wax dissolved in
it ; the lower yellow brown layer was a clear solution of shellac,
with only a little petroleum ether adhering. Upon allowing the
petroleum ether to evaporate spontaneously, the wax that had been
dissolved out of the shellac was obtained as a white residue. By
using a stronger alcohol (95 per cent.) to dissolve the shellac, and
subsequently adding petrolei;m ether, a perfectly clear solution was

NOTES AND FORMULA:.

329

obtained, that only separated into two layers after the addition of
water. Consequently, an alcohol weaker rather than stronger than
90 per cent, should be used.

The shellac solution obtained by means of petroleum ether, how-
ever, has the disadvantage that the shellac is left, after the evapor-
ation of the petroleum, in a somewhat coarser form, and easily
separates ; this may be obviated by the addition of one to three per
cent, of Venice turpentine.

Further experiments showed that the petroleum ether could be
replaced by the ordinary commercial benzin.

Aromatic Elixir of Liquorice. J. P. Remington. (Amer. Journ.
Pharm., May, 1877, 231.) Since the remarkable property possessed
by preparations of glycyrrhizin was noticed — of influencing the
gustatory nerve, so that bitter and disagreeable substances can be
administered without betraying their presence — several forms of
using this valuable addition to the materia medica have been sug-
gested. An aromatic elixir of liquorice has been one of the most
desirable and successful of these attempts, and the author submits a
formula which seems to be satisfactory : —

Ciunamon

Star Anise

Coriander

Caraway

Ton qua

Canella

Nutmegs

Cloves (all in jBue powder)

Ammoniacal Glycyrrhizin

Oil of Orange (fresh) .

Alcohol

SjTup

Water

6 grams.
4 „

532

1000

475

Mix the oil of orange with the alcohol and water, and percolate
the aromatics, recovering one thousand grams of percolate by pour-
ing sufficient water upon the top to accomplish the purpose. Dis-
solve the ammoniacal glycyrrhizin in a small quantity of boiling
water, and add to the rest after mixing with the syrup.

If an agreeable, simple elixir is at hand, the ammoniacal glycyr-
rhizin may be simply dissolved in it, in the proportion of one gram
in fifty grams of simple elixir.

If it is desired to administer sulphate of quinia, all that is neces-
sary is to pour into a teaspoon or glass a small quantity of the
elixir, add the sulphate of quinia, and swallow before the bitter salt

330 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

dissolves to any extent ; then follow with a fresh teaspoonfnl of elixir,
and the deception is complete.

A Convenient Mode of Producing Ozone. M. Lind er . {Pharma-
ceut. Centralhalle.) A mixture of equal parts of manganese dioxide,
potassium permanganate, and oxalic acid, when brought in contact
with water, furnishes a good supply of ozone. Two spoonfuls of
this powder placed on a dish and gradually mixed with water
would be sufficient for a room of medium size. More water is added
in small portions, from time to time, as the evolution ceases. The
powder may be kept in a bottle ready for nse.

Peroxide of Hydrogen as a Disinfectant. C. T. Kiugzett.
{Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, vii., 450.) The extraordinary powers
of hydrogen peroxide as a disinfecting and oxidizing agent have
been known for a long time, but the complicated and tedious
method of its preparation has been a bar to its adoption on a
large scale. The author, in conjunction with Mr. Zingler, has
recently instituted some experiments, based on certain researches
on the hygienic influences of the pine and eucalyptus trees, by which
they ascertained that by exposing a mechanical mixture of water
and turpentine to a current of air at normal summer temperature,
a solution containing hydrogen peroxide and camphoric acid — the re-
sult of splitting up of the turpentine — may be readily obtained. The
solution is an aqueous one, containing no oil of turpentine ; it
appears to be non-poisonous, and is absolutely without harm to tex-
tile fabrics. It does not injure carpets or furniture when applied to
them, and is slowly but perfectly volatile. It is hoped shortly to
produce large quantities on a manufacturing scale, for use in water-
ing roads and streets, and in private houses, hospitals, and other
localities where prompt disinfectants are required.

Notes on Perfumery. W. Saunders. (From a paper read
before the American Pharmaceutical Association.) The writer first
refers to the ingredients entering into the composition of perfumes,
and then gives the formulae for the preparation of the latter.

Alcohol. — One of the first requisites in the manufacture of good
perfumes is pure alcolfol, free from fusel oil or other foreign flavour.
This purer grade of spirit is known in commerce as pure spirits,
.silent spirits, or deodorized alcohol ; and may readily be distinguished
from ordinary alcohol by the absence of that peculiar pungency of
odour which is present to a greater or less extent in most commercial
samples.

Oftos or Essential Oils. — It is of the greatest importance that these
should be strictly pure and of the finest quality.

NOTRS AND FORMUL.E. 331

Pomades. — From these are prepared some of tlio simple extracts
in the appended foi'multe, such as jasmine, tuberose, aiid cassia.
The quality must be that known as triple pomade. The simple
extracts are prepared as follows : — One pound of the pomade is cut in
small pieces and placed in a bottle of sufficient capacity, in which is
pat a pint of pure spirit. Place the bottle suitably stoppered in a
water bath, and apply heat sufficient to barely melt the pomade,
shake well togethei', and repeat the shaking frequently until the
fatty matter solidifies. In this way the pomade will be reduced to
a finely divided or granular state, permeated thoroughly by the
spirit. Allow this to stand for several days, giving it an occasional
shake, then drain off the liquid extract into another bottle ; if this
fall short of a pint repeat the operation -with a sufficient quantity of
alcohol to make up to this measure. By subsequent and similar
treatment, a second and even a third quantity of extract may be
made, which, although much weaker, will be found useful in the
preparation of cheaper perfumes.

Extract of Orris. — Seven pounds of finely ground orris root of
good quality, is treated by percolation with pure alcohol until one
gallon of extract is obtained.

JExtrad of Vanilla. — Four ounces of vanilla beans of the finest
quality powdered finely in a mortar with a sufficient quantity of
dry white sugar (from four to six ounces) ; pack in a percolator, and
percolate with proof spirit until one gallon is obtained.

Extract of Tonha. — Take one pound of tonka beans, reduce to a
coarse powder, and percolate with alcohol, to make one gallon.

Extract of Mush. — Take of pure grain musk of the first quality
two drams. Mix half an ounce of liquor potassaB with four ounces of
proof spirit, and triturate the musk with this mixture until it is
thoroughly softened, and reduced to a creamy state ; add enough
proof spirit to make up about one pint ; stir well, then allow the
coarser particles to subside, and pour off the supernatant fluid. Rub
the coarser portions again with a fresh portion of spirit, proceeding
as before, and repeat the process until the musk is entirely reduced,
and the quantity of extract measures three pints. Allow this to
stand for a fortnight with occasional shaking, when it will be ready
for lise.

Extract of Styrax. — Eight drams of sty rax balsam dissolved in one
pint of alcohol.

Benzoic Acid. — Only that prepared from gum benzoin should be
used.

333

YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

FORMUL.'E.

Jockey Club.

Ext. Jasmin .

5 ounces.

,, Orris

20 „

,, Musk .

7 „

„ Vanilla .

n ..

Otto Eose, Virgin

li dram.

,, Santal. Flav.

n „

,, Bergamot

2* „

,, Neroli Super

40 minims

Benzoic acid

2 di'ams.

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

In this, as well as in all the following extracts, before adding the
last portion of the spirit, replace as much of it with water as the
perfume will bear without becom.ing milky, which will vary from,
two to eight ounces or more. This addition will make the perfume
softer.

White Eose.

Otto Eose, Virgin

2 drams.

„ Eed Cedar Wood (true)

6 minims

,, , Patchouli ....

•i „

,, Orange (fresh)

J dram.

Ext. Tuberose ....

2 omices.

,, Orris

2 „

,, Jasmin. ....

2 „

,, Musk

2 „

Benzoic Acid . . . . .

1 dram.

Pure Spirit (to which four ounces of rose-water have
been added), sufHcient to make four pints.

Victoria.

Otto Eose, Virgin ....

2 drams.

,, Neroli Super

2 „

„ Bergamot ....

4 „

,, Coriander ....

16 minims

,, Pimento ....

2i „

,, Lavender, English

16 „

Ext. Jasmin ....

2 ounces.

,, Orris

16 „

Musk

2 „

Benzoic Acid ....

2 drams.

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

NOTES AND FORMUL.T;.

Moss Rose.

Otto Eose, Virgin 2 drams.

„ SantaL Flav 2 „

Ext. Musk 12 ounces.

,, Vanilla 4 ,,

„ Orris 2 „

,, Jasmin . . . . . 4 ,,

Benzoic Acid 1 dram.

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

333

Patchouli.

otto Patchouli .

2 drams.

,, Santal. Flav.

40 minims

,, Eose, Virgin

40 „

Ext. Musk .

8 ounces.

„ Orris .

8 „

„ Vanilla

4 „

,, Styrax.

2 drams.

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

Mlllefleurs.

P= Otto

Ext.

Eose, Virgin

Eed Cedar Wood (true)

1 dram.
1 ,.

Orange (new)
Pimento

1 ,.

20 minims

Onis ....
Jasmin

6 ounces
2 „

Styrax

Tonka ....

1 „

4 „

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

Ess. Bouquet.

Ext. Musk ....

4 ounces.

,, Tuberose

• 2 „

Otto Eose, Virgin .

1 dram.

,, Bergamot

• 1| ,.

,, Neroli Super

2 11

,, Verbena (true)

8 minims

,, Pimento

. 10 „

,, Patch oiili

. 3 „

„ Eed Cedar Wood (true)

i dram.

„ Lavender, English

. 12 minims

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

334

YEAli-BOOK OP THARMACY.

Musk.

iJ.

Ext. Musk ....

1 pint.

,, Orris

6 ounces.

,, Vauilla

2 „

„ Styrax

2 di-ams.

Otto Santal. Flav.

1 ,,

,, Bergamot

2 „

„ Neroli Super

10 minims

„ Patchouli

12 „

,, Lavender, English

• 15 „

„ Cinnamon (true) .

6 „

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make fom- pints.

Thing Ylang.

Est. Tonka

3 ounces.

,, Musk . .....

4 „

,, Tuberose

4 „

,, Cassia

4 „

,, Orris

8 „

Otto Orange (new) ....

2 drams.

Neroli Super ....

4 M

Pui-e Spirit, sufficient to make foiu- pints.

Tuberose.

Ext. Tuberose

24 ounces.

,, Musk .... . .

4 „

., Jasmin

1 ,,

Otto Rose, Virgin ....

1 dram.

,, Neroli Super ....

10 minims

Benzoic Acid .....

2 di'ams.

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

West End.

Ext. Orris

12 ounces.

,, Jasmin

4 „

,, Musk

8 „

„ Cassia ......

4 „

,, Styrax

1 „

Otto Bergamot

3 drams.

,, Verbena (true) ....

15 minims.

,, Neroli Super ....

i dram.

,, Eose, Virgin ....

1 „

„ Red Cedar Wood (true)

1 „

Benzoic Acid ....

1 „

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

NOTES AND FORMULAE.

335

Wood Violet

Ext. Orris 12 ounce

,, Tuberose

2 „

„ Jasmin

1 „

,, Musk .

4 „

Otto Bergamot

2 drams.

,, Lavender, English

1 „

„ Verbena (triie)

10 minims

,, Auiygd. Amar.

12 „

„ Coriander .

6 „

„ Sweet Flag .

4 „

„ Bay Leaves .

4 ,

Benzoic Acid

. H „

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

New-Mown Hay.

Ext. Tonka . . . .

25 ounces.

,, Musk . . . .

6 „

„ Orris . . . .

8 „

,, VaniUa

1 „

,, Stj'rax
Otto Bergamot .
,, Neroli Super
,, Eose, Virgin
,, Cloves .

1 di-am.
15 minims
10 „

6 „

,, Lavender, English
„ Patchouli

. 10 „
10 „

,, Santal. Flav.

1 dram.

Benzoic Acid

. H „

Pure Spiiit, sufficient to make four pints.

Rondeletia.

Otto Lavender, English

1 ounce.

,, Cloves ......

h „

,, Bergamot ....

h n

„ Eose Geranium, Turkey

2 drams.

,, Cinnamon (true) .

20 minims

,, Eose, Virgin

10 „

,, Santal. Flav.

1 dram.

Ext. Musk

2 ounces.

,, Orris .....

4 „

,, Vanilla ....

2 „

Benzoic Acid ....

1 di-am.

Pure Spiiit, sufficient to make fom' pints.

330

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Stephanotis.

fb Ext. Cassia .
Tuberose
Jasmin
Musk .
Orris .
Tonka .
Otto Rose, Virgin
,, Neroli Super
Benzoic Acid

4 ounces.
4 „

3 „
1 dram.
i „
1 ,.

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

Frangipanm

Ext. Orris ....

4 ounces.

,, Tuberose

2 „

„ Musk ....

4 „

,, Vanilla

. 2 „

„ Jasmin

1 ,,

„ Styrax
Otto Neroli Super
„ Eose, Virgin

1 dram.

5 ))

,, Santal. Flav.

1 ,j

„ Eed Cedar Wood (true)

1 ,,

„ Pimento

2 ))

,, Cassia ....

20 minims

,, Bergamot
,, Ginger

,, Lavender, Englisli
Benzoic Acid . . . .

4 dram.
4 drops.
6 „
2 drams.

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

Clove PinJc.

Ext. Jasmin 12 ounces.

„ Orris .

12 „

„ Musk .

8 „

Otto Eose, Virgin

1 dram.

,, Cloves

2 „

„ Neroli Super

1 „

„ Pimento

10 minims

,, Patchouli .

20 „

„ Santal. Flav.

2 drams.

Benzoic Acid

1 ,,

Pure Spirit, sufficient to make four pints.

NOTES AND FOEMULiE.

337

Spring Flowers

Ext. Orris

4 ounces.

„ Jasmin ....

4 „

„ Musk

4 „

Otto Bergamot ....

2 drams.

„ Neroli Super

i „

„ Verbena (true)

10 minims

„ Red Cedar Wood (true)

1 dram.

Benzoic Acid

1 „

Piu'e Spirit, sufficient to malie foiu- pints.

Violet.

Ext.

Orris

2 pints.

Tuberose ....

4 ounces

Vanilla ....

3 „

Musk

3 „

„

Tonka ....

2 „

Pur«

! Spirit, sufficient to make four

pints.

Camphorated Phenol as an. Application. (Zeitschr. des oesterr.
Apoth. Ver.) 12 grams of camphor are dissolved in an alcoholic
solution of 2 grams of carbolic acid ; with this solution pieces of lint
are moistened and applied in a number of layers to the affected part.
To prevent evaporation the lint is covered with gutta percha tissue.
The application relieves pain, and may be used as a substitute
for Lister's dressing.

Mixtures of Quinine and Ammonia. "William Mclntyre.
(Amer. Journ. Pharm., November, 1876, 488.) While quinine and
ammonia are generally incompatible, an excess of the latter will
determine a solution, and several pharmaceutical preparations of
this character are now in use.

The following formulae of ammoniacal solutions of quinine have
been published : —

Liquor Quinice Ammoniahcs (Bastick).

[Now officinal in the B. P.]

P> Sulphate of Quinine ... 32 grains.

Alcohol, 49 per cent. . . . 3J fluid ounces.
Solution of Ammonia . . . i fluid ounce.

Diffuse the quinine in half the spirit, add ammonia to the re-
mainder, and mix aU together.

338 YEAR-BOOK OF PHAEMACT.

Tinctura Quinice Ammoniata (Ince).

p, Sulphate of Quinine ... 32 graios.

Alcohol, 49 per cent. . . . 3^ fluid ounces.
Spirit of Ammonia . . . i fluid ounce.

The increased alcoliolic strengtli is considered an improvement by
the author.

Liquor Quinice Ammoniatus (Squire).

9= Sulphate of Quinine ... 32 grains.

Strong Solution of Ammonia . 1 fluid dram.

Alcohol, 49 per cent., sufiicient to make 4 fluid ounces.

Mix as in the first formula.

Tiiictur'd Quinice Ammoniata (Curtis).

^ Quinine (alkaloid) ... 32 grains.

Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia . 4 fluid ounces.

The qninine will readily dissolve ia the spirit, and the strength of
the preparation can be increased, if desired. These solutions are
permanent ; with water they make turbid mixtures, and are too
pungent to be taken undiluted.

The following, which is taken from Squire's " Pharmacopoeias of
the London Hospitals," agrees with the three first formulee in quinine
strength, but is notably stronger in ammonia and alcohol.

Liquor Qiiinim Amm/Oniatus,

|b Sulphate of Quinine .... 24 grains.

Strong Solution of Ammonia . . 4 drams.

Eiectified Spirit (sp. gr. 838) . . to 3 ounces.
Dose : 30 to 60 minims.

Black Writing Inks. C. H. Viedt. (Dingl. polyt. Journ.,
ccxvi., 453.) The aqueous solution of the tannin of the gall nuts
undergoes the following change by fermentation, the ferment being
present in the Aleppo galls : —

Tannin. Gallic Acid. Sugar.

C27H22 0i7 + 4H20 = 3(C7He05) + C6Hi2 06.

On boiling the nuts with water, and exposing the solution to the
air, this fermentation sets in. The Chinese galls do not contain this
ferment, and therefore to bring about the above decomposition some
yeast must be added. Concentrated solutions of ferous salts give,

NOTES AND FORMULAE. 339

with tannic acid, a "wliite voluminous precipitate; in dilute solutions
no change takes place. Ferric oxide solutions, with excess of tannic
acid, give a blue-black precipitate of ferroso-ferric tannate, a part of
the higher oxide being reduced to the lower one. This ferroso-ferric
tannate is also formed when solutions of ferrous tannate are exposed
to the air, partial oxidation taking place. With great excess of
tannic acid even ferric salts give no precipitate, being thus reduced
to ferrous salts. After a long time the solution becomes blue-black ;
later on blue-black tannate is precipitated, the solution remaining of
a dirty green colour. By boiling a mixture of a ferric salt with
tannic acid, it becomes colourless, with liberation of carbonic acid ;
and thus it becomes evident that prepared gall-nut inks ought never
to be heated to boiling. The behaviour of gallic acid to iron salts
is nearly analogous to that of tannic acid. Ferrous salts have no
effect on gallic acid, but on exposure to air the solution becomes at
first reddish, then violet, then dark blue, and at length an insoluble
and blue-black fei'roso-ferric gallate is precipitated. This insoluble
gallate precipitates much more quickly than the corresponding
tannate, but the supernatant solution of the gallate remains some-
what strongly coloured with gallate retained in solution. In choos-
ing tannic acids for the manufacture of ink, it should be remembered
that only those giving blue reactions with iron yield the best coloured
inks; those which give a gi'een colour, as sumach tannic acid, cannot
be recommended. Many of the former variety also contain sub-
stances which damage the colour of the ink ; as the tannic acid of
the Torment ilia ereeta, which contains an injurious red pigment
besides tannic acid.

Gall nuts are considered the best source of the tannic acid; and of
these the Chinese galls, with 72 per cent, of tannin, are recom-
mended as cheapest and best, because they also contain less extrac-
tive mucilaginous bodies than the Aleppo galls; they furnish an ink
less liable to become mouldy. To extract the tannic acid from the
gall nuts they are coarsely pulverized, and mixed with an equal
quantity of straw cut small. This mixture is shaken in a high,
narrow vessel of oak wood, furnished with a tap at the bottom, and
close above a perforated false bottom. Hei-e it is treated with luke-
warm water, and the tannic acid extract is allowed to flow very
slowly out, after which it is returned several times, still further to
exhaust the powdered galls. The mixture of chopped straw is to
obviate the difficulty caused by the swelling of the galls on lixivi-
ation, and the yielding of a quantity of slimy mucilage, which
would otherwise have rendered the mass impermeable. It is sug-

340 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACT.

gestcd that a row of small " diffusers," similar to those employed by
the sugar-refiner, might be nsed with even greater advantage.

To preserve the prepared ink from mildew, three to five drops of
pure carbolic aa'd should be added, or if the smell of this be objected
to, salicylic acid. The presence of lime in the water used for ink
making is not injurious. The ferrous salt rcommended is ferrous
sulphate, "green vitriol;" the proportions will \ye 100 j^f^'^fs of
tajinin to 90 2^'-irts of crystallized ferrous sulphate. Of course, by the
use of the pure ferrous salt the ink at first is very light coloured,
though it afterwards darkens on exposure to air. To overcome
the difficulty of this pale writing, the ink is coloured with logwood
extract, or some soluble colouring matter. Logwood and cupric
sulphate are used for ink making, besides gall nuts and ferrous
sulphate. Both yield beautiful blue-black precipitates ; galls and
cupric sulphate, however, give a slimy brown-black colour, which
spoils the tint of the ink. It is better, therefore, not to use the
copper salt at all.

Detection of the Principal Colouring Matters Employed in the
Sophistication of Wines. M. G. Chancel. (Gompt. Bend., Feb-
ruary 19th, 1877 ; Chemical News, xxxv., 106.) The author takes
10 c.c. of wine, and adds 3 c.c. of a dilute solution of subacetate
of lead, allowing the mixture to subside for a few minutes, to
make sure that -the precipitation is complete. If this is not the
case, a slight excess of the reagent is added. After stirring and
heating for a few moments, it is thrown on a very small filter, the
filtrate collected in a test-tube, and the precipitate washed three or
four times in hot water. If the filtrate is coloured magenta is
present, and may be sought for by the aid of the spectroscope.
But if the wine contains a mere trace of this colour, it is retained
in the precipitate, and is sought for in the manner directed below.
To discover the colouring matters which may be contained in the
plumbic precipitate, it is treated upon the filter with a few c.c. of a
solution of carbonate of potassa (2 parts of the dry salt to 100 of
water), taking care to repass the same solution several times through
the precipitate. Any magenta present is thus extracted, along with
carminamic (ammoniacal cochineal) and sulphindigotic acid. The
colouring matters of logwood and of alkanet remain undissolved.
"With a genuine wine the alkaline liquid takes a very faiut yellow,
or greenish yellow tint. For the detection of magenta the filtrate
is mixed with a few drops of acetic acid, and it is then shaken up
with amylic alcohol. The magenta dissolves in this alcohol with a
fine rose tint, and its presence is proved by spectroscopic examination.

NOTES AND F0RMULJ5. 341

Carminaraic and sulphindigotic acids remain in the aqueous solution,
and are decanted off. A couple of drops of sulphuric acid are added,
and the mixture is again shaken up with amjlic alcohol, which now
dissolves the ammoniacal cochineal. It may be detected by the
spectroscope. The sulphindigotic acid remains undissolved in the
amylic alcohol, and may be found in the blue aqueous residual
liquor by means of the spectroscope. Logwood is most conveniently
sought for in a fresh portion of the wine by digestion with a little
precipitated carbonate of lime, adding a few drops of lime-water,
and filtering. In a natural wine the filtrate has a faint greenish
yellow colour, but if logwood is present it takes a fine red shade,
and the absorption-bands of logwood may be detected with the
spectroscope. On treating the lead precipitate above mentioned
■with an alkaline sulphide, washing with boiling water, and then
treating with alcohol, the colouring matter of alkanet, if present, is
dissolved, and may be detected by spectroscopic examination .

Sytnpus Maticae et Radicis Granati. M. Per ret. (Pharm.
Zeitung,x-s.[., 733.) This preparation is very strongly recommended
in diarrhoea, dysentery, and internal haemorrhage. It is prepared
by infusing 20 grams of matico leaves, and 120 grams of pome-
granate root bark, with 1200 grams of boiling water, allowing the
infusion to stand in a covered vessel for twelve hours, then strain-
ing, pressing, and heating the strained liquid with 2000 grams of
sugar.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

AT THE

FOUETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING

FL^rM:oij"TH:.

1877.

EDITED BY

PROFESSOR ATTFIELD.

CONTENTS.

Constitution and Ecles of the Conference.

Alphabetical List of Membees' Names and Addresses.

Alphabetical List of Towns at which Members Reside,

Programme of Transactions of the Conference at Plymouth, 1877 ; in-
cluding Titles of Papers.

The Transactions of the Conference, including the Papers read and
Discussions thereon.

Geneeal Index to the Year-Book and Transactions.

grtftslj Ijljurmutcuticul Conference.

CONSTITUTION.

Art. I. Tliis Association shall he called The British Pharmaceutical Conference, and its
objects shall be the following : —

1. To hold an annual Conference of those engaged in the practice, or interested in the

advancement, of Pharmacy, with the view of promoting their friendly reunion, and
increasing their facilities for the cultivation of Pharmaceutical Science.

2. To determine what questions in Pharmaceutical Science require investigation, and

when practicable, to allot them to individuals or committees to report thereon.
3 To maintain uncompromisingly the principle of purity in Medicine.
4. To form a bond of union amongst the various associations established for the advance-
ment of Pharmacy, by receiving from them delegates to the annual Conference.
Art. II.— Membership iii the' Conference shall not be considered as conferring any guarantee
of professional competency.

RULES.

1. Any person desiring to become a member of the Conference shall be nominated in

writing by a member, and be balloted for at a general meeting of the members, two-thirds
of the votes given being needful for his election. If the application be made during the
recess, the Executive Committee may elect the candidate by a unanimous vote.

2. The subscription shall be 7s. 6d. annually, which shall be due in advance upon .July 1.

3. Any member whose subscription shall be more than two years in arrear, after written
apphcation, shall be liable to be removed from the list by the Executive Committee. Members
may be expelled for improper conduct by a majority of three-fourths of those voting at a
general meeting, provided that fourteen days' notice of such intention of expulsion has
been sent by the Secretaries to each member of the Conference.

4. Every association established for the advancement of Pharmacy shall, during its
recognition by the Conference, be entitled to send delegates to the annual meeting.

5. The Officers of the Conference shall be a President, four Vice-presidents by election,
the past Presidents (who shall be Vice-presidents), a Treasurer, two General Secretaries, one
local Secretary, and nine other members, who shall collectively constitute the Executive
Committee. Three members of the Executive Committee to retire annually by ballot, the
remainder being eligible for re-election. They shall be elected at each annual meeting, by
ballot of those present.

6. At each Conference, it shall be determined at what place and time to hold that of the
next year.

7. Two members shall be elected by the Conference to audit the Treasurer's accounts,
such audited accounts to be presented annually.

8. The Executive Committee shall present a report of proceedings annually.

9. These rates shall not be altered except at an annual meeting of the members.

10. Reporis on subjects entrusted to individuals or committees for investigation shall be
presented to a future meeting of the Conference, whose property they shall become. All
reports shall be presented to the Executive Committee at least fourteen days before the
annual meeting.

*«* Authors are specially requested to send the titles of their Papers to either of the General
Secretaries two or three weeks before the Annual Meeting. The subjects will then he eatensiveUj
advertised, and thus full interest will be secured.

FORM OF NOMINATION.

I Nominate

Name)

(Address)

as a Member of the British Pharmaceutical Conference.

Member.

Date

The nomination must be legibly written, and forwarded to one of the Honorary General
Secretaries, Prof. Attfieid, 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C, or F. Baden Bengeb, F.C.S.,
7, Exchange Street, Manchester, either of whom, or any other officer or member, wiU duly
sign the paper.

Pupils and Assistants, as weU as Principals, are invited to become members.

346 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

HONORAEY MEMBERS.

Professor P. Wendover Bedford, College of Pharmacy, New York City,
U.S.A., Corresponding Secretary of the American Pharmaceutical
Association, 278, Greenwich Street, New York.

Professor L. A. Buchner, Munich.

Senhor Joaquim Correa de Mello, Campinas, Brazil.

M. Augustiu Ambroise Delondre, Membre de la Societe Botanique de
France, de la Societe d'Acclimatation, Chevalier de I'Ordre Imperiale
dela Rose (Bresil), etc., Rue des Juifs, 20, Paris.

Professor Dragendorflf, Pharmaceutische Institut, Dorpat, Russia.

Professor Albert E. Ebert, Corner of State and Twelfth Streets, Chicago,
Illinois, U.S.A.

Dr. John Baker Edwards, Ph.D., F.C.S., Box 3981, Post Office,
Montreal, Dominion of Canada.

Professor Friedrich August Fliickiger, Ph.D., Professor of Pharmacy,
The University, Strassburg.

Professor J. M. Maisch, 1607, Ridge Avenue, Philadelphia.

Professor G. F. H. Markoe, Professor of Pharmacy in the Massachu-
setts College of Pharmacy, U.S.A.

Saunders, Mr. W., London, Ontario.

Mr. Carlos Murray, Buenos Ayres.

Dr. Carl Schacht, 56, Mittelstrasse, Berlin.

Professor J. Leon Soubeiran, Ecole de Pharmacie, Montpellier, France,
Secretaire de la Societe d'Acclimatation, Officier de I'Ordre Im-
periale de la Rose (Bresil), Knight of the Royal Order of Charles
the Third of Spain.

Dr. E. R. Squibb, 56, Doughty Street, Brooklyn, New York, U.S.A.

Dr. J. E. de Vrij, the Hague.

Professor E. S. Wayne, Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 347

MEMBERS EESIDING ABROAD.

Abraham, Mr. J. S., George Street, Sydney, N.S.W.
Ambrosse, Mr. J. D. L., Corner of M'Gill and Notre Dame Streets,
Montreal, Canada (Year-Books, per enclosure, Messrs. J. Campbell &
Son, St. Bride Street, B.C., to Mr. W. Drysdale, Montreal).
Alexander, Mr. J. L., Bathurst, New South Wales.
Allen, Mr. C, 532, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book per

Messrs. Maw, Son, & Thompson.)
Atkinson, Mr. S., 18, Trinita di Monti, Kome (viii Belgium).
Baker, Mr. G. S., Geneva.
Baldwin, Mr. A. H., The Fort, Bombay (Year-Book, etc., to W.

Colclough, Esq., 38a, King William Street, E.G.
Beynon, Mr. E., Bycnlla, Bombay (care of G. Brownen, F.C.S., 143,

New Bond Street, W.).
Booth, Mr. C. W., 532, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book

per Messrs. Maw, Son, & Thompson.)
Brera, Mr. B., 16, Via Stella, Milan, Italy.
Browne, Mr. M., Alfred Hospital, Melbourne, Australia.
Bellemey, Mr. R. T., Warwick, Queensland (Year-Book, to Mr. Moses

Ward, Druggist, Queen's Street, Brisbane).
Burrell, Mr. J. C, 252, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book to
Messrs. A. S. Hill, 10, Southwark Street, S.E. ; for enclosure to
Mr. Senior, 252, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W.).
Butterworth, Mr. H., Bathurst, New South Wales.
Carter, Mr. A., 532, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book per

Messrs. Maw, Son, & Thompson.)
Catford, Mr. J. P. (Senor Don .lose D. Moron, Chemist), Arequipa,

Peru (Letters, etc., Messrs. Sawers & Woodgates, Liverpool).
Clark, Mr. W. L., Shanghai (Year-Book, etc., to Norton Villa, Midsomer

Norton, Bath).
Cleave, Mr. S. W., Shanghai (Letters, etc., to Messrs. Maw, Son, &

Thompson).
Collins, J., F.B.S., Raffles' Museum, Singapore.
Cox, Mr. S., West-End Dispensary, Cape Town.
D'Albites, Mr. H. A., 532, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book

per Messrs. Maw, Son, & Thompson.)
Daji, Mr. Narayan (G.G.M.C., Bombay). Care of G. Brownen, F.C.S.,

143, New Bond Street, W,
Dymock, W., M.D., Bombay.

Eames, Mr. W. D., Regent Street, Sydney, N.S.W.
Egan, Mr. Miles, Hyde Park Terrace, Sydney, N.S.W.
English, Mr. J., (Messrs. Kempthorne, Prosser, & Co., Dunedin, New

Zealand).
Finch, Mr. C. C, 216, Paramatta Street, Sydney, N.S.W.
Fitzgibbon, Mr. J. H., Fortitude Valley, Brisbane (Year-Book, care of

Mr. Moses Ward, Druggist, Queen's Street, Brisbane).
Gopal, Mr. Pandurang (G.G.M.C., Byculla, Bombay). Care of G.

Brownen, F.C.S. , 143, New Bond Street, W.
Grayson, Mr. F., 149, Via Frattina, Rome.
Green, Mr. G. E., 11, Malop Street, Geelong, Australia.
Griffiths, Mr. H. W., 145, Main Street, Cambridge Port, Massachusetts,

U.S.A. (Year-Book to Mr. Morris, 3a, Victoria Street, Merthyr).
Groves, Mr. H., 15, Via Borgognissanti, Florence (Letters, etc., to Mr.
T. B. Groves, Weymouth).

348 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Hallavrell, Mr. T., Rio Grande de Sul, Brazil (Letters, etc., to 10, College

Lane, Liverpool.)
Hamilton, Mr. J., Recent Street, Sydney, N.S.W.
Hortou, Mr. R., 252, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book to

Messrs. A. S. Hill & Co., 101, Southwark Street, S.E. ; for enclosure

to Mr. Senior, 252, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W.).
Hughes, Mr. J., Corner of Elizabeth and Devonshire Streets, Sydney,

N. S.W.
Hustwick, Mr. T. H., Blenheim, New Zealand.
Jackson, Dr. H. W., Svdnev, New South Wales.
Jackson, Mr. W. H., 252, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book

to Messrs. A. S. Hill & Co., 101, Southwark Street ; for enclosure to

Mr. Senior, 252, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W.).
Jenkins, T. E., M.D., corner Third and Walnut Streets, Louisville,

Kentucky, U.S.A.
Kemp, Mr. D. S., 5, Elphinstone Circle, Bombay (Letters, etc., to Mr.

W. B. Davis, 106, Leadenhall Street, E.C.).
Kinch, E., F.C.S., Agricultural College, Home Department, Tokio,

Japan.
Leslie, Mr. J., Port Elizabeth, Cape of Good Hope.
Long, Mr. M. H., Sydney, New South Whales.
Luscombe, Mr. R, J., Muswellbrook, N.S.W.
Mclntyre, Mr. E., 874, Broadway, New York.
Mercer, Mr. N., Notre Dame Street, Montreal
Meyler, Henry, M.D. , Winchelsea, Victoria, Australia.
Mills, Mr. W.", Sydney, N.S.W. (Letters, etc., to Mr. G. Harvie, Princes

Street, Helensburgh).
Morel, Dr. J., 1, Rue Courte des Violettes, Gand, Belgium.
Osley, Mr. H. L., Palermo (Letters, &c., to Mr. C. S. OKley, Calder

Farm, Mirfield, Yorks).
Parker, Mr. J., jun., Anson Street, Orange, N.S.W.
Pedler, Prof. A., l-la, Sudder Street, Chowringhee Road, Calcutta.
Petit, Monsieur A., Rue Favart, 8, Paris.
Penney, Mr. H, , Paramatta Street, Sydney, N.S.W.
Plimnier, Mr. W. T., L.H.C.L., Fort, Bombay (Letters, etc., to Messrs.

Treacher & Co., 38a, King William Street, *E.C.
Pollard, Mr. W. H. (Messrs. Symes &: Co., Simla, India).
Pond, Mr. J. A., 63, Queen Street, Auckland, New Zealand (Letters, etc.,

to Mr. Pond, New Park Road, Brixton Hill, S.W.).
Potts, Mr. H. W., Brisbane (Year-Book, care of Mr. Moses Ward,

Druggist, Queen's Street, Brisbane).
Power, Mr. J. B., Brisbane (Year-Book, care of Mr. Moses Ward,

Druggist, Queen's Street, Brisbane).
Pratt, Mr. W., 519, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Letters, etc., to

Messrs. Maw, Sou, & Thompson.
Purcell, Mr. T. F., 532, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book,

per Messrs. Maw, Son, & Thompson).
Kammell, Mr. E. (Messrs. Treacher & Co. , Bombay), Letters, etc. , to

38a, King William Street, E.C.
Eeeler, Mr. J. W., 36, Adderley Street, Cape Town (Year-Book to Messrs.

Burgoyne, Burbidge, & Co., for enclosure).
Richardson, Mr. R., 252, George Street, Sydney (Year-Book to Messrs.

A. J. Hill & Son, 101, Southwark Street, S.E. ; for enclosure to Mr.

F. Senior, 252, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W.).
Rogers, Mr. H. (Messrs. Rogers & Co.), Bombay.
Row, Mr. Warren Elfe, Balmain, Sydney, N.S.W. (Letters, etc., to

Messrs. Johnson & Archer, 147, Fenchurch Street.)
Ruttonjc-e, Mr. Horrausjee, Bombay (Letters, Messrs. J. Mackinlay &

Co., 29, St. Vincent Place, Glasgow). For address to which to send

Year-Book write M. & Co., annually.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 349

Sadler, Mr. H. W., 226, William Street, Sydney, N.S.W.

Samuel, Mr. J. B., Mussoorie, India (Letters, etc., to Messrs. Allen &

Hanburys, Plough Court, E.G.)
Saunders, Mr. E. C. , 281, Maine Street, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A.
Sequiera, Mr. E. C, Rio Grande de Sul, Brazil (Letters, etc., to

Mr. J. C. Sequiera, Hawthorn Terrace, Pendleton, Manchester).
Smith, Dr. J., Livei'pool Asylum, N.S.W. (Letters, etc., to Messrs.

Lonf;mans, Green, Ryder & Co., 30, Paternoster Row).
Speechley, Mr. E., Karachi (Mr. J. D. Adcock, Alcester).
Spooner, Mr. F., 259, Pitt Street, Sydney, N.S.W.
Stapleton, Mr. Thos., Paramatta, N.S.W. (Year-Book to be sent to

Messrs. Burgoyne & Burbidges; for enclosui-e to Mr. N. Weekes).
Tavlor, Mr. A. M., 5, Rampart Row, Bombay (Yeai'-Book to Messrs.

Aldridge & Co., Leadenhall Street, E.G.).
Tavlor, Mr. W.G. (G.G.M.G., Fort, Bombay), careof G. Brownen, F.C.S.,

143, New Bond Street, W.
Thibon, Blons. Denis, 6, Rue de Pont Neuf, Nice, France.
Thompson, Mr. G. B., 17, Court Street, Buffalo, U.S.A.
Thompson, Mr. G. B., 5, Rampart Row, Bombay (Year-Book to Messrs.

Aldridge & Co., Leadenhall Street, E.G.
Turner, Mr. J. C., 532, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book

per Messrs. Maw, Son, & Thompson.
Verge, Prof. C., M.D., Leval University, Quebec.
Ward, Mr. M., Queen Street, Brisbane, Queensland.
Watkins, Mr. R., Timarn, Canterburv, New Zealand (Letters, etc., to

Mr. J. Wade, 194, Warwick Street," Pimlico, S.W.).
Watson, Mr. S., Calcutta (Year-Book to G. Brownen, F.C.S., 143, New

Bond Street, W.).
Watts, Mr. A. J., 532, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book

per Messrs. Maw, Son, & Thompson.
Weekes, Mr. N., 219, Pitt Street, Sydney, N.S.W.
Whitford, Mr. H. F., Grafton, Sydney, N.S.W.
Wills, J. L.. F.G.S., Piedimielera, Val d'Ossola, Italy.
Wiltshire, T. P., F.G.S., Room 8, 271, Broadway, New York.
Wood, C. H., F.C.S., Government Cinchona Plantations, Rnngbee,
near Dai^feeling and Calcutta, India (Letters, etc. , to Mr. Baldock, 3,
High Street, S. Norwood, S.E.).
Woodward, C. M., M.D., Chicago Street, Tecumseh, Michigan, U.S.A.
Woolcott, Mr. H. W., Paramatta, N.S.W. (Year-Book to be sent to

Messrs. Burgoyne & Burbidges ; for enclosure to Mr. N. Weekes.
Wright, Mr. G. E., Hill End, N.S.W. (Lettere, Year-Book, etc., to be
sent to address of H. Butterworth, care of Lynch & Co., 171a, Alders-
gate Street, E.G.).
Zambeletti, Sig. L., 5, Piazza San Carlo, Milan, Italy.

NOTICE.

Members iv'dl please report any inaccuracies in these lists
to

Pkofessor Attfibld, Hon. Gen. Sec,

17, Bloomsbu7-i/ Square,

Lraclon, W.G.

350 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

For Alphabetical List of Towns, see page 391.|

Abbott, Mr. J., 145, Woodhouse Lane, Leeds,

Abraham, Mr. J. , 87, Bold Street, Liverpool.

Abram, Mr. F. W., Market Place, East Dereham, Norfolk.

Ackerman, Mr. T., 39, Redcliff Hill, Bristol.

Adam, Mr. T., 440, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow.

Adams, Mr. A. A., Woolston, Southampton.

Adams, Mr. F., Stoke-on-Trent.

Adams, Mr. J. H., Stoke-on-Trent.

Adams, Mr. R. W., Park Place, Dover.

Adlingtou, Mr. W. B., 6, Weymouth Street, Portland Plac«, W.

Agar, Mr. W. , Westgate, Mansfield.

Ainslie, Mr. W., 58, George Street, Edinburgh.

Aitken, Mr. J., 44, Broughton Street, Edinburgh.

Aitken, Mr. R., 338, Oxford Street, W.

Alcock, Mr. H., Market Street, Tunstall, Staffs.

Alexander, Mr. J., 81, Athol Street, Liverpool.

AUanson, Mr. C, Montpelier Parade, Low Harrogate,

Allatt, Mr. F. T., Frizington.

Allchin, Mr. A., England House, Primrose Hill Road, N.W,

Allen, A. H., F.C.S^, 1, Surrev Street, Sheffield.

Allen, C. A., M.D., M.R.C.S.L., L.M., L.A.H., 52, South Richmond

Street, Dublin.
Allen, Mr. W. H., 108, Patrick Street, Cork,
Allen, Mr. W. H., 3, Liverpool Terrace, Canning Town, Essex.
Allis, Mr. F., 137, High Street, Tewkesbury.
Allison, Mr. E., 13, Blanket Row, Hull.
Amoore, Mr. A. S., 173, Sloane Street, S,W.
Amos, Mr. D., 1, Parade, Canterbury.
Amyot, T. E., F.R.C.S., Diss.
Anderson, Mr. A. B., 38, Princes Street, Dundee.
Anderson, Mr. D. S., Forfar, N.B.
Anderson, Mr. E. H., Denny, Stirlingshire.
Anderson, Mr. H. D., Park House, Guernsey.
Andrews, Mr. F., 23, Leinster Terrace, W,
Anholm, Dr, A., 11, Smeaton Street, Hull.
Appleby, Mr. C. , Market Place, East Retford.
Appleby, Mr. E. J., 8, Argyle Street, Bath.
Applegate, Mr. E., 5, Hercules Terrace, Holloway Road, N.
Appleyard, Mr. R., 50, Park Lane, Bradford.
Arblaster, Mr. C. J., 40a, New Street, Birmingham.
Archbold, Dr. G., Messrs. Hill & Underwood, Norwich,
Archer, Mr. A., Ridge way, near Chesterfield.
Archer, Mr. J., Lechlade, Gloucestershire.
Archer, Mr. J. S., Guiseley, Leeds,

Archer, Prof. T. C, Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh,
Archibald, Mr. G. T.,56, Low Church Street, Workington.
Armitage, Mr. E. H., Dartford.

Armitage, Mr. G., 30, Hamilton Street, Greenock, N.B.
Armstrong, Prof., H, E,, F,R.S., London Institution, Finsbury Circus,

E.C,
Armstrong, Mr. J., Newgate Street, Bishop Auckland,
Arnold, Mr. S., Mount Ephraim, Tunbridge Wells.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 351

Arnold, Mr. A., Commercial Arcade, Guernsey.

Arundel, Mr. M. H., 9, Mildmay Park, N.

Ashton, Mr. W., 36, Sloane Square, Chelsea, S.W.

Ashton, Mr. W. , 77, Lord Street, Southport, Lancashire.

Ashworth, Mr. T., Brierfield-in-little-Marsden, near Burnley, Lanes.

Aspinall, Mr. J., Whitworth, near Rochdale.

Asquith, Mr. W. C, Market Street, Colne.

Astin, Mr. E., 114, Abbey Street, Accrington.

Astley, Mr. J., 4, Broadgate, Coventry.

Atherton.J. H., F.C.S., Nottingham,

Atkins, Mr. S. R., Market Place, Sahsbury.

Atkins, Mr. T. W., High Street, Poole, Dorset.

Atkins, Mr. W. R., The Mount, Elm Grove, Salisbury.

Atkins, Mr. W. S., 106, Broad Street, Birmingham.

Atkinson, Mr. J., Tynemouth, Northumberland.

Atkinson, Mr. L., 121, Greenwich Road, S.E.

Atmore, Mr. G., High Street, King's Lynn, Norfolk.

Attenborough, Mr. H. R., Address unknown.

Attfield, Prof. J., Ph.D., F.C.S., 17, Bloomsbury Square, "W.C.

Attwood, Mr. A., 147, Cannon Street, E.C.

Ault, Mr. J., Eastwood, Notts.

Austin, Mr. H. F., 126, Bermondsey Street, S.E,

Babtie, Mr. J., Dumbarton.

Backhouse, Mr. H. N., 76, New Bond Street, W.

Bagnall, Mr. W. H., 7, New Street, Lancaster.

Bagshaw, Mr. W., 37, Terrace Buildings, Yorkshire Street, Oldham.

Baigent, Mr. W. H., Chfton Road, Shefford, Beds.

Baildon, Mr. H. B., 73, Princes Street, Edinburgh.

BaHdon, Mr. H. C, 73, Princes Street, Edinburgh.

Bailey, Mr. J. B., 9, Coley Hill, Reading.

Bailey, Mr. J. H., 3, Morniugton Terrace, Wanstead, E.

Bailey, Mr. J. T., Thornton, near Bradford.

Bailey, Mr. W. , Horseley Fields Chemical Works, Wolverhampton.

Baily, Mr. J., 1.56, Clapham Road, S.W.

Baine, Mr. J. A., 9, West Blackball Street, Greenock.

Baker, Mr. C. P., High Street, Chelmsford.

Baker, Mr. F. , Harnet Street, Sandwich.

Baker, Mr. G., High Street, Cosham, Hants.

Baker, Mr. P. C, Magdalen Street, Norwich.

Baker, W., F.C.S., 46, High Street, Sheffield.

Balch, Mr. E., 25, Queen Street, Ramsgate.

Balchin, Mr. E. S., 135, Penton Place, Newington Butts, S.E.

Balcomb, Mr. J., 10, Suffolk Parade, Cheltenham.

Baldock, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., 3, High Street, South Norwood, S.E.

BalkwiU, Mr. A. P., 106, Old Town Street, Plymouth.

Ball, A., M.R.C.S., St. Leonards, York.

Ball, Mr. E., 1, Spring Gardens, Buxton.

Ball, Dr. T., Belfast.

Ball, Mr. W., 65, Russell Street, Landport.

Balls, Mr. G., 189, High Street, Deptford, S.E.

Baly, Mr. J., 40, High Street, Warwick.

Bamford, Mr. J. W., 37, Cronkeyshaw Road, Rochdale.

Bancks, Mr. A., Guisbro', Yorks.

Banfield, Mr. H. W., 5, Lower Clapton Road, E.

Bannerman, Mr. C. A., Market Square, Lytham, Lanes.

Bannister, R., F.C.S., F.R.M.S., Inland Revenue Laboratory, Somerset

House, W.C.
Bannister, Mr. W., 108, Patrick Street, Cork.
Barber, Mr. G., 27, Botanic Road, Liverpool.

352 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAIi CONFERENCE.

Barclay, Mr. T., 17, Bull Street, Birmingham.

Barker, Mr. C. D., 51, Wliite Ladies' Road. Cliftou, Bristol.

Barker, Mr. R., 2, Meadow Place, Mold, Flint.

Barker, Mr. W. R., 143, New Bond Sti-eet, W.

Barnard, Mr. J., 338, Oxford Street, W.

Barnes, Mr. B.. 57, St. Peter's Street, Derby.

Barnes, J. B., F.C.S., 1, Trevor Terrace, Princes Gate, W.

Barnett, I\Ir. A., 5, The Colonnade, Buxton, Derbyshire.

Barnitt, Mr. F., Old Bond Street, Bath.

Barnitt, Mr. J., 8G, The Parade, Leamington.

Barr, Mr. R., Gourock, N.B.

Barraclough, Mr. T., Roscoe Terrace, Chapcltown Road, Leeds.

Barret, Mr. E. L., 53, Springfield Road, St. John's Wood, N.W.

Barrett, F. J., F.C.S., Messrs. Wyley's & Co., Coventry.

Barrett, Mr. T. G., Church Street, Ilchester.

Barron, Mr. F., 1, Bush Lane, E.C.

Barron, Mr. W., 37, Winchcomb Street, Cheltenham.

Bartle, Mr. W. F., il, Blackfriars Road, S.E.

Barton, Mr. A., Campbeltown, Argyleshire.

Barton, Mr. A. F. G., 115, Edge Lane, Liverpool.

Barton, Mr. H. E., High Street, Kenilworth.

Barton, Mr. H., 77, King's Road, Brighton.

Barton, Mr. S. W., Nevill Street, Southport.

Bascombe, Mr. F., 172, New Bond Street, W.

Bassett, Mr. C, Taff Street, Pontypridd.

Batchelor, Mr. C, 90, West Street, Fareham, Hants.

Bateman, Mr. T. H., 5, The Pavement, Forest Hill, S.E,

Bates, Mr. J., 214, High Street, Deritend, Birmingham.

Bates, Mr. J., Wellington, Salop.

Bates, Mr. W. I., 116, Mill Street, Macclesfield.

Bateson, Mr. T., 23, Stricklandgate, Kendal.

Bathe, Mr. R. S., 7, Lower Terrace, Notting Hill, W.

Bathgate, Mr.- W. L., 23, Canning Place, Liverpool.

Battersby, Mr. S., Cheapside, Lancaster.

Batting, "Mr. T. G., 98, The New Parade, Calveriey Road, Tunbridge

Wells.
Baxter, Mr. G., 13, Foregate Street, Chester.
Bayley, Mr. G. H., 12, Victoria Road, Saltaire, near Leeds.
Bayley, Mr. J. T., Brownhills, near Walsall.

Baynes, J., F.C.S., Laboratory, Royal Chambers, Scale Lane, Hull.
Beach, Mr. J., Bridport.
Beal, Mr. E. J., Ilford.

Beamish, Mr. G. P., Ditchley, Little Island, Cork.
Beanland, Mr. S., 11, Arctic Parade, Great Horton, Bradford, Yorks.
Beardslev, Mr. J., Nottinghanr.

Beaumout, Mr. C. F. J. B., 1, High Street, Chislehurst, S.E.
Beetham, Mr. M. , 7, Promenade Villas, Cheltenham.
Belfield, Mr. W., 267, Stamford Street, Ashton-under-Lyne.
Bell, Mr. C. B., 6, Spring Bank, Hull.
Bell, Mr. F.. 36, Tvrrel Street, Bradford.
Bell, Mr. F. E., Tow Law.

Bell, Mr. F. R., Sussex Street, Middlesboro-on-Tees.
Bell, Mr. G., Market Place, Hexham.
Bell, Mr. J. A., Ashton, near Preston.
Bell, Mr. R. E., 161, East Street, Walworth, S.E.
Bell, Mr. T., Ambleside.

Bell, Mr. W., Victoria Villa, Padford Road, Leamington.
Bell, Mr. W. H., 96, Albany Street, N.W.
Bellamy, Mr. R., Bedale.
Bellerby, Mr. M., 25, Shield Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 3o3

Beuger, F. B., F.C.S., 7, Exchange Street, Manchester.
Bennet, Mr. J. D., Address unknown.
Bennett, Mr. G., 10, Bridge Street, York.
Bennett, Mr. H., 112, Upper George Street, Kingstown.
Bennett, Mr. J., 14, Waterloo Road, Widnes, near Warrington.
Bennett, Mr. R., 3, Kin? Street, Sheffield.
Bennett, Mr. S., TunstiU, North Staffs.

Benson, J. L.. Ph.D., 115, West Parade, off Spring Bank, Hull.
Bentlev, Prof. R., F.L.S., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.
Bernays, Dr. A. J., F.C.S., St. Thomas's Hospital, S.E.
Berry, Mr. E., Tlie Cross, Gloucester.
Berry, Mr. T., 189, Henshaw Street, Oldham.
Berry, Mr. W., 15, Albert Villas, Gotham, Bristol.
Best, T. F., F.C.S., 66, Aldersgate Street, E.G.
Betty, Mr. S. G., 1, Park Street, Gamden Town, N.W.
Bevan, Mr. G. F., Church Street, Harwich.
Bibbings, Mr. J. H., Aqua Villa, Manning's Hill, Newton Abbot.
Bickerdike, W. E., F.C.S., Surbiton Place, Preston New Road, Black-
burn.
Bicknell, Mr. W., 97, Ebury Street, Pimlico, S.W.
Biddiscombe, Mr. G., 60, St. James's Place, Plumstead, S.E.
Bienvenu, Mr. J., Southampton.
Biffin, Mr. T., 156, Clapham Road, S.W.
Billing, Mr. T., 86, King's Road, Brighton.
Billington, Mr. F., 127, Wavertree Road, Liverpool.
Bindloss, Mr. G. F., 97, Leighton Road, N.W.
Bing, Mr. E., 41, George's Street, Canterbury.
Bingley, Mr. J., Northampton.
Binnie, Mr. R., 1.37, High Street, Dumbarton, N.B.
Birch, Mr. H. C, 7, Church Road, Upper Norwood, S.E.
Bird, Mr. A., Wood Lane, Shepherd's Bush, W.
Bird, Mr. W. L., 10, Alexandra Villas, Uxbridge Road, Acton, W.
Birkett, Mr. J., 16, The Crescent, Morecambe, Lanes.
Bishop, Mr. A., Specksfields, Booth Street, E.
Bishop, Mr. W. B., Specksfields, Booth Street, E.
Bishop, Mr. W. M., 233, High Street, Lincoln.
Blabey, Mr. J. J., AUerton Road, Woolton, near Liyeq^ool.
Black, Mr. J., 7, Bothwell Circus, Glasgow.
Blackhurst, Mr. W. S., Poulton Street, Kirkham.
Blackshaw, Mr. T., 35, Market Place, Burslem.
Blades, Mr. F.. 10, Gloucester Road, W.
Bladon, Mr. W. G., Blackmore House, Malvern Wells.
Blagmire, Mr. T. C, 2, St. Ann's Square, Manchester.
Blain, Mr. A. H., 341, Upper Parliament Street, Liverpool.
Blain, Mr. W., Market Street, Bolton.
Blair, Mr. R. P., 230, South Street, Perth.
Bland, Mr. H.. 33, Newborough Street, Scarborough.
Bland, Mr. J. H., 75, High Street, Stourbridge.
Blankley, Mr. W., Arnold, Nottingham.
Blanshard, Mr. G., Smith's Place, Edinburgh.
Blatchley, Mr. T., Yeadon, Yorks.
Blelock, Mr. G. J., Bridge Street, Chester.
Bletsoe, Mr. .!., 124, Southampton Row, W.C.
Blood, Mr. C, Formbv, Lancashire.
Bluett, Mr. W. R., 237, Amherst Road, Hackney, E.
Blyton, Mr. .J., 43, Heywood Street, Cheetham, Manchester.
Bolam, Mr. J., 38, Northumberland Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Bollans, Mr. E., Leamington.
Bolton. Mr. C. A.. 1. Goosegate, Nottingham.
Bond, J. K., B.A., F.L.S., 42, Park Street, Plymouth.

A A

354 BRITISH PHABMACEDTICAL CONFERENCE.

Boor, Mr. F., Fallowfield, Manchester.

Boorue, Mr. C, Union Street, Bristol.

Booth, Mr. J., 5, Darwen Street, Blackburn.

Booth, Mr. J., Elmfield, Rochdale.

Booth, Mr. J., Heckmondwike.

Booth, Mr. R., Parhament Row, Hanley.

Booth, Mr. W. G., 30, Swan Street, Manchester.

Booth, W. H., M.R.C.S., St. James's Street, Sheffield.

Borland, Mr. J., 7, King Street, Kilmarnock.

Bordass, Mr. J., Market Place, Driffield, Yorks.

Borthwick, Mr. A. J., Market Place, Selkirk.

Borrett, Mr. H., Harleston, Norfolk.

Bostock, Mr. W., Sylvester House, Ashton-onder-Lyne.

Botham, Mr. G., Medical Hall, Levenshulme.

Botham, Mr. J., 180, Bury New Road, Manchester.

Botham, Mr. W., 19, Old Haymarket, Sheffield.

Bottle, A., F.C.S., Townwall Street, Dover.

Bottrill. Mr. G. T., 208, Freeman Street, Grimsby, Lines.

Boucher, Mr. J., Union Street, Bristol.

Bourdas, Mr. I., 7, Pont Street, S.AV.

Bourdas, Mr. I., jun., 48, Belgrave Road, S.W.

Bowden, Mr. W., 76, Liverpool Road, Patricroft, Lancashire.

Bowker, Mr. W. , 20, Manor Street, Bolton.

Bowles, Mr. W. J., 3, Newland Terrace, Kensington Road, W.

Bowling, Mr. J. H., 1, Dimond Street, Pembroke Dock.

Boyce, Mr. G., Chertsey.

Bovce, Mr. J. P., Peascod Street, Windsor.

Braby, F., F.C.S., F.G.S., M.R.I., Mount Henley, Sydenham Hill, S.E.

Braddock, Mr. H., 33, Queen's Road, Oldham.

Bradley, Mr. F., 17, Cross Street, Shepherdess Walk, N.

Bradley, Mr. T. D., 2, Allestree Villas, Derwent Grove, Dulwich, S.E.

Bradshaw, Mr. J. , Adlington, near Chorley, Lancashire.

Brady, Mr. A., 29, Mosley Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Bradv. H. B., F.R.S., 29, Mosley Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Braithwaite, Sir. J. C, 38, Gloucester Street, N.W.

Branson, Mr. F. W. , 1, Eversfield Place, St. Leonard"s-on-Sea.

Bravshay, Mr. T., 38, High Street, Stockton-on-Tees.

Brayshay, Mr. W. B., 38, High Street, Stockton-on-Tees.

Brearey, Mr. W. A., Prospect Hill, Douglas, Isle of Man.

Breeze, Mr. G., 36, Catherine Street, Devonport.

Bremner, Mr. J., Buckie, Banffshire, N.B.

Bremridge, Mr. R. , 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.

Brevitt, Mr. W. Y., Darlington Street, Wolverhampton.

Brewster, Mr. W., Market Place, Kingston-on-Thames.

Bridgmau, Mr. W. L., St. Mary Church, Torquay.

Brierley, Mr. J., 23, Bridge Street, Burton-on-Trent.

Bright, Mr. R., 29, Broad Bridge Street, Peterboro.

Brightmore, Mr. W., 237, Maida Vale, W.

Broad, Mr. J., Rise House, Hornsey Rise, N.

Broad, Mr. J. M., Rise House, Hornsey Rise, N.

Brockbank, Mr. E.. Settle.

Brockett, Mr. R. H., 41, Northumberland Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Brodie, Mr. R., 253, Crown Street, Glasgow.

Brook, Mr. R., 11, Silver Street, Halifax.

Brooke, Mr. C, 5a, Walcot Street, Bath.

Brooke, Mr. T., Aire Street, Leeds.

Brookes, Mr. F. J.

Brooks, Mr. C, 355, Wandsworth Road, S.W.

Broom, Mr. G., Llanelly, Carmarthenshire.

Broughton, Mr. A., 99, Meadow Lane, Leeds.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 355

Brown, Mr. A. H., Slianklin, I. of W.

Brown, Mr. A. J., 55, Trafalgar Terrace, Greenwich, S.E.

Brown, Mr. D., 93, Abbey Hill, Edinburgh.

Brown, Mr. E., 66, Woodhouse Lane, Leeds.

Brown, Mr. E. \V., Thrapstone, Northamptonshire.

Brown, Mr. G., Sandown, Isle of Wight.

Brown, Mr. G. B., 48, Church Street, Sheffield.

Brown, Mr. H., 40, Aldersgate Street, E.G.

Brown, Mr. H. F., 3, Princess Road, South Norwood, S.E.

Brown, Mr. J., 187, Mill Street, Great Ancoats, Manchester.

Brown, Mr. J. F., 4, Market Square, Dover.

Brown, Mr. R. D., Loose Hill, Loose, near Maidstone, Kent.

Brown, Mr. W. B., 100, Fishergate, Preston, Lanes.

Brown, Mr. W. S., 113, Market Street, Manchester.

Brown, BIr. W. H., 83, Tyne Street, North Shields.

Browueu, G., F.C.S., 6, Althorpe Road, Wandsworth Common, London,

S.W.
Bryant, Mr. R. W., Alford, Lines.
Buchanan, Mr. J., 52, North Bridge, Edinburgh.
Buchanan, Dr. T. D., 24, Westminster Terrace, Glasgow.
Buck, Mr. J. M., 179, Bedford Street South, Liverpool.
Buck, Mr. R. C, 192, Breck Road, Liverpool.
Buckett, Mr. A. H., 16, Market Place, Penzance, Cornwall.
Buckle, Mr. C. F., 77, Gray's Inn Road, W.C.
Buckley, Mr. R. C, Todmorden.
Bulgiu, Mr. W., New Koad, Gravesend.
Bull, Mr. B., High Street, Royston, Herts.
BuUen, Mr. T., 13, Hereford Road, Bayswater, W.
Bullock, Mr. F., 5, Hawkhurst Terrace, Anerley Road, Auerley.
Bullock, J. L., F.C.S., 3, Hanover Street, W.
Bulmer, Mr. T. P., 4, Low-Ousegate, York.
Burch, Mr. W., High Street, West Bromwich.
Burden, Mr. E. M., 38, Duke Street, Grosveno; Square, W.
Burdon, Mr. J., Claypath, Durham.
Burdwood, Mr. J., 30, Frankfort Street, Plymouth.
Burgess, Mr. R., Winsford, Cheshire.
Burkinshaw, Mr. W. T., Belper, Derbyshire.
Burlinson, Mr. T., Central Hall, Sunderland.
Burn, Mr. D. H., High Street, Arbroath.
Burns, Mr. W., 109, High Street, Ayr, N.B.
Bun-ell, Mr. G., 116, High Street, Montrose.
Burrows, Mr. H. C.,29, Leadenhall Street, Leicester.
Burt, Mr. G. E., 76, York Place, Westminster, S.W.
Burt, Mr. J., 61, Montague Street, Worthing.
Burton, Mr. J. D., 397, Cambridge Road, E.
Burton, Mr. S., 10^, High Cross Street, Leicester.
Bury, Mr. J., 9, King Street, Manchester.
Busby, Mr. H. H., 1, High Street, Dulwich Road, Penge, S.E.
Busby, Mr. J., Harpenden, Herts.
Bush, Mr. T., Paulton, near Bristol.
Bushby, Mr. T.. 41, Stockport Road, Manchester.
Butler, Mr. E. H., Humberstone Gate, Leicester.
Butler, Mr. J., jun.. Great Bridge, Tipton.
Butt, E. N., F.C.S., 13, Curzon Street, VV.
Butterworth, Mr. A., 37, Wakefield Road, Bradford, Yorks.

Caley, Mr. A. J., Bedford Street. Norwich.
Callaway, Mr. L., Ipswich.

Calvert, Mr. R., Market Cross, Stokesley, Yorks.
Campbell, Mr. G. W., Commercial Square, Leyburn.

)5G BRITISH PHARMACEDTICAL CONFERENCE.

Campbell, Mr. J., 127, Main Street, Glasgow.

Canning, Mr. W., Great Hampton Street, Birmingham.

Cardwell, Mr. E., Market Street, Lancaster.

Cardwell, Mr. E. (Mr. Lang, Kirkdale, Sydenham, S.E.)

Cardwell, Mr. J., Wakefield.

Carlton, Mr. W. P., 8, High Street, Horncastle.

Carnegie, Mr. W., 108, Patrick Street, Cork.

Carr, Mr. W., 170, Wharf Street, Leicester.

Carr, Mr. W. G., High Street, Berwick-on-Tweed.

Carran, Mr. T., Peel, Isle of Man.

Carruthers, Mr. E. B., 1(5, Bradshaw St., Moss Lane East, Manchester.

Carteighe, M., F.C.S., 172, New Bond Street, W.

Carter, Mr. W., 2, Union Terrace, Cheetham Hill, Manchester.

Cartwright, Mr. W., Ironmarket, Newcastle-under-Lyne.

Cassels, Mr. T., Bloomgate, Lanark, N.B.

Caunt, Mr. W. F., Penny's Lane, Northwich.

Caw, Mr. J., Cupar, Fife", N.B.

Cawdell, Mr. G., 12, London Street, Hyde Park, W.

Challice, Mr. W. G. W., 34, Villiers Street, Strand, W.C.

Challinor, Mr. M., 25, Market Street, Bolton.

Challinor, Mr. S. M., 35, Deansgate, IBolton.

Chamberlain, Mr. W., Downton, near Salisbury, Wilts.

Chambers, Mr. J., Eastwood, Notts.

Chaplin, Mr. J. L., Cornmarket, Wakefield, Yorks.

Chapman, Mr. H., Marine House, Clevedou.

Chapman, Mr. R. J., Chipping Ongar, Essex.

Charity, Mr. W., 50, Lime Street, E.G.

Chater, Mr. E. M., 129, High Street, Watford.

Cheese, Mr. H., Coleford, Gloucestershire.

Chellew, Mr. W. D., 79, Lord Street, Livei-pool.

Chessall, Mr. R., Fore Street, Sidmouth.

Cheverton, G., F.C.S., The Broadway, Tunbridge Wells.

Chifney, G. J., F.C.S., High Street, Mildenhall, Suffolk.

Chignell, Mr. A., Havant, Hants.

Chipperfield, Mr. R. , 50, Oxford Street, Southampton.

Chrispin, W., F.C.S., Villa Place, Thirsk, Yorkshire.

Church, Prof. A. H., M.A., F.C.S., The Laboratory, Royal Agricultural

College, Cirencester.
Church, Mr. H. J., Cambridge.
Church, Mr. J., 193, Brixton Road, S.W.
Churchill, Mr. H., 1, High Street, Lower Norwood, S.E.
Churchouse, Mr. W. B., Medical Hall, Chard.
Clapham, Mr. J., Wade Lane, Leeds.

Clapham, Mr. J. W., junr.. Oak House, Meamwood Road, Leeds.
Clapp, Mr. E. F., 35, Church Street, Stoke Newington, N.
Clarabut, Mr. J. B., 170, Lower Street, Deal.
Clark, Mr. E., Market Street, Lancaster.
Clark, Mr. J., Melbourne Terrace, York.
Clark, Mr. J., Portsoy, Banffshire, N.B.

Clark, Mr. J. A., 11, Duncan Place, London Fields, Hackney, E.
Clark, Mr. J. W., Belvoir Street, Leicester.
Clark, Mr. R. J., 77, Old Town Street, Plymouth.
Clark, Mr. S. P., Cambusland, N.B.
Clark, Mr. W. G., 14, Commercial Street, Leeds.
Clarke, Mr. A. H., Crown Hill, Croydon.
Clarke, Mr. G. B., 3, High Street, Woburn.
Clarke, Mr. I., 45, Blanket Row, Hull.
Clarke, Mr. J. A., 132, London Street, Glasgow.
Clarke, Mr. .J. T., 20, Great Clowes Street, Lower Broughton.
Clarke, Mr. R. F., 11, Strand, Torquay.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 357

Clarke, Mr. T., 19, Market Place, Stockport.

Clarke, Mr. T. M., 50, George Street, Richmond, Surrey.

Clarke, Mr. W., 153, High Street, Stocktoa-on-Tees.

Clayiiole, BIr. A. H., York Town, Farnborough Station, Surrey.

Clavton, Mr. F. C, 18, Wheeleys Lane, Birmingham.

Clayton, Mr. W., 41, Wicker, Sheffield.

Cleave, Mr. W., Chudleigh.

Cleaver, E. L., F.C. S., 1, Devonshire Ter., Marloes Road, Kensington, W.

Clews, Mr. E. J., 35, Darlington Street, Wolverhampton.

Cliflbrd, Mr. T. A., 3, Kildare Terrace, Westbourne Park, W.

Clift, Mr. E., Lee Bridge, Lewisham, S.E.

Clift, Mr. H., 25, Chilworth Street, W.

Clift, Mr. J., Dorking.

Clifton, Mr. F., 34, Corn Market, Derby.

Clifton, Mr. G. F., 45, Fleet Street, Bury, Lanes.

Glough, Mr. J., 11, High Street, Northwich.

Coates, Mr. A., King Street, Bakewell.

Coates, Mr. J. M. , 53, Clayton Street East, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Cocher, Mr. J., 3, St. James Street, Kings Lynn.

Cocking, Mr. F. J. , 10, Wellington Street, Teignmouth.

Cocks, Mr. J. L., 88, Chancery Lane, W.C.

Cocks, Mr. J. W. , 1, Madeira Place, Torquay.

Cocksedge, Mr. H. B., 20, Bucklersbury, E.C.

Cockshott, Mr. W., 32, Westgate, Bradford.

Cockton, Mr. J., High Street, Maryport.

Codd, Dr. F., 51, Duke Street, Devonport.

Coker, Mr. O. C, 95, Old Town Street, Plymouth.

Colchester, Mr. W. M., junr., 2, Grown Street, Hoxton, N.

Colclough, Mr. W., 38a, King William Street, London Bridge, E.C.

Coldwell, Mr. D. B., 86, Queen's Road, Peckham, S.E.

Cole, Mr. A. C, Lee, S.E.

Cole, Frederic A., F.C.S., 33, Saint Botolph's Street, Colchester.

Cole, Mr. J., Whittlesey, Cambs.

Coles, Mr. F., 341, Amherst Road, Stoke Newington, N.

Coles, Mr. J. C, Chippenham, Wilts.

Coles, Mr. J. W., 197, Camberwell New Road, S.E.

Colev, Mr. S. J., 57, High Street, Stroud.

Collett, Mr. C. B., 19, South Street, Exeter.

Collier. Mr. J. A., 55, James Street, Bute Dock, Cardiff.

Collins, Mr. H. G. (Mr. RuRsell's), High Street, Windsor.

Collins, Mr. T. R., 28, London Road, Lowestoft.

Coltou, Mr. T., Ousegate, Selby, Yorkshire.

Commaas, BIr. R. D., George Street, Bath.

Congreve, Mr. G. T., Rye Lane, Peckham, Surrey.

Constance, Mr. E., 114, Leadenhall Street, E.C.

Cook, Dr. E. A., F.G.S., Crosfield, Barrow & Co., 323, Vauxhall Road,

Liverpool.
Cook, R., Esplanade, Ealing, W.

Cook, Mr. R. , 28, Market Place, Great Grimsby, Lincolnshire.
Cook, Mr. T. , 52, Northgate Street, Gloucester.
Cooke, Mr. J., Waterview, Blackrock, Cork.
Cooke, Mr. P., Church Row, Wandsworth, S.W.
Cooke, Mr. W., 27, St. Giles Street, Norwich.
Cooke, Mr. W. K., 80, Argyle Street, Birkenhead.
Cooper, Mr. Albert, 80, Gloucester Road, South Kensington, S.W.
Cooper, Mr. A., 45, Market Street, Ashby-de-la-Zouch.
Cooper, Mr. F. R. , 7, Exchange Street, Manchester.
Cooper, Mr. G., 101, Fore Street, Exeter.
Cooper, Mr. H., 20, Moor Street, Soho Square, W.C.
Cooper, Mr. H. G., 24, High Street, Grantham.

J5S BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Cooper, Mr. J. N., Bromwich Grange, St. John's, Worcester.

Cooper, Mr. M., Chnrch, near AccriuRton.

Cooper, Mr. T., 44, Market Place, Leicester.

Cooper, Mr. T., 30, Walmgate, York.

Cooper, Mr. W. J., 17, Marketplace, Cockermonth.

Corder, Mr. 0., 31, London Street, Norwich.

Corfield, Mr. C, Church Street, St. Dav, Cornwall.

Corfield, Mr. T. J. T., Church Street, St. Day, Cornwall.

Cornelius, Mr. J., 11, Regent Place, Teignmouth.

Cornell, Mr. W. , 14, Tavern Street, Ijiswich.

Cornish, Mr. H. K., 24, Market Place, Penzance.

Cornish, Mr. W., 174, Western Road, Brighton.

Cortis, Mr. C, 12, South Street, Worthing, Sussex.

Cossey, Mr. J., St. John's, Maddermarket, Norwich. 3

Coswav, Mr. E. C, 19, Notting-Hill Terrace, W. I

Cotterell. Mr. W. H., 181, Snargate Street, Dover. ■

Cotton, Mr. J., Church Street, St. Helen's, Lanes.

Cottrill, Mr. G. J., Shepton Mallet.

Cottrill, Mr. J. W., 24, Park Terrace, Regent's Park, N.W.

Coulter, Mr. G., Sedbergh, near Kendal.

Count, Mr. S. , Market Place, Beccles.

Coupland, Mr. J., High Harrogate.

Courtenay, Mr. A., 5, Llanberis Terrace, Rye Croft Road, Lewisham,
S.E.

Coutts, Mr. A., Path-head, Kirkcaldy, N.B.

Coverley, Mr. E. C, 4, Thayer Street, W.

Cowan,"Prof., M.D., 159, Bath Street, Glasgow.

Cowan, W. M., F.C.S., 29, Cathcart Street, Greenock.

Cowgill, Mr. B. B., Sowerby Bridge, Yorks.

Coxon, Mr. R. J. (Mr. Robinson's), Chester-le- Street.

Cracknell, Mr. C, 217, Edgware Road, W.

Cragg, Mr. J., 52, Fenton Street, Leeds.

Craig, Mr. G., Duncanstone, Insch, Aberdeenshire.

Crampton, Mr. J., Post Office, Sawston, Cambridge.

Crarar, Mr. J., 7, High Street, Blairgowrie.

Crawley, Mr. H., 19, Phcenix Street, Somers Town, N.W.

Crawshaw, Mr. E., 15, Charterhouse Street, E.C.

Cridland, Mr. E., Stradbroke, Suffolk.

Crisp, Mr. F. A.. 270, Walworth Road, S.E.

Crispe, Mr. J., 4, Cheapside, E.C.

Cromwell, Mr. 0., Brixton Rise, S.W^

Cronshaw, Mr. C, 20, Market Street, Over Darwen.

Crook, Mr. C, East Thorpe, Mirfield, Yorks.

Cross, Mr. C, Winterton, Lincolnshire.

Cross, Mr. W. G.,juur., Mardol, Shrewsbury.

Crow, Mr. E. L., Lee Bridge, Lewisham, S.E.

Croyden, Mr. C, 45, Wigmore Street, W.

Crozier, Mr. R., Clifton Square, Lytham.

Crozier, Mr. W., 5, Grainger Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Cruickshank, Mr. J., 20, Shore, Macduff, N.B.

Cruse, Mr. T. H., Palmerston Road, Southsea.

Cryer, Mr. H., 2, Westbourne Grove, Bavswater, W.

Cublev, Mr. G. A., 4, High Street, Sheffield.

Cuff, Mr. R. C, 25, College Green, Bristol.

CuUen, Mr. R. H., 96, Westbourne Grove, Bayswater, W.

Cnllen, Mr. T., 12, St. James's Place, Paisley.

Cnnliffe, Mr. N.. 41, Crook Street, Bolton.

Cupiss, Mr. F., Diss.

Currie, Mr. J., 70, Eglinton Street, Glasgow.

Currie, Mr. J., 479, Sauchieball Street, Glaisgow.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 359

Curtis, Mr. H., 178, HiKb Street, Lewes.

Ciitcliflfe, Mr. G. J., 7, Strand, Dawlish.

Cutforth, Mr. J. D., 9, Brushfielcl Street, Bishopsgate Street, E.G.

Cuthbert, Mr. 3. M., Bedford.

Cuthbert, Mr. R., 27, Westgate, Huddersfield.

Cutting, Mr. J., 33, Bath Street, Leamington.

Cutting, Mr. T. J., Finkle Street, Selby.

Dadford, Mr. T., 33, G-old Street, Nortliamptou.
Dadley, Mr. E., 21, Carter Gate, Nottingham.
Dale, Mr. J., Cornbrook Chemical Works, Manchester.
Dale, Mr. J., 353, Park Road, Liverpool.
Dale, Mr. S., 144, High Street, Woolwich, S.E.
Dalwood, Mr. J. H., Cheap Street, Sherborne, Dorset.
Daniel, Mr. A., Oldmeldrum, Aberdeenshire, N.B.
Daniel, Mr. S., 30, Harbour Street, Ramsgate.
Daniel, Mr. W. L., 64, High Street, Merthyr.
Darby, S., F.C.S., 140, Leadenhall Street, E.G.
Darling, Mr. W. H., 126, Oxford Street, Manchester.
Darroll, Mr. W., Clun, Salop.
Darwin, Mr. G. H., Bedford Row, Birkenhead.
D'Aubney, Mr. T., 82, Shepherdess Walk, Hoxton, N.
Davenport, Mr. H., 33, Great Russell Street, W.C.
Davenport, Mr. J. T., 33, Great Russell Street, W.C.
David, Mr. J., 75, Oxford Street, Swansea.
David, Mr. S. S., Langharne, St. Clears.
Davidson, Mr. C, 205, Union Street, Aberdeen, N.B.
Davidson, Mr. F., 20, Castle Place, Belfast.
Davies, Mr. D. J., 8, Great Darkgate Street, Aberystwith.
Davies, E., F.C.S., Royal Institution, Liverpool.
Davies, Mr. J. H., Terrace Road, Aberystwith.
Davies, Mr. J. L. , Hay, Breconshire.
Davies, Mr. M. P., Tenbv.
Davies, R. H., F.C.S., 280, Goldhawk Road, W.
Davies, Mr. T., 2, Albert Bridge, Manchester.
Davis, Mr. D. F., 2, High Street, Leominster.
Davis, Mr. H., 19, Warwick Street, Leamington.
Davis, R. H., F.C.S., High Harrogate.
Davison, Mr. T., 126, Buchanan Street, Glasgow.
Davy, Mr. H., 20, High Street, Rotherham.
Dawe, Mr. J., Lower Street, Callington, Cornwall.
Dawson, Mr. J., 55, High Street, Dudley.
Dawson, Mr. 0. R., Belle Vue Road, Southampton.
Day, Mr. J., 116, Briggate, Leeds.
Davkin, Mr. K., Church Street, Ripley, Derbyshire.
Days, Mr. F., 6, Fleet Street, Dublin.
Dean, Mr. S., 320, Roman Road, Bow, E.
Deane, Mr. J., 17, The Pavement, Clapham Common, S.W.
Deck, A., F.C.S., 9, King's Parade, Cambridge.
Deering, Mr. A., 53, Meadow Road, Fentiman Road, Clapham, S.W.
Delves, Mr. G., 187, High Street, Exeter.
De Nance, Mr. W. C., 164, Dumbarton Road, Glasgow.
Dennis, Mr. J. L., Alfretou Road, Nottingham.
• Dennison, Mr. M., 222, High Street, Dudley.
Dewson, Mr. S., 90, New Street, Birmingham.
Dickie, Mr. J., 19, Struan Terrace, Victoria Road, Glasgow.
Dickins, Mr. J., 2, Commercial Buildings, Bridlington Quay.
Dinnis, Mr. J., 20, West-Hill Road, Brighton.
Ditchburn, Mr. P., Crook.
Diver, Mr. B., Isleliam, Cambridgeshire.

360 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Dixon, Mr. H., Owersbv Moor, Market Rasen.

Dixou, Mr. J., 30, Wbitefriargate, Hull.

Dixon, Mr. J., 84, Crosby Street, Marvport.

Dixou, J. B., M.D., LL.i)., D.D.S., Grove Street, South Hackney, E.

Dobbie, Mr. J., 18, New Bridge Street, Ayr, N.B.

Dobinson, Mr. T., Bishop Auckland.

Dobsou, Mr. J., 2, Side, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Dodd, Mr. W., 169, Southampton Street, Camberwell, S.E.

Dodds, Mr. G. F., Medical Hall, Kelso, Roxburjihshire, N.B.

Dodwell, Mr. J., 178, Camberwell New Road, S.E.

Donston, Mr. W., High Cross, Tottenham.

Dott, Mr. D. B., 24, Castle Street, Edinburgh.

Doughty, Mr. M., 26, Blackfriars Road, S.E.

Dove, Mr. J., Sherbum, near South Milford, Yorksliire.

Dowling, 3Ir. R., 24, King Street, Reading.

Dowmau, Mr. G., 160, High Street, Southampton.

Downie, Mr. H.,43, Sandhill, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Downing, Mr. J. G., 55, High Street, Braintree.

Downward, Mr. J., Market Street, UlTerston.

Dowson, Mr. J., 59, High Street, Redcar.

Drake, Mr. W., Wyke, near Bradford.

Drane, Mr. W., 6, Upper Richmond Road, Putney, S.E.

Drai>er, H. N., F.C.S., 23, Mary Street, Dublin.

Dresser, Mr. R., 13, Pavement, York.

Driver, 3Ir. A., 52, Royal York Crescent, Clifton, Bristol.

Driver, Mr. T., Woolton, Liverpool.

Di-uce, Mr. G. C, 6, The Drapery, Northampton.

Drury, Mr. G. S., 158, Parrock Street, Gravesend.

Duck, Mr. W. B., Hazeldean Hoose, Saltburn-by-the-Sea.

Dudden, Mr. R. M., Sutton Wick, Pensford, Bristol.

Duncalf, Mr. J. M., 7, Exchange Street, Manchester.

Duncan, Mr. S., 17, "West Blackball Street, Greenock, N.B.

Duncan, Mr. W., 13, East Princes Street, Rothesay, N.B.

Duncansou, Mr. W., 38, Port Street, Stirling.

Dunkley, Mr. E., High Street, Tunbridge Welle.

Dunmore, Mr. G. H., 81, Maiden Road, N.W.

Dunn, Mr. H., 39, Otley Road, Shipley, Leeds.

Dunn, Mr. J., 360, Scots wood Road, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Dunn, Mr. S., Fore Street, St. Austell.

Durden, Mr. H., 13, Comhill, Dorchester, Dorset.

Durrant, Mr. G. R., Old Cross, Hertford.

Dutchman, Mr. W., 44, Seven Sisters Road, N.

Dutton, Mr. P., 15, Town Hall Square, Bolton.

Button, Mr. J., Rock FeiTy, Birkenhead.

Dver, Mr. H., Market Place, Trowbridge.

Dver, Mr. W., Corn Market, Halifax.

Dyson, Mr. W. B., 21, Gloucester Road, South Kensington, W.

Earee, Mr. T., High Street, Staines.

Earland, Mr. W., Bexlev. S.E.

Earle, Mr. F., 22, Market Place, Hall.

Earp, Mr. J., High Street, Melbourne, Derby.

Ebdell, Mr. T., Vicar Lane, Leeds.

Edgeler, Mr. W. B., Higii Street, Petersfield, Hants.

Edisbury, Mr. J. F., Wrexham.

Edwards, Mr. E., 4, Portland Place North, Lower Clapton, E.

Edwards, Mr. G., Stockport Road, Manchester.

Edwards, Mr. J., Lewes Road, Brighton.

Edwards, Mr. J., 1, High Street, Conway.

Edwards, Mr. R. S., Redrutb.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 301

Ekin, C, F.C.S., 8, Argj-le Street, Bath.
Eldridge, Mr. J. H., Earlham Road, Norwich.
Elias, Mr. J. R., Pentraeth, Anglesey.
EUiuor, Mr. G., Wicker Pharmacy, Spital Hill, Sheffield.
EHott, Mr. S., junr., 1, Eton Place, Plymouth.

Elliott, Mr. J. D., .S, Orchard Place, Woolwich Road, Greenwich, S.E.
Elliott, Mr. R., 279, High Street, Gateshead.
ElUs, Mr. T. W., Loddon, Norfolk.
Ellison, Mr. J. B., Wombwell, near Barnsley.
Else, Mr. W., 52, King's Road, Brighton.
Emerson, Mr. C, 8, Church Street, West Hartlepool.
England, Mr. W., Fern Villa, 32, Ffynonau Terrace, Swansea.
Ereaut, Mr. G., 12, Bath Street, Jersey.
Esplin, Mr. A., 7, Cowgate, Dundee.

Estcourt, C, F.C.S., Borough Laboratory, 8, St. James's Square, Man-
chester.
Ettles, Mr. J., 22, London Road, Brighton.
Evans, Mr. A. E., Beaufort Street, Brynmawr.
Evans, Mr. B., Victoria Street, Derby.
Evans, Mr. D. 0., Medical Hall, Farnworth, Bolton.
Evans, Mr. E., 11, High Street, Cardigan.
Evans, Mr. E., Aberavon, Port Talbot.
Evans, Mr. E., 56, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Evans, Mr. E., junr., 56, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Evans, Mr. E. P., Cleobury Mortimer.

Evans, H. S., F.C.S., 60, Bartholomew Close, London, E.G.
Evans, Mr. I. H., Medical Hall, Market Cross, Lymm.
Evans, J., M.D., 49, Dawson Street, Dublin.
Evans, Mr. J. J., 56, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Evans, Mr. J. J. 0., 1, Victoria Road, Teignmouth.
Evans, Mr. J. R., 56, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Evans, Mr. R. , 116, West Derby Road, Liverpool.
Ewing, Mr. J. L., 139, Princes Street, Edinburgh.
Exley, Mr. G., 48, Hunslet Lane, Leeds.
Evre, Mr. J. S., High Street, Launceston, Cornwall.
Eyre, Mr. S., 202, Infirmary Road, Sheffield.

Fairburn, Mr. J., Northallerton.

Fairgi-ieve, Mr. T., Clerk Street, Edinburgh.

Fairlie, Mr. J. E., 569, Gallowgate, Glasgow.

Fairlie, Mr. J. M., 17, St. George's Road, Glasgow. ■

Fardon, Mr. H., 78, Castle Street, Bristol.

Farie, Mr. G., Bridge of Allan, Stirlingshire.

Farnsworth, Mr. T., Codnor.

Farnworth, 3Ir. W., 49, King William Street, Blackburn.

Farr, Mr. J., Crown Street, Halifax.

Farrage, Mr. R. , Rothbury, Morpeth.

Farrer, Mr. F., High Street, Wrentham, Suffolk.

Farrett, Mr. W. B., 1, Pier Terrace, South Lowestoft.

Parries, T., F.C.S., 16, Coleman Street, E.C.

Farrow, Mr. C. H. , 2, Upper Street, Islington.

Farthing, Mr. T., 11, High Street, Spennymoor.

Faulkner, Mr. H., 80, Commercial Road, Newport, Monmouthshire.

Faulkner, Mr. J. R., 33, Ladbroke Grove Road, W.

Faull, Mr. E., Beeston, Notts.

Faull, Mr. J., Westgate, Bradford, Yorks.

Fawcett, Mr. J., New Ferry, Birkenhead.

Fawthorp, Mr. J., Micklefield Terrace, Rawden, near Leeds.

Fenn, Mr. J. W. T., 6, Harwood Terrace, King's Road, Fulham,

s.vv.

362 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Fennings, Mr. A., West Cowes, Isle of Wipht.
Fentiman, Mr. A., 2, Upper East Sniithfield, Tower Hill, E.G.
Feawick, Mr. J., 17, Bute Terrace, Queen's Park, Glasgow.
Ferguson, Mr. J., 6, Strand Street, Livei"pool.
Ferguson, Mr. W. K., 53, Great George Street, Leeds.
Ferneley, Mr. C, 61, Tytliing, Worcester.

Fewtreli, W. T., F.C.S., 41, Gower Place, Euston Square, W.C.
Field, Mr. A. W., 3, Victoria Buildings, Pimlico, S.W.
Field, J. J., F.C.S., North Lodge, New Barnet, Herts.
Field, Mr. W. C, 9, North Street, Taunton.
Fincham, Mr. R., 57, Baker Street, Portman Square, W.
Fingland, Mr. J., Thornhill, Dumfries.
Finlayson, Mr. T., Leith.

Firman, Mr. H. E., 31, West Hill Street, Brighton.
Firth, Mr. W., Barker Street, Oldham.
Fisher, Mr. C, High Street, Ramsgate.
Fisher, Mr. F. D., 1. Market Place, Grantham.
Fisher, Mr. H. A., 35, High Street, Ramsgate.
Fisher, Mr. J. J., 20, Bank Street, Carlisle.
Fisher, Mr. T., 97, Roxburgh Street, Greenock, N.B.
Fitch, R., F.G.S., F.S.A., Norwich.

Fitzgerald, Mr. A. H., 1, Windsor Place, Portobello, N.B.
Fitzhugh, R., F.C.S., Nottingham.
Fleeming, Mr. W., Queen Square, Wolverhampton.
Fletcher, Mr. F. B., Retford, Notts.
Fletcher, Mr. .J., 23, King Street, Dudley.
Fletcher, Mr. J., Montpellier Avenue, Cheltenham.
Fletcher, Mr. T., Smallthorne, Stoke-on-Trent.
Fletcher, Mr. T. , 1, Church Road, Lytham, Lanes.
Flint, Mr. J., Ranelagh Place, Liverpool.
Flower, Mr. T. S., Opposite the Pier, Ryde, Isle of Wight.
Floyd, Mr. J., Town Hall, Bury St. Edmunds.
Flux, Mr. W., 3, East India Avenue, E.G.
Ford, Mr. J., High Street, Kirriemuir.
Forrest, Mr. R. W., 130, Cumberland Street, Glasgow.
Forster, Mr. R. H. , Castle Street, Dover.
Forth, Mr. W., 397, High Street, Cheltenham.
Fortune, Mr. R. , Rodger Street, Anstruther.
Foster, Mr. A., Market Place, Dewsbury.
Foster, Mr. F., 52, King's Road, Brighton.
Foster, Mr. F. H., 2, Bank of England Place, Plymouth.
Foster, Mr. J., Callumpton.
Foster, Mr. J., 82, Corporation Road, Carlisle.
Foster, Mr. J. A., 7, Wheeler Street, Birmingham.
Foster, Mr. M. E., 50, Bishopsgate Within, E.G.
Fothergill, Mr. S., Milnthorpe, Westmoreland.
Foulkes, Mr. W. H., 20, High Street, Rhyl, Flints.
Foulkes, Mr. W. J., Birkenhead.
Fowler, Mr. W. R., 7, Market Place, Boston, Lines.
FowHe, Mr. G., Turriff.
Fox, Mr. W., 109, Bethnal Green Road, E.
Fox, Mr. W. A., 27, Leyton Road, Stratford, E.
France, Mr. J., 18. Church Street, Rotherham,
Francis, Mr. G., Market Place, Romsey, Hants.
Francis, Mr. G. B., 5, Coleman Street, E.G.
Francis, G. B., junr., F.C.S., 5, Coleman Street, E.G.
Francis, Mr. R. P., 5, Coleman Street, E.G.
Francis, Mr. W. H., 5, Coleman Street, E.G.

Frank, Mr. J. M., Custom House Buildings, Quay Side, Newcastle-on-
Tyne.

BRITISH PHAKMACEDTICAL CONFERENCE. 363

Frankland, Prof. E., D.C.L., F.R.S., Royal College of Chemistry, South

Kensington Museum, S.W.
Franklin, Mr. A., 60, West Street, Fareliam.
Franks, Mr. A., 35, Addingtou Street, Eamsgate.
Fraser, Mr. A., 5flA, Lord Street, Liverpool.
Fraser, Mr. J., 17, High Street, Inverness.
Frazer, Mr. D., 113, Buchanan Street, Glasgow.
Frazer, Dr. W., Harcourt Street, Dublin.
Freeland, Mr. J., Bathgate, N.B.
Freeman, Mr. T. W., Ledbury, Herefordshire.
Freestone, Mr. T. M., Bedminster Parade, Bristol.
Frill, Mr. W. E., 15, Avenham Lane, Preston, Lanes.
Froggatt, Mr. T. \V., Eyam, via Sheffield.
Froom, Mr. W. H., 75, Aldersgate Street, E.C.
Frost, Mr. G., 7, Corn Market, Derby.
Frost, Mr. W. T., Lee Green, S.E.
Fudge, Mr. C. W., Shepton Mallet.
Fuller, Mr. T. B., Rampant Horse Street, Norwich.
Furneaux. Mr. W. H., 52, Treville Street, Plymouth.
Furniss, Mr. T., 6, Mount Vernon Road, Liverpool.

Gadd, Mr. H., 97, Fore Street, Exeter.

Gadd, Mr. R., 1, Harleyford Road, Vauxhall, S.E.

Gadd, Mr. W. F., 26, St. George's Place, Hyde Park Corner.

Gain, Mr. W. A., Tuxford, Nottinghamshire.

Gaitskell, Mr. .J., Gosforth, ina Carnforth.

Gale, S., F.C.S., 338, Oxford Street. W.

Gait, Mr. W. D., Thornley, Ferry Hill, Co. Durham.

Galwey, Mr. R. J., 49, Dawson Street, Dublin.

Gamble, Mr. H. A., 4, Edwardes Terrace, Kensington, W.

Gardner, Mr. J., 58, George Street, Edinburgh.

Gardner, Mr. J., 39, Ossington Street, Bays water, "W.

Gardner, Mr. J. R.. Royal Naval Hospital, Yarmouth.

Gardner, Mr. T., Queen Street, Morecambe, Lanes.

Gardner, Mr. W. , Barnard Castle.

Gare, Mr. J., 25, Newfoundland Street, Bristol.

Gare. Mr. W. , Bampton, Devon.

Garland, Mr. J. F.. Marshfield, Chippenham, Gloucestershire.

Garner, Mr. J., 119, High Street, Kensington, W.

Garner, Mr. T., 75, Allen Road, Stoke Newington, N.

Garratt, Mr. S., 3, Market Place, Rugby.

Garrett, Mr. J., Newport, Mon.

Garside, Mr. T., 10, Cross Street, Southport.

Gaubert. Mr. S., 81, Grosvenor Street, W.

Gedge, Mr. W. S., 90, St. John Street, Clerkenwell, E.C.

Gee, Mr. G. , High Street, Sandbach, Cheshire.

Gee, Mr. S., Castleton, near Manchester.

Geldard, Mr. J., St. Austell,

Gemmell, Mr. H., 47, Princes Street, Ardrossan, Ayrshire, N.B.

George, Mr. H., 68, Broad Street, Worcester.

George, Mr. J. E., Hirwain, near Aberdare.

Gerard, Mr. G. R., Great Bedwin, Wilts.

Gerrard. Mr. A. W., Universitv College Hospital, W.C.

Gething, Mr. W. B., 75, Fleet" Street, E.C.

Gibbons, Mr. G., 24, West Street, Weston-super-Mare.

Gibbons, Mr. T. G., 41, Market Street, Manchester.

Gibson, Mr. A., Leven, Fife.

Gibson, Mr. B, W., Barnard Castle, Durham.

Gibson, Mr. F., 1, Preston Street, Fleetwood.

Gibson, Mr. J., 86, Upper Brook Street, Manchester.

otU BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Gibson, Mr. J. C, Chapeltown, near Sheffield.

Gibson, Mr. \V. H., 107, King's Road, Brighton.

Gilbert, Mr. G., Earl's Shilton, Hinckley.

Gill, Mr. H., Boston Spa, Yorkshire.

Gill, Mr. J., 01, Piccadilly, Manchester.

Gill, Mr. J. W., 57, Broad Street, Pendleton, Manchester.

Gill, Mr. W., 1, West Street, Tavistock.

Gillespie, Mr. J., High Street, Irvine, N.B.

Gillett, Mr. J., 10, Nevill Street, Sonthport.

Gilling, Mr. J., Saffron Walden, Essex.

Gilmour, Mr. W., 11, Elm Row, Edinburgh.

Ginns, Mr. A. B.,Rothwell, Northamptonshire.

Gittoes, Mr. S. J., 51, High Street, Weduesbury.

Glaisver, Mr. T.. 12, North Street, Brighton.

Glassford, J. McL., F.C.S., 8, Adelphi Terrace, Old Ford Road, Victoria

Park, S. Hackney, E.
Glazier, Mr. W. H., 20, Boundary Road, St. John's Wood, N.W.
Glencross, Mr. W., Kidwelly, Carmarthenshire.
Glover, G. T., F.C.S., Belfast.
Glover, Mr. H., 51, Spon Street, Coventry.
Godfrey, Mr. F., Bank Street, Newton Abbot.
Goldfinch, Mr. G., Hendon, Middlesex.
Good, Mr. T., 47, Minories, E.G.
Goodhffe, Mr. G., Medical Hall, Folkestone.
Goodwin, Mr. J., Lower Clapton, E.
Goodwin, Mr. J., 6, Merrion Row, Dublin.
Gordelier, Mr. W. G., 39, High Street, Sittingbourne.
Gorrie, Mr. A., West End, High Street, Kirkcaldy, N.B.
Goss, Mr. S. , 4, High Street, Barnstaple. Devon.
Gossop, Mr. G. K., 88, Church Street, Great Grimsbv.
Gostling, Mr. T. P., Diss.
Gostling, Mr. W. A., Diss.

Goucher, J., F.L.S., 43, High Street, Shrewsbury.
Gould, Mr. J. , Red Lion Square, Newcastle-under-Lyne.
Gouldbourn, Mr. W., 14, Pride Hill, Shrewsbury.
Gow, Mr. A., Dudley Street, Wolverhampton.
Gowaus, Mr. J., 21, High Street, Perth, N.B.
Grady, Mr. F., Villa Street, Hockley, Birmingham.
Graham, Mr. J., Church Street. Carlisle.
Graham, Mr. W. B., Unthank Ewes, Langholm.
Granger, Mr. E. .T., Upper Clapton, E.
Grant, Mr. W., High Street, Blairgowrie.
Gray, Mr. C, 12, Church Street, Bilston, Staffordshire.
Gray, Mr. J. T. , Crewe.

Greasley, Mr. M. F. , 13, North Street, Leeds.
Greaves, Mr. A., Chesterfield.
Greaves, Mr. E., Mexbro', Rotherham.
Greaves, ]\Ir. J., Crewkerne, Somerset.
Greaves, Mr. W. S., Ironville.
Green, Mr. J., 19, Wood Street, Swindon.
Green, Mr. R. P., Witham, Essex.
Green, Mr. S., 2, York Place, Nunhead, S.E.
Greenall, Mr. A., 303, Breck Road, Liverj^ool.
Greenish, T., F.C.S., 20, New Street, Dorset Square, N.W.
Greenish, Mr. T. E., 20, New Street, Dorset Square, N.W.
Greenwell, Mr. R. H., Chester-le-Street.
Greenwood, Mr. .1. F., 22, Market Place, Louth.
Greig, Mr. W., Glassford Street, Glasgow.
Griffin, Mr. A. W., Burnham, Lynn, Norfolk.
Griffin, Mr. T., 3, Woodhill, Northampton.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 365

Griffith, Mr. J. E., Bangor.

Griffith, Mr. R., High Street, Slough,

Griffith, Mr. W. H., 1, Cornhill, Bridgwater.

Griffiths, Mr. E. H., KidsKrove.

Griffiths, Mr. W., Stamp Office, Aberayron.

Griffiths, Mr. W., 44. Wind Street, Swansea.

Grimwade, Mr. E. W., Mildmay Cliambers, 82, Bishopsgate Street,

E.G.
Grimwade, Mr. E. W., St. Clements, Ipswich.
Grindley, Mr. W., 6, Northgate Street, Cheater.
Grisbrook, Mr. E., Windsor, Berks.

Grisbrook, Mr. S., 51, Welhngton Street, Woolwich, S.E.
Grose, Mr. N. M., 5, Castle Street, Swansea.
Groves, Mr. T. B., F.C.S., Weymouth.
Gudgen, Mr. G. B., Kimbolton, St. Neots.
Guest, Mr. E. P., Brentwood, Essex.
Guest, Mr. G. C, 17, St. John's Square, Burslem.
Guest, Mr. W., 13, Carltou Street, Nottingham.
Guilmette, Mr. J. W., Workhouse Hospital, Manchester.
Gulliver, Mr. W., 6, Lower Belgrave Street, PimUco, S.W.
Gunn, Mr. F. J., Axminster.
Gunn, Mr. W. , Market Place, Dianse, N.B.
Gurnell, Mr. W.. 34, Union Street, Ryde, Isle of Wight.
Guthrie, Mr. A. D., Bonnington, Edinburgh, N.B.
Guy. Mr. F., 12, North Street, Brighton.
Guyer, Mr. J. B., 11, Strand, Torquay.
Gwatkin, Mr. J. T., 49, Grand Parade, Brighton.

Hackett, Mr. J. H., 70, North Marine Road, Scarborough, Yorks.

Hackman, Mr. L. L., Lake Road, Laudport, Hants.

Hadfield, Mr. J., 20, Cheetham Street, Rochdale.

Hadingham, Mr. J. W., 208, High Street, Deptford.

Haffendeu, Mr. T., 46, Dyke Road, Brighton.

Haines, Mr. J. J., Market Place, Bromsgrove.

Hake, H. W., Ph.D., F.C.S., 2, Danes Inn, Strand, W.C.

Hall, Mr. F„ M.R.C.8., 1, Jermyn Street, S.W.

Hall, Mr. F., 117, Market Place, Stockton-on-Tees.

Hall, Mr. H. R. F., 1, Beverlev Road, near Hull.

Hall, Mr. J. T., Medical Hah.'Levenshulme.

Hall, Mr. S., 3, Alma Place, Eastbourne.

Hall, Mr. S., Littleborough, near Manchester.

Hall, Mr. T., Breckfield Road North, Liverpool.

Hall, Mr. T., 80, Westgate, Grantham.

Hall, Mr. T. H., 10, Grey Eagle Street, E.

Hall, Mr. W., 102, Blackman Street, S.E.

Hall, Mr. W., Market Street, Lancaster.

Hallaway, Mr. J., 52, Castle Street, Carlisle.

Hallawell, Mr. J., 10, College Lane, Liverpool.

Halley, Mr. A., 2, Cathedral Street, Glasgow.

Halstead, Mr. H.,Bank Street, Rawtenstall, Lanes.

Hambly, Mr. C. J., 9, Sydney Terrace, Taunton.

Hambrook, Mr. J. B., 6, Stroud Street, Dover.

Hamilton, J. T., M.D., Sackville Street, Dubhn.

Hamilton, J., M.D. (New York), 404, Oxford Street, W.

Hammerton, Mr. E., 28, High Street, Colchester.

Hammond, Mr. C. T., 11, Witham, Hull.

Hamp, Mr. J., Worcester Street, Wolverhampton.

Hampson, Mr. R., 205, St. John-street Road, E.G.

Hanbury, C, F.C.S., Plough Court, Lombard Street, E.G.

Hanbury, Mr. D. B., Clapham Common, S.W.

o(3(5 DRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Hanbnry, Mr. F. J., Plough Court, Lombar.l Street, E.G.

Handford, Jlr. E., High Street, Torringtou.

Handforth, Mr. E., Lumb Lane, Bradford.

Ilaudley, Mr. C, 41, High Street, Stoke Newingtou, N.

Haiman, Mr. J. Swintou, near Manchester.

Harburn, Mr. R. H., 71, ^Market Place, Bishop Auckland.

Harcus, Mr. J., 11, Grey Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Hardcastle, Mr. T. P., 17, Turncroft Lane, Stockport.

Hardeman, Mr. J., 43, Bury New Eoad, Manchester.

Hardie, Mr. .J., 68, High Street, Dundee.

Harding, Mr. J. , 4, Market Street, Harwich.

Harding. Mr. J. J., Sudbury, Suffolk.

Hardman, Mr. J. W., 106, Woodhouse Lane, Leeds.

Hardwicke, Mr. E. J., 4, Meat Market, Bury St. Edmunds.

Hardv, Mr. S. C, 177, Regent Street, W.

Hargi-aves, Mr. H. L., 30, High Street, Oldham.

Hargreaves, Mr. J., 50, Sankey Street, Warrington.

Hargreaves, Mr. M., 108, Fylde Road, Preston, Lanes.

Hargi-eaves, Mr. R., Clitheroe.

Harley, Mr. J., 3, James's Square. Crieff, N.B.

Harrington, Mr. A., Needham Market, Suffolk.

Harrington, Mr. A., jun., "Walsham-le-Willows, Suffolk.

Harrington, Mr. W. (L.A.H.D.), 80, Patrick Street, Cork.

Harris, Mr. E. R., 30, Richmond Place, Brighton.

Harris, Mr. H. W., 208, High Street, Rochester.

Harris, Mr. .J. , 67, Wellingborough Road, Northampton.

Harris, Mr. M. C. J., West Street, Crewkerne.

Harris, Mr. W. W., High Street, Highgate, N.

Harrison, G., Ph.D., F.C.S., 265, Glossop Road, Sheffield.

Harrison, Mr. J., 7, Central Beach, Blackpool.

Harrison, Mr. J., 33, Bridge Street, Sunderland.

Harrison, Mr. .J., Address unknown.

Harrison, Mr". R., Farnworth, near Bolton.

Harrison, Mr. T., Sun Bridge, Bradford, Yorkshire.

Harrison, Mr. W. B., 6, Bridge Street, Sunderland.

narrower, Mr. P., 136, Cowcaddens Street, Glasgow.

Hart, Mr. J., 131, Embden Street, Hulme, Manchester.

Hart, Mr. J., 130, Newport Street, Bolton.

Hart, Mr. T., Bolton New Road, Atherton, near Manchester.

Hart, Mr. W., 99, Higher Bridge Street, Little Bolton.

Hartland, Mr. J., St. Augustine's Parade, Bristol.

Hartshorn, Mr. A. F., Ironbridge, Shropshire.

Hartt, Mr. C, 107, Grafton Street, Dublin.

Harvey, Mr. E., Giltspur Street, E.C.

Harvey, Mr. S., 8, High Street, Canterbui^.

Harvey, Mr. W. R., 98, Humberstone Road, Leicester.

Harvie, Mr. G., Princes Street, Helensburgh.

Havvie, Mr. J., 68, Stirling Street, Airdrie, N.B.

Haselden, A. F., F.L.S., 18, Conduit Street, W.

Haslett, Mr. J., 18, North Street, Belfast.

Hasselby, Mr. T. J., 1, Baxtergate, Doncaster, Yorkshire.

Hatch, Mr. R. M., Claremont House, lledland, Bristol.

Hatfield, Mr. G. B., 817, Commercial Road, Limehouse, E.

Havill, Mr. P. W., 15, Fore Street, Tiverton, Devon.

Hawkin, Mr. J., Bedale, Yorks.

Hawkins, Mr. T., 32, Ludgate Hill, E.C.

Hay, Mr. D., Nelson-in-Marsden, Burnley.

Hayes, Mr. .1., Great Warley, Essex.

Hayes, Mr. W., 12, Grafton Street, Dublin.

Haydon, Mr. W. F., 23, Burliogton Chambers, Birmingham.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 367

Hayhoe, Mr. W., 60, St. George's Road, Pimlico, S.W.

Hayles, Mr. B. H., Esplanade, Ealiug, Middlesex.

Haynes, Mr. C. H., 103, Talbot Road, Bayswater, W.

Hayton, Mr. P., High Street, Wigton, Cumberland.

HaVward, BIr. C. J., Lincoln.

Hayward, Mr. W. H., Fore Street, Trowbridge, Wilts.

Heald, Mr. B., Sleaford.

Heap, Mr. E., 149, Junction Road, Upper Holloway, N.

Hearder, Mr. H. P., •2-1, Westwell Street, Plymouth.

Hoarder, Mr. W., 1, Victoria Parade, Torquay.

Heath, Mr. E. A., 114, Ebury Street, S.W.

Heathtield, W. E., F.C.S., F.R.S.E., 8, Wilson Street, Fiusbury,

E.G.
Heatou, Prof. C. W., F.C.S., Lessness Heath, Kent.
Hebden, Mr. W\ C, Northgate, Halifax.
Helmore, Mr. W. H., 15, Old Bond Street, Bath.
Hemingway, Mr. A., 20, Portman Street, W.
Hemingway, Mr. E., 20, Portman Street, W.
Hemingway, Mr. W. 20, Portman Street, W.
Henderson, Mr. C, Wibsey, near Bradford.
Henderson, Mr. M. -J., Main Street, Keswick.
Henty, Mr. H. M., 19, High Street, St. John's Wood, N.W.
Heriugton, Mr. J., Leighton Buzzard, Beds.
Herring, Mr. H., 40, Aldersgate Street, E.G.
Hewitt, Mr. G., 13, Bull Ring, Kidderminster.
Hewlett. Mr. C. J., Cree Church Lane, E.G.
Hey, Mr. D., Hebden Bridge, Yorks.

Heywood, J. S. C, F.C.S., 13, Hanover Terrace, Notting Hill, W.
Hick, Mr. A., High Street, Wath-on-Dearue.
Hick, Mr. J., 3, Broadstones, Bradford.
Hickey, Mr. E. L., 199, King's Road, Chelsea, S.W.
Hickin, Mr. H., Mardol Head, Shrewsbury.
Hickman, Mr. W., Archer Street, Notting Hill, W.
Higgins, Mr. W., 49, Borough, Farnham, Surrey.
Highway, Mr. H., Beaconsfield, Walsall.
Hilder,'R. T., M.D., Grove Lodge, Balham, S.W.
Hilditch, Mr. T., 96, Tipping Street, Ardwick, Manchester.
Hill, Mr. A., 14, Oxford Street, South Heigham, Norwich.
Hill, Mr. A. A., Bowlish House, Shepton Mallet.
Hill, Mr. A. B., 101, Southwark Street, S.E.
Hill, Mr. F. (Messrs. Hirst & Co.), Aire Street, Leeds.
Hill, Mr. J., 1, Castle Street, Reading.
Hilhdge, Mr. G., 140, Friargate, Preston.
Hillier, Mr. H., 7, Bridge Street, Bath.

Hills, Mr. H. W., 2, Etloe Terrace, Carlisle Road, Leyton, Essex.
Hills, T. H., F.C.S., 338, Oxford Street, W.
Hills, W., F.C.S., 338, Oxford Street, W.
Hinchliffe, Mr. F. G. U., 77, Portland Street, Manchester.
Hind, Mr. T. W. L., Kendal.
Hinds, Mr. H. D., Pontardulais, Carmarthenshire.
Hinds, Mr. J., 127, Gosford Street, Coventry.
Hinds, Mr. W., Coventry.

Hirst, Mr. J., 17, Old Street, Ashton-under-Lyme.
Hiscock, Mr. R., 17, Broadgate, Coventry.
Histed, Mr. E., 2, Upper St. James Street, Brighton.
Hitchcock, Mr. C. E., 108, High Street, Oxford.
Hitchin, Mr. R. , 54, St. James' Street, Burnley.
Hitchman, Mr. H., Market Place, Kettering.

Hobbes, Mr. A. E., 1, St. Paul's Street, Milton-r(xt-Sitting-
bourne.

368 BKITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Hobson, A. S., F.C.S., 3, Upper Ileatbfield Terrace, Turnliam
Green, W.

Hobson, Mr. C, Market Place, Beverley.

Hobson, Mr. H., 64, Upper Rushall Street, Walsall.

Hocken, Mr. J., 31, Old Hall Street, Liverpool.

Hodge, Mr. J., 'lid, Overgate, Dundee.

Hodges, Prof. J. F., M.D., Queen's College, Belfast.

Hodges, Mr. J. F. W., Queen's College, Belfast.

Hodges, Mr. W., Eastgate Row, Chester.

Hodgkinsou, IMr. C, 127, Aldersgate Street, E.G.

Hodgkinson, Mr. G., 11, Cross Cheaping, Coventry.

Hodgkinsou, Mr. J. S., Matlock Bridge.

Hodgk-inson, Mr. W., 127, Aldersgate Street, E.C.

Hodkinson, Blr. .J., Mill Street, Macclesfield.

Hodsoll, Mr. T. W. H., 17. Cross Street, Shepherdess Walk, N.

Hogg, Mr. J., 1, Bedford Square, W.C.

Hogg, Mr. R.. 9, Albion Place, Hyde Park Square, W.

Holdsworth, Mr. T. W., 32, Steelhouse Lane, Birmingham.

Holford, Mr. T. C, 342, High Street, Stratford, E.

Hollidav, Mr. T.. Mevrick House, Hill Top, West Bromwich.

Hollier,'Mr. E., Market Place. Dudley.

Hollin-worth, Mr. W., Birch Yale, near Stockport.

Holmes, Mr. E. M.. 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.

Holmes, Mr. F. G., Brill.

Holmes, Mr. J., Crown Street, Leeds.

Holmes, Mr. J. T., 30, Upper Baggot Street, Dublin.

Holmes, Mr. T., 349, Blackburn Road, Bolton.

Holmes. Mr. W. M., 338, Oxford Street, W.

Holstead, Mr. T., St. Helen's Road, Daubhill, Bolton.

Holt, Mr. S., 1G4, West Derby Road, Liverpool.

Hood, Mr. W., M.R.C.S., Castlegate, York.

Hooper, Mr. B., 43, King William Street, E.C.

Hopkin, Mr. W^ K., 16, Cross Street, Hatton Garden, E.C.

Hopkinson, Mr. T., Grantham.

Hopton, Mr. E., Idle, Yorks.

Hopwood, Mr. T. S., Richmond, Surrey.

Horncastle, Mr. H., 54, Fargate, Sheffield.

Horncastle, Mr. J., 17, Craven Road, Westbourne Terrace, W.

Home, Mr. G., 307, Oxford Street, Manchester.

Homer, Mr. E., 20, Bucklersbury, E.C.

Horner, Mr. E., jun., 20, Bucklersburv, E.C.

Horrell, Mr. A. E., 34, High Street, Dartford.

Horsfield, Mr. J. N., Sweet Street, Leeds.

Horsley, J., F.C.S., The Laboratory, Police Station, Cheltenham.

Horsley, Mr. T. W., 274, Portobello Road, Notting Hill, W.

Hothersall, Mr. J., 25, Standishgate, Wigan.

Houghton, Mr. E. W., R. N. Hospital, Haulbowliue, near Queens-
town.

Houghton, Mr. T., 53, St. Clements, Oxford.

Houghton, Mr. W., 32, Portland Street, Southport.

How, Mr. W., 52, South Street, Dorchester.

Howard, D., F.C.S., Stratford, E.

Howard, J. E.. F K.S., Tottenham.

Howard, Mr. W. D., Stratford, E.

Howden, Mr. R., 78, Gracechurcli Street, E.C.

Howe, Mr. 0. G., Stony Stratford, Bucks.

Howell, Mr. M., 61, High Street, Peckham, S.E.

Howie, Mr. W. L., 8, East London Street, Edinburgh.

Howlett, Mr. H. T., 22, Berkeley Street, Southsea, Portsmouth.

Hewlett, Mr. W. H., The Dispensary, Gainsborough.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 369

Howman, Mr. P., Winchcombe.

Howorth, Mr. G. B., Address unknown.

Howortb, Mr. J., Market Place, Doncaster.

HucklebridKe, Mr. J. M., 116, Ebury Street, S.W.

Huggins, Mr. P., 235, Strand, W.C.

Huglies, Mr. E., 1-1, Market Place, Altrincliam, Cbeshire.

Hughes, Blr. E., 7, Bridge Street, Llanelly, Carmartlienshire.

Hughes, Mr. E. G-., Cateaton Street, Manchester.

Hughes, Mr. F. P., Borrowstowness, N.B.

Hughes, Mr. H., 6, Bridge Street, Bridgnorth.

Hughes, Mr. H. M., Cross Square, St. David's.

Hughes, Mr. J. E., 15, Old Bond Street, Bath.

Hughes, Mr. L. S., 40, Aldersgate Street, E.C.

Hughes, Mr. P., Mona Drug Hall, Llangefni, Anglesey.

Hughes, Mr. S., 154, High Street, Stourbridge.

Hughes, Mr. T., Bed House, Llandilo, South Wales.

Hughes, Mr. W., High Street, Presteigne, Radnorshire.

Hugill, Mr. J., 147, Cannon Street, E.C.

Hulley, Mr. J., 99, Manchester Road, Heaton Norris, Stockport.

Humby, Mr. L. W., Market Place, "Warminster.

Hume, Mr. A., 61, Northumberland Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Hume, Mr. J. W. D., 16, Worcester Street, Gloucester.

Hume, Mr. R., 102, Cowcaddens Street, Glasgow.

Humpage, Mr. B., Turnham Green, W.

Humphries, Mr. E., Garston, Liverpool.

Humphries, Mr. E., 119, Hammersmith Eoad, West Kensington, W.

Hunt, Mr. A., Fore Street, Exeter.

Hunt, Mr. C, 29, Chapel Street, Belgrave Square, S.W.

Hunt, Mr. L., 2, Albert Bridge, Manchester.

Hunt, Mr. R., 45, High Street, Winchester.

Hunt, Mr. T., Workhouse, Liverpool.

Hunter, Mr. F. N., 39, Saddler Street, Durham.

Hunter, Mr. G., Withernsea, Yorks.

Hunter, Mr. H., 71, Market Place, Whitehaven, Cimiberland.

Hunter, Mr. J. C, 96, Great Western Road, Glasgow.

Hurst, Mr. J., 27, Bottomoth Moor, Oldham.

Hurst, Mr. J. B., Market Place, Louth.

Husband, BIr. J. C, 2, Queen Street, Exeter.

Huskisson, H. 0., F.C.S., Swinton Street, Gray's Inn Road, W.C.

HutchiDs, Mr. C, Wind Street, Neath.

Hutchinson, Mr. J., 6, Spring Gardens, Buxton, Derbyshire.

Hyne, Mr. H., 132, Seymour Place, Bryanston Square, W.

Iberson, Mr. J. , 6. Sheffield Road, Barnsley.

IlifFe, Mr. T. P., 29, Market Place, Nuneaton.

niingworth, Mr. W. H., 7, High Grove, Southowram, near Halifax.

Imrie, Mr. D., 48, Front Street, Consett, Durham.

Ince,J., F.L.S.,F.C.S., F.R.M. S., 29, St. Stephen'sRd., Shepherd's Bush.

Ingall, Mr. J., Ashford, Kent.

Ingham, Mr. J., Upper Tooting, S.W.

Inglis, Mr. H., 211, Every Street, Manchester.

Iredale, Mr. G., 171, York Street, Leeds.

Iredale, Mr. T., 129, North Street, I,eeds.

Irish, Mr. T. C, Southgate, Middlesex.

Ismay, Mr. J. G., Groat Market, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Ive, Mr. W., 115, Gloucester Road, South Kensington, W.

Izod, Mr. J., Church Road, Upper Norwood, S.E.

Jaap, Mr. J., 268, Buchanan Street, Glasgow.

Jackson, Mr. A. H., 43, Gt. Ducie Street, Strangeways, Manchester.

B B

370 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Jackson, Mr. C, Church Road, Acton, W.

Jackson, Mr. G. , 759, Rochdale Road, Harpnrhey, Manchester.

Jackson, Mr. J., 16, Talbot Road, Blackpool, Lanes.

Jackson, ^Ir. J., Messrs. Harrison, Parkinson & Co., Bradford.

Jackson, Mr. J. H. , Finkle Street, Stockton-on-Tees.

Jackson, Mr. J. T., Westwood, Oldham.

Jackson, Mr. R., 2, Clegg Street, Oldham.

Jackson, Mr. R., 52, Bridlesmith Gate, Nottingham.

Jackson, Mr. W., Crediton, Devon.

Jackson, Mr. W. , 43, Glover Street, Leeds.

James, Mr. J. T., 15, Princes Street, Hanover Square, W.

Jarmain, Mr. G., Huddersfield.

Jefferson, Mr. P., 14;5, Meadow Lane, Leeds.

Jefferson, Mr. T., Cliurch Street, Lower Edmonton, N.

Jeffrev, Mr. T. A.. Pittsville, Cheltenham.

Jeffries, Mr. H., 23, High Street, Guildford.

Jenkins, Mr. J. T., Denman Street, New Radford, Nottingham.

Jennings, F. M., F.C.S., Brown Street, Cork.

Jennings, Mr. T. H., 237, Hotwell Road, BristoL

Jewell, Mr. R. J., 86, New Bond Street, W.

Job, Mr. C. F., Market Place, Wakefield.

Jobson, Mr. R., 125, Scotswood Road, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

John, Mr. D. W., Main Street, Pembroke.

John, Mr. W. D., 7, Maughan Terrace, Penarth, near Cardiff.

Johns, Mr. T. J. R., 8, Cumberland Street, Devonport.

Johnson, Mr. A., 1, Beech Cottage, Moorgate Road, Rotherham.

Johnson, C, F.R.C.S., L.A.C., Castle Park, Lancaster.

Johnson, Mr. F., Prestwieh, near Manchester.

Johnson, Mr. J., 8, Brondesbury Terrace, Kilburn, N.W.

Johnson, Mr. J. B., Uttoxeter.

Johnson, Mr. J. H., 7, Church Street, Liverpool.

Johnson, Mr. M.,Huyton, Liverpool.

Johnson, Mr. M., Oakenshaw, Clayton-le-Moors. J

Johnson, Mr. S. E., Ashby-de-la-Zouch. ■

Johnson, Mr. T., 80, Wallgate, Wigan. ^

Johnson, Mr. T. S., 5, Holyrood Terrace, Malvern.

Johnson, Mr. W., 4, Derby Street, Leek, Staffordshire,

Johnstone, Mr. W., Cromarty, N.B.

Jones, Mr. A. M., King Street, Brynmawr, Breconshire.

Jones, Mr. C, 7, Market Square, Hanley.

Jones, Mr. E. B. , Lammas Street, Carmarthen.

Jones, Mr. E. P., 52, High Street, Rhyl.

Jones, E. W. T., F.C.S., 10, Victoria Street, Wolverhampton.

Jones, Mr. F., 8.3, Oxford Street, Liverpool.

Jones, Mr. IL, Berwvn Street, Llangollen.

Jones, Mr. H. S., 139, Fulham Road, S.W.

Jones, Mr. J., 60, Chester Road, Hulme, Manchester.

Jones, Mr. J., 27, Station Road, Hafffield.

Jones, Mr. J. A., 74, Hagley Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.

Jones, Mr. J. H., 9, Finsbury Place North, E.C.

Jones, Mr. J. P., 2, Bridge Street, Aberayrou.

Jones, Mr. John, Market Place, Llanrwst.

Jones, Mr. J. T., Bute Road, Bute Town, Cardiff.

Jones, Mr. K. L., Connah's Quay, Flintshire.

Jones, Mr. M., Flint.

Jones, Mr. M. H., Villiers Street, Briton Ferry.

Jones, Mr. R. G., Commercial Place, Lye, Stourbridge.

Jones, Mr. R. T., Bute Street, Treherbert.

Jones, Mr. S. U., Cliirton House, Leamington.

Jones, T., F.G.S., F.R.A.S., Brunswick Yillas, Shooter's Hill, Kent.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 371

Jones, Mr. T. P., 33, Broad Street, Welcbpool,

Jones, Mr. W. C, 23, Bayswater Terrace, Bayswater, W.

Kay, Mr. J., High Street, Crewe.
Kaye, Mr. H., Berry Brow, Huddersfield.
Kearnes, Mr. R. H., Swan Bank, Bilston.
Keen, Mr. B., Totnes, Devon.
Keene, Mr. E., 143, New Bond Street, W.
Keeue, Mr. J., Biggenden, Brenchley, Kent.
Kelly, Mr. E., Croscombe House, Wells, Somersetshire.
Kemble, Mr. J., LostwitLiel, Cornwall.
Kemp, Mr. D., 106. High Street, Portobello, Mid-Lothian.
Kemp, Mr. J., Cullen, Banffshire.
Kemp, Mr. J., 11, North Street, Brighton.
Kendall, Mr. F,, Bishopton, Stratford-on-Avon.
Kennedy, Blr. W., 59, Trongate, Glasgow.
Kent, Mr. G. F., 134, Broad Street, Pendleton, Manchester.
Ker, Mr. A. , 92, Lower Moss Lane, Hulme, Manchester.
Kerfoot, Mr. T., 113, Loudon Road, Manchester.
Kernot, G. C, M.D., 5, Elphinstone Road, Hastings.
Kerr, Mr. C, 56, Nethergate, Dundee.
Kershaw, Mr. J., Neville Street, Southport.
Keyworth, G. A., F.C.S., Harold-Dene, Hastings.
Kimberley, Mr. W. , 22, Balsall Street, Birmingham.
Kinch, Mr. C. J., Eaton Hastings, Lechlade.
King, Mr. W., 4, Market Place, Huddersfield.
Kingerlee, Mr. G., Castle Street, Buckingham.
Kingsford, Mr. F., 54, Piccadilly, W.

Kingzett, C. T., F.C.S., Analytical Laboratory, 1, Victoria Street, West-
minster, S.W.
Kinninmont, Mr. A., 69, South Portland Street, Glasgow.
Kirk, Mr. S., 89, Upper North Street, Poplar, E.
Kirkbride, Mr. W., 8, Middlegate, Penrith, Cumberland.
Kirkby, Mr. R., Waterson Ground, Outgate, Ambleside.
Kirkup, Mr. T., 65, Elswick Road, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Kitchin, A., F.C.S., 27, King Street, Whitehaven.
Kite, Mr. W. T., 1, Ormond' Villas, Cheltenham.
Knight, Mr. J., 91, City Road, E.C.
Knights, Mr. J. A., Stockton-on-Tees.
Knowles, Mr. C. W., Market Place, Thome, near Doncaster.
Knowles, Mr. R., Great Crosby, near Liverpool.

Laing, Mr. J. S., 4, Upwood Terrace, Burnt Ash Lane, Lee, S.E.

Laird, Mr. G. H., 40, Queensferry Street, Edinburgh.

Lake, Mr. R., 63, Lupus Street, Pimlico, S.W.

Lakeman, Mr. N., Post Office, Modbury.

Lamb, Mr. T, C, 137, High Street, Chatham.

Lambert, Mr. J., Elvet, Bridge, Durham.

Lambert, Mr. W. H., The Cross, Newtown, Montgomeryshire.

Lamplough, Mr. H., 113, Holborn Hill, W.C.

Lane, Mr. W., 69, Market Street, Manchester.

Langdale, Mr. E. F., 72, Hatton Garden, E.C.

Langford, Mr. J. B., Wellington, Somerset.

Langridge, Mr. T. B., Church Street, Midhurst.

Large, Mr. J. H., 65, New North Road, N.

Layers, Mr. T. H., Blackheath.

Law, Mr. A., 290, Pentonville Road, King's Cross, W.C.

Lawrance, Mr. E., Welwyn, Herts.

Laws, Mr. J., Ill, Church Street, N.W.

»72 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Lawson, Mr. E. J., High Street, Whitstable.

Lea, Mr. J., 4, Harbour Street, Folkestone.

Leach, Mr. J., Crawlej, Sussex.

Lear, Mr. G. H., 373," Coventry Road, Smallheath, Birmingham.

Leare, Mr. J., Sunburv-on-Tliames.

Leath, Mr. J., 5, St. Paul's Churchyara, E.G.

Lee, Mr. J., 9, Kimberley Terrace, Great Yarmontb.

Lee, Mr. S. ^Y., 5, Church Street, Liverpool.

Lee, Mr. W., Castle, Northvrich, Cheshire.

Lee, Mr. W., High Street, Honiton, Devon.

Leigh, Mr. J. J., 63, Bondgate, Bishop Auckland.

Leighton, Mr. J. H., 12, Elvet Bridge, Durham.

Lemmou, Mr. E., Hytbe, Kent.

Lenfestey, Mr. W. G., 9, Market Street, Faversham.

Lescher,"Mr. F. H., 60, Bartholomew Close, E.G.

Lester, Mr. T. E., 107, Patrick Street, Cork.

Le Tall, Mr. F. T., Woodhouse.

Levie, Mr. A. M.

Lewin, Mr. A. C., 7, Whimple Street, Plymontb.

Lewin, Mr. W., 7, Whimple Street, Plymouth.

Lewinton, Mr. A. B., 14, Cleveland Street, Fitzroy Square, W.

Lewis, Mr. J., 2, Nantygwenith Street, Merthyr.

Lewis, Mr. J., 84, High Street, Portsmouth.

Lewis, Mr. R., 3, Taylor Street, Liverpojl.

Lewis, Dr. S., 157, Duke Street, Liverpool.

Limon, Mr. H., Burgh-le-Marsh, Lincolnshire.

Lincolne, Mr. N., Ely, Cambridgeshire.

Lindop, Mr. W. J., High Street, Bloxwich, near "Walsall.

Lindsay, T., F.C.S., 288, Renfrew Street, Glasgow.

Liuford, J. S., F.C.S., 17, Charlton Villas, Charlton, S.E.

Ling, Mr. E., Esher, Surrey.

Linnell, Mr. G., Market Deeping, Lines.

Linnett, Mr. S. S., Banbury.

Lister, Mr. S., 70, High Street, Great Horton, Bradford.

Little, Mr. H.,82, Seven twisters' Road, N.

Littlewood, Mr. S. , Sutton-in-Ashfield.

Llewellyn, Mr. R., 148, High Street, Merthyr.

Llovd, Mr. E., jun., Abergele.

Lloyd, Mr. G. H., 30, Church Street, Bilston.

Lloyd, Mr. J., Piccadillv, Hanley.

Lloyd, Mr. J. W., 90, Oxford Street, Swansea.

Lloyd, Mr. J. W., 30, Mount Pleasant, Liverpool.

Lloyd, Mr. T. H., 10, Friar Lane, Leicester.

Loane, Mr. J., 1, Dock Street, Leman Street, E.

Lockhart, Mr. .J., Marvhill, near Glasgow.

Lockver, Mr. G., 208,"High Street, Deptford, S.E.

Lockyer, W. J., F.G.S., Pembroke Villa, Elgin Park, Redlaud,

Bristol.
Long, Mr. A. T., Bognor, Sussex.
Long, Mr. H., 2, Western Place, Hove, Brighton.
Long, Mr. H., 48, High Street, Netting Hill, W.
Long, Mr. H., 90, High Street, Croydon.
Longbotham, Mr. J., Chester-le-Street, Durham.
Lonpley, Mr. J. W., 73, North Street, Leeds.
Longman, Mr. J. H., 24, Metbley Street, Kennington, S.E.
LongrifTg, Mr. J., Appleby, Westmorland.
Lord, Mr. C, Todmorden, Lancashire.
Lord, Mr. L., Bank Street, Rawtenstall.

Lorimer, Mr. J., North London Chemical Works, HoUoway Road, N.
Lowther, Mr. il. K., 70, Osborne Street, Hull.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 373

Lnff, A. P., F.C.S., St. Mary's Hospital, W.

Luff, Mr. R., Prospect House, I, Bute Street, South Kensington.

Luke, Mr. R. S., 30, Tavistock Road, Plymouth.

Lumby, Mr. A., Tranmere, Liverpool.

Lunan, Mr. A., Banchory, N.B.

Lynch, Mr. E. B., 25, Cheetham Street, Rochdale.

Macadam, S., Ph.D., F.R.S.E., F.C.S., Surgeons' Hall, Edinburgh.

MacCreath, Mr. J., 47, Victoria Street, Newton Stewart, Wigtoushire.

Macdonald, Mr. J., 18, West Newington, Edinburgh.

Mace, Mr. J., 3, St. James Street, Bacup.

Macfarlane, Mr. A. Y., 101, Broughton Street, Edinburgh.

Macfarlane, Mr. T. B., 17, Main Street, Wishaw, N.B.

MacGrath, Mr. W. H., Address unknown.

Machattie, A. T., Ph.D., F.C.S., 88, Hope Street, Glasgow.

Machon, Mr. H., Market Place, Saffron Walden.

Macintosh, Mr. A., 21, Montague Street, Rothesay.

Mackay, Mr. G. D., 119, George Street, Edinburgh.

Mackay, J., F.C.S., 119, George Street, Edinburgh.

Mackenzie, Mr. J., 45, Forrest Road, Edinburgh.

Mackey, Mr. J. B., 2, Bouverie Street, E.G.

Mackill, Mr. R. C, Cadrow Street, Hamilton.

Maclagan, D., M.D., F.C.S., 28, Heriot, Row, Edinburgh.

Macpherson, Mr. A., Stornoway.

McClean, Mr. J., 80, Back Lane, Hyde.

McCormick, Mr. F. H., Commercial Road, Hereford.

McCulloch, Sir. F.

McDiarmid, Mr. J. B., 19, Lower Street, Deal.

McDonald, Mr. H. S , 51, London Street, Glasgow.

McDonald, Mr. J., 34, Virginia Street, Glasgow.

M'Donald, Mr. K., Dunkeld.

McGIashan, Mr. D., Fountain Bridge, Edinburgh.

M'Gregor, Mr. A., 47, Eglinton Street, Glasgow.

McGregor, Mr. G., Ellon, Aberdeen.

McKenzie, Mr. W., 17, Great Western Road, Glasgow.

McLean, Mr. K., Loftus, Saltburn-by-the-Sea.

McLeod, Mr. T., 154, Broomielaw, Glasgow.

M'Millan, Mr. J., 17, Great Western Road, Glasgow.

McMurray, Mr. J., 19, George Street, Paisley, N.B.

M'Naught, Mr. A., 4, West Blackball Street, Greenock.

McNicol, Mr. i., Apothecary Hall, Alva, Stirlingshire.

Macuight, Mr. S. W., 81, High Street, Kirkcaldy.

McVitie, Mr. T., 15, Old Hall Street, Liverpool.

Magga, Mr. T. C, Yeovil.

Maiden, Mr. W. H., 20, Haymarket Street, Bury, Lanes.

MaMns, G. H., F.C.S., Danesfield, Walton-oii-Thames.

Maleham, Mr. H. W., 7, West Bar, Sheffield.

Manfield, Mr. W., Kirkgate, Leeds.

Manfiill, Mr. H. J., 8-^, Arkwright Street, Nottingham.

Manguall, Mr. W., 23, Strieklandgate, Kendal.

Manning, Mr. R. J., Welle.

Manning, Mr. T. D. , Yeovil.

Mareham, Mr. J., 2, Lower Bridge Street, Chester.

Marreeo, A. F., M.A-, F.C.S., College of Physical Science, Ncvcastle-OD-

Tyne.
Marriott, Mr. T. E., 143, Walworth Road, S.E.
Marris, Mr. T., 82, Bridfre Street, Worksop, Notts.
Marsden, Mr. T. B., Suailh, Yorkshire.
Marsh, Mr. J. H., 6, Milsom Street, Bath.
Marshall, Mr, A., 9, Marlboro' Terrace, Upper Holloway, N. '

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Marson, Mr. B. B., 174, Park Road, Liverpool.

Marston, Mr. J. T., 105, Loudou Wall, City, E.G.

Martin, Mr. H. G., St. Albans.

Martin, IMr. N. H., 29, Mosley Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Martin, Mr. R., Cross Axes, Deausgate, Bolton, Lanes.

Martin, Mr. T., Clifife, Lewes.

Martin, Mr. T., 4, Quadrant, Lime Street, Liverpool.

:Martindale, W., F.C.S., 10, New Cavendish Street, W.

Mason, Mr. A., 29, Yorkshire Street, Rochdale.

Mason, A. H., F.C.S., 311, Upper Parliament Street, Liverpool.

Mason, Mr. H. C, 29, Woodstock Road, Finsbury Park, N.

JIason, Mr. J. B., 124, Sconringbnrn, Dundee, N.B.

Mason, Mr. J. W., Cirencester.

Mason, Mr. R. W., 3, Northumberland Terrace, Guunersbnry Station,

Chiswick.
Masters, Mr. H. J., Douglas Villas, Bedford.
Mather, Mr. J. H., 11, Grey Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Mather, Mr. W., 84, Corporation Street, Manchester.
Mathews, Mr. J. H., 1, Queen's Gardens, Hyde Park, W.
Mathias, Mr. T., Saundersfoot, Pembrokeshire.
Matthews, Mr. E., High Street, Royston, Herts.
Matthews, Mr. H., 7, Old King Street, Bristol.
Matthews, Mr. W., 12, Wigmore Street, W.
Matthias, Mr. J. J., Weston-super-Mare.
Maunder, Mr. R., 714, Rochdale Road, Manchester.
Maw, Mr. C, 11, Aldersgate Street, E.C.
Maxwell, Mr. G. N., High Street, Biggleswade.
May, Mr. J., Garden Wharf, Battersea, S.W.
Maytield, Mr. J. T., 10, Normanby Terrace. Gateshead.
Mayger, Mr. W. D., 6, Regent Square, Northampton.
Mayger, Mr. W. J., 6, Regent Square, Northampton.
Mays, Mr. R. J. J., 3, Market Place, South Shields.
Meadows, Mr. H., 15, Westgate Street, Gloucester.
Meadows, Mr. J., 44, Humberstone Gate, Leicester.
Meldrum, Mr. E. D., 22, St. Leonard's Street, Edinburgh.
MelHn, Mr. G., 16, Tichborne Street, Regent Street, W.
Mellin, Mr. J. P., High Street, W^imbledon.
Mellor, Mr. J. G., Market Square, St. Neots, Hunts.
Mells, Mr. H., Kirton, near Boston.
Mercer, Mr. A., Prestwich, Manchester.
Mercer, Mr. G. T., Market Street, W^ooler, Northumberland.
Mercer, Mr. J., 121, Adelphi Street, Preston.
Merrell, Mr. J., 1, Queen's Terrace, Camden Road, N.W.
Merrikin. Mr. J., 2, Beaufort Buildings West, Bath.
Merry, Mr. W., Market Place, Hkeston, near Nottingham.
Merson, Mr. W., The Dispensary, Paignton.
Sletcalfe, Mr. A. A., 147, High S"treet, Great Horton, Bradford.
Metcalfe, Mr. C. L., 13, Whitefriargate, Hull.
Michie, Mr. .7.. High Street, Forres, Elginshire.
Midgeley, Mr. C, 2, St. Ann's Square, Manchester.
Midgley, Mr. F., 10, Mill Street, Padiham.

Midgley, Mr. J. H., 4, Rue Bank Crescent, Edinburgh. V

Miles, Mr. G., Freemantle, near Southampton. ■

Miller, Mr. C. B.. 8, Osborne Place, Blackheath, S.E. f

Miller, Mr. T. S., Grav Street, Broughty Ferry, Dundee.
Miller, Mr. W. C, 107, Hockley Hill, Birmingham.
Millidge, Mr. W. H.,47, High Street, Newport, Isle of Wight.
Mills, Mr. J., Eastgate Row, Chester.
Mills, Mr. R. M., Bourne, Lincolnshire.
Milne, Mr. P., 52, Keptie Street, Arbroath, N.B. 1

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 375

Milne, Mr. W., 9, Wellswood Place, Torquay.

Milner, Mr. J. G., 14, Bridge Street, Hull.

Minshull, Mr., 42, Dudley Street, Wolverhampton.

Mitchell, Mr. A., Portree, Isle of Skye, N.B.

Mitchell, Mr. J., 151, Oxford Street, Manchester.

Moinet, F. W., M.D., 13, Alva Street, Edinburgh.

Monkhouse, Mr. H., All Saint's Derby.

Moore, Mr. R., Post Office, Dale Street, Ossett.

Moore, Mr. W. J., 26, King Street, Stirling, N.B.

Moore, Mr. W. V., 15, Princess Square, Plymouth.

Moorhouse, Mr. W., 40, Kirkgate, Wakefield.

Morgan, W., Ph.D., 2S, Orange Street, Swansea.

Morgan, Mr. W. J., 5, Holyrood Terrace, Malvern.

Morison, Mr. G., High Street, Peebles, N.B.

Morris, Mr. G. E., 74, Nevill Road, Stoke Newington, N.

Morris, Mr. J. 0., 37, Digbeth, Walsall.

Morris, Mr. S. H., 87, Islington, Birmingham.

Morris, Mr. T., 118, Market Street, Farnworth, Bolton.

Morris, Mr. T. H. V., 33, High Town, Hereford.

Morrison, Mr. D,, 116, West Bow, Grass Market, Edinburgh.

Morson, T., F.C.S., 124, Southampton Row, W.C.

Mortimer, Mr. J., 1, Blall Place, Clifton, Bristol.

Morton, Mr. J., Ramsbottom.

Morton, Mr. T., 11, Albion Terrace, Kirkintilloch.

Moscrop, Mr. T., 19, Park Hill Place, Bolton.

Moss, J., F.C.S., 300, Holborn, W.C,

Moulden, Mr. W., 49, King William Street, Blackburn,

Moyle, Mr. J., 27, Broadway, Hammersmith, W.

Muir, Mr. G., 98, Cumberland Street, Glasgow.

Muir, M. M. P., F.C.S., Owen's College, Manchester.

Mullock, Mr. R., Charing Cross, Birkenhead.

Mumbray, Mr. H. G., Great Cheetham St., Higher Broughton, Manchester,

Mumbray, Mr. R. G., Richmond, Surrey.

Mumby, Mr. C, 47, High Street, Gosport.

Murdoch, Mr. D., Falkirk, N.B.

Murdoch, Mr. G., 249, Sauchiehall Street, Glasgow.

Murdoch, BIr. J., 34, Virginia Street, Glasgow.

Muskett, Mr. J., Harleston, Norfolk.

Myers, Mr. G., 68, High Street, Hull.

Nairne, Mr. J. S., 11, Winton Terrace, Glasgow.

Napier, Mr. A., 69, South Clerk Street, Edinburgh.

Napier, Mr. G. L., 56, South Street, Exeter.

Nash, Mr. H., 1, Alexandra Road, Kilburn Park, N.W.

Naylor, Mr. W. A. H., 300, Holborn, W.C.

Neale, Mr. H., Riddings, near Alfreton, Derbyshire.

Negus, Mr. S., 55, Gold Street, Northampton.

Nesbit, Mr. J., 162, High Street, Portobello.

New, Mr. W. W., 238, Essex Road, Islington, N.

Newbigin, Mr. J. L., Alnwick.

Newby, Mr. R. J., Castelnau, Barnes, S.W.

Neweome, Mr. J., 70, High Street, Grantham.

Newman, Mr. R., Load Street, Bewdley.

Newman, Mr. W. F., 13, Market Street, Falmouth.

Newport, Mr. W., Foulsham, Norfolk.

Newsholme, Mr. G. T. W., 74, Market Place, Sheffield.

Newshohne, Mr. W., Bradford, Yorkshire.

Newton, Mr. T. A. C, 66, Goldhawk Boad, Shepherd's Bush, W.

Nicholls, Mr. T., 99, Wick Road, South Hackney, E.

Nicholson, Mr. A., 11, Pantiles, Tunbridge Wells.

376 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Nicholson, Mr. D. G., Mere Street, Diss.

Nicholson, Mr. H., 38, Argyle Street, Birkenhead.

Nicholson, J. J., F.C.S., High Street, Sunderland.

Nicholson, Mr. W. 0., Brigf;, Lincolnshire.

Nickson, Mr. J., 56, Broad Street, Ludlow.

Nicol, Mr. J., Partick, Glasgow.

Nicol, Mr. W., ( arnoustie, Forfarshire, N.B.

Niven, Mr. W., Morningside, Edinburgh.

Noble, Mr. A., 139, Princes Street, Edinburgh.

Noble, Mr. J., 63, King's Street, South Shields.

Norman, Mr. J. S., Louise Cottage, Costin Street, Bedford.

Nowell, Mr. B., 33, Ladbroke Grove Road, Nottiug Hill, W.

Nowers, Mr. E. A., Lvdd, East Kent.

Nutt, Mr. A. J., 47, Piccadilly, W.

Oakes, Mr. G.. 7, Market Street, Chorley.

Oakland, Mr. C, 13, Warser Gate, Nottingham.

Oakland. Mr. W., 46, Alfreton Road, Nottingham.

Ocock, Mr. C, The Bee Hive, High Street, Dulverton.

Odling, Prof. W., M.B., F.R.S., 15, Norham Gardens, Oxford.

Ogilvie, Mr. W. 0., 2, West Port, Arbroath.

Oglesbv, Mr. J., 31, Micklegate, York.

Oldham, Mr. J., Anlaby Road, Hull.

Oldham, Mr. J., Market Street, Mansfield, Notts.

Oldham, Mr. W., 38, Waterloo Road, Burslem.

Olive, Mr. W. T., Burry Port, South Wales.

Oliver, Mr. J. G., Holsworthv, Devon.

O'Neill, Mr. J., South Bank,"Yorks.

Openhan, Mr. G. H., 5, Darwen Street, Blackburn.

Orchard, Mr. E. J., Market Place, Sahsbury.

Orme, Mr., Long Street, Atherstone.

Orpe, Mr. T. M.; 329, Old Kent Road, S.E.

Owen, Mr. G. B., 21, Broad Street, Park, Sheffield.

Owen, Mr. J., Bishops' Castle, Salop.

Owen, Mr. J., Hollowav Road, Islington, N.

Owen, 0. D., F.C.S., 12, Worship Street, E.G.

Owen, Mr. S., 2, High Street, Leominster.

Owen, Mr. W., 52, Collingwood Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Oxborrow, Mr. E., 1, Victoria Terrace, Hockley, Birmingham.

Padwick, Mr. J., 5, Preston Street, Brighton.

Padwick, Mr. T., Redhill.

Page, Mr. J., 47, Blackfriars Road, S.E.

Paine, Mr. C, 3, Commercial Street, Newport, Mon.

Paine, Mr. S., 7, Exchange Street, Manchester.

Palethorpe, Mr. S., 53, High Street, Birmiiigham.

Palmer, Mr. A. N., 69, Market Street, Manchester.

Palmer, Mr. F. W., Ramsey, Hunts.

Palmer, Mr. G. D., 6, Devonshire Terrace, Netting Hill, W.

Palmer, Mr. P. L., East Sheen, Mortlake, Surrey.

Paris, Mr. W., 253, Crown Street, Glasgow.

Park, Mr. W., Grey Street, Droughty Ferry, Dundee.

Parker, Mr. F. C, Ladybank Works,' Dundee, N.B.

Parker, Mr. M., 37, San Ihill, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Parker, Mr. T., 17, Bridge Street, York.

Parker, Mr. W., 254, Manchester Road, Bradford.

Parker, Mr. W. H., 159, Alfreton Road, Nottingham.

Parkes, Mr. J. P., Leyton House, Albion Road, Stoke Newington, N.

Parkin, Mr. C, 47, Market Place, Doncaster.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 377

Parkinson, Mr. R., 1, "William Henry Street, Sobo, Livei-pool.

Parkinson, Dr. R., Bradford, Yorkshire.

Parkinson, Mr. T., 30, Market Place, Great Driffield.

Parkinson, Mr. \V. , 32, Lees Road, Oldham.

Parr, Mr. S., Long Row, Nottingham.

Pars, Mr. R. C, Thrapstone.

Pasmore, Mr. F. R., 26, Galium Street, Fenchurch Street, E.G.

Pasmore, Mr. G., 1, Gorner of Southernhay, Exeter.

Passmore, Mr. F., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.G.

Patchett, I., F.C.S., F.R.A.S., Birstail, near Leeds.

Paterson, Mr. A., G, Camden Place, Plantation, Glasgow.

Paterson, Mr. J., Helmsdale, Sutherlandshire.

Paton, J., F.L.S., Kelvingrove Bluseum, Glasgow.

Patterson, Mr. D. J., West Hill, Mansfield, Notts.

Pattinson, J., F.G.S., 75, The Side, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Pattinson, Mr. J. S., 41, Botchergate, Carlisle.

Pattison, Mr. G., 139, St. John Street Road, E.G.

Paul, Dr. B. H., F.G.S., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.G.

Payne, A., F.C.S., Galen Chemical Works, Ettingshall, near
Wolverhampton.

Payne, Mr. J. C. C, Botanic Road, Belfast.

Payne, Mr. J. B., G3, Piccadilly, Manchester.

Payne, Mr. S., Wallingford, Berkshire.

Peake, Mr. A., Queen Street, Earlestown.

Peake, Mr. H., New Bridge, Dover.
Peake, Mr. H. F., Twickenham.

Pearce, Mr. J., Crewkerne.

Pearce, Mr. J. A., Cainscross, Stroud.

Pearce, Mr. T., 134, Westgate Street, Gloucester.

Pearson, Mr. E.

Peatson, Mr. H. R., 102, Broughton Road, Salford, Manchester.

Peck, Mr. F. A., Medical Hall, Sea View Street, Cleethorpes.

Pedler, Mr. G. S., 199, Fleet Street, E.G.

Pedley, Mr. T., Mill Bank, Triangle, near Halifax.

Penketh, Mr. J., address unknown.

Penney, Mr. W., High Street, Poole.

Penney, Mr. W. S., Mostyn Street, Llandudno.

Pennington, Mr. T., 14, Bolton Street, Bury, Lancaster.

Penrose, Mr. A. P., 5, Amwell Street, E.G.

Perfect, Mr. R., Bingley, near Leeds, Yorks.

Perry, Mr. G. E., 77, Hagley Road, Birmingham.

Peters, Mr. J., Shore Street, Gourock.

Peters, Mr. J. F., 4, High Street, Jedburgh, N.B.

Pettiiiger, M-. E., 57, High Street, Hampstead, N.W.

Phillips, Mr. J., Cliurch Stretton, Salop.

Phillips, Mr. J., 60, Wallgate, Wigan.

Philp, Mr. J., Wadebridgp, Cornwall.

Pick, Mr. R., South Parade, Northallerton.

Pickard, Mr. W., 338, Oxford Street, W.

Picken, Mr. T. W., Newport, Salop.

Pickering, Mr. A., 45, Lowgate, Hull. "]

Pickering, Mr. J., Market Place, Crowle, Doncaster.

Picnot. Mr. G., 24, High Street, Strood.

Pidd, Mr. A. J.. 221. Chester lioad, Hulme, Manchester.

Pilley, Mr. S., 9, Bargate, Boston.

Pinkerton Mr. J. S., 248, London Road, Glasgow. T

Pinkerton, BIr. W., 17, Greenside Place, Edinburgh.

Pitchford, Mr. W., address unknown.

Pitman, Mr. J., 50, Redcliff Hill, Bristol.

Place, Mr. W. B., Betley, Crewe.

378 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Plant, Mr. G. W., New Edmund Street, Birmingham.

Plant, INIr. W. E., Somerby, near Oakham.

Plowman, Mr. S., No. '2 Residence, St. Thomas's Hospital, S.E.

Plumley, Mr. J. G., The Bridge, Bristol.

Pocklington, Mr. H., Victoria Chambers, South Parade, Leeds.

Poingdestre, Mr. C. R., 187, Newington Butts, S.E.

Pollard, Mr. H. H., 140, High Street, Ryde, Isle of Wight.

Pond, Mr. B. C, New Park Road, Brixton Hill, S.W.

Pond, Mr. G. P., 68, Fleet Street, E.G.

Ponsford, Mr. J., Wolborough Street, Newton Abbot, Devon.

Poole, Mr. J., 50, High Street, Newcastle, Staffs.

Pooley, Mr. J. C, 8, George Street, Bath.

Poore, Mr. E., Broadstairs.

Porter, Mr. J., Coalville, Leicestershire.

Postans, Mr. A. W., 35, Baker Street, W.

Potter, Mr. H., 8, Park Terrace, Sutton, Surrey.

Potts, E., F.C.S., Villiers Street South, Sunderland.

Potts, Mr. J., 59, Church Street, Seaham Harbour, Durham.

Potts, Mr. R. S., Market Place, Hkeston.

Potts, Mr. T., 5, Grainger Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Powell, Mr. D., St. Thomas, Swansea, Glamorganshire.

Powell, Mr. W., Boar Lane, Leeds.

Powell, Mr. "\V., Caroline Street, Bridgend.

Power, Mr. E., Walton-on-Thames.

Powers, Mr. E., Priorv Works, Coventry.

Pownall, Mr. T. R., 45, St. George's Road, Bolton.

Pratt,Mr.G.W., 49, Cavendish Street, Chorlton-on-Medlock, Manchester.

Pratt, Mr. R. M., Cattle Market, Otley, Yorks.

Preston, Mr. J., 4, High Street, Sheffield.

Preston, Mr. J. C, 88, Leadenhall Street, E.G.

Price, Mr. R., 54, Loftus Road, Shepherds Bush, W.

Price, Mr. T. U., High Street, Arundel.

Prichard, Mr. E., 10, Vigo Street, Regent Street, W.

Pridmore, Mr. W., Castle Street, Hinckley, Leicestershire.

Priestley, Mr. J., 17, Croft Street, Manchester Road, Bradford.

Prince, Mr. A. G., 2, Market Street, Longton, Staffs.

Prince, Mr. H., 5, Fore Street, Taunton.

Pring, R. W., L.A.H.D., 7, Plough Buildings, Belfast.

Prior, Mr. G. T., 32, Broad Street, Oxford.

Pritchard, Mr. J., 67, Chorlton Road, Blanchester.

Probyn, Mr. C, 55, Grosvenor Street, Grosvenor Square, W.

Procter, Dr. W., 24, Petergate, York.

Proctor, Mr. A. D., Dufftown, Banffshire.

Proctor, Mr. B. S., 11, Grey Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Proctor, Mr. R., Penarth, Glamorganshire.

Provost, Mr. J. P., High Street, Huntingdon.

Pryer, Mr. W. S., West Street, Axminster.

Pugh. Mr. G., 11, Grenville Square, W.C.

Pugh, Mr. H., Llanegryn, near Towyn, Merionethshire.

Pullan, Mr. T., 174, Lumb Lane, Bradford, Yorkshire.

Pullin, Mr. W. H. , York Terrace, Leamington.

Purdue, Mr. T., Witney, Oxou.

Purdy, Mr. J. T., Willington, via Durham.

Purefoy, Richard D.,M.B., T.C.D., L.A.H.D., Rotunda Hospital, Dublin:

Purves, Mr. S., 70, Haymarket Terrace, Edinburgh.

Quinlan, F. J. B., M.D., 29, Lower Fitzwilliam Street, Dublin.

Radley, Mr. W. V., 74, Market Place, Sheffield.
Eadnall, Mr. W. H., King Street, Ulverstou.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 379

Kaimes, Mr. "R., Bonnington Park, Edinlmrgh.

Rainford, Mr. J., Castle Fields, Shrewsbury.

Rait, Mr. R. C, 322, Hamilton Place, Partick, Scotland.

Ramsbottom, Mr. G., Waterfoot, near Manchester.

Randall, W. B., F.C.S., 1-46, High Street, Southampton.

Ransom, Mr. \V., Hitchin.

Rastrick, Mr. R. J., King's Road, Southsea, Hants.

Ratclifte, Mr. W., 4, Larches Lane, Compton Road, ^YolTerbampton.

Rattray, Mr. \V., Links Street, Aberdeen.

Rawlings, Mr. C. J., Market Place, Warminster.

Rayner, Mr. J., Long Row, Nottingham.

Rayson, Mr. A. J., 5, Parade Terrace, South Lowestoft.

Rayson, Mr. H., 3, Mornington Terrace, Wanstead, E.

Read, Mr. J., Salisbury.

Read, Mr. W., Helmsley, Yorks.

Reade, Mr. 0. A., Royal Naval Hospital, Plymouth.

Reboul, A. P., D.L.RiC.S., 60, Liverpool Road, N.

Redfern, Mr. T., 50, King Street, Penrith.

Redford, Mr. A., 30, Oxford Street, Liverpool.

Redwood, Prof. T., Ph.D., F.C.S., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.

Rees, Mr. D., Con will Elvet, near Carmarthen.

Rees, Mr. W. H., Dartmouth.

Reichardt, Mr. E., 11, Great Titchfield Street, Oxford Street, W.

Remmers, Mr. B. H., 63, West Regent Street, Glasgow.

Reynolds, Mr. F., 14, Commercial Street, Leeds.

Reynolds, Mr. J. J., 3, Hanover Street, W.

Reynolds, R., F.C.S., 13, Briggate, Leeds.

Reynolds, Mr. T., Caerphilly, near Cardiff.

Rhind, Mr. W. W., 69, Gloucester Road, Regent's Park, W.

Rhodes, G. W., M.R.C.S., L.S.A. Lond., 1, Queen's Street South, Hud-

dersfield.
Rhodes, Mr. W. H., 74, Manwood Road, Leeds.
Rich, S. W., F.C.S., 23, Lloyd Square, W.C.
Rich, Mr. T., Weston-super-Mare.

Richardson, B. W., M.D., F.R.S., 12, Hinde Street, W.
Richardson, Mr. G., 12, Norland Place, Netting Hill, W.
Richardson, J. G. F., Ph.D., F.C.S., Haughton House, Stoney Gate,

Leicester.
Richardson, Mr. T. J., 23, London Road, Carlisle.
Richmond, Mr. R., jnnr., Leighton Buzzard, Beds.
Rickard, BIr. J. R., Wadebridge, Cornwall.

Ridd, Mr. A. H., 5, Windsor Terrace, Carlton Road, Peckham, S.E.
Riddell, H. B., F.C.S., Whitefield House, Rothbury, MoiTeth.
Riddle, Mr. W. R., Market Place, Hexham.
Ridley, Mr. E. H.. 223, Oxford Street, Manchester.
Rimmington, F. M., F.C.S., Bradford, Yorkshire.
Ringrose, Mr. G., 123, St. George's Street, E.
Ritson, Mr. T., 4, High Street, Sunderland.
Roach, Mr. P., 8, St. James's Street, S.W.
Robbins, J., F.C.S., 372, Oxford Street, W.
Roberts, Mr. G., High Street, West Bromwich.
Roberts, Mr. J., Middleton, Laucashii-e,
Roberts, Mr. J. C, Edon Road, Dolgelley, North Wales.
Roberts, Mr. M., High Street, Bangor.
Roberts, Mr. P., St. Asaph.
Roberts, Mr. R. M., Foregate, Chester.
Robertson, BIr. J., 35, George Street, Edinburgh.
Robinson, Mr. A., John Street, West Bromwich.
Robinson, BIr. A. F., 2, Northgate, Darlington.
Robinson, Mr. B., 1, Broad Street, Pendleton, Manchester.

380 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Robinson, Mr. J., Orford Hill, Norwich.

Robinson, Mr. J., Stanley, near Chester-le-Street, Durham.

Robinson, Mr. J., East Terrace, Neasham Ri)ad, DarUngton.

Robinson, Mr. J. F., Knowslev Buildings, Liverpool.

Robinson, Mr. J. Frodsham-, Frodsham, Cheshire.

Robinson, J. R., LL.D., F.R.G.S. , Westgate, Dewsbury.

Robinson, Mr. J. S., 1, Eversfield Place, St. Leonard's, Hastings.

Robinson, Mr. J. S., Alfreton.

Robinson, Mr. R., 58, Yorkshire Street, Rochdale.

Robinson, Mr. R. A., 195, Brompton Road, S.W.

Robinson, Mr. W., Main Street, Cockermouth.

Robson, Mr. J., 26, Scotch Street. Carlisle.

Robson, Mr. J. C, 37, Linthoqie Road, Middlesbro'.

Robson, Mr. T., 4, Victoria Road, Brighton.

Rodger, Mr. J., Inverary, Argyllshire.

Roger, Mr. J. P., Rliynie, Aberdeenshire, N.B.

Rogers, Mr. A. R. , Newmarket.

Rogers, Mr. W.. 53, Ben Jonson Road, Stepney, E. ^

Rogerson, Mr. M., Hope Villa, Boston Spa, near Tadcaster, Yorkshire.

Romans, Mr. T. W., High Street, Wrotham, Sevenoaks.

Rookledge, Mr. J., Easingwold.

Roper, Mr. H. E., Oundle.

Rose, Mr. A., Apothecaries' Company, Sauchiehall Street, Glasgow.

Rose, Mr. J. D., 18, Ormonde Street, Jarrow-on-Tyue, Durham.

Ross, L. B., F.C.S., Great Driffield.

Ross, Mr. R., 43, High Street, Old Aberdeen.

Rossiter, I^Ir. F., 20, George Street, Hastings.

Rossiter, Mr. G., Bampton Street, Tiverton.

Rossiter, Mr. J., Roval Melville Hospital, Chatham.

Rossiter, W., F.R.G.S., F.C.S., 91, Blackfriars Road, S.E.

Roulston, Mr. B. W.. 39, Aire Street, Goole.

Rouw, Mr. W. T., Market Place, Ruthin.

Rowe, 5Ir. P. M., High Street, Marlborough.

Rowe, Mr. R., 2, Cromwell Place, South Kensington, S.W.

Rowe, S. T., M.A., Ph.D., Redruth.

Rowell, Mr. R. H., Houghton-le- Spring.

Rowland, Mr. W., High Street, Wrexham.

Rowlands, Mr. D., Tregaron, S. Wales.

Russell, Mr. C. J. L., Opposite the Castle Hill, Windsor.

Russell, Mr. J., Ill, Nethergate, Dundee.

Rust, Mr. J., Thaxted, Essex.

Rutherford, Mr. E., High Street, Tow Law.

Sainsbury, Mr. S., 176, Strand, W.C,

Salisburv, Mr. W. B., 3, Market Street, Leicester.

Salmon," Mr. F. W., 30, Western Road, Hove, Brighton.

Salter, Mr. J. B., Castle Street, Shrewsbury.

Samson, Mr. E., 114, Redcliffe Street, Bristol.

Samuel, Mr. A. H., 145, Upper Parliament Street, Liverpool.

Sanderson, Mr. H., 71, Parade, Birmingham.

Sandford. Mr. G. W., 47, Piccadilly, W.

Sandil&nd, Mr. R. B-, Bicester, Oxfordshire.

Sandv, Mr. F. W., 390, Walworth Road, S.E,

Sanger, Mr. W. A., 252, Oxford Street, W.

Sanggter, Mr. A., 66, High Street, St. John's Wood, N.W.

Sapp, Mr. A., Winchester Street, Basingstoke.

Bargent, W. D., M.R.C.S., L.S.A., Albany Road, Camberwell, S.E.

Sarjeant, Mr. J. W., Wellingborough, Northamptonshire.

Sarsfield, Mr. W., 7, Market Place, Durham,

Saaoders, Mr. D. P., Haverfordwest.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 381

Saunders, Mr. T. P., Bradford-on-Avon.

Savage, Mr. J. L., 140, Lister Hills Road, Bradford, Yorks,

Savage, Mr. J. W., Fenuy Castle, Wells, Somerset.

Savage, Mr. W. D., Park Road East, Brighton.

Savage, Mr. W. \Y.. 65, Edward Street, Brighton.

Saville, Mr. J., 4, Goodrauigate, York.

Savorv, Mr. A. L., 1-43, New Bond Street, W.

Savory, Mr. J. F., 143, New Bond Street, W.

Sasby, Mr. H., juu., Lewes, Sussex.

Saxton, Mr. J.. 2, St. Peter's Street, Leeds.

Sayer, Mr. E. C, Warrington House, Ipswich.

Schacht, G. F., F.C.S., 7, Regent Street, Clifton, Bristol.

Schacht, Mr. W., G, Finsbury Place South, E.G.

Schmidt, Mr. A., 3.S2, New City Road, Glasgow.

Schorlemmer, C, F.R.S., Owen's College, Manchester.

Schweitzer, J., F.C.S., 79, Pavilion Road, Sloane Street, S.W.

Scott, Mr. W., 46, Mary Street, Dublin.

Scott, W. L., F.C.S., County Analyst's Laboratories, Wolverhampton.

Seaman, Mr. J. S., Marlow.

Seath, Mr. A., Dunfermline.

Selkirk, Mi. J., 7, Pembroke Street, Cork.

Selleck, Mr. E., Apothecaries' Hall, Blackfrairs, E.G.

Sells, Mr. R. J., Tunbridge Wells.

Semple, Mr. J., Barr's Brae, Port Glasgow.

Senier, Dr. A., F.C.S., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.

Sergeant, Mr. T. W., 61, Ashton Street, Liverpool.

Severs, Mr. J., 23, Stricklandgate, Kendal.

Shapley, Mr. C, 11, Strand, Torquay.

Sharman, W., F.C.S., 247, Mare Street, Hackney.

Sharp, Mr. D. B., Borough Road, Sunderland.

Sharp, Mr. J., 5, Sedgetield Terrace, Bradford, Yorks.

Sharpe, Mr. G. Y., 34, High Street, Netting Hill, W.

Shaw, Mr. A., Biddings, Derbyshire.

Shaw, Mr. C. J., West End, Alford, Lines.

Shaw, Mr. H. W. (Messrs. Dunhill, Son & Shaw), Doncaster.

Shaw, Mr. J., 24, Great George Place, Liverpool.

Shaw, Mr. R. H., 24,' Brighton Street, Seacombe, Birkenhead.

Shelley, Mr. H., 2, Church Street, Twickenham.

Shenstone, W. A., F.C.S., Exeter School, Exeter.

Shephard, Mr. T. F., 4G, All Saints' Road, Westbourne Park, W.

Shepheard, Mr. T., 12, Bridge Street Row, Chester.

Shepherd, Mr. J., 144, Huddersfield Road, Oldham.

Sherlock, iL". T., Market Place, St. Helen's, Lanes.

Shields, Mr. J., Alsager, Stoke-on-Trent.

Shipman, BIr. J. J., 22, Bridge Street, Northampton.

ShirtUff, Mr. W., 66, Goldhawk Road, Shepherd's Bush, W.

Short, Mr. E. C, Post Office, Bushey Heath.

Sidgwick, Mr. G. C, 9, Alexandra Terrace, Sunderland.

Sidley, Mr. T. I., Brunswick Terrace, Stafford.

Siebold,L. , F.C.S., 18, Egerton Terrace, Stockport Road, Manchester.

Sillitoe, Mr. F. S., Station Road, Red Hill, Surrey.

Silson, Mr. R. W., 113, Church Street, Manningham, Bradford.

Silverlock, Mr. H. T., 92, Blackfriars Road, S.E.

Silvers, Mr. F. T., 19, Church Street, Camberwell, S.E.

Simmonds, Mr. P. L., 29, Cheapside, E.G.

Simms, Mr. R. J., 3, Ramshill Road, South CUff, Scarborough.

Simpkins, Mr. J., Minchinhampton.

Simpson, Mr. A., 9, Melbourne Street, Stalybridge.

Simpson, Mr. G., Paikes Street, Alnwick, Northumberland.

Simpson, Mr. H. D., 2, New Street, Louth.

382 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Simpson, Mr. J., South Lambeth Dispensary, Albert Square, Clapbam

Road, S.W.
Simpson, Mr. R., 16, Henry Street, Dublin.
Simpson, Mr. T., Bloxham, Banbury, Oxou.
Simpson, Mr. T., 6, Havelock Terrace, Forest Hill, S.E.
Sims, Mr. J., Hirwain.

Sims, Mr. W.. 2-i, Lewis Street, Aberaman, Aberdare.
Sinclair, Mr. R., Invergordon, N.B.
Sindall, Mr. J. W., High Street, Knaresborough.
Sirett, Mr. H., Brackley, Northamptonshire.
Skidmore, Mr. J., Chilworth Street, Paddiugton, W.
Skinner, Mr. M. H., Keelby, near Ulceby, Lines.
Skinner, Mr. T., 5, Union Square, Hoxton, N.
Skipper, Mr. E., 4, Dalston Lane, E.
Skirrow, Mr. W. E., Bingley, Yorks.

Skirving, Mr. G., 47, Lower High Street, Wednesbury, Staffs.
Skoulding, Mr. G. S. F., Church Plain, Yarmouth.
Skoulding, Mr. \V., Wymondham, Norfolk.
Slack, BIr. J. K., Prescott.
Slade, Mr. J., Tenbury.
Slater, Mr. J., 76, Bedford Street, Leicester.

Slater, Mr. J., Sadler Street, Wells, Somerset.

Slater, Mr. T., Stone, Staffordshire.

Slater, Mr. W. H., Romsey, Hants.
Slinger, Mr. F., High Ousegate, York.

Sliugsby, Mr. C. S., Bridge Street, Hindley.

Smeeton, Mr. W., 26, Commercial Street, Leeds.

Smiles, Mr. J., 1, Henderson Row, Edinburgh.

Smith, Mr. A. W., 93, High Street, Rye, Sussex.

Smith, Mr. C. S., Cirencester.

Smith, Mr. D., Market Place, Stroud, Gloucestershire.

Smith, E., F.C.S., 8, The Strand, Torquay.

Smith, F. C, M.D., 21, Notting Hill Terrace. W.

Smith, Mr. J., Hillam Farm, Urmston, near Manchester.

Smith, Mr. J., 12, Worship Street, E.G.

Smith, Mr. J. B., Dulwich, S.E.

Smith, Mr. J. De Carle, Magdalen Street, Norwich.

Smith, Mr. J. S., 8, Crowhurst Road, Brixton, S.W.

Smith, Mr. J. S. T. W., Back Street, Hexham.

Smith, Mr. J. T., 12, Down Street, Piccadilly, W.

Smith, Mr. J. W. (Mrs. Haselar's), Stone Street, Cranbrook, Kent.

Smith, Mr. N., 372, High Street, Cheltenham.

Smith, Mr. P. S., 21, Duke Street, Edinburgh.

Smith, R., M.D., Durham County Asylum, Sedgefield, Ferryhill.

Smith, Mr. R. B., Market Place, Norwich.

Smith, Mr. S. A., 102, Parade, Leamington.

Smith, T., F.C.S., Heriot Hill House, Edinburgh.

Smith, Mr. T., Top of Union Street, Rvde, LW.

Smith, Mr. T. J., F.G.S., F.L.S., 10, North Church Side, Hull.

Smith, Mr. W., 157, Friargate, Preston.

Smith, BIr. W., Market Place, Nottingham.

Smith, Mr. W., 48, Porchester Road, W.

Smith, Mr. W., Sutton Coldfield.

Smith, Mr. W. F., 280, Walworth Road, S.E.

Smith, Mr. W. H., 36, St. George's Road, Brighton.

Smyth, Mr. T., 178, Ishngton, Liverpool.
Snape, Mr. E., Great Hampton Street, Birmingham.
Snowdon, Mr. R., 52, Robertson Street, Hastings.
Soames, Mr. W., Wargrave, near Henley-on-Thames.
Boole, Mr. J. H., High Street, Grays, Essex.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 383

Soiiter, J. C, M.D., F.C.S., 88, Junction Road, Highgate, N.W.

Southall, A., F.C.S., Bull Street, Birmingham.

Southall, Mr. W., Bull Street, Birmingham.

Soutter, Mr. J. S., Hedon, Hull.

Spear, Mr. G., 150, Queen Street, Portsea.

Spearing, Mr. J., 53, Above Bar, Southampton.

Speechly, Mr. G., North Street, Bishop Stortford.

Spencer, Mr. J., Undercliffe, Bradford.

Spencer, Mr. T., London House, South Street, Sleaford, Lines.

Spencer, Mr. W. A. C, 108, Patrick Street, Cork.

Spencer, Mr. W. H., Burnham Market, Norfolk.

Spilsbury, Mr. J., 33, Bath Street, Leamington.

Sprackett, Mr. G., The Drawbridge, Bristol.

Spyer, Mr. N., 29, Chapel Street, Belgrave Square, S.W.

Squire, Mr. A., 1, Bush Lane, E.G.

Squire, Mr. A. H., 277, Oxford Street, W.

Squire, Mr. F. J. C, St. Austell.

Squire, Mr. J., 41, Queen Street, Oxford.

Squire, P., F.L.S., 277, Oxford Street, W.

Squire, Mr. P. W., 277, Oxford Street, W.

Squire, Mr. W., High Street, Hanwell, Middlesex.

Squire, Mr. W., 5, Coleman Street, E.G.

Stable, Mr. R. H., 5, Blackstock Road, Finsbury Park, N.

Stacey, Mr. S. LI., 300, Holborn, W.C.

Stacy, Mr. F., 4, Woodman Terrace, Westow Hill, Upper Norwood, S.E.

Stainer, Mr. J., 59, Sandgate Road, Folkestone.

Stainer, Mr. R. W., 84, St. James's Road, Southsea, Hants.

Stainthorpe, W. W., M.D., G.M., Wortlev, Sheffield.

Stamp, Mr. E. B., 29, High Street, Hampstead, N.W.

Standring, Mr. J., 1, Piccadilly, Manchester.

Stanford, E. C. C, F.C.S., Thornloe, Partick Hill, Glasgow.

Staning, Mr. W., 55, Cogan Street, Hull.

Stanley, Mr. R. S., Southwell, Notts.

Stanuard, Mr. F. J., 15, Broad Green, Croydon.

Stansfield, Mr. R., 7, Steele's Terrace, Haverstock Hill, N.W.

Stanswood, Mr. J., 277, Commercial Road, Landport.

Stanway, Mr. W. H., Kington, Herefordshire.

Staples, Mr. C. A., 47, High Street, Fulham.S.W.

Staples, Mr. E., West Street, Wilton.

Stark, Mr. J. S., 9, Clayton Street East, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Starkie, Mr. R. S., 441, Strand, W.C.

Stead, Mr. T. , New Briggate, Laisterdyke.

Stead, Mr. T. B., 20, Upperhead Row, Leeds.

Stedman, Mr. H. B., 58, Bold Street, Liverpool.

Steel, Mr. F. W., 283, Liverpool Road, Islington, N.

Stenhouse, Dr. J., F.R.S., 17, Rodney Street, Pentonville, N.

Stenson, Mr. J., High Street, Camden Town, N.W.

Stephenson, Mr. F., 16, Howe Street, Edinburgh.

Stephenson, Mr. J. N., High Street, Heckmondwike.

Sterriker, Mr. J., Driffield.

Stevens, Mr. F., 51, Judd Street, Euston Road, W.C.

Stevens, Mr. J., High Street, Broselev, Salop.

Stevens, Mr. P. A., 70, Hyde Road, Hoxton, N.

Stevenson, Mr. R., Victoria Street, Derby.

Stevenson, T., M.D., F.G.S., 21, Caversham Road, N.W.

Stevenson, Mr. W., The Crescent, Todmorden.

Stevenson, Mr. W. L., 165, Edgware Road, W.

Steward, Mr. J., Broad Street, Kingswinford, Staffs.

Stewart, A. D., M.B., 39, Regent Street, Greenock.

Stewart, Mr. A. Y., Apothecaries Hall, Blackfriars, E.G.

38i BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Stewart, Mr. E. H., Roval South Hants Infirmary, SoutLampton.

Stewart, G. C, F.C.S.,' Sugar Refiner, Greenock.

Stewart, Mr. J., 8, Cadzow Street, Hamilton.

Stiell, Mr. G., Dunfermline.

Stiles, Mr. M. H., 300, IliRli Holborn, W.C.

Stoakes, Mr. B. M., h), AYIiitefriaraate, Hull.

Stodilart, Mr. J., 14, Grace Terrace, Chester Road, Sunderland.

Stoddart, W. W., F.C.S., F.G.S., 1 & 2, Park Street, Bristol.

Stoddart, Mr. W. W. B., 9, North Street, Bristol.

Stol<er, Mr. G. N., The Laboratory, Somerset House, W.C.

Stone, BIr. F. W., 166, Fore Street, Exeter.

Stone, Mr. J. J., Devonshire House, Alton.

Storey, Mr. E. H., 42, Castle Street East, Oxford Street, W.

Storrar, Mr. D., 228, High Street, Kirkcaldy.

Stott, W., Ph.D., Sowerby Bridge.

Strachan, BIr. A., Ill, George Street, Aberdeen.

Strangroom, Mr. F., Cley-next-the-Sea, Dereham, Norfolk.

Strawson, BIr. G. F., 99, Woodstock Road, Finsbury Park, N.

Strickett, BIr. J., 161, St. George's Road, Peckham,"S.E.

Strongitharm, BIr. W. G., 3, High Street, South Norwood, S.E.

Stroud, BIr. J., 23, Wine Street, Bristol.

Stiinrt, BIr. J. E., 172, New Bond Street, W.

Sugden, BIr. S., Waterfoot, near Blanchester.

Sumner, BIr. R. , 50a, Lord Street, Liveriiool.

Sunner, BIr. R., 108, Patrick Street, Cork.

Sutcliffe, J., L.D.S., 44, New Blarket Street, Bradford.

Sutclitfe, BIr. J., 154, Larkhall Lane, Clapham, S.W.

Sutterbv, BIr. J. N., Long Sutton, Lines.

Sutton," F., F.C.S.. Bank Plain, Norwich.

Swaine, BIr. J., 158, Bolton Road, Bradford.

Swan, BIr. J. W., 15, Blosley Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Swenden, BIr, J., 14, High Row, Darlington.

Swift, BIr. T. N., 38, Cross Church Street, Huddersfield.

Swift, BIr. W. P., Rannds, near Thrapstone, Northamptonshire.

Swingburn, BIr. R. H., 33, Broad Street, South Blolton, Devon.

Swinn, BIr. C, ]25, Upper BIoss Lane, Huline, Blanchester.

S\yinnertou, BIr. W., 70, High Street, Princes End, Tipton.

Swire, BIr. S., New Park Road, Brixton Hill, S.W.

Svkes, E. J., F.BI.S., 5, The Quadrant, Buxton, Derbyshire.

Sykes, BIr. T. H., Lord Street, Southport.

Symes, Dr. C, 14, Hardman Street, Liverpool.

Symington, BIr. T., 4, Dnndas Street, Edinburgh.

Symons, W., F.C.S., 26, Joy Street, Barnstaple.

Tait, L., F.R.C.S., 7, Great Charles Street, East Row, Birmingham.

Tamplin, Mr. E. C, Kingston-on-Thames.

Tanner, Mr. A. E., 128, Prescott Road, Fairfield, Liverpool.

Taplin, BIr. W. G., 75, Hampstead Road, N.W.

Targett, BIr. C. G., 53, St. Thomas Street, Weymouth.

Tate, Mr. J. L., 51, Ellerby Lane, Leeds.

Taubman, BIr. R., .33, Soutliampton Row, W.C.

Taylor, BIr. A., 6, South Clerk Street, Edinburgh,

Taylor, BIr. B., Briggate, Leeds.

Taylor, BIr. C, 10, Cleveland Square, Liverpool.

Taylor, BIr. C. W., 300, Holborn, W.C.

Taylor, Mr. E., 24, Yorkshire Street, Rochdale.

Taylor, BIr. E,, St, George's Square, Droitwich.

Taylor, BIr. F., Address unknown.

Tavlor, BIr, F., Gowthorpe Street, Selby.

Taylor, Mr. G. S., 13, Queen's Terrace, St. John's AVood, N.W.

BRITJSH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 38t

Taylor, Mr. J., 13, Baker Street, W.

Tavlor, Mr. J. H.. James Street, Harrogate.

Taylor, Mr. R., Ryde, Isle of Wiglit.

Taylor, Mr. R. , Church Green East, Redditch.

Tavlor, Mr. S., 70, Great George Street, Leeds.

TaVlor, Mr. T., Newport Pagnell.

Taylor, Mr. T., 81, High Street, Peckham, S.E.

Taylor, Mr. W. G., Hungerford, Berks.

Taylor, Mr. W. G., Charford Mill, Bromsgrove.

Tebb, Mr. J., Address unknown.

Teed, Mr. D., 38, Strand, Exmouth.

Telfer, Mr. H. V., Leytonstone, Essex.

Tennent, Dr. G. P. , 120, Bath Street, Glasgow.

Terry. Mr. T., 1, Egerton Crescent, Withingtou, Manchester.

Thatcher, Mr. T., 290, Catherine Street, Ashton-under-Lyne.

Thomas, Mr. H., 7, Upper St. Martin's Lane, W.C.

Thomas, Mr. J., Bridge, Canterbury, Kent.

Thomas, Mr. J., Machynlleth.

Thomas, Mr. J. D. D., 144, Ashley Road, Bristol.

Thomas, Mr. J. J., Garstans, Lanes.

Thomas, Mr. M., Taffswell, Cardiff.

Thomas, Mr. R., Burnley.

Thomas, Mr. R., 143, High Street, Merthyr.

Thomas, Mr. W. J., 9, Commercial Place, Aberdare.

Thompson, Mr. A., 51, English Street, Carlisle.

Thompson, Mr. C. H., Maidenhead.

Thompson, Mr. G., Alston.

Thompson, Mr. H., 101, Southwark Street, S.E.

Thompson, Mr. H. A., 22, Worship Street, Finsbury Square, E.G.

Thompson, Mr. H., 8, Moor Street, Sunderland.

Thompson, Mr. J., 11, Aldersgate Street, E.C.

Thompson, Mr. J., High Street, Knaresboro', Yorkshire.

Thompson, Mr. J. W., Bull Ring, Sedley, near Dudley.

Thompson, Mr. L., Richmond, Yorks.

Thompson, Dr. R. E., F.C.S., 9, Cranley Place, South Kensington, S.W.

Thompson, Mr. T., Market Place, Richmond, Yorks.

Thompson, Mr. W. M., 31, Coney Street, York.

Thomson, W., F. K.S.E., Royal Institution, Manchester.

Thonger, Mr. G., Harborne, Birmingham.

Thorburn, Mr. H., 3, Newgate Street, Bishop Auckland.

Thorn, Mr. J. J., 338, Oxford Street, W.

Thornlev, Mr. C, Stow-on-the-Wold.

Thornton, Mr. H., 136, Leeds Road, Bradford.

Thornton, Mr. S.

Featured

Top

Featured

Top

Featured

Top

Featured

Top

Featured

Top

Full text of "Year-Book of Pharmacy, comprising abstracts of papers relating to pharmacy, materia medica and chemistry contributed to British and foreign journals with Transactions of the British Pharmaceutical Conference"

See other formats